From ca18dad754734803242c2077657ef86591b04d22 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Baptiste Holcroft Date: Sep 14 2018 06:09:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 1/6] Add internationalization scripts --- diff --git a/l10n/make_pot.sh b/l10n/make_pot.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a9dd5bc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/make_pot.sh @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#!/bin/bash + + +dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash + +test -d "$dir" || exit "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder" + +while IFS= read -r -d '' file +do + basename=$(basename -s .adoc "$file") + dirname=$(dirname "$file") + path="${dirname#$dir/}" + + if [ "$dirname" = "$dir" ]; then + potname=$basename.pot + else + potname=$path/$basename.pot + mkdir -p "./l10n/pot/$path" + fi + + echo po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/pot/$potname" --master-charset "UTF-8" --option debug split_attributelist + po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/pot/$potname" --master-charset "UTF-8" --option debug split_attributelist + +done < <(find -L "$dir" -name "*.adoc" -print0) + +echo po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="Name" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8" +po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="Name" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8" diff --git a/l10n/use_pot.sh b/l10n/use_pot.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8612eb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/use_pot.sh @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +lang=$1 +dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash + +test -d "$dir" || exit "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder" + +while IFS= read -r -d '' file +do + basename=$(basename -s .adoc "$file") + dirname=$(dirname "$file") + path="${dirname#$dir/}" + + if [ "$dirname" = "$dir" ]; then + potname=$basename + else + potname=$path/$basename + fi + + if [ -e "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" ]; then + echo po4a-translate --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$file" --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0 + po4a-translate --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$file" --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0 + else + po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc --master "$file" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --option debug split_attributelist + fi +done < <(find -L "$dir" -name "*.adoc" -print0) + +if [ -e "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" ]; then + echo po4a-translate --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized ./site.yml --keep 0 + po4a-translate --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized ./site.yml --keep 0 +else + po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized ./site.yml +fi From 1ae7daa136b6fdb19f60d10dfd22aa76d6ec08a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Baptiste Holcroft Date: Sep 14 2018 19:18:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 2/6] documentation for l10n/make_pot.sh and l10n/use_pot.sh --- diff --git a/l10n/make_pot.sh b/l10n/make_pot.sh index a9dd5bc..ea0ccba 100755 --- a/l10n/make_pot.sh +++ b/l10n/make_pot.sh @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/bash - +# You need po4a > 0.54, see https://github.com/mquinson/po4a/releases +# There is no need of system-wide installation of po4a +# Usage: PERLLIB=/path/to/po4a/lib l10n/make_port.sh dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash diff --git a/l10n/use_pot.sh b/l10n/use_pot.sh index 8612eb3..e068713 100755 --- a/l10n/use_pot.sh +++ b/l10n/use_pot.sh @@ -1,4 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/bash +# You need po4a > 0.54, see https://github.com/mquinson/po4a/releases +# There is no need of system-wide installation of po4a +# Usage: PERLLIB=/path/to/po4a/lib l10n/use_pot.sh LANGUAGECODE lang=$1 dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash From bbea6463789a50f834c2c1385730e0067d66c371 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Baptiste Holcroft Date: Sep 14 2018 19:18:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 3/6] enable localized folder and tiny fixes --- diff --git a/l10n/make_pot.sh b/l10n/make_pot.sh index ea0ccba..903ba09 100755 --- a/l10n/make_pot.sh +++ b/l10n/make_pot.sh @@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ do done < <(find -L "$dir" -name "*.adoc" -print0) -echo po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="Name" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8" -po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="Name" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8" +echo po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8" +po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8" diff --git a/l10n/use_pot.sh b/l10n/use_pot.sh index e068713..438d665 100755 --- a/l10n/use_pot.sh +++ b/l10n/use_pot.sh @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ lang=$1 dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash +localized_dir="$dir-$lang" test -d "$dir" || exit "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder" @@ -16,21 +17,37 @@ do if [ "$dirname" = "$dir" ]; then potname=$basename + localized_file="$localized_dir/$basename.adoc" else potname=$path/$basename + localized_file="$localized_dir/$path/$basename.adoc" fi if [ -e "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" ]; then - echo po4a-translate --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$file" --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0 - po4a-translate --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$file" --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0 + echo po4a-translate --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$localized_file" --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0 + po4a-translate --format asciidoc \ + --master "$file" --master-charset "UTF-8" \ + --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" \ + --localized "$localized_file" --localized-charset "UTF-8" \ + --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0 else - po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc --master "$file" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --option debug split_attributelist + po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc \ + --master "$file" --master-charset "UTF-8" \ + --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" \ + --option debug split_attributelist fi done < <(find -L "$dir" -name "*.adoc" -print0) if [ -e "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" ]; then - echo po4a-translate --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized ./site.yml --keep 0 - po4a-translate --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized ./site.yml --keep 0 + echo po4a-translate --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "./site-$lang.yml" --keep 0 + po4a-translate --format yaml \ + --master ./site.yml --master-charset "UTF-8" \ + --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" \ + --localized "./site-$lang.yml" --localized-charset "UTF-8" \ + --option keys="title" --keep 0 else - po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized ./site.yml + po4a-gettextize --format yaml \ + --master ./site.yml --master-charset "UTF-8" \ + --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" \ + --option keys="title" fi From f3925babc57bbd5264fcb64c5134a3d2cccbe2ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Baptiste Holcroft Date: Sep 14 2018 19:18:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 4/6] Improve checks --- diff --git a/l10n/make_pot.sh b/l10n/make_pot.sh index 903ba09..4dbde41 100755 --- a/l10n/make_pot.sh +++ b/l10n/make_pot.sh @@ -5,7 +5,11 @@ dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash -test -d "$dir" || exit "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder" +if [ ! -d "$dir" ] +then + echo "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder" + exit 1 +fi while IFS= read -r -d '' file do diff --git a/l10n/use_pot.sh b/l10n/use_pot.sh index 438d665..45dfbe5 100755 --- a/l10n/use_pot.sh +++ b/l10n/use_pot.sh @@ -7,7 +7,17 @@ lang=$1 dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash localized_dir="$dir-$lang" -test -d "$dir" || exit "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder" +if [ -z "$lang" ] +then + echo "The language code parameter is missing" + exit 1 +fi + +if [ ! -d "$dir" ] +then + echo "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder" + exit 1 +fi while IFS= read -r -d '' file do From 9f6e52e680cb5b256ba23ed17cfe0c3af9437503 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Baptiste Holcroft Date: Sep 14 2018 19:18:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 5/6] Save pot & po files --- diff --git a/l10n/po/nav.fr.po b/l10n/po/nav.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d31356c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/nav.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/nav.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"xref:index.adoc[Installation Guide] ** xref:Preface.adoc[Preface] ** " +"xref:Introduction.adoc[Introduction] ** " +"xref:Downloading_Fedora.adoc[Downloading Fedora] ** Installing Fedora *** " +"xref:install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc[Preparing for Installation] *** " +"xref:install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc[Booting the Installation] *** " +"xref:install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc[Installing Using Anaconda] *** " +"xref:install/After_Installation.adoc[After the Installation] *** " +"xref:install/Troubleshooting.adoc[Troubleshooting] ** Advanced Installation " +"Options *** xref:advanced/Boot_Options.adoc[Boot Options] *** " +"xref:advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc[Automating the Installation with " +"Kickstart] *** xref:advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server] *** xref:advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc[Installing " +"Using VNC] *** xref:advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc[Upgrading " +"Your Current System] ** Technical Appendixes *** " +"xref:appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc[Kickstart Syntax Reference] " +"*** xref:appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc[An Introduction to Disk Partitions] " +"*** xref:appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc[Understanding LVM] ** " +"xref:Revision_History.adoc[Revision History]" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/Downloading_Fedora.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/Downloading_Fedora.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e98fef --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/Downloading_Fedora.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Downloading Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Editions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Fedora provides three primary Editions tailored for some specific use " +"cases. link:++https://getfedora.org++[] offers Fedora Cloud for scalable " +"infrastructure, Fedora Server for organizational infrastructure, and Fedora " +"Workstation for the developer and desktop user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"For alternative desktop environments or media built for more niche purposes, " +"check out link:++https://spins.fedoraproject.org++[Fedora Spins]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Each of these downloads provides a different set of default packages, but " +"you can add to your system after the initial installation to customize it " +"for your needs. The installation process is the same for all spins and " +"Editions, so you can use this guide for any choice you make." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Which Architecture Is My Computer?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"Most modern systems are 64{nbsp}bit x86 architecture. If your computer was " +"manufactured after 2007, or you aren't sure, you probably have a `x86_64` " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"Changing a Fedora installation from one architecture to another is not " +"supported. Use the following table to determine the architecture of your " +"computer according to the type of processor. Consult your manufacturer's " +"documentation for details on your processor, or resources such as " +"link:++http://ark.intel.com/++[] or link:++http://products.amd.com/++[], if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Processor and architecture types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Processor manufacturer and model|Architecture type for Fedora\n" +"|some Intel Atom, Core series, Pentium 4, and recent vintage Xeon; AMD " +"Athlon, Duron, some Semprons; and older; VIA C3, C7|`i386`\n" +"|some Intel Atom, Core 2 series, Core i series and Xeon; \n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\tAMD: Athlon 64, Athlon II, Sempron64, Phenom series, Fusion " +"series, Bulldozer series and Opteron; Apple MacBook, MacBook Pro, and " +"MacBook Air|`x86_64`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Media Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Several media types are available. Choose the one that best suits your " +"requirements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Live Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Live images allow you to preview Fedora before installing it. Instead of " +"booting directly into the installer, a live image loads the same environment " +"you'll get after installation. Fedora Workstation and Fedora Spins are live " +"images." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"Use a live image to install your favorite system, test Fedora on new " +"hardware, troubleshoot, or share with friends." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DVD Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"DVD images boot directly into the installation enviroment, and allow you to " +"choose from a variety of packages that are provided with it. In Fedora 21, " +"the DVD option is only available in the *Fedora Server* Edition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Use the Fedora Server DVD image when you want customized Fedora Server " +"installations using an offline installation source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "netinstall Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"The netinstall image boots directly into the installation environment, and " +"uses the online Fedora package repositories as the installation source. With " +"a netinstall image, you can select a wide variety of packages to create a " +"customized installation of Fedora." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"The Fedora Server netinstall image is a universal one, and can be used to " +"install any Fedora Edition or your own set of favorite packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ARM images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"For many ARM systems, Fedora provides preconfigured filesystem images. Write " +"the image to removable media and boot directly into a Fedora installation " +"that's ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"ARM devices often require special setup procedures that aren't covered in " +"this guide. Start learning about Fedora ARM at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Architectures/ARM++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cloud Images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"Fedora Cloud images are preconfigured filesystem images with very few " +"packages installed by default. They include special tools for interacting " +"with cloud platforms, and are not intended to be used outside of cloud " +"environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"Fedora Cloud comes in several varieties. The Fedora Cloud Base image is a " +"minimal base for cloud deployments. The Fedora Cloud Atomic image is a " +"Docker container host that uses " +"link:++http://www.projectatomic.io/++[Project Atomic] technology for " +"updates. A Docker base image for Fedora is also available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"Cloud images are preconfigured and do not require installation as described " +"in this guide. Get started using Fedora Cloud at " +"link:++http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Cloud++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"The tiny images at link:++https://boot.fedoraproject.org/++[] are written to " +"CDs, USB drives, or even floppy disks. The BFO image loads installation " +"media from Fedora's servers and directly loads an installation environment, " +"like the netinstall ISO." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:58 +msgid "BFO images work like PXE deployments, without having to set up a server." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/Introduction.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/Introduction.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..308d9c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/Introduction.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This guide covers installation of Fedora, a Linux distribution built on free " +"and open source software. This manual helps you install Fedora on desktops, " +"laptops, and servers. The installation system is easy to use even if you " +"lack previous knowledge of Linux or computer networks. If you select default " +"options, Fedora provides a complete desktop operating system, including " +"productivity applications, Internet utilities, and desktop tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"This document details the full range of installation options, including " +"those that apply only in limited or unusual circumstances. Understanding of " +"all topics described in this document is not necessary to successfully " +"perform the installation in most cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Background" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "About Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"To find out more about {PRODUCT}, visit the " +"link:++http://fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Project Website]. Other " +"documentation describing additional topics related to {PRODUCT} is available " +"at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Documentation]. Also " +"see the " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_Project_Wiki++[{PRODUCT} " +"Project Wiki]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting Additional Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"If you encounter any problems which are not described in documentation, you " +"might get help from members of the community - developers, users, and " +"others. There are many ways to get help: the Ask Fedora website, mailing " +"lists, forums, or IRC. For a summary of available resources, see the " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicating_and_getting_help++[Communicating " +"and Getting Help] page on the {PRODUCT} wiki." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "About This Document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:32 +msgid "This guide helps a reader:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:34 +msgid "Understand how to locate the {PRODUCT} distribution online" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:36 +msgid "Create configuration data that allows a computer to boot {PRODUCT}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:38 +msgid "Understand and interact with the {PRODUCT} installation program" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:40 +msgid "Complete basic post-installation configuration of a {PRODUCT} system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"This guide does not cover *use* of {PRODUCT}. To learn how to use an " +"installed {PRODUCT} system, see the other manuals available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[Fedora Documentation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Target Audience" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"This guide is intended for {PRODUCT} users of all levels of " +"experience. However, it describes the installation process and its many " +"options in far greater detail than most users are likely to require. You do " +"not need to read and understand this entire document to install {PRODUCT} on " +"a computer. This document is most likely to help experienced users perform " +"advanced and unusual installations." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/Preface.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/Preface.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e00d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/Preface.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Acknowledgments" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"Certain portions of this text first appeared in the [citetitle]_Red Hat " +"Enterprise Linux Installation Guide_, copyright © 2014 Red Hat, Inc. and " +"others, published by Red Hat at " +"link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/++[]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/Revision_History.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/Revision_History.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e03c7ea --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/Revision_History.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Revision History" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"Note that revision numbers relate to the edition of this manual, not to " +"version numbers of Fedora." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.4-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:10 +msgid "Mon Jun 20 2016, Clayton Spicer (cspicer@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:12 +msgid "Fedora 24 Final release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:14 +msgid "Added boot option [option]#inst.nosave=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:16 +msgid "Typo fixes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.3-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:18 +msgid "Mon Nov 02 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:20 +msgid "Fedora 23 Final release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:22 +msgid "Kickstart commands and boot options updated for F23" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:24 +msgid "Many typo fixes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.2-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:26 +msgid "Mon May 25 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.cogm)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:28 +msgid "Fedora 22 Final release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"References to [application]*Yum* replaced with [application]*DNF* (the new " +"default package manager)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"Updates in boot options: [option]#inst.dnf# replaced with " +"[option]#inst.nodnf#, added [option]#inst.kdump_addon=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"Updates in Kickstart: [command]#%anaconda#, [command]#%addon#, " +"[command]#sshkey#, [command]#pwpolicy#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:36 +msgid "Added the `Kdump` screen to the GUI docs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.1-2`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:38 +msgid "Sun Dec 21 2014, Zach Oglesby (zach@oglesby.co)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:40 +msgid "Fixed Windows checksum steps, BZ#1175759" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.1-1`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:42 +msgid "Mon Dec 15 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"Fixes in Boot Options: inst.headless is deprecated, inst.askmethod moved " +"from removed to Installation Source" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:46 +msgid "Parts of the network boot setup chapter have been updated with correct URLs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"Updates in Recommended Partitioning Scheme and Advice on Partitions in the " +"Manual Partitioning section of the installation chapter" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.1-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:50 +msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:52 +msgid "Publishing for Fedora 21" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.0-1`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:54 +msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Pete Travis (immanetize@fedoraproject.org)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:56 +msgid "added info on media types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.0-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:58 +msgid "Tue Dec 17 2013, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:59 +msgid "Publishing for Fedora 20" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Author_Group.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Author_Group.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8a3ab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Author_Group.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Documentation Project" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:4 +msgid "{blank}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Feedback.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Feedback.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab5d4d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Feedback.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "We want feedback" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"indexterm:[feedback,contact information for this manual] If you find errors " +"or have suggestions for improvement, we want your advice. Submit a report in " +"Bugzilla against the product `{PRODUCT}` and the component `{BOOKID}`. The " +"following link automatically loads this information for you: {BZURL}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:10 +msgid "In Bugzilla:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"Provide a short summary of the error or your suggestion in the `Summary` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Copy the following template into the `Description` field and give us the " +"details of the error or suggestion as specifically as you can. If possible, " +"include some surrounding text so we know where the error occurs or the " +"suggestion fits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Document URL:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Section number and name:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Error or suggestion:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Additional information:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:27 +msgid "Click the btn:[Submit Bug] button." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..caa14a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:5 +msgid "Copyright {YEAR} {HOLDER}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:7 +msgid "" +"The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under " +"a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license " +"(\"CC-BY-SA\"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at " +"link:++http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/++[]. The original " +"authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the " +"\"Attribution Party\" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, " +"if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the " +"URL for the original version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and " +"agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted " +"by applicable law." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, " +"Fedora, the Infinity Logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., " +"registered in the United States and other countries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"For guidelines on the permitted uses of the Fedora trademarks, refer to " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Linux* (R) is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United " +"States and other countries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Java* (R) is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*XFS* (R) is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its " +"subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*MySQL* (R) is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the " +"European Union and other countries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:22 +msgid "All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/entities.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/entities.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46b8c6b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/entities.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ab5e5e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual Partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Manual Partitioning` screen allows you to create a storage " +"configuration for your {PRODUCT} system manually, giving you a greater " +"control over your system's storage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"In most other installers for both Linux and other operating systems, disk " +"partitioning usually takes a \"bottom-up\" approach. In these installers, " +"you first create underlying devices such as LVM physical volumes, then you " +"create a layout such as LVM on top of them, then you create file systems on " +"top of logical volumes, and the last step is usually assigning a mount point " +"to each volume as needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"[application]*Anaconda* uses an opposite approach. First, you create all " +"separate mount points you need, and everything needed to create them " +"(creating a volume group, logical volumes inside it, and physical volumes " +"where the volume group will reside) is performed automatically. You can then " +"adjust the automatic settings as you require." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"No permanent changes will be made to your disks during the actual " +"partitioning process. The configuration you have selected will only be " +"written to your system after you press the `Begin installation` button in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen. At this point" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"When you first open the `Manual Partitioning` screen, the column on the left " +"side will display all previously existing partitions on all drives which you " +"selected as installation targers in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]. If none of the selected drives contain any existing " +"partitions, then a message informing you that no mount points currently " +"exist will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Here, you can choose a partitioning scheme such as `LVM` or `BTRFS` and " +"click the `Click here to create them automatically` to prompt the installer " +"to create a basic partitioning layout; this layout follows the guidelines " +"described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]. The created layout is a basic layout where " +"partition/volume sizes are determined automatically based on the total " +"amount of available space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button to add a mount point. In the dialog window that opens, " +"choose a mount point such as `/` or `/home`, and the desired capacity for " +"the mount point (such as `10GB` or `500MB`). Note that specifying the mount " +"point is mandatory, but you do not have to specify the capacity at this " +"point; this is useful when adding a mount point which you want to make " +"larger than the current available space permits. Then, click `Add mount " +"point` to add it to the list using the default settings, which means it will " +"be created as a logical volume, and a new volume group will be created for " +"it unless one already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"Then, select the newly created mount point in the list on the left side. A " +"set of controls will display on the right side of the screen, allowing you " +"to change its mount point, the device on which it will physically reside, " +"its capacity, file system, etc. When you change any settings, press `Update " +"Settings` on the bottom right. This will save the adjusted configuration; " +"you can now create another mount point, or select a different existing one " +"and adjust its settings as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"For a description of available device and file system types, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a mount point, select it in the list and press the `-` button " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:42 +msgid "" +"The exact steps for configuring your storage depend on your specific needs " +"and your system configuration. Procedures for creating specific layouts are " +"described further in this chapter. Before you start, you should also review " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] and " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice " +"on Partitions] for a list of requirements and tips for partitioning your " +"disks for {PRODUCT}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"Below the list of existing mount points are two fields, showing you how much " +"free space is left on your storage devices and how much total space they " +"have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Click the `pass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ storage devices selected` to view a " +"summary of currently selected storage devices; this may help you with " +"orientation in more complicated storage schemas. Devices displayed here are " +"the ones you have selected in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]. If you want to add or remove any storage devices from your " +"configuration, return to that screen and change your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"You can press the `Reset All` button in the bottom right corner at any time " +"to reset the storage configuration to the state it was in when you last " +"opened the `Manual Partitioning` screen. This means that if you modify the " +"storage configuration, leave the screen, and then come back, the Reset " +"button will reset the configuration back to the already modified state, " +"discarding only the changes you have made recently, not all changes to the " +"storage configuration since you booted the installer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"To discard all changes, and to also detect any new drives which have not " +"been detected when the installer started (usually when you attached a new " +"drive after you started), press the button marked by a circular arrow in the " +"set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the " +"screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until " +"the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in " +"the `Local Standard Disks` section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Rescan Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Rescan Disks dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_RescanDisks.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring your system storage, press `Done` in the top " +"left corner to save the configuration and return to the `Installation " +"Summary` screen. At this point, the installer will check if your storage " +"configuration is valid. If an error was detected, a message will be " +"displayed at the bottom of the screen. Click the message to open a dialog " +"window explaining what kind of error has been detected (for example, you put " +"`/boot` on a Btrfs subvolume, or you did not create a BIOS Boot partition " +"when your system requires one)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"If such a message is displayed, go back and fix any issues found by the " +"installer; otherwise you will not be able to proceed with the " +"installation. You can also press `Done` again to return to the `Installation " +"Summary` anyway, but a storage configuration error will prevent you from " +"starting the actual installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"If no error message is displayed and if you made any changes since the last " +"time you have visited this screen, a summary dialog will appear, displaying " +"a detailed list of the changes you made. Review the list and click `Accept " +"Changes` to proceed with " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary], or click `Cancel & Return to Custom Partitioning` if you want to " +"make any more changes." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8d4721 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Btrfs Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Btrfs_ is a type of file system, but it has several features characteristic " +"of a storage device. It is designed to make the file system tolerant of " +"errors, and to facilitate the detection and repair of errors when they " +"occur. It uses checksums to ensure the validity of data and metadata, and " +"maintains snapshots of the file system that can be used for backup or " +"repair." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Creating a Btrfs layout is somewhat similar to LVM (described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]) with slightly different " +"terminology. A Btrfs _volume_ is the equivalent of an LVM volume group, and " +"a Btrfs _subvolume_ is similar to a LVM logical volume. An important " +"difference to note is how [application]*Anaconda* reports sizes for separate " +"mount points: For LVM, the exact size of each logical volume is shown next " +"to each mount point in the left pane, while with Btrfs, the total size of " +"the entire volume is shown next to each subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Some partition types - notably the `/boot` and `/usr` directories and the " +"BIOS Boot and EFI partitions - can not be placed on Btrfs subvolumes. Use " +"standard physical volumes for them (or an LVM logical volume for " +"`/usr`). See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create Btrfs Subvolume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:23 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to create Btrfs volumes and subvolumes:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Btrfs Subvolumes and Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for " +"the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, " +"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the " +"main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"When creating a mount point for swap on Btrfs, specify the mount point as " +"`swap`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount " +"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a Btrfs " +"subvolume by changing the `Device Type` option to `Btrfs`. Then, click " +"`Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"In the `Volume` menu, you can see that the subvolume has been assigned to an " +"automatically created volume, which is named after the {PRODUCT} variant you " +"are installing (for example, `fedora-server00`. Click the `Modify` button " +"under the drop-down menu to access the volume settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Volume` dialog, you can change the volume's name, its " +"`RAID level` (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and " +"you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume should " +"reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this " +"volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the " +"volume will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume with " +"RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"You can also make sure that the volume is encrypted by selecting the " +"`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire " +"volume. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk " +"encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume by selecting the " +"`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the " +"volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the Btrfs volume settings, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"If you need to create more than one Btrfs volume, open the `Volume` " +"drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new " +"dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous " +"step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level " +"and size policy for the new volume, and click `Save`. The new volume will " +"then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can then go " +"through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign them to " +"a different volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the subvolume - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to " +"apply any changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional Btrfs subvolumes you want to " +"create. Note that when creating additional subvolumes, a new volume is not " +"automatically created each time; instead, any additional subvolumes are " +"assigned to an existing volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it " +"is assigned to the correct volume, that it has sufficient capacity, and that " +"it has a descriptive name so you can identify the subvolume later if you " +"need to." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8127b4a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) presents a simple logical view of " +"underlying physical storage space, such as hard drives or LUNs. Partitions " +"on physical storage are represented as _physical volumes_ that can be " +"grouped together into _volume groups_. Each volume group can be divided into " +"multiple _logical volumes_, each of which is analogous to a standard disk " +"partition. Therefore, LVM logical volumes function as partitions which can " +"span multiple physical disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"See " +"xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding " +"LVM] for additional information about the concepts behind Logical Volume " +"Management." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Some partition types - notably the `/boot` directory and the BIOS Boot and " +"EFI partitions - can not be placed on logical volumes. Use standard physical " +"volumes for them. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create LVM Logical Volume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:23 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to create LVM logical volumes and volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating LVM Logical Volumes and Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for " +"the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, " +"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the " +"main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"When creating a mount point for swap on LVM, specify the mount point as " +"`swap`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume, and a volume group has been " +"created to contain it. Select the newly created mount point in the left pane " +"to configure it further. If you want to use thin provisioning for this " +"volume, change the `Device Type` option to `LVM Thin Provisioning`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"In the `Volume Group` menu, you can see that the volume has been assigned to " +"an automatically created volume group, which is named after the {PRODUCT} " +"variant you are installing (for example, `fedora-server`. Click the `Modify` " +"button under the drop-down menu to access the volume group settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Volume Group` dialog, you can change the volume group's " +"name, its `RAID level` (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and " +"you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume group should " +"reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this " +"volume group by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the " +"volume group will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume " +"group with RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"You can also make sure that the volume group is encrypted by selecting the " +"`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire volume " +"group. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk " +"encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume group by selecting the " +"`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the " +"volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the volume group settings, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"The configuration dialog does not allow you to specify the size of the " +"volume group's _physical extents_. The size will always be set to the " +"default value of 4 MiB. If you want to create a volume group with different " +"physical extents, create it manually by switching to an interactive shell " +"and using the [command]#vgcreate# command, or use a Kickstart file with the " +"[command]#volgroup " +"--pesize=pass:attributes[{blank}]_size_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:63 +msgid "" +"If you need to create more than one volume group, open the `Volume Group` " +"drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new " +"dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous " +"step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level " +"and size policy for the new group, and click `Save`. The new volume group " +"will then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can " +"then go through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign " +"them to a different volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:65 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the logical volume - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to " +"apply any changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:67 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional logical volumes you want to " +"create. Note that when creating additional LVM logical volumes, a new volume " +"group is not automatically created each time; instead, any additional " +"volumes are assigned to an existing group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it " +"is assigned to the correct group, that it has sufficient capacity, and that " +"it has a descriptive name so you can identify the volume later if you need " +"to." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a46453 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Standard Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Standard partitions_ are the most common type of partition, with the widest " +"support across operating systems. For example, Microsoft Windows uses " +"exclusively physical partitions and can not natively work with LVM or " +"Btrfs. Most {PRODUCT} partitioning setups will also require at least one " +"standard partition for the `/boot` directory, and possibly also another " +"standard partition with the BIOS Boot or EFI System file system to store the " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"See xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An " +"Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the " +"concepts behind physical partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create Standard Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure below to create mount points on standard physical " +"partitions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate mount point - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for " +"the partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, " +"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and return to " +"the main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a swap partition, specify the mount point as `swap`. For a " +"BIOS Boot partition, use `biosboot`. For an EFI System Partition, use " +"`/boot/efi`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"For information about these partition types, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount " +"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a physical " +"partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `Standard " +"Partition`. Then, click `Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the " +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that " +"the partition has been assigned to one or more hard drives. Click the " +"`Modify` button to configure on which drive this partition will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical " +"devices (disks) this volume *may* reside on. You can select one or more " +"disks which will be used to hold this volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and " +"clicking each disk in the list. If you select multiple disks here, " +"[application]*Anaconda* will determine where exactly the partition should be " +"created based on how you configured the rest of the installation. If you " +"want to make sure that this partition is placed on a specific hard drive, " +"select only that drive and unselect all others." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any " +"changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions you want to " +"create." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a9b7e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Device, File System and RAID Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} supports multiple types of devices and file systems. The lists " +"below offer a short description of each available device, file system and " +"RAID type and notes on their usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"To select a device type or a file system of a partition or a logical volume, " +"select it in the list in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning] and select a `Device Type` and a `File System` from their " +"respective drop-down menus on the right side of the screen. Then, click " +"`Update Settings` and repeat this process for all mount points you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"To configure software RAID, make sure that you have enough physical hard " +"drives selected as installation targets (the number of separate drives " +"required for each type of RAID is noted in its description). Then, choose a " +"RAID level when creating or modifying a Btrfs volume or LVM volume group, or " +"select `Software RAID` as the device type to create software RAID with " +"standard partitions. For detailed instructions, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating " +"a Btrfs Layout], " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout], and " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating " +"Software RAID] as needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Device Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"`Standard Partition` - A standard partition can contain a file system or " +"swap space. Standard partitions are most commonly used for `/boot` and the " +"BIOS Boot and EFI System partitions. LVM logical volumes or Btrfs subvolumes " +"are recommended for most other uses. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An " +"Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the " +"concepts behind physical partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"`LVM` - Choosing `LVM` as the `Device Type` creates an LVM logical volume " +"and a volume group to contain it (unless one already exists, in which case " +"the new volume is assigned to the existing group). LVM can improve " +"performance when using physical disks and allows you to use multiple disks " +"for a single mount point. For information on how to create a logical volume, " +"see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]. Also see " +"xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding " +"LVM] for some additional information about LVM in general." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"`LVM Thin Provisioning` - Using thin provisioning, you can manage a storage " +"pool of free space, known as a _thin pool_, which can be allocated to an " +"arbitrary number of devices when needed by applications. The thin pool can " +"be expanded dynamically when needed for cost-effective allocation of storage " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"`RAID` - Creating two or more software RAID partitions allows you to create " +"a software RAID device. One RAID partition is assigned to each disk on the " +"system. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating " +"Software RAID] for instructions on creating software RAID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"`BTRFS` - Btrfs is a file system with several device-like features. It is " +"capable of addressing and managing more files, larger files, and larger " +"volumes than the ext2, ext3, and ext4 file systems. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating " +"a Btrfs Layout] for more information about creating Btrfs volumes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File Systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"`ext4` - The ext4 file system is based on the ext3 file system and features " +"a number of improvements. These include support for larger file systems and " +"larger files, faster and more efficient allocation of disk space, no limit " +"on the number of subdirectories within a directory, faster file system " +"checking, and more robust journaling. Ext4 is the default and recommended " +"file system used by {PRODUCT} Workstation and Cloud. The maximum supported " +"size of a single ext4 file system is 50 TB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"`ext3` - The ext3 file system is based on the ext2 file system and has one " +"main advantage - journaling. Using a journaling file system reduces time " +"spent recovering a file system after a crash, as there is no need to check " +"the file system for metadata consistency by running the [command]#fsck# " +"utility every time a crash occurs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"`ext2` - An ext2 file system supports standard Unix file types, including " +"regular files, directories, or symbolic links. It provides the ability to " +"assign long file names, up to 255 characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"`swap` - Swap partitions are used to support virtual memory. In other words, " +"data is written to a swap partition when there is not enough RAM to store " +"the data your system is processing. A swap partition should always be " +"created; see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details such as the recommended size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"`xfs` - XFS is a highly scalable, high-performance file system that supports " +"file systems up to 16 exabytes (approximately 16 million terabytes), files " +"up to 8 exabytes (approximately 8 million terabytes), and directory " +"structures containing tens of millions of entries. XFS also supports " +"metadata journaling, which facilitates quicker crash recovery. The maximum " +"supported size of a single XFS file system is 500 TB. Starting with " +"{PRODUCT}{nbsp}22, XFS is the default and recommended file system on " +"{PRODUCT} Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Note that the size of an XFS file system can not currently be reduced " +"without destroying and recreating the file system. If you expect that you " +"will need to adjust the sizes of your file systems often, using XFS is not " +"recommended, as it makes administration substantially more time-consuming." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"`vfat` - The VFAT file system is a Linux file system that is compatible with " +"Microsoft Windows long file names on the FAT file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"`BIOS Boot` - A very small partition required for booting from a device with " +"a GUID partition table (GPT) on BIOS systems and UEFI systems in BIOS " +"compatibility mode. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"`EFI System Partition` - A small partition required for booting a device " +"with a GUID partition table (GPT) on a UEFI system. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software RAID Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"`RAID0 (Performance)` - Distributes data across multiple disks. Level 0 RAID " +"offers increased performance over standard partitions and can be used to " +"pool the storage of multiple disks into one large virtual device. Note that " +"Level 0 RAIDs offer no redundancy and that the failure of one device in the " +"array destroys data in the entire array. RAID 0 requires at least two disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"`RAID1 (Redundancy)` - Mirrors all data from one partition onto one or more " +"other disks. Additional devices in the array provide increasing levels of " +"redundancy. RAID 1 requires at least two disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"`RAID4 (Error Checking)` - Distributes data across multiple disks and uses " +"one disk in the array to store parity information which safeguards the array " +"in case any disk within the array fails. Because all parity information is " +"stored on one disk, access to this disk creates a \"bottleneck\" in the " +"array's performance. Level 4 RAID requires at least three disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"`RAID5 (Distributed Error Checking)` - Distributes data and parity " +"information across multiple disks. Level 5 RAIDs therefore offer the " +"performance advantages of distributing data across multiple disks, but do " +"not share the performance bottleneck of level 4 RAIDs because the parity " +"information is also distributed through the array. RAID 5 requires at least " +"three disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"`RAID6 (Redundant Error Checking)` - Level 6 RAIDs are similar to level 5 " +"RAIDs, but instead of storing only one set of parity data, they store two " +"sets. RAID 6 requires at least four disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:62 +msgid "" +"`RAID10 (Performance, Redundancy)` - Level 10 RAIDs are nested RAIDs or " +"hybrid RAIDs. They are constructed by distributing data over mirrored sets " +"of disks. For example, a level 10 RAID array constructed from four RAID " +"partitions consists of two mirrored pairs of striped partitions. RAID 10 " +"requires at least four disks." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35adea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advice on Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"There is no best way to partition every system; the optimal setup depends on " +"how you plan to use the system being installed. However, the following tips " +"may help you find the optimal layout for your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Consider encrypting any partitions and volumes which might contain sensitive " +"data. Encryption prevents unauthorized people from accessing the data on the " +"partitions, even if they have access to the physical storage device. In most " +"cases, you should at least encrypt the `/home` partition, which contains " +"user data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"In some cases, creating separate mount points for directories other than " +"`/`, `/boot` and `/home` may be useful; for example, on a server running a " +"[application]*MySQL* database, having a separate mount point for " +"`/var/lib/mysql` will allow you to preserve the database during a " +"reinstallation without having to restore it from backup afterwards. However, " +"having unnecessary separate mount points will make storage administration " +"more difficult." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Some special restrictions apply to certain directories with regards on which " +"partitioning layouts can they be placed. Notably, the `/boot` directory must " +"always be on a physical partition (not on an LVM volume or a Btrfs " +"subvolume), and `/usr` can not be on a Btrfs subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"If you are new to Linux, consider reviewing the [citetitle]_Linux Filesystem " +"Hierarchy Standard_ at " +"link:++http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/FHS_2.3/fhs-2.3.html++[] for " +"information about various system directories and their contents." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"Each kernel installed on your system requires approximately 20 MB on the " +"`/boot` partition. The default partition size of 500 MB for `/boot` should " +"suffice for most common uses; increase the size of this partition if you " +"plan to keep many kernels installed at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"The `/var` directory holds content for a number of applications, including " +"the [application]*Apache* web server, and is used by the [application]*DNF* " +"package manager to temporarily store downloaded package updates. Make sure " +"that the partition or volume containing `/var` has at least 3 GB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"The contents of the `/var` directory usually change very often. This may " +"cause problems with older solid state drives (SSDs), as they can handle a " +"lower number of read/write cycles before becoming unusable. If your system " +"root is on an SSD, consider creating a separate mount point for `/var` on a " +"classic (platter) HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"The `/usr` directory holds the majority of software on a typical {PRODUCT} " +"installation. The partition or volume containing this directory should " +"therefore be at least 5 GB for minimal installations, and at least 10 GB for " +"installations with a graphical environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"If `/usr` or `/var` is partitioned separately from the rest of the root " +"volume, the boot process becomes much more complex because these directories " +"contain boot-critical components. In some situations, such as when these " +"directories are placed on an iSCSI drive or an FCoE location, the system may " +"either be unable to boot, or it may hang with a `Device is busy` error when " +"powering off or rebooting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"This limitation only applies to `/usr` or `/var`, not to directories below " +"them. For example, a separate partition for `/var/www` will work without " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"Consider leaving a portion of the space in an LVM volume group " +"unallocated. This unallocated space gives you flexibility if your space " +"requirements change but you do not wish to remove data from other " +"volumes. You can also select the `Thin provisioning` device type for the " +"partition to have the unused space handled automatically by the volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"The size of an `XFS` file system can not be reduced - if you need to make a " +"partition or volume with this file system smaller, you must back up your " +"data, destroy the file system, and create a new, smaller one in its " +"place. Therefore, if you expect needing to manipulate your partitioning " +"layout later, you should use the `ext4` file system instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"Use Logical Volume Management (LVM) if you anticipate expanding your storage " +"by adding more hard drives after the installation. With LVM, you can create " +"physical volumes on the new drives, and then assign them to any volume group " +"and logical volume as you see fit - for example, you can easily expand your " +"system's `/home` (or any other directory residing on a logical volume)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Creating a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System Partition may be necessary, " +"depending on your system's firmware, boot drive size, and boot drive disk " +"label. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for information about these partitions. Note that the " +"graphical installer will not let you create a BIOS Boot or EFI System " +"Partition if your system does *not* require one - in that case, they will be " +"hidden from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"If you need to make any changes to your storage configuration after the " +"installation, {PRODUCT} repositories offer several different tools which can " +"help you do this. If you prefer a command line tool, try " +"[package]*system-storage-manager*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cca2e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recommended Partitioning Scheme" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:8 +msgid "In most cases, at least the following mount points should always be created:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/boot` - 500 MB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"This partition contains the operating system kernel, which allows {PRODUCT} " +"to boot. It also contains other files used during the bootstrap process. Due " +"to the limitations of most firmware, creating a separate, small standard " +"partition for this directory is recommended. In most scenarios, a 500 MB " +"`/boot` partition is adequate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"If your system has a hardware RAID controller, be aware that some BIOS types " +"do not support booting from it. In that case, the `/boot` partition must be " +"created on a partition outside of the RAID array, such as on a separate hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"Also note that the `/boot` directory can not be placed on a LVM logical " +"volume or a Btrfs subvolume. Use a standard partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/` (root) - 10 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"This is where the root directory is located. The root directory is the top " +"level of the directory structure. By default, all files are written to this " +"partition unless a different partition is mounted in the path being written " +"to (for example, `/boot` or `/home`). If you follow the recommended scheme " +"described in this section, this will be the partition where most software " +"packages will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"For a minimal installation, a 5 GB root partition will be " +"sufficient. However, for most common installations which include extra " +"packages and a graphical user interface, the root partition should be at " +"least 10 GB; with 20 GB being sufficient for most common use cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"The `/` mount point is the top of the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy, and is " +"referred to as the _root file system_, or root. The `/root` directory, " +"sometimes pronounced " +"\"pass:attributes[{blank}]_slash-root_pass:attributes[{blank}]\", is the " +"home directory for the `root` user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/home` - at least 10 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"To store user data separately from system data, create a dedicated mount " +"point for the `/home` directory. This partition should be sized based on the " +"amount of data that will be stored locally, number of users, and so on. This " +"will allow you to upgrade or reinstall {PRODUCT} without erasing user data " +"files. During the installation, a separate `/home` partition will be created " +"if there are 50 GB or more free space for your {PRODUCT} installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"When using {PRODUCT} as a workstation for normal use with a graphical " +"environment, this mount point should have the most disk space assigned to " +"it, as it will likely hold the most data (user settings, images, videos, " +"etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "swap - based on your system parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Swap partitions support virtual memory; data is written to them when there " +"is not enough RAM to store the data your system is processing. This " +"partition's size is a function of system memory workload, not total system " +"memory, and therefore is not equal to the total system memory " +"size. Therefore, it is important to analyze what applications a system will " +"be running and the load those applications will serve in order to determine " +"the system memory workload. Application providers and developers should be " +"able to provide some guidance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"When the system runs out of swap space, the kernel terminates processes as " +"the system RAM memory is exhausted. Configuring too much swap space results " +"in storage devices being allocated but idle and is a poor use of " +"resources. Too much swap space can also hide memory leaks. The maximum size " +"for a swap partition and other additional information can be found in the " +"`mkswap(8)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"The table below provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending " +"on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory " +"for your system to hibernate. If you let the installation program partition " +"your system automatically, the swap partition size will be established using " +"these guidelines. Automatic partitioning setup assumes hibernation is not in " +"use, and the maximum size of the swap partition is limited to 10% of the " +"total size of the hard drive. If you want to set up enough swap space to " +"allow for hibernation, or if you want to set the swap partition size to more " +"than 10% of the system's storage space, you must edit the partitioning " +"layout manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recommended System Swap Space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Amount of RAM in the system|Recommended swap space|Recommended swap space " +"if allowing for hibernation\n" +"|less than 2 GB|2 times the amount of RAM|3 times the amount of RAM\n" +"|2 GB - 8 GB|Equal to the amount of RAM|2 times the amount of RAM\n" +"|8 GB - 64 GB|0.5 times the amount of RAM|1.5 times the amount of RAM\n" +"|more than 64 GB|workload dependent|hibernation not recommended\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 " +"GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), discretion can be exercised with regard " +"to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow " +"for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"Distributing swap space over multiple storage devices - particularly on " +"systems with fast drives, controllers and interfaces - also improves swap " +"space performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIOS Boot (1 MB) or EFI System Partition (200 MB)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"The [application]*GRUB2* boot loader can be installed either in the _Master " +"Boot Record_ (MBR) or the _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) of the boot " +"device. In order to determine which of these methods to use, the " +"installation program considers the following variations:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Systems with BIOS firmware and UEFI systems in BIOS compatibility mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"If the disk is already formatted, the partitioning scheme is retained. If " +"the disk is not formatted, or you have erased all existing partitions from " +"the disk, the installer will choose the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*** MBR if the size of the disk is less than 2 TB (terabytes)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*** GPT if the size of the disk is more than 2 TB\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"You can force the installer to use GPT on disks smaller than 2 TB by using " +"the [option]#inst.gpt# boot option as described in " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#chap-anaconda-boot-options[Boot " +"Options]. However, the opposite is not possible - you can not use MBR on " +"disks larger than 2 TB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:72 +msgid "" +"You need to create a _BIOS Boot_ partition with a size of 1 MB to install on " +"a system with BIOS firmware if the disk containing the boot loader uses " +"GPT. If the disk uses a MBR, no special partition is necessary on a BIOS " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Systems with UEFI firmware:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:74 +msgid "" +"Only GPT is allowed on UEFI systems. In order to install on a formatted disk " +"with a MBR, it must be reformated and relabeled. All data currently on the " +"disk will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:76 +msgid "" +"UEFI-based systems require an _EFI System Partition_ at least 50 MB in size " +"(recommended size is 200 MB), regardless of the partitioning scheme." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"If your system requires either a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System " +"Partition based on the requirements detailed above, this partition must be " +"created as a standard physical partition. It can not reside on an LVM volume " +"or a Btrfs subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:83 +msgid "" +"Also note that if your system does not require any of these partitions, they " +"will not be shown in the `File System` menu in mount point options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:87 +msgid "" +"Many systems have more partitions than the minimum listed above. Choose " +"partitions based on your particular needs. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice " +"on Partitions] for additional information and advice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:92 +msgid "" +"Only assign storage capacity to those partitions you require " +"immediately. You may allocate free space at any time, to meet needs as they " +"occur." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"If you are not sure how best to configure the partitions for your computer, " +"accept the automatic default partition layout provided by the installation " +"program as described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bea27fc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Software RAID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Redundant arrays of independent disks_ (RAIDs) are constructed from " +"multiple storage devices that are arranged to provide increased performance " +"and, in some configurations, greater fault tolerance. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] a description of different kinds of RAIDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"A RAID device is created in one step, and disks are added or removed as " +"necessary. One RAID partition per physical disk is allowed for each device, " +"so the number of disks available to the installation program determines " +"which levels of RAID device are available to you. For example, if your " +"system has two hard drives, the installation program will not allow you to " +"create a RAID10 device, which requires 4 separate partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"This section only explains how to create software RAID with standard " +"(physical) partitions. However, you can also configure LVM volume groups and " +"Btrfs volumes to use RAID and place their logical volumes or Btrfs " +"subvolumes on top of this RAID array. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout] and " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating " +"a Btrfs Layout] for instructions on creating RAID in LVM and Btrfs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create Software RAID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"RAID configuration options are only visible if you have selected two or more " +"disks for installation. At least two disks are required to create a RAID " +"device, and some RAID layouts will require more. Requirements for different " +"types of RAID are described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:30 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to create software RAID:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate software RAID partition - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a " +"size for the new partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for " +"example, `50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and " +"return to the main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"When creating a mount point for swap on software RAID, specify the mount " +"point as `swap`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount " +"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a software " +"RAID partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `RAID`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Choose a RAID type from the `RAID Level` drop-down menu. Available RAID " +"types and their requirements are described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that " +"the partition has been assigned to several physical disks. Click the " +"`Modify` button to configure on which drives this partition will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical " +"devices (disks) this partition *may* reside on. You can select one or more " +"disks which will be used to hold this partition by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] " +"and clicking each disk in the list. If you want to make sure that this " +"partition is placed on a specific set of hard drives, select only those " +"drives and unselect all others." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any " +"changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions with software " +"RAID you want to create." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b07f984 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Date & Time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Date & Time` screen allows you to configure time and date-related " +"settings for your system. This screen is automatically configured based on " +"the settings you selected in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection], but you can change your date, time and " +"location settings before you begin the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screenshot of the Date & Time screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"First, select your `Region` using the drop-down menu in the top left corner " +"of the screen. Then, select your `City`, or the city closest to your " +"location in the same time zone. Selecting a specific location helps " +"{PRODUCT} ensure that your time is always set correctly including automatic " +"time changes for daylight savings time if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"You can also select a time zone relative to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) " +"without setting your location to a specific region. To do so, select `Etc` " +"as your region." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The list of cities and regions comes from the Time Zone Database " +"([package]*tzdata*) public domain, which is maintained by the Internet " +"Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The Fedora Project can not add cities or " +"regions into this database. You can find more information at the " +"link:++http://www.iana.org/time-zones++[IANA official website]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"The switch labeled `Network Time` in the top right corner of the screen can " +"be used to enable or disable network time synchronization using the Network " +"Time Protocol (NTP). Enabling this option will keep your system time correct " +"as long as the system can access the internet. By default, four NTP _pools_ " +"are configured; you can add others and disable or remove the default ones by " +"clicking the gear wheel button next to the switch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Add and mark for usage NTP servers dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"A dialog window allowing you to add or remove NTP pools from your system " +"configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke_AddNTP.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"If you disable network time synchronization, the controls at the bottom of " +"the screen will become active, and you will be able to set the current time " +"and date manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"After configuring your time and date settings, press the `Done` button in " +"the top left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36d98f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Destination - Specialized & Network Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"This part of the `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure " +"non-local storage devices, namely iSCSI and FCoE storage. This section will " +"mostly be useful to advanced users who have a need for networked disks. For " +"instructions on setting up local hard drives, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"This section only explains how to make existing network disks available " +"inside the installer. It does not explain how to set up your network or a " +"storage server, only how to connect to them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Destination - Network Storage Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "A list of currently configured network storage devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/FilterSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The screen contains a list of all currently available (discovered) network " +"storage devices. When the screen is opened for the first time, the list will " +"be empty in most cases because no network storage has been discovered - the " +"installer makes no attempt at discovering this unless you configure network " +"disks using a Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"To add one or more storage devices to the screen so you can search them and " +"use them in the installation, click `Add iSCSI Target` or `Add FCoE SAN` in " +"the bottom right corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-iscsi[Add " +"iSCSI Target] or " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-fcoe[Add " +"FCoE SAN], depending on which type of network storage you want to add." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"Network storage devices successfully discovered and configured by the " +"installer will then be displayed in the main list, along with identifying " +"information such as `Name`, `WWID`, `Model` and `Target`. To sort the list " +"by a specific column (for example `WWID`), click the column's heading." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"On lower display resolutions, the list may be too wide to fit on the screen, " +"and some of the columns or buttons may be hidden initially. Use the " +"horizontal scroll bar at the bottom of the list to move your view and see " +"all available table columns and controls." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"There are three tabs on the top of the list, which display different " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Search" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Displays all available devices, regardless of their type, and allows you to " +"filter them either by their _World Wide Identifier_ (WWID) or by the port, " +"target, or logical unit number (LUN) at which they are accessed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Multipath Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"Storage devices accessible through more than one path, such as through " +"multiple SCSI controllers or Fiber Channel ports on the same system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"The installation program only detects multipath storage devices with serial " +"numbers that are 16 or 32 characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other SAN Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:47 +msgid "Devices available on a Storage Area Network (SAN)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Depending on the tab you are currently in, you can filter the discovered " +"devices by using the `Filter By` field. Some of the filtering options are " +"automatically populated based on discovered devices (for example, if you " +"select `Filter By:` `Vendor`, another drop-down menu will appear showing all " +"vendors of all discovered devices). Other filters require your input (for " +"example when filtering by WWID), and present you with a text input field " +"instead of a drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"In the list (regardless of how it is filtered), each device is presented on " +"a separate row, with a check box to its left. Mark the check box to make the " +"device available during the installation process; this will cause this " +"device (node) to be shown in the `Specialized & Network Disks` section in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]. There, you can select the disk as an installation target and " +"proceed with either manual or automatic partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"Devices that you select here are not automatically wiped by the installation " +"process. Selecting a device on this screen does not, in itself, place data " +"stored on the device at risk. Also note that any devices that you do not " +"select here to form part of the installed system can be added to the system " +"after installation by modifying the `/etc/fstab` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"When you have selected the storage devices to make available during " +"installation, click `Done` to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dc352a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add FCoE SAN" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The following procedure explains how to add _Fibre Channel over Ethernet_ " +"(FCoE) storage devices and make them available during the installation:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add FCoE Target" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"Click the `Add FCoE SAN` button in the bottom right corner of " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Select the network interface (`NIC`) which is connected to your FCoE switch " +"from the drop-down menu. Note that this network interface must be configured " +"and connected - see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network " +"& Hostname]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:16 +msgid "Below the `NIC` drop-down menu are two choices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`Use DCB`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"_Data Center Bridging_ (DCB) is a set of enhancements to the Ethernet " +"protocols designed to increase the efficiency of Ethernet connections in " +"storage networks and clusters. This option should only be enabled for " +"network interfaces that require a host-based DCBX client. Configurations on " +"interfaces that implement a hardware DCBX client should leave this check box " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`Use auto vlan`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"This option indicates whether VLAN discovery should be performed. If this " +"box is checked, then the _FCoE Initiation Protocol_ (FIP) VLAN discovery " +"protocol will run on the Ethernet interface once the link configuration has " +"been validated. If they are not already configured, network interfaces for " +"any discovered FCoE VLANs will be automatically created and FCoE instances " +"will be created on the VLAN interfaces. This option is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"After you select which interface and options to use, click `Add FCoE " +"Disk(s)`. Discovered FCoE storage devices will be displayed under the `Other " +"SAN Devices` tab in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01a699d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add iSCSI Target" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"To use iSCSI storage devices, the installer must be able to discover them as " +"_iSCSI targets_ and be able to create an iSCSI session to access them. Both " +"of these steps may require a user name and password for _Challenge Handshake " +"Authentication Protocol_ (CHAP) authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"You can also configure an iSCSI target to authenticate the iSCSI initiator " +"on the system to which the target is attached (_reverse CHAP_), both for " +"discovery and for the session. Used together, CHAP and reverse CHAP are " +"called _mutual CHAP_ or _two-way CHAP_. Mutual CHAP provides the greatest " +"level of security for iSCSI connections, particularly if the user name and " +"password are different for CHAP authentication and reverse CHAP " +"authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:12 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to add an iSCSI storage target to your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Click the `Add iSCSI Target` button in the bottom right corner of the " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks] screen. A new dialog window " +"titled `Add iSCSI Storage Target` will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:18 +msgid "Enter the IP address of the iSCSI target in the `Target IP Address` field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"Provide a name in the `iSCSI Initiator Name` field for the iSCSI initiator " +"in _iSCSI Qualified Name_ (IQN) format. A valid IQN entry contains:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** The string `iqn.` (including the period).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** A date code specifying the year and month in which your organization's " +"Internet domain or subdomain name was registered, represented as four digits " +"for the year, a dash, and two digits for the month, followed by a " +"period. For example, represent September 2010 as `2010-09.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** Your organization's Internet domain or subdomain name, presented in " +"*reverse* order (with the top-level domain first). For example, represent " +"the subdomain storage.example.com as `com.example.storage`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** A colon (`:`) followed by a string which uniquely identifies this " +"particular iSCSI initiator within your domain or subdomain. For example, " +"`:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:30 +msgid "A complete IQN will therefore look as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`iqn.2010-09.com.example.storage:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"An example using the correct format is also displayed below the input field " +"for reference." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"For more information about IQNs, see [citetitle]_3.2.6. iSCSI Names in RFC " +"3720 - Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI)_, available from " +"link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3720#section-3.2.6++[] and " +"[citetitle]_1. iSCSI Names and Addresses in RFC 3721 - Internet Small " +"Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI) Naming and Discovery_, available from " +"link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3721#section-1++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Specify the type of authentication to use for iSCSI discovery using the " +"`Discovery Authentication Type` drop-down menu. Depending on which type of " +"authentication you selected, additional input fields (such as `CHAP " +"Username` and `CHAP Password` may then become visible. Fill in your " +"authentication credentials; these should be provided by your organization." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"Click the `Start Discovery` button. The installer will now attempt to " +"discover an iSCSI target based on the information you provided, and if the " +"target requires CHAP or reverse CHAP authentication, it will attempt to use " +"the credentials you provided. This process may take some time (generally " +"less than 30 seconds), depending on your network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"If the discovery was *not* successful, an error message will be displayed in " +"the dialog window. This message will vary based on which part of the " +"discovery failed. If the installer did not find the target you specified at " +"all, you should check the IP address; if the problem is an authentication " +"error, make sure you entered all CHAP and reverse CHAP credentials correctly " +"and that you have access to the iSCSI target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"The `No nodes discovered` error message may also mean that all nodes on the " +"address you specified are already configured. During discovery, " +"[application]*Anaconda* ignores nodes which have already been added." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"If the discovery was successful, you will see a list of all discovered " +"nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"Select one or more nodes you want to log in to by marking or unmarking the " +"check box next to each node discovered on the target. Below the list, select " +"again the type of authentication you want to use; you can also select the " +"`Use the credentials from discovery` option if the CHAP/reverse CHAP user " +"name and password you used to discover the target are also valid for logging " +"in to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"After selecting all nodes you want to use, click `Log In` to initiate an " +"iSCSI session. [application]*Anaconda* will attempt to log in to all " +"selected nodes. If the login process is succesful, the `Add iSCSI Storage " +"Target` dialog will close, and all nodes you have configured will now be " +"shown in the list of network disks in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"You can repeat this procedure to discover additional iSCSI targets, or to " +"add more nodes from a previously configured target. However, note that once " +"you click the `Start Discovery` button for the first time, you will not be " +"able to change the `iSCSI Initiator Name`. If you made an error when " +"configuring the initiator name, you must restart the installation." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..866cd2e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Initial Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Initial Setup` screen is shown after the installation finishes and the " +"installed system boots for the first time, before the first login, assuming " +"the following conditions have been met:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Your software selection contained a graphical environment (for example, you " +"installed the system using a {PRODUCT} Workstation live image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"The graphical environment you have installed is *not* [application]*GNOME " +"Desktop Environment* (it provides its own initial setup utility which is " +"described in xref:After_Installation.adoc#sect-gnome-initial-setup[GNOME " +"Initial Setup])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:14 +msgid "The [package]*initial-setup* package has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:16 +msgid "You have not configured every screen available in the graphical installer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The main Initial Setup screen. This example shows all options; not all of " +"them may be shown" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/InitialSetupHub.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* allows you to configure several system " +"settings. All of these can also be configured during the installation, but " +"they are not required to finish it. Only the settings which have *not* been " +"configured during the installation will be shown; for example, if you did " +"not create a non-`root` user account during the installation, " +"[application]*Initial Setup* will start after the first reboot, and you will " +"be able to configure one. If you configured all available options during the " +"instalaltion, [application]*Initial Setup* will not be displayed at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"To configure any aspect of the system available in the utility, click any of " +"the links available in the main window (for example, `Create User`). Each " +"link leads to a separate screen with separate options; these screens are the " +"same ones which were available during the graphical installation. If you " +"need help, press `Help` in the top left corner to open a new window " +"containing directions for that screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring any screen, press the `Done` button in the top " +"left corner to return to the main [application]*Initial Setup* menu. After " +"you finish configuring all settings, click `Finish Configuration` in the " +"bottom right corner to save all configured settings. The configuration " +"utility will close and you will be able to log in to the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to configure [application]*Initial Setup* to display all " +"available options, even if they have been already configured during the " +"installation. To do so, you must use a Kickstart file at the start of the " +"installation, and this file must contain the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# [command]firstboot --enable --reconfig#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--reconfig# option specifies that all options should be " +"displayed. See " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"Normally, it is not possible to return to [application]*Initial Setup* after " +"you close it and log in to the system. You can make it display again (after " +"the next reboot, before a login prompt is displayed), by executing the " +"following command as `root`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# systemctl enable initial-setup-graphical.service\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:52 +msgid "Then, reboot your system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6ba494 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kdump" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"This screen is disabled by default. To enable it during the installation, " +"you must use the [option]#inst.kdump_addon=on# option at the boot menu. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-advanced[Advanced " +"Installation Options] for details, and " +"xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu] for " +"instructions on using custom boot options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Use this screen to select whether or not [application]*Kdump* will be " +"activated on the installed system, and how much memory will be reserved for " +"it if enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Kdump configuration screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/KdumpSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"[application]*Kdump* is a kernel crash dumping mechanism which, in the event " +"of a system crash, captures the contents of the system memory at the moment " +"of failure. This captured memory can then be analyzed to find the cause of " +"the crash. If [application]*Kdump* is enabled, it must have a small portion " +"of the system's memory (RAM) reserved to itself. This reserved memory will " +"not be accessible to the main kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"To enable [application]*Kdump* on the installed system, check " +"`Enabled`. Then, select either `Automatic` or `Manual` memory reservation " +"settings, and if you selected `Manual`, enter the amount of memory to be " +"reserved in megabytes into the `Memory to be reserved` field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"The amount of memory which you should reserve is determined based on your " +"system's architecture (AMD64 and Intel{nbsp}64 will have different " +"requirements than IBM Power, for example) as well as the total amount of " +"system memory. In most cases, automatic reservation will be satisfactory. If " +"you insist on manual settings, see the " +"link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/Kernel_Crash_Dump_Guide/appe-supported-kdump-configurations-and-targets.html#sect-kdump-memory-requirements++[Red{nbsp}Hat " +"Enterprise{nbsp}Linux{nbsp}7 Kernel Crash Dump Guide] for guidelines. This " +"document also contains more in-depth information about how " +"[application]*Kdump* works, how to configure additional settings, and how to " +"analyze a saved crash dump." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"The `Usable System Memory` readout below the reservation input field shows " +"how much memory will be accessible to your main system once your selected " +"amount of RAM is reserved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"Additional settings, such as the location where kernel crash dumps will be " +"saved, can only be configured after the installation using either the " +"`system-config-kdump` graphical interface, or manually in the " +"`/etc/kdump.conf` configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"After configuring [application]*Kdump* settings, click btn:[Done] in the top " +"left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1735fb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Keyboard Layout` screen allows you to set up one or more keyboard " +"layouts for your system and a way to switch between them. One keyboard " +"layout is configured automatically based on your selection in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection], but you can change this layout and add " +"additional ones before you begin the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Keyboard layouts are a separate setting from system languages, and these two " +"settings can be mixed as you see fit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"All settings configured in this screen will be available on the installed " +"system, and they will also become immediately available inside the " +"installer. You can use the keyboard icon in the top right corner of any " +"screen, or the keyboard switch you configured in this screen, to cycle " +"between your configured layouts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The keyboard layout configuration screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/KeyboardSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"The left half of the screen contains a window listing all currently " +"configured layouts. The order in which the layouts are displayed is " +"important - the same order will be used when switching between layouts, and " +"the first listed layout will be the default on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"The text field on the right side of the screen can be used to test the " +"currently selected layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"You can click a layout in the list to highlight it. At the bottom of the " +"list, there is a set of buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"The `+` button adds a new layout. When you press this button, a new window " +"opens with a list of all available layouts, grouped by language. You can " +"find a layout by browsing the list, or you can use the search bar at the " +"bottom of this window. When you find the layout you want to add, highlight " +"it and press `Add`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "The `-` button removes the currently highlighted layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"The up and down buttons can be used to move the highlighted layout up or " +"down in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The keyboard button opens a new window which offers a visual representation " +"of the highlighted layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"If you use a layout that cannot accept Latin characters, such as `Russian`, " +"you are advised to also add the `English (United States)` layout and " +"configure a keyboard combination to switch between the two layouts. If you " +"only select a layout without Latin characters, you may be unable to enter a " +"valid `root` password and user credentials later in the installation " +"process. This may prevent you from completing the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"You can also optionally configure a keyboard switch which can be used to " +"cycle between available layouts. To do so, click the `Options` button on the " +"right side of the screen. The `Layout Switching Options` dialog will open, " +"allowing you to configure one or more keys or key combinations for " +"switching. Select one or more key combinations using the check boxes next to " +"them, and click `OK` to confirm your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring keyboard layouts and switches, click `Done` in " +"the top left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f873814 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Language Support` screen allows you to configure language settings for " +"your system. The default language is determined by your selection in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection] and support for this language can not be " +"removed. You can only add additional languages, which will be available on " +"the installed system - not during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the default language, or the language used during the " +"installation, you must reboot your system, start the installer again, and " +"select a different language in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Adding support for another language does not automatically configure the " +"corresponding keyboard layout. Layouts are a separate setting configured in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard " +"Layout]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The language configuration screen. The left side shows that at least one " +"variant of English and French have been selected; the right column shows " +"that French (France) and French (Canada) are selected in the currently " +"highlighted French group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/LangSupportSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"The left panel contains a list of available language groups such as " +"`English` or `Bulgarian`. If at least one language from a group is selected, " +"a check mark will be displayed next to the group, and the list entry will be " +"highlighted. This allows you to easily see which languages you have " +"configured support for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"To add support for one or more additional languages, click a group in the " +"left panel, and then select one or more regional variations in the right " +"panel using check boxes next to list entries. Repeat this process for all " +"languages you want to install support for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"Enabling support for some languages (typically languages which use non-Latin " +"script) will install additional packages - for example, enabling support for " +"one or more languages from the `Arabic` group will also install the " +"`arabic-support` package group. For more information about packages, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software " +"Selection]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, click `Done` in the top left corner to " +"return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cb9748 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network & Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Network & Hostname` screen is used to configure network " +"interfaces. Options selected here will be available both during the " +"installation (if needed for tasks such as downloading packages from a remote " +"location) and on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Network configuration is an expansive topic and many of the options " +"available during the installation are beyond the scope of this document. For " +"detailed information about networking, including both theoretical topics and " +"specific instructions and examples, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} " +"Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Network & Hostname screen. In the left pane" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/NetworkSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"Locally accessible interfaces are automatically detected by the installation " +"program and cannot be manually added or deleted. All detected interfaces are " +"listed on the left side of the screen. Click an interface in the list to " +"display its current configuration (such as IP and DNS address); the details " +"are displayed on the right side of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Below the list of interfaces are two buttons. Use the `+` button to add a " +"virtual network interface (Team, Bond or VLAN) as described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding " +"a Virtual Network Interface]. To remove a previously created virtual " +"interface, select it in the list and click the `-` button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"To change settings such as IP addresses, DNS servers, or routing " +"configuration for an existing interface (both virtual and physical), select " +"the interface in the left pane and click `Configure` in the bottom right " +"corner of the screen. Available settings are described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing " +"Network Interface Configuration]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Use the `ON`pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]`OFF` switch in " +"the top right corner to enable or disable the currently selected interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"Below the list of connections, enter a host name for this computer in the " +"`Hostname` input field. The host name can be either a _fully-qualified " +"domain name_ (FQDN) in the format _hostname_._domainname_, or a short host " +"name with no domain name. Many networks have a _Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol_ (`DHCP`) service that automatically supplies connected systems " +"with a domain name; to allow the `DHCP` service to assign the domain name to " +"this machine, only specify the short host name." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..894d1a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing Network Interface Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"This section only details the most important settings for a typical wired " +"connection used during installation. Many of the available options do not " +"have to be changed in most installation scenarios and are not carried over " +"to the installed system. Configuration of other types of networks is broadly " +"similar, although the specific configuration parameters may be different. To " +"learn more about network configuration after installation, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a network connection manually, select that connection in the " +"list on the left side of the screen, and click the `Configure` button. A " +"dialog will appear that allows you to configure the selected connection. The " +"configuration options presented depends on the connection type - the " +"available options will be slightly different depending on whether it is a " +"physical interface (wired or wireless network interface controller) or a " +"virtual interface (Bond, Team or Vlan) which you previously configured in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding " +"a Virtual Network Interface].. A full description of all configuration " +"settings for all connection types is beyond the scope of this document; see " +"the [citetitle]_Networking Guide_ for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:12 +msgid "The most common and useful options in the configuration dialog are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Enable or disable the connection by default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"In the `General` tab of the configuration dialog, you can select or unselect " +"the `Automatically connect to this network when it is available` check box " +"to allow or disallow this connection to connect by default. When enabled on " +"a wired connection, this means the system will typically connect during " +"startup (unless you unplug the network cable); on a wireless connection, it " +"means that the interface will attempt to connect to any known wireless " +"networks in range." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can allow or disallow all users on the system from " +"connecting to this network using the `All users may connect to this network` " +"option. If you disable this option, only `root` will be able to connect to " +"this network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to only allow a specific user other than `root` to use " +"this interface, because no other users are created at this point during the " +"installation. If you need a connection for a different user, you must " +"configure it after the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up static IPv4 or IPv6 settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"By default, both `IPv4` and `IPv6` are set to automatic configuration " +"depending on current network settings. This means that addresses such as the " +"local IP address, DNS address, and other settings will be detected " +"automatically each time the interface connects to a network. In many cases, " +"this is sufficient, but you can also provide static configuration in the " +"`IPv4 Settings` and `IPv6 Settings`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"To set static network configuration, navigate to one of the settings tabs " +"and select a method other than `Automatic` (for example, `Manual`) from the " +"`Method` drop-down menu. This will enable the `Addresses` field below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"In the `IPv6 Settings` tab, you can also set the method to `Ignore` to " +"disable `IPv6` on this interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Then, click `Add` on the right side and add a set of settings: `Address`, " +"`Netmask` (for `IPv4`), `Prefix` (for `IPv6`), and `Gateway`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"The `DNS servers` field accepts one or more IP addresses of DNS servers - " +"for example, `10.0.0.1,10.0.0.8`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"The final option in both tabs is `Require IPvpass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ " +"addressing for this connection to complete`. Select this option in the " +"`IPv4` tab to only allow this connection if `IPv4` was successful; the same " +"principle applies to this setting in the `IPv6` tab. If this option remains " +"disabled for both `IPv4` and `IPv6`, the interface will be able to connect " +"if configuration succeeds on either IP protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure routes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:42 +msgid "" +"In the `IPv4 Settings` and `IPv4 Settings` tabs, click the `Routes` button " +"in the bottom right corner to configure routing settings for a specific IP " +"protocol on an interface. A new dialog will open, allowing you to `Add` a " +"specific route." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"If you confire at least one static route, you can disallow all routes not " +"specifically configured here by enabling the `Ignore automatically obtained " +"routes`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Select `Use this connection only for resources on its network` to prevent " +"this connection from becoming the default route. This option can be selected " +"even if you did not configure any static routes. Enabling this option means " +"that this route will only be used when necessary to access certain " +"resources, such as intranet pages which require a local or VPN " +"connection. Another (default) route will be used for publicly available " +"resources if possible. Note that unlike the additional routes configured in " +"this dialog, this setting will be transferred to the installed system. Also " +"note that this option is only useful when more than one interface is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"When you finish configuring the interface's routing settings, click `OK` to " +"return to the configuration dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Once you finish configuring the interface, click `Save` in the configuration " +"window's bottom right corner to save your settings and return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network " +"& Hostname]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d88c18 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding a Virtual Network Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"To add a virtual network interface, click the `+` button at the bottom of " +"the interface list. A new window will open, prompting you to select one of " +"the three available types of virtual interfaces:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"`Bond` - NIC (_Network Interface Controller_) Bonding, a method to bind " +"multiple physical network interfaces together into a single bonded channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"`Team` - NIC Teaming, a new implementation to aggregate links, designed to " +"provide a small kernel driver to implement the fast handling of packet " +"flows, and various applications to do everything else in user space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"`Vlan` (_Virtual LAN_) - A method to create multiple distinct broadcast " +"domains which are mutually isolated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Select the interface type you want to add, and click `Add`. Another dialog " +"window will open, allowing you to edit any available settings for your " +"chosen interface type. For information about available settings, see the " +"respective sections of the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, " +"available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. Basic documentation " +"is also available in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing " +"Network Interface Configuration]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"To access the settings dialog again after you closed it, select the same " +"interface in the list of configured interfaces and click `Configure` in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen. To remove a virtual interface, select it " +"in the list and click the `-` button below." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f07e06d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Root Password` screen is used to configure the `root` password for your " +"system. This password will be used to log into the administrator (also known " +"as superuser) account, which is used for system administration tasks such as " +"installing and updating software packages and changing system-wide " +"configuration such as network and firewall settings, storage options and " +"adding or modifying users, groups and file permissions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"The `root` account will always be created during the installation. However, " +"you should always also create a normal user accont in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-create-user[Create " +"User] and use that account to log in to the system. Only switch to the " +"administrator account only when you need to perform a task which requires " +"administrator access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"The `root` account has complete control over the system. If an unauthorized " +"person gains access to this account, they can access or delete all users' " +"personal files or otherwise exploit the machine for their own nefarious " +"purposes. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed documentation about " +"account security and guidelines for choosing a strong password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Root Password screen. Use the text input fields to provide your root " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/PasswordSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Once you choose a strong password, enter it in the `Root Password` " +"field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for " +"security. Then, type the same password into the `Confirm` field to ensure " +"you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will " +"determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password " +"weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which " +"aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 " +"characters.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to " +"choose a different, stronger password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Once you configure the superuser password, click `Done` in the top left " +"corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration " +"and Installation Progress]. If you selected a weak password, you must press " +"the button twice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5b71c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration and Installation Progress" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Configuration` screen is displayed after you finish configuring all " +"required items in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary] and press the `Begin installation` button. After this point, the " +"installation process actually starts and changes are being made to your " +"selected disks. It is not possible to go back to the `Installation Summary` " +"and change any settings configured there; if you need to do so, you must " +"wait for the installation process to finish, reboot your system, log in and " +"change your settings on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Configuration screen. Two more screens at the top require " +"configuration. Installation progress is displayed at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/ProgressHub.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"In the top part of the screen, two additional options are available, " +"allowing you to configure authentication settings - the `root` password and " +"an additional user account. Configuring the `root` password is required to " +"finish the installation; creating a user account can be skipped. If you do " +"so, you will be prompted to create a non-root user account after the " +"installation finishes and your system reboots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"The bottom of the screen shows a progress bar and a message informing you of " +"the current progress of the installation. When the installation finishes and " +"the `root` password has been set, you can press the `Finish configuration` " +"button to reboot your computer and log in to your newly installed {PRODUCT} " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"Before you finish the installation and reboot, either remove the media (CD, " +"DVD or a USB drive) which you used to start the installation, or make sure " +"that your system tries to boot from the hard drive before trying removable " +"media. Otherwise, your computer will start the installer again instead of " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad3e73d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Software Selection` screen allows you to choose a _Base Environment_ " +"and _Add-ons_. These options control which software packages will be " +"installed on your system during the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"This screen is only available if " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-source[Installation " +"Source] is properly configured and only after the installer has downloaded " +"package metadata from the source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to select specific packages during a manual " +"installation. You can only select pre-defined environments and add-ons. If " +"you need to control exactly which packages are installed, you must use a " +"Kickstart file and define the packages in the [command]#%packages# " +"section. See " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"The availability of environments and add-ons depends on your installation " +"source. By default, the selection depends on the installation media you used " +"to start the installation; Fedora{nbsp}Server installation image will have " +"different environments and add-ons available for selection than, for " +"example, the Fedora{nbsp}Cloud image. You can change this by configuring a " +"different installation source containing different environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Software Selection screen. On the left side" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SoftwareSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"To configure your software selection, first choose an environment on the " +"left side of the screen. Only one environment can be chosen, even if more " +"are available. Then, on the right side of the screen, select one or more " +"add-ons which you want to install by marking the check boxes next to each " +"add-on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"The list of add-ons is divided into two parts by a horizontal line. Add-ons " +"above this line are defined as part of your chosen environment; if you " +"select a different environment, the add-ons available here will change. The " +"add-ons displayed below the separator are not specific to your chosen " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"Environments and add-ons are defined using a `comps.xml` file in your " +"installation source (for example, in the `repodata/` directory on the full " +"Fedora{nbsp}Server installation DVD). Review this file to see exactly which " +"packages will be installed as part of a certain environment or add-on. For " +"more information about the `comps.xml` file, see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages " +"(required) - Package Selection]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring your software selection, click `Done` in the " +"top left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b714e8a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Source" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Installation Source` screen allows you to specify a location (local or " +"on the network) from which packages will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. This screen will be configured automatically in most cases, but you " +"can change your settings or add additional sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Normally, when you first enter the `Installation Summary` screen, the " +"installer will attempt to configure an installation source based on the type " +"of media you used to boot. The full {PRODUCT} Server DVD will configure the " +"source as local media, the netinst ISO image will configure the closest " +"network mirror, etc. This process takes some time, especially if the default " +"source is a network mirror. If you plan to use a custom installation source, " +"use the [option]#inst.askmethod# boot option to skip the initial " +"configuration; this will allow you to enter this screen immediately. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the " +"Installation Source] for information about boot options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Installation Source screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SourceSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The following options are available. Note that not all of them may be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Auto-detected installation media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"This is the option selected by default if you started the installer from " +"media containing an installation source, such as a live DVD. No additional " +"configuration is necessary. You can click the `Verify` button check the " +"media integrity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ISO file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"This option will appear if the installation program detected a partitioned " +"hard drive with mountable file systems during boot. Select this option, " +"click the btn:[Choose an ISO] button, and browse to the installation ISO " +"file's location on your system. You can click the `Verify` button to check " +"the file's integrity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On the network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Use this option to download packages to be installed from a network location " +"instead of local media. This is the default selection on network " +"installation media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the `Closest mirror` option available from the protocol " +"selection drop-down menu is preferable. If this option is selected, packages " +"for your system will be downloaded from the most suitable location (mirror)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"To manually configure a network-based installation source, use the drop-down " +"menu to specify the protocol to be used when downloading packages. This " +"setting depends on the server you want to use. Then, type the server address " +"(without the protocol) into the address field. If you choose NFS, a second " +"input field will appear where you can specify custom `NFS mount options`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"When selecting an NFS installation source, you must specify the address with " +"a colon (`:`) character separating the host name from the path. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_server.example.com_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_/path/to/directory_pass:attributes[{blank}]`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"To configure a proxy for an HTTP or HTTPS source, click the btn:[Proxy " +"setup] button. Check `Enable HTTP proxy` and type the URL into the `Proxy " +"URL` box. If the proxy server requires authentication, check `Use " +"Authentication` and enter your user name and password. Click btn:[OK] to " +"finish the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"If your HTTP or HTTPS URL refers to a repository mirror list, mark the check " +"box under the address field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"You can also specify additional repositories in the `Additional " +"repositories` section to gain access to more installation environments and " +"software add-ons. All environments and add-ons will be available for " +"selection in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software " +"Selection] once you finish configuring the sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"To add a repository, click the btn:[+] button. To delete a repository, " +"select one in the list and click the btn:[-] button. Click the arrow icon to " +"revert to the previous list of repositories, i.e. to replace current entries " +"with those that were present at the time you entered the `Installation " +"Source` screen. To activate or deactivate a repository, click the check box " +"in the `Enabled` column at each entry in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"You can name your additional repository and configure it the same way as the " +"primary repository on the network using the input fields on the right side " +"of the section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected your installation source, click `Done` in the top " +"left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e905e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:4 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Destination" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:7 +msgid "" +"The `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure storage " +"options - namely, which disks will be used as the installation target for " +"your {PRODUCT} installation. At least one disk must always be selected for " +"the installation to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"For information about the theory and concepts behind disk partitioning in " +"Linux, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a disk which already contains some data - for example, if " +"you want to shrink an existing Microsoft Windows partition and install " +"{PRODUCT} as a second system or if you are upgrading a previous release of " +"{PRODUCT}, make sure to back up any important data first. Manipulating " +"partitions always carries a risk - if the process is interrupted or fails " +"for any reason (installer error, hardware failure, power outage, etc.), any " +"data already on the disk may become impossible to recover." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Installation Destination screen. There are two local standard disks " +"available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"In the top part of the screen, all locally available storage devices (SATA, " +"IDE and SCSI hard drives, USB flash drives, etc.) are displayed in the " +"`Local Standard Disks` section. Local disks are detected when the installer " +"starts - any storage devices connected after the installation has started " +"will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"If you need to configure additional local storage devices, select `I will " +"configure partitioning` and press `Done` to move to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning]. Then, connect any new hard drives you want to make available " +"during the installation, and press the button marked by a circular arrow in " +"the set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the " +"screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until " +"the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in " +"the `Local Standard Disks` section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"The `Specialized & Network Disks` section below shows advanced network " +"storage (such as iSCSI and FCoE disks) currently configured. When you first " +"open this screen, no such devices will be displayed because they can not be " +"automatically detected; to search for network storage devices, press `Add a " +"disk` button and proceed with " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. Any network storage you " +"configure will then show up in the `Specialized & Network Disks` the same " +"way local disks are shown above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"All storage devices which will be used to install {PRODUCT} have a black " +"circle icon with a white check mark on them. Disks not marked by this icon " +"will not be used during the installation - they will be ignored if you " +"choose automatic partitioning, and they will not be available in manual " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"USB storage devices such as flash drives and external disks will be shown in " +"the `Local Standard Disks` as well, and they will be available for selection " +"the same way internal hard drives are. Make sure to *not* select any " +"removable storage as installation targets unless you really want to do " +"so. If you accidentally use a removable drive to install {PRODUCT} and then " +"unplug it, your system will likely become unusable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unselected and Selected Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Disk selection in the Installation Destination screen. Two disks are " +"displayed; only the one on the right side will be used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_Selected.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"After you select all disks you want to install {PRODUCT}, select one of the " +"two options in the `Other Storage Options` section:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"`Automatically configure partitioning` - If this option is selected, then " +"after you press `Done` in the top left corner of the screen, the installer " +"will determine the total amount of space on all selected disks, and it will " +"create a _Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) layout suitable for your " +"system. The specifics of this layout depend on whether your system uses BIOS " +"or UEFI firmware, the total amount of free space on your disks, and the " +"amount of RAM on your system (which determines the size of your swap space)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"With automatic partitioning, you can also select the `I would like to make " +"additional space available` option below. Use this option if you want to " +"reclaim space from an existing partitioning layout - for example, if a disk " +"you want to use already contains a different operating system, and you want " +"to make this system's partitions smaller to allow more room for " +"{PRODUCT}. The `Reclaim space` dialog which opens if this option is selected " +"is described later in this section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"`I will configure partitioning` - Select this option and press `Done` in the " +"top left corner of the screen to configure your system's partitioning layout " +"manually. This requires some knowledge of the theory behind disk partitions " +"and related concepts, but gives you full control over the way the system " +"will be installed. For instructions for manual partitioning, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can select `Encrypt my data`pass:attributes[{blank}]; this " +"will encrypt all partitions except the ones needed to boot the system (such " +"as `/boot`) using _Linux Unified Key Setup_ (LUKS). Encrypting your hard " +"drive is recommended. For detailed information about LUKS encryption, see " +"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"If you lose the LUKS passphrase, any encrypted partitions and the data on " +"them will become completely inaccessible. There is no way to recover a lost " +"passphrase. However, if you perform a Kickstart installation, you can save " +"encryption passphrases and create backup encryption passphrases during the " +"installation. See " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"To control which one of your selected storage devices will contain the _boot " +"loader_, click the `Full disk summary and bootloader` link in the bottom " +"left corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning-bootloader[Boot " +"Loader Installation]. Note that while in most cases it is sufficient to " +"leave the boot loader in the default location, some configurations (for " +"example, systems which require _chain loading_ from another boot loader) " +"will require the boot drive to be specified manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"After you select storage devices, choose between automatic and manual " +"partitioning, configure encryption and boot loader location, press `Done` in " +"the top left corner of the screen. Then, depending on your settings, the " +"following will happen:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:62 +msgid "" +"If you chose to encrypt your hard drive, the `Disk Encryption Passphrase` " +"dialog will appear. Enter your chosen passphrase into the `Passphrase` and " +"`Confirm` fields. When you do so, the passphrase will be automatically " +"evaluated and its strength will be displayed, along with suggestions on how " +"to make it stronger if the installer has determined it to be weak. For " +"information about creating strong passwords, see [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} " +"Security{nbsp}Guide_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:64 +msgid "" +"If you selected automatic partitioning and the `I would like to make " +"additional space available`, or if there is not enough free space on your " +"selected hard drives to install {PRODUCT}, the `Reclaim Space` dialog will " +"appear. This dialog lists all disk devices you have configured and all " +"partitions on those devices. The bottom right corner of the dialog displays " +"information about how much space the system needs for at least a minimal " +"installation and how much space you have reclaimed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:69 +msgid "" +"If you use the `Reclaim Space` dialog to *delete* a partition, all data on " +"that partition will be lost. If you want to preserve your data, use the " +"`Shrink` option, not the `Delete` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:73 +msgid "" +"First, review the displayed list of available storage devices. The " +"`Reclaimable Space` column shows how much space can be reclaimed from each " +"entry. To reclaim space, select a disk or partition, and press either the " +"`Delete` button to delete that partition (or all partitions on a selected " +"disk), or `Shrink` to use free space on a partition while preserving " +"existing data. Alternatively, you can press `Delete all` in the bottom right " +"corner; this will delete all existing partitions on all disks and make this " +"space available to {PRODUCT}, but all existing data on all disks will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:75 +msgid "" +"After you free enough space for your {PRODUCT} installation, press `Reclaim " +"space` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:80 +msgid "" +"No changes to any disks will be made until you press `Begin Installation` in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]. The `Reclaim Space` dialog only *marks* partitions for resizing or " +"deletion, but no such action is performed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:84 +msgid "" +"If you selected the `I will configure partitioning` option, pressing `Done` " +"will open the `Manual Partitioning` screen. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning] for further instructions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..984b3a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Loader Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} uses [application]*GRUB2* (GRand Unified Bootloader version 2) as " +"its boot loader. The boot loader is the first program that runs when the " +"computer starts and is responsible for loading and transferring control to " +"an operating system. [application]*GRUB2* can boot any compatible operating " +"system (including Microsoft Windows) and can also use chain loading to " +"transfer control to other boot loaders for unsupported operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:13 +msgid "Installing [application]*GRUB2* may overwrite your existing boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"If you have other operating systems already installed, the {PRODUCT} " +"installer will attempt to automatically detect and configure the boot loader " +"to start them. You can manually configure any additional operating systems " +"after you finish the installation, if they are not detected properly. For " +"instructions on editing [application]*GRUB2* configuration, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System{nbsp}Administrator's{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Fedora system with more than one disk, you may want to " +"manually specify where the bootloader should be installed. Click the `Full " +"disk summary and bootloader` link at the bottom of the `Installation " +"Destination` screen. The `Selected Disks` dialog will appear. The bootloader " +"will be installed on the device of your choice, or on a UEFI system, the " +"`EFI system partition` will be created on that device during guided " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Device Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Selected Disks dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"In the `Boot` column, a \"tick\" icon marks one of the devices as the " +"intended boot device. To change the boot device, select a device from the " +"list and click the `Set as Boot Device` button to install the boot loader " +"there instead. Only one device can be set as the boot device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"To decline installation of a new boot loader, select the device currently " +"marked for boot and click the `Do not install bootloader` button. This will " +"remove the tick and ensure [application]*GRUB2* is not installed on any " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"If you choose not to install a boot loader for any reason, you will not be " +"able to boot the system directly, and you must use another boot method, such " +"as a stand-alone commercial boot loader application. Use this option only if " +"you are sure you have another way to boot your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The boot loader may also require a special partition to be created, " +"depending on whether your system uses BIOS or UEFI firmware and also " +"depending on whether the boot drive has a _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) or a " +"`Master Boot Record` (MBR, also known as msdos) label. If you use automatic " +"partitioning, the installer will create this partition if needed. For " +"details, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a72aae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Installation Summary` screen is the central location for setting up an " +"installation. Most of the options which can be configured during the " +"installation can be accessed from here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Installation Summary screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"If you used a Kickstart option or a boot option to specify an installation " +"repository on a network, but no network is available at the start of the " +"installation, the installer will display the `Network Configuration` screen " +"for you to set up a network connection prior to displaying the `Installation " +"Summary` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The summary screen consists of several links to other screens, separated " +"into categories. These links can be in several different states, which are " +"graphically indicated:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"A *warning symbol* (yellow triangle with an exclamation mark) next to an " +"icon means that a screen requires your attention before you start the " +"installation. This typically happens with the `Installation Destination` " +"screen, because even though there is a default automatic partitioning " +"variant, you always have to at least confirm this selection, even if you do " +"not want to make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"If a link is *greyed out*, it means that the installer is currently " +"configuring this section, and you must wait for the configuration to finish " +"before accessing that screen. This typically happens when you change the " +"installation source in the `Installation Source` screen and the installer is " +"probing the new source location and gathering a list of available packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Screens with *black text and no warning symbol* mean that this screen does " +"not require your attention. You can still change your settings in these " +"screens, but it is not necessary to do so to complete the installation. This " +"typically happens with localization settings, as these are either detected " +"automatically, or set up on the previous screen where you select your " +"language and locale." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"A warning message is displayed at the bottom of the summary screen, and the " +"`Begin Installation` button is greyed out, as long as at least one item has " +"not been configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Icon States in Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "A screenshot of several icons in the Installation Summary screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_States.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Each screen also has an explanatory text below its title, showing settings " +"currently configured in that screen. This text may be concatenated; in that " +"case, move your mouse cursor over it and wait until a tooltip with the full " +"text appears." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tooltip in the Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"An entry in the Installation Summary shows a truncated description and a " +"tooltip with full text." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_Mouseover.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"Once you configure everything required for the installation, you can press " +"the `Begin Installation` button to start installing {PRODUCT}. This will " +"take you to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration " +"and Installation Progress]. Note that as the text below this button says, " +"nothing will be written to your hard drive before you press this button. You " +"can press `Quit` at any point; this will discard all changes you made in the " +"installer so far and reboot the system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b87902 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create User" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Create User` screen can be used to create and configure one normal " +"(non-`root`) user account during the installation. Only one user account can " +"be configured here; if you require more accounts, wait until the " +"installation completes, reboot your system and then create other accounts " +"using either the [command]#useradd# command in a terminal, or a graphical " +"utility for managing user accounts (for example, the `Users` screen in the " +"Settings menu in [application]*GNOME*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Creating a normal user account is not required to finish the installation; " +"however, it is highly recommended. If you do not create one, you will have " +"to log in to the system as `root` directly, which is *not* recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Create screen. Use the text input fields to create a user account and " +"configure its settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a user account, fill out the `Full name` (for example, `John " +"Smith`) and `Username` (for example, `jsmith`). The `username` will used to " +"log in from a command line; if you install a graphical environment, then " +"your graphical login manager will use `Full name`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the `Require a password to use this account` check box is " +"enabled, enter a password you want to use for this account into the " +"`Password` field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for " +"security. Then, repeat the same password in the `Confirm password` field " +"below to ensure you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will " +"determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password " +"weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which " +"aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 " +"characters.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to " +"choose a different, stronger password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"The `Make this user administrator` check box gives the user you are creatng " +"administrative rights (by adding this user into the `wheel` group), allowing " +"this user to use the [command]#sudo# command to perform tasks normally only " +"available to `root` using only the user password, instead of the `root` " +"password. This may be more convenient, but can also pose a security risk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"If you give administrator privileges to an user, make sure that the account " +"is protected by a strong password. Never give an user administrator " +"privileges without requiring any password for the account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at the " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed information about " +"password security including guidelines for selecting strong passwords." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"To additional settings, click the `Advanced` button below the password input " +"fields. A new dialog window titled `Advanced User Configuration` will " +"open. This dialog is described in the following section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:47 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced User Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"The `Advanced User Configuration` dialog allows you to change the following " +"settings for the new user account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced settings for the new user account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke_Advanced.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"The user's `Home directory` " +"(`/home/pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_pass:attributes[{blank}]` by " +"default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"The user's ID (UID). The default value is 1000. UIDs 0-999 are reserved by " +"the system so they can not be assigned to an user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"The the group ID (GID) of the user's default group. The default group name " +"will be the same as the user name, and its default GID is 1000. GIDs 0-999 " +"are reserved by the system so they can not be assigned to an user's group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"The user's group membership. The user account you are creating will always " +"have one default group membership (the user's default group with an ID set " +"in the `Specify a group ID manually` field). In the `Group Membership` " +"field, you can specify additional groups as a comma-separated list. Groups " +"which do not already exist will be created; you can specify custom GIDs for " +"them in parentheses. If you do not specify a custom GID for a new group, it " +"will be assigned automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5732206 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Welcome Screen and Language Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The first screen displayed immediately after the graphical installer starts " +"is the Welcome screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Welcome Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screenshot of the Welcome screen showing language selection options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/WelcomeSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"First, select your preferred language in the left hand side column, and then " +"select your locale from the right hand side column. You can use the text " +"input field in the bottom left corner to search for your language instead of " +"looking for it in the full list of more than 70 languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"The language you select on this screen will be used during the installation, " +"and it will also be used on the installed system by default. You can change " +"the language for the installed system later, but once you click `Continue` " +"on this screen, you will not be able to go back and change the language used " +"inside the installer itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"One language is pre-selected by default on top of the list. If network " +"access is configured at this point (for example, if you booted from a " +"network server instead of local media), the pre-selected language will be " +"determined based on automatic location detection using the GeoIP " +"module. Alternatively, if you used the [option]#inst.lang=# option on the " +"boot command line or in your PXE server configuration, this language will be " +"selected by default, but you will still be able to change it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"After you select your language and locale, click `Continue` to confirm your " +"selection and proceed to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"If you are installing a pre-release version of {PRODUCT}, a message will be " +"shown after you click `Continue` warning you about the pre-release status of " +"your installation media. Click `I accept my fate` to continue with the " +"installation, or `Get me out of here` to quit the installation and reboot " +"your system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8b69c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,1992 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"The [application]*Anaconda* installer includes a range of boot options for " +"administrators, which modify the default behavior of the installation " +"program by enabling or disabling certain functions. To use one or more boot " +"options, you either have to boot from installation media and append these " +"options at the boot menu (see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot " +"Menu]), or you must add them into your PXE server configuration file if you " +"are booting from a network (see " +"xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"You can use multiple options at the same time; in that case, separate them " +"by a single space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:13 +msgid "There are two basic types of options described in this chapter:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Options presented as ending with an \"equals\" sign (`=`) require a value to " +"be specified - they cannot be used on their own. For example, the " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=# option must also contain a value (in this case, " +"a password). The correct form is therefore " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"On its own, without a password specified, the option is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"Options presented without the " +"\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`=`pass:attributes[{blank}]\" sign do not accept " +"any values or parameters. For example, the [option]#rd.live.check# option " +"forces [application]*Anaconda* to verify the installation media before " +"starting the installation; if this option is present, the check will be " +"performed, and if it is not present, the check will be skipped." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"In addition to the options described in this chapter, the boot prompt also " +"accepts [application]*dracut* kernel options. A list of these options is " +"available as the `dracut.cmdline(7)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Boot options specific to the installation program always start with `inst.` " +"in this guide. Currently, this prefix is optional - for example, " +"[option]#resolution=1024x768# will work exactly the same as " +"[option]#inst.resolution=1024x768#. However, it is expected that the `inst.` " +"prefix will be mandatory in future releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuring the Installation System at the Boot Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"The exact way to specify custom boot options is differs based on your " +"system's architecture, firmware and the method you use to boot the " +"installation. If you are booting from local media, you can specify options " +"in the boot menu, before you begin the installation; if you are booting from " +"a network using a PXE server, you must add boot options into the boot loader " +"configuration file before you boot the installation system. For specific " +"instructions, see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu] " +"if you are booting from local media, and " +"xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server] if you are booting from a server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Available Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:36 +msgid "The following options are available in {PRODUCT}:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying the Installation Source" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.repo=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Specifies the installation source - that is, a location where the " +"installation program can find the images and packages it requires. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.repo=cdrom#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:48 +msgid "The source must be either:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** an installable tree, which is a directory structure containing the " +"installation program's images, packages and repodata as well as a valid " +"`.treeinfo` file\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** a DVD (a physical disk present in the system's DVD drive)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** an ISO image of the full {PRODUCT} installation DVD, placed on a hard " +"drive or a network location accessible from the installation system\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"This option allows for the configuration of different installation methods " +"using different formats. The syntax is described in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Sources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Installation source|Option format\n" +"|Any CD/DVD drive|[option]#inst.repo=cdrom#\n" +"|Specific CD/DVD " +"drive|[option]#inst.repo=cdrom:pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|Hard " +"Drive|[option]#inst.repo=hd:pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|HTTP " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=http://pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|HTTPS " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=https://pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|FTP " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=ftp://pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]@pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|NFS " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=nfs:[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_:]pass:attributes[{blank}]_server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tfootnote:[This option uses NFS protocol version 3 by " +"default. To use a different version, add " +"[option]#+nfsvers=pass:attributes[{blank}]_X_pass:attributes[{blank}]# to " +"_options_.]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:74 +msgid "Disk device names may be specified using the following formats:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** Kernel device name, for example `/dev/sda1` or `sdb2`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** File system label, for example `LABEL=Flash` or `LABEL=RHEL7`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** File system UUID, for example " +"`UUID=8176c7bf-04ff-403a-a832-9557f94e61db`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:82 +msgid "" +"Non-alphanumeric characters must be represented as " +"`\\xpass:attributes[{blank}]_NN_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _NN_ is the " +"hexadecimal representation of the character. For example, `\\x20` is a white " +"space (\"\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.stage2=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:84 +msgid "" +"Specifies the location of the installation program runtime image to be " +"loaded. The syntax is the same as in " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources]. This " +"option expects a path to a directory containing a valid `.treeinfo` file; " +"the location of the runtime image will be read from this file if found. If a " +"`.treeinfo` file is not available, [application]*Anaconda* will try to load " +"the image from `LiveOS/squashfs.img`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:89 +msgid "" +"By default, this boot option is used on the installation media and set to a " +"specific label (for example, " +"[option]#inst.stage2=hd:LABEL=F21\\x20Server.x86_64#). If you modify the " +"default label of the file system containing the runtime image, you must also " +"edit this option to match the new label." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dd=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:93 +msgid "" +"If you need to perform a driver update during the installation, use the " +"[option]#inst.dd=# option. It can be used multiple times. The location of a " +"driver RPM package can be specified using any of the formats described in " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources]. With " +"the exception of the [option]#inst.dd=cdrom# option, the device name must " +"always be specified. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dd=hd:/dev/sdb1:/driver.rpm#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:100 +msgid "" +"Using this option without any parameters (only as [option]#inst.dd#) will " +"prompt the installation program to ask you for a driver update disk with an " +"interactive menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:105 +msgid "" +"You should never attempt to perform a driver update during the installation " +"unless a missing our faulty driver is preventing you from completing the " +"installation. Updating drivers which are not essential during the " +"installation should always be performed after the system is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.askmethod#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:109 +msgid "" +"Prevents the installer from trying to automatically configure an " +"installation source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:111 +msgid "" +"Normally, when you first enter the `Installation Summary` screen, the " +"installer will attempt to configure an installation source based on the type " +"of media you used to boot. The full {PRODUCT} Server DVD will configure the " +"source as local media, the netinst ISO image will configure the closest " +"network mirror, etc. This process takes time; therefore, if you plan to use " +"a different source than the default, this option will allow you to enter the " +"`Installation Source` screen immediately without having to wait for the " +"initial configuration to finish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:113 +msgid "" +"Using this option will leave the installation source configuration in an " +"error state - you must manually specify a source in the `Installation " +"Source` screen to proceed with the installation. Alternatively, you can use " +"the [option]#inst.repo=# option described above to configure a specific " +"source directly in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kickstart Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:118 +msgid "" +"Gives the location of a Kickstart file to be used to automate the " +"installation. Locations can be specified using any of the formats valid for " +"[option]#inst.repo=#. See " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources] for " +"valid formats." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:120 +msgid "" +"If you only specify a device and not a path, the installation program will " +"look for the Kickstart file in `/ks.cfg` on the specified device. If you use " +"this option without specifying a device, the installation program will use " +"the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks=nfs:pass:attributes[{blank}]_next-server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_filename_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:127 +msgid "" +"In the above example, _next-server_ is the DHCP `next-server` option or the " +"IP address of the DHCP server itself, and _filename_ is the DHCP `filename` " +"option, or `/kickstart/`. If the given file name ends with the `/` " +"character, `pass:attributes[{blank}]_ip_-kickstart` is appended. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Default Kickstart File Location" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|DHCP server address|Client address|Kickstart file location\n" +"|`192.168.122.1`|`192.168.122.100`|`192.168.122.1`:pass:attributes[{blank}]`/kickstart/192.168.122.100-kickstart`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks.sendmac#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:138 +msgid "" +"Adds headers to outgoing `HTTP` requests with the MAC addresses of all " +"network interfaces. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`X-RHN-Provisioning-MAC-0: eth0 01:23:45:67:89:ab`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:145 +msgid "This can be useful when using [option]#inst.ks=http# to provision systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks.sendsn#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:147 +msgid "" +"Adds a header to outgoing `HTTP` requests. This header will contain the " +"system's serial number, read from `/sys/class/dmi/id/product_serial`. The " +"header has the following syntax:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`X-System-Serial-Number: _R8VA23D_pass:attributes[{blank}]`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Console, Environment and Display Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#console=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:157 +msgid "" +"This kernel option specifies a device to be used as the primary console. For " +"example, to use a console on the first serial port, use " +"[option]#console=ttyS0#. This option should be used along with the " +"[option]#inst.text# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:159 +msgid "" +"You can use this option multiple times. In that case, the boot message will " +"be displayed on all specified consoles, but only the last one will be used " +"by the installation program afterwards. For example, if you specify " +"[option]#console=ttyS0 console=ttyS1#, the installation program will only " +"use `ttyS1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#noshell#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:161 +msgid "" +"Disables access to the root shell during the installation. This is useful " +"with automated (Kickstart) installations - if you use this option, a user " +"can watch the installation progress, but they cannot interfere with it by " +"accessing the root shell by pressing kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F2]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.lang=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:163 +msgid "" +"Sets the language to be used during the installation. Language codes are the " +"same as the ones used in the [command]#lang# Kickstart command as described " +"in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-lang[lang " +"(optional) - Configure Language During Installation]. On systems where the " +"[package]*system-config-language* package is installed, a list of valid " +"values can also be find in `/usr/share/system-config-language/locale-list`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:165 +msgid "" +"If you perform the installation interactively, the language you specified " +"using this option will be selected by default, but you will still be able to " +"change it at the beginning of the graphical installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.singlelang#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:167 +msgid "" +"Allows you to run the installation in single language mode - in other words, " +"this option disables language selection for the installer and the installed " +"system. If you also use the [option]#inst.lang=# option at the same time, " +"the language you specify will be used. If you do not set the language, " +"[application]*Anaconda* and the installed system will default to " +"`en-US.UTF-8`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.geoloc=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:169 +msgid "" +"Configures geolocation usage in the installation program. Geolocation is " +"used to pre-set the language and time zone, and uses the following syntax: " +"[option]#inst.geoloc=pass:attributes[{blank}]_value_pass:attributes[{blank}]#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:171 +msgid "The _value_ parameter can be any of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Valid Values for the inst.geoloc Option" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Disable geolocation|[option]#inst.geoloc=0#\n" +"|Use the Fedora GeoIP API|[option]#inst.geoloc=provider_fedora_geoip#\n" +"|Use the Hostip.info GeoIP API|[option]#inst.geoloc=provider_hostip#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:182 +msgid "" +"If this option is not specified, [application]*Anaconda* will use " +"`provider_fedora_geoip`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.keymap=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies the keyboard layout to be used by the installation program. Layout " +"codes are the same as the ones used in the [command]#keyboard# Kickstart " +"command as described in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.text#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:186 +msgid "" +"Forces the installation program to run in text mode instead of graphical " +"mode. The text user interface is limited, for example, it does not allow you " +"to modify the partition layout or set up LVM. When installing a system on a " +"machine with a limited graphical capabilities, it is recommended to use VNC " +"as described in xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-vnc[Enabling Remote " +"Access Using VNC]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.cmdline#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:188 +msgid "" +"Forces the installation program to run in command line mode. This mode does " +"not allow any interaction, all options must be specified in a Kickstart file " +"or on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.graphical#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:190 +msgid "" +"Forces the installation program to run in graphical mode. This mode is the " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.resolution=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:192 +msgid "" +"Specifies the screen resolution in graphical mode. The format is " +"_N_pass:attributes[{blank}]xpass:attributes[{blank}]_M_, where _N_ is the " +"screen width and _M_ is the screen height (in pixels). The lowest supported " +"resolution is `800x600`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.xdriver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:194 +msgid "" +"Specifies the name of the `X` driver to be used both during the installation " +"and on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.usefbx#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:196 +msgid "" +"Tells the installation program to use the frame buffer `X` driver instead of " +"a hardware-specific driver. This option is equivalent to " +"[option]#inst.xdriver=fbdev#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#modprobe.blacklist=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:198 +msgid "" +"Blacklists (completely disables) one or more drivers. Drivers (mods) " +"disabled using this option will be prevented from loading when the " +"installation starts, and after the installation finishes, the installed " +"system will keep these settings. The blacklisted drivers can then be found " +"in the `/etc/modprobe.d/` directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:200 +msgid "Use a comma-separated list to disable multiple drivers. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "modprobe.blacklist=ahci,firewire_ohci\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.sshd#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:206 +msgid "" +"Starts the `sshd` service during the installation, which allows you to " +"connect to the system during the installation using `SSH` and monitor its " +"progress. For more information on `SSH`, see the `ssh(1)` man page and the " +"corresponding chapter in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:211 +msgid "" +"During the installation, the `root` account has no password by default. You " +"can set a root password to be used during the installation with the " +"[command]#sshpw# Kickstart command as described in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-sshpw[sshpw " +"(optional) - Restrict ssh Access During Installation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:218 +msgid "" +"Initial network initialization is handled by [application]*dracut*. This " +"section only lists some of the more commonly used options; for a complete " +"list, see the `dracut.cmdline(7)` man page. Additional information on " +"networking is also available in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking Guide_, " +"available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ip=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:220 +msgid "" +"Configures one or more network interfaces. To configure multiple interfaces, " +"use the `ip` option multiple times - once for each interface. If multiple " +"interfaces are configured, you must specify a primary boot interface using " +"the [option]#bootdev# option described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:222 +msgid "The following table lists valid values for this option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network Interface Configuration Formats" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Configuration Method|Option format\n" +"|Automatic configuration of any " +"interface|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_method_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|Automatic configuration of a specific " +"interface|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_method_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|Static " +"configuration|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_ip_::pass:attributes[{blank}]_gateway_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_netmask_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:none#\n" +"|Automatic configuration of a specific interface with an override\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tfootnote:[Brings up the specified interface using the " +"specified method of automatic configuration, such as `dhcp`, but overrides " +"the automatically obtained IP address, gateway, netmask, hostname or other " +"specified parameter. All parameters are optional; only specify the ones you " +"wish to override and automatically obtained values will be used for the " +"others.]|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_ip_::pass:attributes[{blank}]_gateway_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_netmask_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_method_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_mtu_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:237 +msgid "The [option]#method# parameter can be any the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:239 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:428 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automatic Interface Configuration Methods" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Automatic configuration method|Value\n" +"|DHCP|`dhcp`\n" +"|IPv6 DHCP|`dhcp6`\n" +"|IPv6 automatic configuration|`auto6`\n" +"|iBFT (iSCSI Boot Firmware Table)|`ibft`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:254 +msgid "" +"If you use a boot option which requires network access, such as " +"[option]#inst.ks=http://pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#, " +"without specifying the [option]#ip# option, the installation program will " +"use [option]#ip=dhcp#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:258 +msgid "" +"In the above tables, the _ip_ parameter specifies the client's IP " +"address. `IPv6` addresses can be specified by putting them in square " +"brackets, for example, `[2001:DB8::1]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:260 +msgid "" +"The _gateway_ parameter is the default gateway. IPv6 addresses are accepted " +"here as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"The _netmask_ parameter is the netmask to be used. This can either be a full " +"netmask (for example `255.255.255.0`) or a prefix (for example `64`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:264 +msgid "" +"The _hostname_ parameter is the host name of the client system. This " +"parameter is optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#nameserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:266 +msgid "" +"Specifies the address of the name server. This option can be used multiple " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#bootdev=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:268 +msgid "" +"Specifies the boot interface. This option is mandatory if you use more than " +"one [option]#ip# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ifname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:270 +msgid "" +"Assigns a given interface name to a network device with a given MAC " +"address. Can be used multiple times. The syntax is " +"[option]#ifname=pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_MAC_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:274 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ifname=eth0:01:23:45:67:89:ab#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dhcpclass=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:277 +msgid "" +"Specifies the DHCP vendor class identifier. The `dhcpd` service will see " +"this value as `vendor-class-identifier`. The default value is " +"`anaconda-$(uname -srm)`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#vlan=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:279 +msgid "" +"Sets up a Virtual LAN (VLAN) device on a specified interface with a given " +"name. The syntax is " +"[option]#vlan=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#vlan=vlan5:em1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:286 +msgid "" +"The above will set up a VLAN device named `vlan5` on the `em1` " +"interface. The _name_ can take the following forms:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VLAN Device Naming Conventions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Naming scheme|Example\n" +"|VLAN_PLUS_VID|`vlan0005`\n" +"|VLAN_PLUS_VID_NO_PAD|`vlan5`\n" +"|DEV_PLUS_VID|`em1.0005`.\n" +"|DEV_PLUS_VID_NO_PAD|`em1.5`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#bond=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:300 +msgid "" +"Set up a bonding device with the following syntax: " +"[option]#bond=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_pass:attributes[{blank}][:pass:attributes[{blank}]_slaves_pass:attributes[{blank}]][:pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#. " +"Replace _name_ with the bonding device name, _slaves_ with a comma-separated " +"list of physical (ethernet) interfaces, and _options_ with a comma-separated " +"list of bonding options. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "bond=bond0:em1,em2:mode=active-backup,tx_queues=32,downdelay=5000\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:306 +msgid "" +"For a list of available options, execute the [command]#modinfo bonding# " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:308 +msgid "" +"Using this option without any parameters will assume " +"[option]#bond=bond0:eth0,eth1:mode=balance-rr#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#team=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:310 +msgid "" +"Set up a team device with the following syntax: " +"[option]#team=pass:attributes[{blank}]_master_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_slaves_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"Replace _master_ with the name of the master team device and _slaves_ with a " +"comma-separated list of physical (ethernet) devices to be used as slaves in " +"the team device. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:314 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#team=team0:em1,em2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:317 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Installation Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:319 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.multilib#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:320 +msgid "" +"Configure the system for multilib packages (that is, to allow installing " +"32-bit packages on a 64-bit x86 system) and install packages specified in " +"this section as such." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:322 +msgid "" +"Normally, on an AMD64 or Intel{nbsp}64 system, only packages for this " +"architecture (marked as `x86_64`) and packages for all architectures (marked " +"as `noarch` would be installed. When you use this option, packages for " +"32-bit AMD or Intel systems (marked as `i686`) will be automatically " +"installed as well if available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:324 +msgid "" +"This only applies to packages directly specified in the `%packages` " +"section. If a package is only installed as a dependency, only the exact " +"specified dependency will be installed. For example, if you are installing " +"package [package]*foo* which depends on package [package]*bar*, the former " +"will be installed in multiple variants, while the latter will only be " +"installed in variants specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:325 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.gpt#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:326 +msgid "" +"Force the installation program to install partition information into a GUID " +"Partition Table (GPT) instead of a Master Boot Record (MBR). This option is " +"meaningless on UEFI-based systems, unless they are in BIOS compatibility " +"mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:328 +msgid "" +"Normally, BIOS-based systems and UEFI-based systems in BIOS compatibility " +"mode will attempt to use the MBR schema for storing partitioning " +"information, unless the disk is larger than 2 TB. Using this option will " +"change this behavior, allowing a GPT to be written even to disks smaller " +"than 2 TB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:330 +msgid "" +"See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information about GPT and MBR, and " +"xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitioning-guid-partition-table[GUID " +"Partition Table (GPT)] for more general information about GPT, MBR and disk " +"partitioning in general." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.nosave=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:332 +msgid "" +"This option controls which Kickstart files and installation logs are saved " +"to the installed system. It can be especially useful to disable saving such " +"data when performing OEM operating system installations, or when generating " +"images using sensitive resources (such as internal repository URLs), as " +"these resources might otherwise be mentioned in kickstart files and/or logs " +"on the image. Possible values for this option are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:334 +msgid "`input_ks` - disables saving of the input Kickstart file (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:336 +msgid "" +"`output_ks` - disables saving of the output Kickstart file generated by " +"Anaconda." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:338 +msgid "`all_ks` - disables saving of both input and output Kickstart files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:340 +msgid "`logs` - disables saving of all installation logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:342 +msgid "`all` - disables saving of all Kickstart files and all installation logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:344 +msgid "" +"Multiple values can be combined as a comma separated list, for example: " +"`input_ks,logs`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:345 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.zram#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:346 +msgid "" +"This option controls the usage of _zRAM_ swap during the installation. It " +"creates a compressed block device inside the system RAM and uses it for swap " +"space instead of the hard drive. This allows the installer to essentially " +"increase the amount of memory available, which makes the installation faster " +"on systems with low memory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:348 +msgid "" +"By default, swap on zRAM is enabled on systems with 2 GB or less RAM, and " +"disabled on systems with more than 2 GB of memory. You can use this option " +"to change this behavior - on a system with more than 2 GB RAM, use " +"[option]#inst.zram=1# to enable it, and on systems with 2 GB or less memory, " +"use [option]#inst.zram=0# to disable this feature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.memcheck#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:350 +msgid "" +"Perform a check at the beginning of the installation to determine if there " +"is enough available RAM. If there is not enough memory detected, the " +"installation will stop with an error message. This option is enabled by " +"default; use [option]#inst.memcheck=0# to disable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.nodnf#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:352 +msgid "" +"Use the older [application]*Yum* backend for package installation and " +"dependency resolution instead of [application]*DNF*. See the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++https://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for details about " +"[application]*DNF*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.kdump_addon=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:354 +msgid "" +"Turns the [application]*Kdump* installer add-on `on` or `off` (the add-on is " +"off by default). If you use [option]#inst.kdump_addon=on#, a new screen, " +"which allows you to configure the [application]*Kdump* kernel crash dumping " +"mechanism, will appear in the main menu of the graphical or text interface " +"(see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-kdump[Kdump]). " +"Enabling this add-on is also necessary to use the " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-kdump[%addon " +"com_redhat_kdump (optional) - Configure kdump] Kickstart command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:356 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Enabling Remote Access Using VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:359 +msgid "" +"The following options are necessary to configure [application]*Anaconda* for " +"remote graphical installation. See " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing Using VNC] for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.vnc#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:361 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the installation program's graphical interface should be run " +"in a `VNC` session. If you specify this option, you will need to connect to " +"the system using a `VNC` client application to be able to interact with the " +"installation program. `VNC` sharing is enabled, so multiple clients can " +"connect to the system at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:366 +msgid "A system installed using `VNC` will start in text mode by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:369 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.vncpassword=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:370 +msgid "" +"`VNC` server used by the installation program. Any `VNC` client attempting " +"to connect to the system will have to provide the correct password to gain " +"access. For example, " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_testpwd_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"will set the password to `testpwd`. The password must be between 6 and 8 " +"characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:375 +msgid "" +"If you specify an invalid password (one that is too short or too long), you " +"will be prompted to specify a new one by a message from the installation " +"program:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"VNC password must be six to eight characters long.\n" +"Please enter a new one, or leave blank for no password.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Password:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:388 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.vncconnect=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:389 +msgid "" +"Connect to a listening `VNC` client at a specified host and port once the " +"installation starts. The correct syntax is " +"[option]#inst.vncconnect=pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_port_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"The _port_ parameter is optional - if you do not specify one, the " +"installation program will use `5900`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:391 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debugging and Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.updates=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:394 +msgid "" +"Specifies the location of the `updates.img` file to be applied to the " +"installation program runtime. The syntax is the same as in the " +"[option]#inst.repo# option - see " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources] for " +"details. In all formats, if you do not specify a file name but only a " +"directory, the installation program will look for a file named " +"`updates.img`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:395 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.loglevel=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:396 +msgid "" +"Specifies the minimum level for messages to be logged on a terminal. This " +"only concerns real-time logging in a terminal; log files will always contain " +"messages of all levels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:398 +msgid "" +"Possible values for this option from the lowest to highest level are: " +"`debug`, `info`, `warning`, `error` and `critical`. The default value is " +"`info`, which means that by default, the logging terminal will display " +"messages ranging from `info` to `critical`, but not `debug`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:399 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.syslog=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:400 +msgid "" +"Once the installation starts, this option sends log messages to the syslog " +"process on the specified host. The remote syslog process must be configured " +"to accept incoming connections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:401 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.virtiolog=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:402 +msgid "" +"Specifies a `virtio` port (a character device at " +"`/dev/virtio-ports/pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_pass:attributes[{blank}]`) " +"to be used for forwarding logs. The default value is " +"`org.fedoraproject.anaconda.log.0`pass:attributes[{blank}]; if this port is " +"present, it will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Deprecated Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:407 +msgid "" +"Options in this list are *deprecated*. They will still work, but there are " +"other options which offer the same functionality and should be " +"preferred. Using deprecated options is not recommended and they are expected " +"to be removed in future releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:412 +msgid "" +"Note that as described in the introduction to this chapter, options specific " +"to the installation program now use the `inst.` prefix. For example, the " +"[option]#vnc=# option is considered deprecated and replaced by the " +"[option]#inst.vnc=# option. However, these changes are not listed here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.headless#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:416 +msgid "" +"Used to specify that the machine being installed onto does not have any " +"display hardware, and to prevent the installer from trying to detect a " +"display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:417 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#method=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:418 +msgid "" +"Configured the installation method. Use the [option]#inst.repo=# option " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:419 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#repo=nfsiso:pass:attributes[{blank}]_server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:420 +msgid "" +"In NFS installations, specified that the target is an ISO image located on " +"an NFS server instead of an installable tree. The difference is now detected " +"automatically, which means this option is the same as " +"[option]#inst.repo=nfs:pass:attributes[{blank}]_server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:421 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#dns=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:422 +msgid "" +"Configured the Domain Name Server (DNS). Use the [option]#nameserver=# " +"option instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:423 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[option]#netmask=#, [option]#gateway=#, [option]#hostname=#, [option]#ip=#, " +"[option]#ipv6=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:424 +msgid "These options have been consolidated under the [option]#ip=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:425 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ksdevice=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:426 +msgid "" +"Select network device to be used at early stage of installation. Different " +"values have been replaced with different options; see the table below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Value|Current behavior\n" +"|Not present|All devices are attempted to be activated using `dhcp`, unless " +"desired device and configuration is specified by [option]#ip=# option and/or " +"the [option]#BOOTIF# option.\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=link#|Similar to the above, with the difference that " +"network will always be activated in the initramfs, whether it is needed or " +"not. The supported [option]#rd.neednet# option (provided by " +"[application]*dracut*) should be used instead.\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=bootif#|Ignored (the BOOTID= option is used by default " +"when specified)\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=ibft#|Replaced with the [option]#ip=ibft# option\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=pass:attributes[{blank}]_MAC_pass:attributes[{blank}]#|Replaced " +"with " +"[option]#BOOTIF=pass:attributes[{blank}]_MAC_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_pass:attributes[{blank}]#|Replaced " +"by specifying the device name using the [option]#ip=# option.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:445 +msgid "" +"When performing a Kickstart installation, booting from local media and " +"having the Kickstart file on local media as well, the network will not be " +"initialized. This means that any other Kickstart options requiring network " +"access, such as pre-installation or post-installation scripts accessing a " +"network location, will cause the installation to fail. This is a known " +"issue; see " +"BZ#link:++https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1085310++[1085310] for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:447 +msgid "" +"To work around this issue, either use the [option]#ksdevice=link# boot " +"option, or add the [option]#--device=link# option to the [command]#network# " +"command in your Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#blacklist=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:451 +msgid "" +"Used to disable specified drivers. This is now handled by the " +"[option]#modprobe.blacklist=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#nofirewire=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:453 +msgid "" +"Disabled support for the FireWire interface. You can disable the FireWire " +"driver (`firewire_ohci`) by using the [option]#modprobe.blacklist=# option " +"instead:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:456 +#, no-wrap +msgid "modprobe.blacklist=firewire_ohci\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Removed Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:462 +msgid "" +"The following options are removed. They were present in previous releases of " +"{PRODUCT}, but they cannot be used anymore." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#asknetwork#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:464 +msgid "" +"The installation program's `initramfs` is now completely non-interactive, " +"which means that this option are not available anymore. Use [option]#ip=# to " +"configure network settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:465 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#serial#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:466 +msgid "" +"This option forced [application]*Anaconda* to use the `/dev/ttyS0` console " +"as the output. Use the [option]#console=/dev/ttyS0# (or similar) instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:467 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#updates=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:468 +msgid "" +"Specified the location of updates for the installation program. Use the " +"[option]#inst.updates=# option instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#essid=#, [option]#wepkey=#, [option]#wpakey=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:470 +msgid "" +"Configured wireless network access. Network configuration is now being " +"handled by [application]*dracut*, which does not support wireless " +"networking, rendering these options useless." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:471 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ethtool=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:472 +msgid "" +"Used in the past to configure additional low-level network settings. All " +"network settings are now handled by the [option]#ip=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#gdb#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:474 +msgid "Allowed you to debug the loader. Use [option]#rd.debug# instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:475 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#mediacheck#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:476 +msgid "" +"Verified the installation media before starting the installation. Replaced " +"with the [option]#rd.live.check# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:477 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ks=floppy#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:478 +msgid "" +"Specified a floppy disk as the Kickstart file source. Floppy drives are not " +"supported anymore." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:479 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#display=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:480 +msgid "Configured a remote display. Replaced with the [option]#inst.vnc# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:481 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#utf8#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:482 +msgid "" +"Added UTF8 support when installing in text mode. UTF8 support now works " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:483 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#noipv6#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:484 +msgid "" +"Used to disable IPv6 support in the installation program. IPv6 is now built " +"into the kernel so the driver cannot be blacklisted; however, it is possible " +"to disable IPv6 using the [option]#ipv6.disable# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#upgradeany#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:486 +msgid "" +"Upgrades are done in a different way in current {PRODUCT} releases. For more " +"information about upgrading your system, see " +"xref:Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#chap-upgrading[Upgrading Your " +"Current System]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#vlanid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:488 +msgid "" +"Used to configure Virtual LAN (802.1q tag) devices. Use the [option]#vlan=# " +"option instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:489 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dnf#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:490 +msgid "" +"Used to enable [application]*DNF* to handle package installation and " +"dependency resolution in {PRODUCT} 21. [application]*DNF* is now used by " +"default and this option has been replaced with [option]#inst.nodnf#, which " +"reverts back to [application]*Yum*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Maintenance Boot Modes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Loading the Memory (RAM) Testing Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:498 +msgid "" +"Faults in memory (RAM) modules may cause your system to freeze or crash " +"unpredictably. In some cases, memory faults may only cause errors with " +"particular combinations of software. For this reason, you should test the " +"memory of a computer before you install {PRODUCT} for the first time, even " +"if it has previously run other operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:500 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} includes the [application]*Memtest86+* memory testing " +"application. To start memory testing mode, choose Troubleshooting > `Memory " +"test` at the boot menu. Testing will begin immediately. By default, " +"[application]*Memtest86+* carries out ten tests in every pass; a different " +"configuration can be specified by accessing the configuration screen using " +"the kbd:[c] key. After the first pass completes, a message will appear at " +"the bottom informing you of the current status, and another pass will start " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:505 +msgid "" +"[application]*Memtest86+* only works on systems with BIOS firmware. Support " +"for UEFI systems is currently unavailable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:508 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Memory Check Using Memtest86+" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Memtest86+ testing the system memory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot/memtest86.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:513 +msgid "" +"The main screen displayed while testing is in progress is divided into three " +"main areas:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:515 +msgid "" +"The upper left corner shows information about your system's memory " +"configuration - the amount of detected memory and processor cache and their " +"throughputs and processor and chipset information. This information is " +"detected when [application]*Memtest86+* starts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:517 +msgid "" +"The upper right corner displays information about the tests - progress of " +"the current pass and the currently running test in that pass as well as a " +"description of the test." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:519 +msgid "" +"The central part of the screen is used to display information about the " +"entire set of tests from the moment when the tool has started, such as the " +"total time, the number of completed passes, number of detected errors and " +"your test selection. On some systems, detailed information about the " +"installed memory (such as the number of installed modules, their " +"manufacturer, frequency and latency) will be also displayed here. After the " +"each pass completes, a short summary will appear in this location. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pass:quotes[`** Pass complete, no errors, press Esc to exit **`]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:526 +msgid "" +"If [application]*Memtest86+* detects an error, it will also be displayed in " +"this area and highlighted red. The message will include detailed information " +"such as which test detected a problem, the memory location which is failing, " +"and others." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:528 +msgid "" +"In most cases, a single successful pass (that is, a single run of all 10 " +"tests) is sufficient to verify that your RAM is in good condition. In some " +"rare circumstances, however, errors that went undetected on the first pass " +"might appear on subsequent passes. To perform a thorough test on an " +"important system, leave the tests running overnight or even for a few days " +"in order to complete multiple passes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:533 +msgid "" +"The amount of time it takes to complete a single full pass of " +"[application]*Memtest86+* varies depending on your system's configuration " +"(notably the RAM size and speed). For example, on a system with 2{nbsp}GB of " +"DDR2 memory at 667{nbsp}MHz, a single pass will take roughly 20{nbsp}minutes " +"to complete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:537 +msgid "" +"To halt the tests and reboot your computer, press the kbd:[Esc] key at any " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:539 +msgid "" +"For more information about using [application]*Memtest86+*, see the official " +"website at link:++http://www.memtest.org/++[]. A `README` file is also " +"located in `/usr/share/doc/memtest86+-_version_pass:attributes[{blank}]/` on " +"{PRODUCT} systems with the [package]*memtest86+* package installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:541 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying Boot Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:544 +msgid "" +"You can test the integrity of an ISO-based installation source before using " +"it to install {PRODUCT}. These sources include DVDs and ISO images stored on " +"a local hard drive or NFS server. Verifying that the ISO images are intact " +"before you attempt an installation helps to avoid problems that are often " +"encountered during installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:546 +msgid "" +"To test the integrity of an ISO image, append the [option]#rd.live.check# to " +"the boot loader command line. Note that this option is used automatically if " +"you select the default installation option from the boot menu (`Test this " +"media & install Fedora`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting Your Computer in Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:551 +msgid "" +"You may boot a command-line Linux system from an installation disc without " +"actually installing {PRODUCT} on the computer. This enables you to use the " +"utilities and functions of a running Linux system to modify or repair " +"already installed operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:553 +msgid "" +"To load the rescue system with the installation disk or USB drive, choose " +"`Rescue a {PRODUCT} system` from the Troubleshooting submenu in the boot " +"menu, or use the [option]#inst.rescue# boot option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:555 +msgid "" +"Specify the language, keyboard layout and network settings for the rescue " +"system with the screens that follow. The final setup screen configures " +"access to the existing system on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:556 +msgid "" +"By default, rescue mode attaches an existing operating system to the rescue " +"system under the directory `/mnt/sysimage/`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6a200d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automating the Installation with Kickstart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"Kickstart installations offer a means to automate the installation process, " +"either partially or fully. Kickstart files contain answers to all questions " +"normally asked by the installation program, such as what time zone do you " +"want the system to use, how should the drives be partitioned or which " +"packages should be installed. Providing a prepared Kickstart file when the " +"installation begins therefore allows the you to perform the installation " +"automatically, without need for any intervention from the user. This is " +"especially useful when deploying {PRODUCT} on a large number of systems at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"All Kickstart scripts and the log files of their execution are stored in the " +"`/tmp` directory to assist with debugging installation issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to Perform a Kickstart Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Kickstart installations can be performed using a local DVD, a local hard " +"drive, or via NFS, FTP, HTTP, or HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:18 +msgid "To use Kickstart, you must:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:20 +msgid "Create a Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"Create boot media or configure a network boot (PXE) server which will be " +"used to begin the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Make the Kickstart file available on removable media, a hard drive, or a " +"network location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Start the Kickstart installation by booting the installer and using a boot " +"option to tell the installer where to find the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:28 +msgid "This chapter explains these steps in detail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Kickstart File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"The Kickstart file itself is a plain text file, containing keywords listed " +"in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference], which serve as directions for the installation. Any text " +"editor able to save files as ASCII text (such as [application]*Gedit* or " +"[application]*vim* on Linux systems or [application]*Notepad* on Windows " +"systems) can be used to create and edit Kickstart files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The recommended approach to creating Kickstart files is to perform a manual " +"installation on one system first. After the installation completes, all " +"choices made during the installation are saved into a file named " +"`anaconda-ks.cfg`, located in the `/root/` directory on the installed " +"system. You can then copy this file, make any changes you need, and use the " +"resulting configuration file in further installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:37 +msgid "When creating a Kickstart file, keep in mind the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"Lines starting with a pound sign (`#`) are treated as comments and are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Sections must be specified *in order*. Items within the sections do not have " +"to be in a specific order unless otherwise specified. The correct section " +"order is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** The command section which contains actual Kickstart commands and options " +"as listed in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]. Note that some commands, such as [command]#install#, are " +"mandatory, but most commands are optional.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** The [command]#%packages# section which contains a list of packages and " +"package groups to be installed. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages " +"(required) - Package Selection] for details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** The [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections, containing a " +"pre-installation and post-installation scripts. These two sections can be in " +"any order and are not mandatory. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-preinstall[%pre " +"(optional) - Pre-installation Script] and " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-postinstall[%post " +"(optional) - Post-installation Script] for details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"The [command]#%packages#, [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections must " +"end with [command]#%end#, otherwise the installation program will refuse the " +"Kickstart file. The main command section has no special ending statement." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"Omitting any required item results in the installation program prompting the " +"user for an answer to the related item, just as the user would be prompted " +"during a typical installation. Once the answer is given, the installation " +"will continue. Note that if the system you are installing has no display, " +"you will not be able to see the prompt, and the installation will appear to " +"have failed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying the Kickstart File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"When creating or customizing your kickstart file, it is useful to verify " +"that it is valid before attempting to use it in an installation. {PRODUCT} " +"includes the [application]*ksvalidator* command line utility which can be " +"used to do this. This tool is a part of the [package]*pykickstart* " +"package. To install this package, execute the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install pykickstart\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"After installing the package, you can validate a Kickstart file using the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#ksvalidator _/path/to/kickstart.ks_#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:75 +msgid "" +"Replace _/path/to/kickstart.ks_ with the path to the Kickstart file you want " +"to verify." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:77 +msgid "For more information about this tool, see the `ksvalidator(1)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:82 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that the validation tool has its limitations. The Kickstart " +"file can be very complicated; [application]*ksvalidator* can make sure the " +"syntax is correct and that the file does not include removed options, but it " +"cannot guarantee the installation will be successful. It also does not " +"attempt to validate the [command]#%pre#, [command]#%post# and " +"[command]#%packages# sections of the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making the Kickstart File Available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:89 +msgid "" +"Once you create a Kickstart file, you can place it in one of the following " +"locations:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:91 +msgid "" +"On *removable media*, such as a DVD or USB flash drive connected to the " +"installation system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:93 +msgid "On a *hard drive* connected to the installation system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:95 +msgid "On a *network share* reachable from the installation system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"Normally, a Kickstart file is copied to removable media or a hard drive, or " +"made available on the network. Placing the file in a network location " +"complements the usual approach to Kickstart installations, which is also " +"network-based: the system is booted using a PXE server, the Kickstart file " +"is downloaded from a network share, and software packages specified in the " +"file are downloaded from remote repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:99 +msgid "" +"xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server] offers some additional information about preparing for " +"a network-based installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Starting the Kickstart Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:103 +msgid "" +"Once you have everything ready - you have created a valid Kickstart file and " +"you have either local boot media or a PXE server available, you can start " +"the Kickstart installation. You need to use the [option]#inst.ks=# boot " +"option either in the boot menu (when booting from local media), or add this " +"option to your PXE server configuration. For information about boot options " +"used in Kickstart installations, see " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-kickstart[Kickstart Boot Options]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..523f112 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,610 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Up an Installation Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"This appendix is intended for users with previous Linux experience. If you " +"are a new user, you may want to install using minimal boot media or the " +"distribution DVD instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PXE Installation Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"Preboot Execution Environment, or PXE, is a techonology that allows " +"computers to boot directly from resources provided over the " +"network. Installing Fedora over the network means you don't have to create " +"media, and you can install to multiple computers or virtual machine " +"simultaneously. The process involves a number of components and features " +"working together to provide the resources required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PXE-capable computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"Most modern computers have the capability to network boot. Typically, a " +"function key pressed during boot will bring up a boot selection menu. In " +"environments designed for unattended administration, systems will often be " +"configured to first attempt booting from the network, then boot from local " +"storage, and the installation server is configured to only offer the " +"installation when required. Your computer's manual will provide specific " +"instructions on setting boot priorities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"When a system requests an address during network booting, the DHCP server " +"also provides the location of files to boot. A network should have only one " +"DHCP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TFTP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"Because the pre-boot environment is very simple, files must be provided in a " +"very simple way. Trivial File Transfer Protocol, or TFTP, provides the " +"system with the bootloader required to continue the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"Because the job of booting an operating system is too complex for the " +"pre-boot environment, a bootloader is used to load the kernel and related " +"files. It also provides configuration information to the installer, and can " +"offer a menu to select from different configurations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kernel and Initramfs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"The kernel is the core of any Linux operating system, and the initramfs " +"provides the kernel with required tools and resources. These files are also " +"provided by tftp." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package repository" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"A Fedora repository must be available for the installation. The example in " +"this section uses the public Fedora mirrors as the repository source, but " +"you can also use a repo on the local network provided by NFS, FTP, or " +"HTTP. Repositories can be configured using the [option]#inst.repo=# boot " +"option; see xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the " +"Installation Source] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. A link to mirrormanager and some instructions to other guides too. All the elaboration on installation methods might be going to far, but we can ref. --Pete +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Needs adminition about static IP, reference out to Networking Guide. Example assumes 192.168.1.2 for server. +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing and configuring dhcpd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:47 +msgid "Install the dhcp server package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install dhcp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:54 +msgid "Create a simple configuration for the dhcp server at `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" +"authoritative;\n" +"default-lease-time 600;\n" +"max-lease-time 7200;\n" +"ddns-update-style none;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1;\n" +"option routers 192.168.1.1;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:70 +msgid "Test your configuration and address any problems you discover." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#systemctl start dhcpd#\n" +"[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:79 +msgid "" +"Add entries to point clients to their bootloader and the server that " +"provides it to your subnet configuration in `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`. Because " +"DHCP clients provide the server with identifying information along with " +"their address request, BIOS clients and UEFI clients can each be directed to " +"the correct bootloader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# refer to RFC4758 for possible arch option values\n" +"option arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" +"if option arch = 00:07 {\n" +"filename \"uefi/shim.efi\";\n" +"} else {\n" +"filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "next-server 192.168.1.2;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"Restart the dhcp service to check the configuration and make changes as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#systemctl restart dhcpd#\n" +"[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the tftp server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:111 +msgid "Install the tftp server package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install tftp-server\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:117 +msgid "" +"Start and enable the `tftp socket`. `systemd` will automatically start the " +"`tftpd` service when required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#systemctl start tftp.socket#\n" +"# [command]#systemctl enable tftp.socket#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Providing and configuring bootloaders for PXE clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the bootloader files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:129 +msgid "Get the [package]*syslinux* bootloader for BIOS clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:131 +msgid "Install the [package]*syslinux* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install syslinux\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:137 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:154 +msgid "Create a directory for the bootloader files, and make them available there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#mkdir -p " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"# [command]#cp " +"`/usr/share/syslinux/{pxelinux.0,vesamenu.c32,ldlinux.c32,libcom32.c32,libutil.c32}` " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:145 +msgid "Get the bootloader files for UEFI systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:147 +msgid "" +"Install the [package]*shim* and [package]*grub2-efi* packages. If your " +"server is a BIOS system, you *must install the packages to a temporary " +"install root*. Installing them directly on a BIOS machine will attempt to " +"configure the system for UEFI booting and cause problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# dnf install shim grub2-efi --installroot=/tmp/fedora --releasever " +"{PRODVER}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#mkdir -p `/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"# [command]#cp `/tmp/fedora/boot/efi/EFI/fedora/{shim.efi,grubx64.efi}` " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuring client bootloaders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:163 +msgid "" +"Create a boot menu for BIOS clients at " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"default vesamenu.c32\n" +"prompt 1\n" +"timeout 600\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label linux\n" +"menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} 64-bit\n" +"menu default\n" +"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img " +"inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ " +"ip=dhcp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label server\n" +"menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} ( Minimal Image )\n" +"menu default\n" +"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img " +"inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ " +"ip=dhcp ks=https://example.com/fedora/kickstarts/minimal.ks\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label rescue\n" +"menu label ^Rescue installed system\n" +"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"append initrd=f{PRODVER}initrd.img ip=dhcp " +"root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img " +"rescue\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label local\n" +"menu label Boot from ^local drive\n" +"localboot 0xffff\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:195 +msgid "Create a boot menu for UEFI clients at `/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux/uefi`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"function load_video {\n" +"\tinsmod efi_gop\n" +"\tinsmod efi_uga\n" +"\tinsmod video_bochs\n" +"\tinsmod video_cirrus\n" +"\tinsmod all_video\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"load_video\n" +"set gfxpayload=keep\n" +"insmod gzio\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"menuentry 'Install {PRODUCT} 64-bit' --class fedora --class gnu-linux " +"--class gnu --class os {\n" +"\tlinuxefi f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz ip=dhcp " +"inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/\n" +"\tinitrdefi f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"menuentry 'Install Fedora {PRODVER} Server' --class fedora --class " +"gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {\n" +"\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"\tappend initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img " +"inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ " +"ip=dhcp " +"ks=https://git.fedorahosted.org/cgit/spin-kickstarts.git/plain/fedora-install-server.ks?h=f21\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"menuentry 'Rescue installed system' --class fedora --class gnu-linux " +"--class gnu --class os {\n" +"\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"\tappend f{PRODVER}/initrd=initrd.img " +"root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img " +"rescue\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the kernel and initrd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Downloading the kernel and initrd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:231 +msgid "Create a directory for the files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#mkdir -p " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:238 +msgid "Download the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# wget " +"http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/vmlinuz " +"-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:245 +msgid "Download the initrd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# wget " +"http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/initrd.img " +"-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Providing repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:255 +msgid "" +"The examples in this section use the public Fedora mirrors as the package " +"source. For faster installations, installing to many systems, or more " +"isolated environments, you may wish to maintain a local repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:257 +msgid "" +"Fedora Infrastructure maintains instructions for a configuring a local " +"mirror at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Infrastructure/Mirroring++[]. The " +"preferred method for providing repositories is via HTTP, and you can refer " +"to the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], to configure `httpd`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced network installations with Cobbler" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"For more complex environments, {PRODUCT} offers the [package]*cobbler* " +"installation server. Tasks like managing kickstart configurtations, " +"coordinating repositories, maintaining dns records, dhcp servers, and even " +"puppet manifests are effectively automated by [package]*cobbler*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:263 +msgid "" +"While levaraging all of the features provided by cobbler can be relatively " +"simple, the full functionality of this powerful tool is too broad to be " +"documented in this guide. The cobbler community provides excellent " +"documentation at link:++http://www.cobblerd.org/manuals/2.6.0/++[] to " +"accompany the packages in the Fedora repository." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..261d2fe --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Upgrading Your Current System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter explains how to upgrade your existing {PRODUCT} installation to " +"the current release. There are two basic ways to do so:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]*dnf system upgrade*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the " +"[application]*dnf system upgrade* utility. For information on performing an " +"automatic upgrade, see " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki DNF " +"system upgrade]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual Reinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying " +"on [application]*dnf system upgrade*. This involves booting the installer as " +"if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing " +"Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on " +"other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall " +"the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see " +"xref:Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual " +"System Upgrade or Reinstallation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your " +"system, no matter which method you choose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual System Upgrade or Reinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, we have not written this chapter yet, and there is no " +"dedicated documentation about a manual reinstall on the Wiki, either. In the " +"meantime before we fix this, you can try to start the installation normally " +"(from a boot CD/DVD/USB), select manual partitioning in your installer, and " +"reuse existing partitions instead of destroying them and creating new " +"ones. The instructions at " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning] should in most cases be easy to adapt for this." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3e1637 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing Using VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"The graphical installation interface is the recommended method of installing " +"{PRODUCT}. However, in some cases, accessing the graphical interface " +"directly is difficult or impossible. Some systems lack the capability to " +"connect a display and a keyboard, making VNC a necessity for manual " +"(non-Kickstart) installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"To allow manual installations on _headless systems_ (systems without a " +"directly connected display, keyboard and mouse), the [application]*Anaconda* " +"installation program includes a _Virtual Network Computing_ (VNC) mode which " +"allows the graphical mode of the installation program to run locally, but " +"display on another system connected to the network. The VNC installation " +"provides you with the full range of installation options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"This chapter provides instructions on activating VNC mode on the " +"installation system and connecting to it using a VNC viewer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing a VNC Viewer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"Performing a VNC installation requires a VNC viewer running on your " +"workstation or another terminal computer. VNC viewers are available in the " +"repositories of most Linux distributions; free VNC viewers are also " +"available for other operating systems such as Windows. On Linux systems, use " +"your package manager to search for a viewer for your distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:20 +msgid "The following VNC viewers are available in {PRODUCT}:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"[application]*TigerVNC* - A basic viewer independent of your desktop " +"environment. Installed as the [package]*tigervnc* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"[application]*Vinagre* - A viewer for the [application]*GNOME* desktop " +"environment. Installed as the [package]*vinagre* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"[application]*KRDC* - A viewer integrated with the [application]*KDE* " +"desktop environment. Installed as the [package]*kdenetwork-krdc* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"To install any of the viewers listed above, execute the following command as " +"`root`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install package\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Replace _package_ with the package name of the viewer you want to use (for " +"example, [package]*tigervnc*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"Procedures in this chapter assume you are using [application]*TigerVNC* as " +"your VNC viewer. Specific instructions for other viewers may differ, but the " +"general principles still apply." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Performing a VNC Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"The [application]*Anaconda* installation program offers two modes for VNC " +"installation: _Direct mode_ and _Connect mode_. The modes differ in the way " +"the connection between the server and viewer is established. After you " +"successfully connect, the installation will progress the same way regardless " +"of the mode you used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Direct Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"In this mode, [application]*Anaconda* is configured to start the " +"installation and wait for an incoming connection from VNC viewer before " +"proceeding. While waiting for an incoming connection, the system's IP " +"address and the port on which the installer expects the connection is " +"displayed on the display or console if available; this implies that you need " +"at least a serial console to connect using this mode, but you can work " +"around this limitation if you know the default VNC port and the system's IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"In this mode, the VNC viewer is started on the remote system in _listening " +"mode_. The VNC viewer waits for an incoming connection on a specified " +"port. Then, [application]*Anaconda* is started and the host name/IP address " +"and port number of the viewer are provided using a boot option or a " +"Kickstart command. When the installation begins, the installation program " +"establishes a connection with the listening VNC viewer using the specified " +"host name/IP address and port number. Connect mode is therefore easier to " +"use on systems with no local display or console, but it also may require " +"additional preparation, because the viewer system must be able to accept " +"incoming connections on the specified port, which usually requires changing " +"firewall settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Choosing a VNC Installation Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:56 +msgid "Visual and Interactive access to the system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If visual and interactive access to the system being installed is not " +"available, then you should use Connect Mode.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:60 +msgid "Network Connection Rules and Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If the system being installed is not allowed inbound connections by a " +"firewall, then you must use Connect Mode or disable the firewall. Disabling " +"a firewall may have security implications.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If the remote system running the VNC viewer is not allowed incoming " +"connections by a firewall, then you must use Direct Mode, or disable the " +"firewall. Disabling a firewall may have security implications.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in VNC Direct Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:69 +msgid "" +"VNC Direct Mode is when the VNC viewer initiates a connection to the system " +"being installed. [application]*Anaconda* will tell you when to initiate this " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Starting VNC in Direct Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:73 +msgid "" +"Open the VNC viewer (for example, [application]*TigerVNC*) on the " +"workstation you will be using to connect to the system being installed. A " +"window similar to " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#figu-vnc-installations-connection-details[TigerVNC " +"Connection Details] will be displayed with an input field allowing you to " +"specify an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TigerVNC Connection Details" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TigerVNC after startup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "vnc/connection-details.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:80 +msgid "" +"Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the " +"menu, edit boot options (see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) " +"and append the [option]#inst.vnc# option to the end of the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:82 +msgid "" +"Optionally, if you want to restrict VNC access to the installation system, " +"add the " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_PASSWORD_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"boot option as well. Replace _PASSWORD_ with the password you want to use " +"for the installation. The VNC password must be between 6 and 8 characters " +"long." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:87 +msgid "" +"Use a temporary password for the [option]#inst.vncpassword=# option. It " +"should not be a real or root password you use on any system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding VNC Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing boot options to activate VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot/vnc-options.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:96 +msgid "" +"Start the installation using the edited options. The system will initialize " +"the installation program and start the necessary services. When the system " +"is ready, you will see a message on the screen similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`13:14:47 Please manually connect your VNC viewer to 192.168.100.131:5901 to " +"begin the install.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:103 +msgid "" +"Note the IP address and port number (in the above example, " +"`192.168.100.131:5901`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:105 +msgid "" +"On the system running the VNC Viewer, enter the IP address and port number " +"obtained in the previous step into the `Connection Details` dialog in the " +"same format as it was displayed on the screen by the installer. Then, click " +"`Connect`. The VNC viewer will now connect to the installation system. If " +"you set up a VNC password, enter it when prompted and press `OK`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:159 +msgid "" +"When the connection is successfully established, a new window will open on " +"the system running the VNC viewer, displaying the installation menu. This " +"window will provide full remote access to the installer until the " +"installation finishes and the system reboots for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:109 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:161 +msgid "" +"You can then proceed with " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#chap-installing-using-anaconda[Installing " +"Using Anaconda]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in VNC Connect Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:114 +msgid "" +"VNC connect mode is when the system being installed initiates a connection " +"to the VNC viewer running on a remote system. Before you start, make sure " +"the remote system is configured to accept incoming connection on the port " +"you want to use for VNC. The exact way to make sure the connection will not " +"be blocked depends on your network and on your workstation's " +"configuration. Information about configuring the firewall in {PRODUCT} is " +"available in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Starting VNC in Connect Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:118 +msgid "" +"Start the VNC viewer on the client system in listening mode. For example, on " +"{PRODUCT} using [application]*TigerVNC*, execute the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#vncviewer -listen _PORT_#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:125 +msgid "Replace _PORT_ with the port number you want to use for the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:127 +msgid "The terminal will display a message similar to the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TigerVNC Viewer Listening" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"TigerVNC Viewer 64-bit v1.3.0 (20130924)\n" +"Built on Sep 24 2013 at 16:32:56\n" +"Copyright (C) 1999-2011 TigerVNC Team and many others (see README.txt)\n" +"See http://www.tigervnc.org for information on TigerVNC.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Thu Feb 20 15:23:54 2014\n" +"main: Listening on port 5901\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:146 +msgid "" +"When this message is displayed, the VNC viewer is ready and waiting for an " +"incoming connection from the installation system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:148 +msgid "" +"Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the " +"menu, edit boot options (see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) " +"and append the following options to the end of the command line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[option]#inst.vnc " +"inst.vncconnect=pass:attributes[{blank}]_HOST_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_PORT_#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:155 +msgid "" +"Replace _HOST_ with the IP address of the system running the listening VNC " +"viewer, and _PORT_ with the port number that the VNC viewer is listening on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:157 +msgid "" +"Start the installation. The system will initialize the installation program " +"and start the necessary services. Once the initialization is finished, " +"[application]*Anaconda* will attempt to connect to the IP address and port " +"you provided in the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kickstart Considerations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:166 +msgid "" +"Commands for using a VNC installation are also available in Kickstart " +"installations. Using just the [command]#vnc# command will set up an " +"installation using Direct Mode. Options are available to set up an " +"installation using Connect Mode. For more information about the " +"[command]#vnc# command and options used in Kickstart files, see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Considerations for Headless Systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:171 +msgid "" +"When installing headless systems, the only choices are an automated " +"Kickstart installation or an interactive VNC installation using connect " +"mode. For more information about automated Kickstart installation, see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]. The general process for an interactive VNC installation " +"is described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:173 +msgid "" +"Set up a PXE server that will be used to start the installation. Information " +"about installing and performing basic configurating of a PXE server can be " +"found in xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting " +"Up an Installation Server]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:175 +msgid "" +"Configure the PXE server to use the boot options for a connect mode VNC " +"installation. For information on these boot options, see " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#sect-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Installing " +"in VNC Connect Mode]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:176 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure for a VNC Installation using connect mode as described " +"in the " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#proc-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Starting VNC " +"in Connect Mode]. However, when directed to boot the system, boot it from " +"the PXE server." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea3447d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,1142 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "An Introduction to Disk Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"This appendix is not necessarily applicable to architectures other than " +"AMD64 and Intel{nbsp}64. However, the general concepts mentioned here may " +"apply." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"This section discusses basic disk concepts, disk repartitioning strategies, " +"the partition naming scheme used by Linux systems, and related topics." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"If you are comfortable with disk partitions, you can skip ahead to " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitions-making-room[Strategies for " +"Disk Repartitioning] for more information on the process of freeing up disk " +"space to prepare for a {PRODUCT} installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hard Disk Basic Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Hard disks perform a very simple function - they store data and reliably " +"retrieve it on command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"When discussing issues such as disk partitioning, it is important to have a " +"understanding of the underlying hardware; however, since the theory is very " +"complicated and expansive, only the basic concepts will be explained " +"here. This appendix uses a set of simplified diagrams of a disk drive to " +"help explain what is the process and theory behind partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-unused-drive[An Unused Disk " +"Drive], shows a brand-new, unused disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "An Unused Disk Drive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of an unused disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unused-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File Systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"To store data on a disk drive, it is necessary to _format_ the disk drive " +"first. Formatting (usually known as \"making a _file " +"system_pass:attributes[{blank}]\") writes information to the drive, creating " +"order out of the empty space in an unformatted drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with a File System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a formatted disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/formatted-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"As xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-formatted-drive[Disk Drive with " +"a File System], implies, the order imposed by a file system involves some " +"trade-offs:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"A small percentage of the driver's available space is used to store file " +"system-related data and can be considered as overhead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"A file system splits the remaining space into small, consistently-sized " +"segments. For Linux, these segments are known as _blocks_ footnote:[Blocks " +"really *are* consistently sized, unlike our illustrations. Keep in mind, " +"also, that an average disk drive contains thousands of blocks. The picture " +"is simplified for the purposes of this discussion.]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"Note that there is no single, universal file system. As " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-different-file-system[Disk Drive " +"with a Different File System], shows, a disk drive may have one of many " +"different file systems written on it. Different file systems tend to be " +"incompatible; that is, an operating system that supports one file system (or " +"a handful of related file system types) may not support another. However, " +"{PRODUCT} supports a wide variety of file systems (including many commonly " +"used by other operating systems such as Microsoft Windows), making data " +"interchange between different file systems easy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with a Different File System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with a different file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/other-formatted-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"Writing a file system to disk is only the first step. The goal of this " +"process is to actually *store* and *retrieve* data. The figure below shows a " +"drive disk after some data have been written to it:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Data Written to It" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with data written to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/used-formatted-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:64 +msgid "" +"As xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-drive-with-data[Disk Drive with " +"Data Written to It], shows, some of the previously-empty blocks are now " +"holding data. However, by just looking at this picture, we cannot determine " +"exactly how many files reside on this drive. There may only be one file or " +"many, as all files use at least one block and some files use multiple " +"blocks. Another important point to note is that the used blocks do not have " +"to form a contiguous region; used and unused blocks may be " +"interspersed. This is known as _fragmentation_. Fragmentation can play a " +"part when attempting to resize an existing partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:66 +msgid "" +"As with most computer-related technologies, disk drives changed over time " +"after their introduction. In particular, they got bigger. Not larger in " +"physical size, but bigger in their capacity to store information. And, this " +"additional capacity drove a fundamental change in the way disk drives were " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partitions: Turning One Drive Into Many" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:71 +msgid "" +"Disk drives can be divided into _partitions_. Each partition can be accessed " +"as if it was a separate disk. This is done through the addition of a " +"_partition table_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:73 +msgid "" +"There are several reasons for allocating disk space into separate disk " +"partitions, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:75 +msgid "Logical separation of the operating system data from the user data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:77 +msgid "Ability to use different file systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:79 +msgid "Ability to run multiple operating systems on one machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"There are currently two partitioning layout standards for physical hard " +"disks: Master Boot Record (*MBR*) and GUID Partition Table (*GPT*). *MBR* is " +"an older method of disk partitioning used with BIOS-based computers. *GPT* " +"is a newer partitioning layout that is a part of the Unified Extensible " +"Firmware Interface (*UEFI*). This section and " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitions-extended[Partitions Within " +"Partitions - An Overview of Extended Partitions] mainly describe the _Master " +"Boot Record_ (*MBR*) disk partitioning scheme. For information about the " +"_GUID Partition Table_ (*GPT*) partitioning layout, see " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitioning-guid-partition-table[GUID " +"Partition Table (GPT)]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:86 +msgid "" +"While the diagrams in this chapter show the partition table as being " +"separate from the actual disk drive, this is not entirely accurate. In " +"reality, the partition table is stored at the very start of the disk, before " +"any file system or user data. But for clarity, they are separate in our " +"diagrams." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Partition Table" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of an unused disk drive with a partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unused-partitioned-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"As xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-partition-table[Disk Drive with " +"Partition Table] shows, the partition table is divided into four sections or " +"four _primary_ partitions. A primary partition is a partition on a hard " +"drive that can contain only one logical drive (or section). Each section can " +"hold the information necessary to define a single partition, meaning that " +"the partition table can define no more than four partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"Each partition table entry contains several important characteristics of the " +"partition:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:99 +msgid "The points on the disk where the partition starts and ends" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:101 +msgid "Whether the partition is \"active\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:103 +msgid "The partition's type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:105 +msgid "" +"The starting and ending points define the partition's size and location on " +"the disk. The \"active\" flag is used by some operating systems' boot " +"loaders. In other words, the operating system in the partition that is " +"marked \"active\" is booted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:107 +msgid "" +"The type is a number that identifies the partition's anticipated usage. Some " +"operating systems use the partition type to denote a specific file system " +"type, to flag the partition as being associated with a particular operating " +"system, to indicate that the partition contains a bootable operating system, " +"or some combination of the three." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:109 +msgid "" +"See xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-single-part[Disk Drive With " +"Single Partition] for an example of a disk drive with single partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive With Single Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with a single partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/dos-single-partition.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:116 +msgid "" +"The single partition in this example is labeled as `DOS`. This label shows " +"the *partition type*, with `DOS` being one of the most common ones. The " +"table below shows a list of some of the commonly used partition types and " +"hexadecimal numbers used to represent them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partition Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Partition Type|Value|Partition Type|Value\n" +"|Empty|00|Novell Netware 386|65\n" +"|DOS 12-bit FAT|01|PIC/IX|75\n" +"|XENIX root|02|Old MINIX|80\n" +"|XENIX usr|03|Linux/MINUX|81\n" +"|DOS 16-bit <=32M|04|Linux swap|82\n" +"|Extended|05|Linux native|83\n" +"|DOS 16-bit >=32|06|Linux extended|85\n" +"|OS/2 HPFS|07|Amoeba|93\n" +"|AIX|08|Amoeba BBT|94\n" +"|AIX bootable|09|BSD/386|a5\n" +"|OS/2 Boot Manager|0a|OpenBSD|a6\n" +"|Win95 FAT32|0b|NEXTSTEP|a7\n" +"|Win95 FAT32 (LBA)|0c|BSDI fs|b7\n" +"|Win95 FAT16 (LBA)|0e|BSDI swap|b8\n" +"|Win95 Extended (LBA)|0f|Syrinx|c7\n" +"|Venix 80286|40|CP/M|db\n" +"|Novell|51|DOS access|e1\n" +"|PReP Boot|41|DOS R/O|e3\n" +"|GNU HURD|63|DOS secondary|f2\n" +"|Novell Netware 286|64|BBT|ff\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partitions Within Partitions - An Overview of Extended Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:149 +msgid "" +"In case four partitions are insufficient for your needs, you can use " +"_extended partitions_ to create up additional partitions. You do this by " +"setting the type of a partition to \"Extended\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:151 +msgid "" +"An extended partition is like a disk drive in its own right - it has its own " +"partition table which points to one or more partitions (now called _logical " +"partitions_, as opposed to the four _primary partitions_) contained entirely " +"within the extended partition " +"itself. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-extended[Disk Drive With " +"Extended Partition], shows a disk drive with one primary partition and one " +"extended partition containing two logical partitions (along with some " +"unpartitioned free space)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive With Extended Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with an extended partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/extended-partitions.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:158 +msgid "" +"As this figure implies, there is a difference between primary and logical " +"partitions - there can only be four primary partitions, but there is no " +"fixed limit to the number of logical partitions that can exist. However, due " +"to the way in which partitions are accessed in Linux, no more than 12 " +"logical partitions should be defined on a single disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GUID Partition Table (GPT)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:163 +msgid "" +"GUID Partition Table (*GPT*) is a newer partitioning scheme based on using " +"Globally Unique Identifiers (*GUID*). *GPT* was developed to cope with " +"limitations of the *MBR* partition table, especially with the limited " +"maximum addressable storage space of a disk. Unlike *MBR*, which is unable " +"to address storage space larger than 2.2 terabytes, *GPT* can be used with " +"hard disks larger than this; the maximum addressable disk size is 2.2 " +"zettabytes. In addition, *GPT* by default supports creating up to 128 " +"primary partitions. This number could be extended by allocating more space " +"to the partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*GPT* disks use logical block addressing (LBA) and the partition layout is " +"as follows:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:167 +msgid "" +"To preserve backward compatibility with MBR disks, the first sector (*LBA* " +"0) of *GPT* is reserved for *MBR* data and it is called \"protective MBR\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:169 +msgid "" +"The _primary *GPT* header_ begins on the second logical block (*LBA* 1) of " +"the device. The header contains the disk GUID, the location of the primary " +"partition table, the location of the secondary GPT header, and CRC32 " +"checksums of itself and the primary partition table. It also specifies the " +"number of partition entries of the table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:171 +msgid "" +"The _primary *GPT* table_ includes, by default, 128 partition entries, each " +"with an entry size 128 bytes, its partition type GUID and unique partition " +"GUID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:173 +msgid "" +"The _secondary *GPT* table_ is identical to the primary *GPT* table. It is " +"used mainly as a backup table for recovery in case the primary partition " +"table is corrupted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:175 +msgid "" +"The _secondary *GPT* header_ is located on the last logical sector of the " +"disk and it can be used to recover *GPT* information in case the primary " +"header is corrupted. It contains the disk GUID, the location of the " +"secondary partition table and the primary *GPT* header, CRC32 checksums of " +"itself and the secondary partition table, and the number of possible " +"partition entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:180 +msgid "" +"There must be a BIOS boot partition for the boot loader to be installed " +"successfully onto a disk that contains a GPT (GUID Partition Table). This " +"includes disks initialized by [application]*Anaconda*. If the disk already " +"contains a BIOS boot partition, it can be reused." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Strategies for Disk Repartitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:187 +msgid "" +"There are several different ways that a disk can be repartitioned. This " +"section discusses the following possible approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:189 +msgid "Unpartitioned free space is available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:191 +msgid "An unused partition is available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:193 +msgid "Free space in an actively used partition is available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:195 +msgid "" +"Note that this section discusses the aforementioned concepts only " +"theoretically and it does not include any procedures showing how to perform " +"disk repartitioning step-by-step. Such detailed information are beyond the " +"scope of this document." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:200 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that the following illustrations are simplified in the interest " +"of clarity and do not reflect the exact partition layout that you encounter " +"when actually installing {PRODUCT}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Unpartitioned Free Space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:207 +msgid "" +"In this situation, the partitions already defined do not span the entire " +"hard disk, leaving unallocated space that is not part of any defined " +"partition. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-unused-space[Disk Drive " +"with Unpartitioned Free Space], shows what this might look like." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Unpartitioned Free Space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with unpartitioned free space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unpart-space.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:214 +msgid "" +"In the above example, `1` represents an undefined partition with unallocated " +"space and `2` represents a defined partition with allocated space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:216 +msgid "" +"An unused hard disk also falls into this category. The only difference is " +"that *all* the space is not part of any defined partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:218 +msgid "" +"In any case, you can create the necessary partitions from the unused " +"space. Unfortunately, this scenario, although very simple, is not very " +"likely (unless you have just purchased a new disk just for {PRODUCT}). Most " +"pre-installed operating systems are configured to take up all available " +"space on a disk drive (see " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitions-active-partition[Using Free " +"Space from an Active Partition])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Space from an Unused Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"In this case, maybe you have one or more partitions that you do not use any " +"longer. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-unused-partition[Disk " +"Drive with an Unused Partition], illustrates such a situation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with an Unused Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with an unused partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unused-partition.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:230 +msgid "" +"In the above example, `1` represents an unused partition and `2` represents " +"reallocating an unused partition for Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:232 +msgid "" +"In this situation, you can use the space allocated to the unused " +"partition. You first must delete the partition and then create the " +"appropriate Linux partition(s) in its place. You can delete the unused " +"partition and manually create new partitions during the installation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Free Space from an Active Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:237 +msgid "" +"This is the most common situation. It is also, unfortunately, the hardest to " +"handle. The main problem is that, even if you have enough free space, it is " +"presently allocated to a partition that is already in use. If you purchased " +"a computer with pre-installed software, the hard disk most likely has one " +"massive partition holding the operating system and data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:239 +msgid "Aside from adding a new hard drive to your system, you have two choices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Destructive Repartitioning*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:241 +msgid "" +"In this case, the single large partition is deleted and several smaller ones " +"are created instead. Any data held in the original partition is " +"destroyed. This means that making a complete backup is necessary. It is " +"highly recommended to make two backups, use verification (if available in " +"your backup software), and try to read data from the backup *before* " +"deleting the partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:246 +msgid "" +"If an operating system was installed on that partition, it must be " +"reinstalled if you want to use that system as well. Be aware that some " +"computers sold with pre-installed operating systems may not include the " +"installation media to reinstall the original operating system. You should " +"check whether this applies to your system is *before* you destroy your " +"original partition and its operating system installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:250 +msgid "" +"After creating a smaller partition for your existing operating system, you " +"can reinstall software, restore your data, and start the " +"installation. " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-destructive-repartitioning[Disk " +"Drive Being Destructively Repartitioned] shows this being done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive Being Destructively Repartitioned" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive being destructively repartitioned" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/dstrct-reprt.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:257 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:288 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:302 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:316 +msgid "In the above example, `1` represents before and `2` represents after." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:262 +msgid "Any data previously present in the original partition is lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Non-Destructive Repartitioning*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:266 +msgid "" +"With non-destructive repartitioning you execute a program that makes a big " +"partition smaller without losing any of the files stored in that " +"partition. This method is usually reliable, but can be very time-consuming " +"on large drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:268 +msgid "" +"While the process of non-destructive repartitioning is rather " +"straightforward, there are three steps involved:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:270 +msgid "Compress and backup existing data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:272 +msgid "Resize the existing partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:274 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:306 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create new partition(s)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:276 +msgid "Each step is described further in more detail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Compress Existing Data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:281 +msgid "" +"As the following figure shows, the first step is to compress the data in " +"your existing partition. The reason for doing this is to rearrange the data " +"such that it maximizes the available free space at the \"end\" of the " +"partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive Being Compressed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive being compressed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/compression.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:290 +msgid "" +"This step is crucial. Without it, the location of the data could prevent the " +"partition from being resized to the extent desired. Note also that, for one " +"reason or another, some data cannot be moved. If this is the case (and it " +"severely restricts the size of your new partition(s)), you may be forced to " +"destructively repartition your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:292 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resize the Existing Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:295 +msgid "" +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-resize-existing[Disk Drive with " +"Partition Resized] shows the actual resizing process. While the actual " +"result of the resizing operation varies depending on the software used, in " +"most cases the newly freed space is used to create an unformatted partition " +"of the same type as the original partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Partition Resized" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with a resized partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/part-resize.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:304 +msgid "" +"It is important to understand what the resizing software you use does with " +"the newly freed space, so that you can take the appropriate steps. In the " +"case illustrated here, it would be best to delete the new DOS partition and " +"create the appropriate Linux partition(s)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:309 +msgid "" +"As the previous step implied, it may or may not be necessary to create new " +"partitions. However, unless your resizing software is Linux-aware, it is " +"likely that you must delete the partition that was created during the " +"resizing " +"process. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-final-configuration[Disk " +"Drive with Final Partition Configuration], shows this being done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:311 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Final Partition Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with final partition configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/nondestruct-fin.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:318 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partition Naming Schemes and Mount Points" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:321 +msgid "" +"A common source of confusion for users unfamiliar with Linux is the matter " +"of how partitions are used and accessed by the Linux operating system. In " +"DOS/Windows, it is relatively simple: Each partition gets a \"drive " +"letter.\" You then use the correct drive letter to refer to files and " +"directories on its corresponding partition. This is entirely different from " +"how Linux deals with partitions and, for that matter, with disk storage in " +"general. This section describes the main principles of partition naming " +"scheme and the way how partitions are accessed in {PRODUCT}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partition Naming Scheme" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:326 +msgid "" +"Linux uses a naming scheme that is file-based, with file names in the form " +"of `/dev/pass:attributes[{blank}]_xxyN_pass:attributes[{blank}]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:328 +msgid "Device and partition names consist of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/dev/`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:330 +msgid "" +"This is the name of the directory in which all device files reside. Because " +"partitions reside on hard disks, and hard disks are devices, the files " +"representing all possible partitions reside in `/dev/`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_xx_pass:attributes[{blank}]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:332 +msgid "" +"The first two letters of the partition name indicate the type of device on " +"which the partition resides, usually `sd`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:333 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_y_pass:attributes[{blank}]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:334 +msgid "" +"This letter indicates which device the partition is on. For example, " +"`/dev/sda` for the first hard disk, `/dev/sdb` for the second, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:335 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_N_pass:attributes[{blank}]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:336 +msgid "" +"The final number denotes the partition. The first four (primary or extended) " +"partitions are numbered `1` through `4`. Logical partitions start at " +"`5`. So, for example, `/dev/sda3` is the third primary or extended partition " +"on the first hard disk, and `/dev/sdb6` is the second logical partition on " +"the second hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:341 +msgid "" +"Even if your system can identify and refer to all types of disk partitions, " +"it might not be able to *read* the file system and therefore access stored " +"data on every partition type. However, in many cases, it is possible to " +"successfully access data on a partition dedicated to another operating " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:345 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Partitions and Mount Points" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:348 +msgid "" +"Each partition is used to form part of the storage necessary to support a " +"single set of files and directories. This is done by associating a partition " +"with a directory through a process known as _mounting_. Mounting a partition " +"makes its storage available starting at the specified directory (known as a " +"_mount point_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:350 +msgid "" +"For example, if partition `/dev/sda5` is mounted on `/usr/`, that would mean " +"that all files and directories under `/usr/` physically reside on " +"`/dev/sda5`. So the file `/usr/share/doc/FAQ/txt/Linux-FAQ` would be stored " +"on `/dev/sda5`, while the file `/etc/gdm/custom.conf` would not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:352 +msgid "" +"Continuing the example, it is also possible that one or more directories " +"below `/usr/` would be mount points for other partitions. For instance, a " +"partition (say, `/dev/sda7`) could be mounted on `/usr/local/`, meaning that " +"`/usr/local/man/whatis` would then reside on `/dev/sda7` rather than " +"`/dev/sda5`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How Many Partitions?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:357 +msgid "" +"At this point in the process of preparing to install {PRODUCT}, you should " +"give some consideration to the number and size of the partitions to be used " +"by your new operating system. However, there is no one right answer to this " +"question. It depends on your needs and requirements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:359 +msgid "" +"Unless you have a reason for doing otherwise, you should *at least* create a " +"`/boot` partition and a `/` (root) partition. Depending on your system's " +"hardware specifications, additional partitions may be necessary, such as " +"`/boot/efi` for 64-bit AMD and Intel systems with UEFI firmware, a " +"`biosboot` partition for AMD and Intel systems with a GUID Partition Table " +"(GPT) label on the system disk, or a `PReP Boot` partition on IBM Power " +"Systems servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:360 +msgid "" +"See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information about the recommended partitioning " +"scheme." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6a03b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,7000 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kickstart Syntax Reference" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This appendix describes commands and options available in Kickstart " +"installations. For general information about Kickstart, see " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Device names are not guaranteed to be consistent across reboots, which can " +"complicate usage in Kickstart scripts. When a Kickstart option calls for a " +"device node name (such as `sda`), you can instead use any item from " +"`/dev/disk`. For example, instead of:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#part / --fstype=xfs --onpart=sda1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:21 +msgid "You could use an entry similar to one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"part / --fstype=xfs " +"--onpart=/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:05.0-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1\n" +"part / --fstype=xfs " +"--onpart=/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3160815AS_6RA0C882-part1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"This provides a consistent way to refer to disks that is more meaningful " +"than just `sda`. This is especially useful in large storage environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"While the general principles of Kickstart installations tend to stay the " +"same, the commands and options can change between major releases. You can " +"use the [command]#ksverdiff# command to display the differences between two " +"versions of the Kickstart syntax. This is useful when updating an existing " +"Kickstart file to be used with a new release. To display a list of changes " +"in syntax between Fedora{nbsp}{PREVVER} and {PRODVER}, use the following " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#ksverdiff -f F{PREVVER} -t F{PRODVER}#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"The [option]#-f# option specifies the release to start the comparison with, " +"and the [option]#-t# option to specify the release to end with. For " +"additional information, see the `ksverdiff(1)` man page. Also note that you " +"can not use this to display changes in a release that is newer than your " +"system - the version of [package]*pykickstart* on Fedora{nbsp}{PREVVER} can " +"not display changes in Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can review the [citetitle]_Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER} Release " +"Notes_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for a list " +"of changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"In the following sections, if an option is followed by an equals mark (`=`), " +"a value must be specified after it. In the example commands, options in " +"square brackets (`[ ]`) are optional arguments for the command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Methods and Sources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:55 +msgid "The following commands control the way Fedora will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "device (optional) - Install Extra Device Drivers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"On most PCI systems, the installation program will automatically detect " +"Ethernet and SCSI cards. However, on older systems and some PCI systems, " +"Kickstart requires a hint to find the proper devices. The [command]#device# " +"command, which tells the installation program to install extra modules, uses " +"the following format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#device _moduleName_ [--opts=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:67 +msgid "" +"Replace _moduleName_ with the name of the kernel module which should be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--opts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:69 +msgid "Options to pass to the installed kernel module. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "device i2c_piix4 --opts=\"aic152x=0x340 io=11\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "driverdisk (optional) - Use a Driver Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:78 +msgid "" +"Driver disks can be used during Kickstart installations to provide " +"additional drivers not included by default. You must copy the driver disks's " +"contents to the root directory of a partition on the system's hard " +"drive. Then, you must use the [command]#driverdisk# command to specify that " +"the installation program should look for a driver disk and its location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#driverdisk _partition_ | --source= | --biospart=#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_partition_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:85 +msgid "" +"Search for the driver disk image on a local partition. Replace _partition_ " +"with the name of the partition containing the driver disk. Note that the " +"partition must be specified as a full path. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#driverdisk /dev/sdb1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--source=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:92 +msgid "" +"Search for the driver disk in a network location instead of a local " +"partition. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#driverdisk " +"--source=ftp://pass:attributes[{blank}]_path/to/dd.img_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#driverdisk " +"--source=http://pass:attributes[{blank}]_path/to/dd.img_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#driverdisk " +"--source=nfs:pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path/to/dd.img_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--biospart=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:109 +msgid "BIOS partition containing the driver disk (for example, `82p2`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install (required) - Configure Installation Method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:114 +msgid "" +"The default installation mode. You must specify the type of installation " +"from `cdrom`, `harddrive`, `nfs`, `liveimg`, or `url`. The " +"[command]#install# command and the installation method command must be on " +"separate lines. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#liveimg --url=file:///images/install/squashfs.img --noverifyssl#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:124 +msgid "The installation method commands are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#cdrom#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:126 +msgid "Install from the first optical (DVD) drive on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#harddrive#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:128 +msgid "" +"Install from a tree or full installation ISO image on a local hard " +"drive. The tree or ISO image must be on a file system which is mountable in " +"the installation environment. Supported file systems are `ext2`, `ext3`, " +"`ext4`, `vfat`, or `xfs`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#harddrive --partition= | --biospart= [--dir=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--partition=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:138 +msgid "Partition to install from (such as `sdb2`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--biospart=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:140 +msgid "BIOS partition to install from (such as `82p2`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:141 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:175 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--dir=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:142 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:176 +msgid "Directory containing the installation tree or ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#liveimg#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:144 +msgid "" +"Install from a disk image instead of packages. The image can be the " +"`squashfs.img` file from a live ISO image, or any file system that the " +"installation media can mount. Supported file systems are `ext2`, `ext3`, " +"`ext4`, `vfat`, and `xfs`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:146 +msgid "" +"This command also supports installation from tar archives of the root file " +"system. In that case, the file name must end with `.tar`, `.tbz`, `.tgz`, " +"`.txz`, `.tar.bz2`, `tar.gz`, or `tar.xz`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#liveimg --url= [--proxy= | --checksum= | --noverifyssl=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:155 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--url=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:156 +msgid "" +"The location to install from. Supported protocols are `HTTP`, `HTTPS`, " +"`FTP`, and `file`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:157 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--proxy=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:158 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:194 +msgid "" +"Specify an `HTTP`, `HTTPS` or `FTP` proxy to use while performing the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--checksum=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:160 +msgid "" +"An optional argument with the `SHA256` checksum of the image file, used for " +"integrity verification. If you are using a live image provided by Fedora " +"Project, you can find a list of checksums at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/en/verify++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:161 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noverifyssl#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:162 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:196 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:250 +msgid "Disable SSL verification when connecting to an `HTTPS` server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#nfs#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:164 +msgid "" +"Install from an `NFS` server specified. The NFS server must be exporting the " +"full installation ISO image (such as the {PRODUCT} Server DVD) or its " +"extracted contents." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#nfs --server= [--dir=] [--opts= ]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--server=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:174 +msgid "Host name of the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--opts=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:178 +msgid "Mount options to use for mounting the `NFS` export." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#url#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:180 +msgid "Install from a tree on a remote server via `HTTP`, `HTTPS`, or `FTP`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#url --url= | --mirrorlist= [--proxy= | --noverifyssl]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:190 +msgid "" +"The location to install from. Supported protocols are `http`, `https`, " +"`ftp`, and `file`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mirrorlist=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:192 +msgid "The mirror URL to install from." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mediacheck (optional) - Verify Installation Media Integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:201 +msgid "" +"This command will force the installation program to perform a media check " +"before starting the installation, similarly to the [option]#rd.live.check# " +"boot option (see " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-mediacheck[Verifying " +"Boot Media]. This command requires that installations be attended, so it is " +"disabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ostreesetup (optional) - Install from an OSTree" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:206 +msgid "" +"Used for OSTree installations. See " +"link:++https://wiki.gnome.org/action/show/Projects/OSTree++[] for more " +"information about OSTree. Available options are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--osname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:208 +msgid "Management root for OS installation (required)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--remote=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:210 +msgid "Management root for OS installation (optional)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--url=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:212 +msgid "Repository URL (required)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ref=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:214 +msgid "Name of branch inside the repository (required)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nogpg#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:216 +msgid "Disable GPG key verification (optional)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "repo (optional) - Configure Additional Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:221 +msgid "" +"Configures additional [application]*DNF* repositories that may be used as " +"sources for package installation. This command can be used multiple times in " +"a single Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"See the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about the " +"[application]*DNF* package manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:228 +msgid "" +"Repositories used for installation must be stable. The installation may fail " +"if a repository is modified before the installation concludes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:231 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:420 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1557 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1695 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--name=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:232 +msgid "" +"The repository ID. This option is required. If a repository has a name which " +"conflicts with another previously added repository, it will be " +"ignored. Because the installation program uses a list of pre-configured " +"repositories, this means that you cannot add repositories with the same " +"names as the preconfigured ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--baseurl=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:234 +msgid "" +"The repository URL. The variables that may be used in [application]*DNF* " +"repo configuration files are *not* supported. You may use one of either this " +"option or [option]#--mirrorlist#, not both." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mirrorlist=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:236 +msgid "" +"The URL pointing at a list of mirrors for the repository. The variables that " +"may normally be used in dnf repository configuration files are not supported " +"here. You may use one of either this option or --baseurl, not both." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--install#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:238 +msgid "" +"Make the repository configured in the Kickstart file available on the system " +"after the installation as well. Creates a configuration file for the " +"repository in `/etc/yum.repos.d/` on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:239 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cost=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:240 +msgid "" +"An integer value to assign a cost to this repository. If multiple " +"repositories provide the same packages, this number will be used to " +"prioritize which repository will be used before another. Repositories with a " +"lower cost take priority over repositories with higher cost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--excludepkgs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:242 +msgid "" +"A comma-separated list of package names that must *not* be pulled from this " +"repository. This is useful if multiple repositories provide the same package " +"and you want to make sure it comes from a particular repository. Both full " +"package names (such as `publican`) and globs (such as `gnome-*`) are " +"accepted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--includepkgs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:244 +msgid "" +"A comma-separated list of package names and globs that must be pulled from " +"this repository. This is useful if multiple repositories provide the same " +"package and you want to make sure it comes from this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--proxy=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:246 +msgid "" +"Specify an `HTTP`, `HTTPS` or `FTP` proxy server to use when accessing this " +"repository. This setting does not affect any other repositories or " +"installation sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ignoregroups=true#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:248 +msgid "" +"This option is used when composing installation trees and has no effect on " +"the installation process itself. It tells the compose tools to not look at " +"the package group information when mirroring trees so as to avoid mirroring " +"large amounts of unnecessary data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noverifyssl#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Storage and Partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:255 +msgid "" +"Commands in this section are used to determine your system's storage options " +"and partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "autopart (optional) - Automatic Partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:260 +msgid "" +"Automatically creates partitions: a root (`/`) partition (1 GB or larger), a " +"`swap` partition, and an appropriate `/boot` partition for the " +"architecture. On large enough drives (50{nbsp}GB and larger), this also " +"creates a `/home` partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:265 +msgid "" +"The [command]#autopart# option cannot be used together with the " +"[command]#part/partition#, [command]#raid#, [command]#logvol#, or " +"[command]#volgroup# options in the same Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:268 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--type=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:269 +msgid "" +"Selects one of the predefined automatic partitioning schemes you want to " +"use. Accepts the following values:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `lvm`: The LVM partitioning scheme.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `btrfs`: The Btrfs partitioning scheme.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `plain`: Regular partitions with no LVM or Btrfs.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:277 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `thinp`: The LVM Thin Provisioning partitioning scheme.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:279 +msgid "" +"The created partitioning scheme will follow the recommended scheme described " +"at " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:280 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:702 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:926 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:983 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fstype=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:281 +msgid "" +"Specify a supported file system (such as `ext4` or `xfs`) to replace the " +"default when doing automatic partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:282 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nolvm#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:283 +msgid "" +"Do not use LVM or Btrfs for automatic partitioning. This option is equal to " +"[option]#--type=plain#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:284 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:741 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:950 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1000 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--encrypted#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:285 +msgid "" +"Encrypts all partitions. This is equivalent to checking the `Encrypt " +"partitions` check box on the initial partitioning screen during a manual " +"graphical installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:286 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:743 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:952 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1002 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--passphrase=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:287 +msgid "Provides a default system-wide passphrase for all encrypted devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:288 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:747 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:956 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1006 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--escrowcert=pass:attributes[{blank}]_URL_of_X.509_certificate_pass:attributes[{blank}]#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:289 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:957 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1007 +msgid "" +"Stores data encryption keys of all encrypted volumes as files in `/root`, " +"encrypted using the X.509 certificate from the URL specified with " +"_URL_of_X.509_certificate_. The keys are stored as a separate file for each " +"encrypted volume. This option is only meaningful if [option]#--encrypted# is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:290 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:749 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:958 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1008 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--backuppassphrase#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:291 +msgid "" +"Adds a randomly-generated passphrase to each encrypted volume. Store these " +"passphrases in separate files in `/root`, encrypted using the X.509 " +"certificate specified with [option]#--escrowcert#. This option is only " +"meaningful if [option]#--escrowcert# is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:292 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:745 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:954 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1004 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cipher=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:293 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:746 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:955 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1005 +msgid "" +"Specifies which type of encryption will be used if the " +"[application]*Anaconda* default `aes-xts-plain64` is not satisfactory. You " +"must use this option together with the [option]#--encrypted# option; by " +"itself it has no effect. Available types of encryption are listed in the " +"[citetitle]_Fedora Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. Using either `aes-xts-plain64` or " +"`aes-cbc-essiv:sha256` is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "bootloader (required) - Configure Boot Loader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:298 +msgid "Specifies how the boot loader should be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:303 +msgid "" +"You should always use a password to protect your boot loader. An unprotected " +"boot loader can allow a potential attacker to modify the system's boot " +"options and gain unauthorized access to the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:310 +msgid "" +"Some systems require a special partition for installing the boot loader. The " +"type and size of this partition depends on whether the disk you are " +"installing the boot loader to uses the _Master Boot Record_ (MBR) or a _GUID " +"Partition Table_ (GPT) schema. For more information, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning-bootloader[Boot " +"Loader Installation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--append=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:314 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional kernel parameters. To specify multiple parameters, " +"separate them with spaces. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:318 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#bootloader --location=mbr --append=\"hdd=ide-scsi ide=nodma\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:321 +msgid "" +"The [option]#rhgb# and [option]#quiet# parameters are always used, even if " +"you do not specify them here or do not use the [option]#--append=# command " +"at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:322 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--boot-drive=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:323 +msgid "" +"Specifies which drive the boot loader should be written to, and therefore " +"which drive the computer will boot from. If you use a multipath device as " +"the boot drive, specify only one member of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:328 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--boot-drive=# option is currently being ignored in {PRODUCT} " +"installations on IBM System{nbsp}z systems using the [application]*zipl* " +"boot loader. When [application]*zipl* is installed, it determines the boot " +"drive on its own." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Not* specifying this option will result in the following behavior:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:334 +msgid "" +"If the [option]#--driveorder=# option was used, [application]*Anaconda* will " +"install the boot loader on the first valid device specified in the drive " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:336 +msgid "" +"The first present and valid disk containing a `/boot` partition will be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:338 +msgid "" +"If none of the above applies, then the first valid storage device from the " +"list of all detected devices will be used to install the boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--leavebootorder#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:340 +msgid "" +"Prevents the installation program from making changes to the existing list " +"of bootable images on UEFI or ISeries/PSeries systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:341 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--driveorder=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:342 +msgid "Specifies which drive is first in the BIOS boot order. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:346 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#bootloader --driveorder=sda,hda#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--location=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:349 +msgid "Specifies where the boot record is written. Valid values are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** `mbr` - The default option. Depends on whether the drive uses the Master " +"Boot Record (MBR) or GUID Partition Table (GPT) scheme:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*** On a GPT-formatted disk, this option will install stage 1.5 of the boot " +"loader into the BIOS boot partition.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:355 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*** On an MBR-formatted disk, stage 1.5 will be installed into the empty " +"space between the MBR and the first partition.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** `partition` - Install the boot loader on the first sector of the " +"partition containing the kernel.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:359 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `none` - Do not install the boot loader.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:361 +msgid "In most cases, this option does not need to be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:362 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:635 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1705 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1872 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--password=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:363 +msgid "" +"If using [application]*GRUB2* as the boot loader, sets the boot loader " +"password to the one specified with this option. This should be used to " +"restrict access to the [application]*GRUB2* shell, where arbitrary kernel " +"options can be passed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:365 +msgid "" +"If a password is specified, [application]*GRUB2* will also ask for a user " +"name. The user name is always `root`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:366 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1643 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1707 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1826 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--iscrypted#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:367 +msgid "" +"Normally, when you specify a boot loader password using the " +"[option]#--password=# option, it will be stored in the Kickstart file in " +"plain text. If you want to encrypt the password, use this option and an " +"encrypted password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:369 +msgid "" +"To generate an encrypted password, use the [command]#grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2# " +"command, enter the password you want to use, and copy the command's output " +"(the hash starting with `grub.pbkdf2`) into the Kickstart file. An example " +"[command]#bootloader# Kickstart entry with an encrypted password will look " +"similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:374 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#bootloader --iscrypted " +"--password=grub.pbkdf2.sha512.10000.5520C6C9832F3AC3D149AC0B24BE69E2D4FB0DBEEDBD29CA1D30A044DE2645C4C7A291E585D4DC43F8A4D82479F8B95CA4BA4381F8550510B75E8E0BB2938990.C688B6F0EF935701FF9BD1A8EC7FE5BD2333799C98F28420C5CC8F1A2A233DE22C83705BB614EA17F3FDFDF4AC2161CEA3384E56EB38A2E39102F5334C47405E#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--timeout=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:378 +msgid "" +"Specifies the amount of time the boot loader will wait before booting the " +"default option (in seconds)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:379 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--default=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:380 +msgid "Sets the default boot image in the boot loader configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--extlinux#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:382 +msgid "" +"Use the [application]*extlinux* boot loader instead of " +"[application]*GRUB2*. This option only works on systems supported by " +"[application]*extlinux*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:383 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1670 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disabled#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:384 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to install a boot loader. This option overrides all other " +"boot loader configuration; all other boot loader options will be ignored and " +"no boot loader packages will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nombr#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:386 +msgid "" +"Install the boot loader configuration and support files, but do not modify " +"the MBR." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:388 +#, no-wrap +msgid "btrfs (optional) - Create Btrfs Volume or Subvolume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:391 +msgid "Create a Btrfs volume or subvolume. For a volume, the syntax is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:396 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#btrfs _mntpoint_ --data=pass:attributes[{blank}]_level_ " +"--metadata=pass:attributes[{blank}]_level_ [--label=] " +"_partitions_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:400 +msgid "" +"One or more partitions can be specified in _partitions_. When specifying " +"more than one partitions, the entries must be separated by a single " +"space. See " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#exam-kickstart-create-btrfs[Creating " +"Btrfs Volumes and Subvolumes] for a demonstration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:402 +msgid "For a subvolume, the syntax is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#btrfs _mntpoint_ --subvol --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ " +"_parent_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:411 +msgid "" +"_parent_ should be the identifier of the subvolume's parent volume, _name_ " +"with a name for the subvolume, and _mntpoint_ is the location where the file " +"system is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--data=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:413 +msgid "" +"RAID level to use for file system *data* (such as `0`, `1`, or `10`). This " +"parameter is optional, has no meaning for subvolumes, and requires more than " +"one physical disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:414 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--metadata=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:415 +msgid "" +"RAID level to use for file system/volume *metadata* (such as `0`, `1`, or " +"`10`). This parameter is optional, has no meaning for subvolumes, and " +"requires more than one physical disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:416 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:713 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:937 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:994 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--label=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:417 +msgid "" +"Specify a label for the Btrfs file system. If the given label is already in " +"use by another file system, a new label will be created. This option has no " +"meaning for subvolumes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:418 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--subvol#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:419 +msgid "Create a Btrfs subvolume instead of a volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:421 +msgid "Set a name for a Btrfs subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noformat# or [option]#--useexisting#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:423 +msgid "" +"Use an existing Btrfs volume (or subvolume) and do not reformat the file " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:424 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:711 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:935 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:992 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mkfsoptions=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:425 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional parameters to be passed to the program that makes a " +"filesystem on this volume or subvolume. No processing is done on the list of " +"arguments, so they must be supplied in a format that can be passed directly " +"to the mkfs program. This means multiple options should be comma-separated " +"or surrounded by double quotes, depending on the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:427 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a Btrfs volume from member " +"partitions on three disks with subvolumes for `/` and `/home`. The main " +"volume is not mounted or used directly in this example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Btrfs Volumes and Subvolumes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part btrfs.01 --size=6000 --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part btrfs.02 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part btrfs.03 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#btrfs none --data=0 --metadata=1 --label=f{PRODVER} btrfs.01 " +"btrfs.02 btrfs.03#\n" +"[command]#btrfs / --subvol --name=root LABEL=f{PRODVER}#\n" +"[command]#btrfs /home --subvol --name=home f{PRODVER}#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "clearpart (optional) - Remove All Existing Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:451 +msgid "" +"Removes partitions from the system, prior to creation of new partitions. By " +"default, no partitions are removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:456 +msgid "" +"If the [command]#clearpart# command is used, then the [command]#part " +"--onpart# command cannot be used on a logical partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:460 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of partitioning including the [command]#clearpart# " +"command, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:461 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--all#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:462 +msgid "Erases all partitions from the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:467 +msgid "" +"This option will erase all disks which can be reached by the installer, " +"including any attached network storage. Use this option with caution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:470 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--drives=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:471 +msgid "" +"Specifies which drives to clear partitions from. For example, the following " +"clears all the partitions on the first two drives on the primary IDE " +"controller:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:475 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#clearpart --drives=hda,hdb --all#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:478 +msgid "" +"To clear a multipath device, use the format " +"`disk/by-id/scsi-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is the " +"_world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to clear a disk with " +"WWID `58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#clearpart " +"--drives=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:485 +msgid "" +"This format is preferable for all multipath devices, but if errors arise, " +"multipath devices that do not use _logical volume management_ (LVM) can also " +"be cleared using the format " +"`disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is " +"the _world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to clear a disk " +"with WWID `2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:489 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#clearpart " +"--drives=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:495 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:577 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:911 +msgid "" +"Never specify multipath devices by device names like `mpatha`. Device names " +"such as this are not specific to a particular disk. The disk named " +"`/dev/mpatha` during installation might not be the one that you expect it to " +"be. Therefore, the [command]#clearpart# command could target the wrong disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:499 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:581 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:915 +msgid "" +"Starting with Fedora 25, you can combine multiple ways of specifying storage " +"targets in one command, using the pipe " +"(\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`|`pass:attributes[{blank}]\") as a " +"delimiter. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:502 +#, no-wrap +msgid "clearpart --drives=sd*|hd*|vda,/dev/vdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:505 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:587 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:921 +msgid "" +"The above will match either of `sd*`, `hd*`, *or* `vda` *and* " +"`/dev/vdc`. Variants are processed from left to right, and at least one of " +"them must match for the command to succeed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:506 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--list=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:507 +msgid "" +"Specifies which partitions to clear. This option overrides the " +"[option]#--all# and [option]#--linux# options if used. Can be used across " +"different drives. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:511 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#clearpart --list=sda2,sda3,sdb1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:513 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disklabel=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:514 +msgid "Create a set disk label when relabeling a disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--linux#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:516 +msgid "Erases all Linux partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--none#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:518 +msgid "" +"Do not remove any partitions. This is the default behavior - using this " +"option is the same as not using the [command]#clearpart# command at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:523 +msgid "" +"Using the [command]#clearpart --all# command in a Kickstart file to remove " +"all existing partitions during the installation will cause " +"[application]*Anaconda* to pause and prompt you for a confirmation. If you " +"need to perform the installation automatically with no interaction, add the " +"[command]#zerombr# command to your Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fcoe (optional) - Configure Fibre Channel Over Ethernet Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:530 +msgid "" +"Specify which FCoE devices should be activated automatically in addition to " +"those discovered by _Enhanced Disk Drive Services_ (EDD)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:534 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#fcoe --nic=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ [--dcp= | --autovlan]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:536 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nic=# (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:537 +msgid "Name of the device to be activated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:538 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--dcb=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:539 +msgid "Establish _Data Center Bridging_ (DCB) settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:540 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--autovlan#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:541 +msgid "Discover VLANs automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ignoredisk (optional) - Ignore Specified Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:546 +msgid "" +"Causes the installation program to ignore the specified disks. This is " +"useful if you use autopartition and want to be sure that some disks are " +"ignored. For example, without [command]#ignoredisk#, attempting to deploy on " +"a SAN cluster the Kickstart would fail, as the installation program detects " +"passive paths to the SAN that return no partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:550 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#ignoredisk --drives= | --only-use= [--interactive]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:553 +msgid "" +"Specify one or more drives to ignore. Multiple drives can be specified as a " +"comma-separated list. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:557 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#ignoredisk --drives=sda,sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:560 +msgid "" +"To ignore a multipath device that does not use _logical volume management_ " +"(LVM), use the format " +"`disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is " +"the _world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to ignore a disk " +"with WWID `2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--drives=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:567 +msgid "" +"Multipath devices that use LVM are not assembled until after " +"[application]*Anaconda* has parsed the Kickstart file. Therefore, you cannot " +"specify these devices in the format `dm-uuid-mpath`. Instead, to ignore a " +"multipath device that uses LVM, use the format " +"`disk/by-id/scsi-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is the " +"_world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to ignore a disk with " +"WWID `58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--drives=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ignoredisk --drives=sd*|hd*|vda,/dev/vdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:588 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--only-use=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:589 +msgid "" +"Specifies a list of disks for the installation program to use. All other " +"disks are ignored. For example, to use disk `sda` during installation and " +"ignore all other disks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:593 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#ignoredisk --only-use=sda#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:596 +msgid "To include a multipath device that does not use LVM:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:600 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--only-use=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:603 +msgid "To include a multipath device that uses LVM:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:607 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--only-use=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:609 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--interactive#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:610 +msgid "Allows you to manually navigate the advanced storage screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:612 +#, no-wrap +msgid "iscsi (optional) - Configure iSCSI Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:615 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional iSCSI storage to be attached during installation. If " +"you use the [command]#iscsi# command, you must also assign a name to the " +"iSCSI node, using the [command]#iscsiname# command (see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-iscsiname[iscsiname " +"(optional) - Assign Name to iSCSI Device]. The [command]#iscsiname# command " +"must appear before the [command]#iscsi# command in the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:617 +msgid "" +"You should configure iSCSI storage in the system BIOS or firmware (iBFT for " +"Intel systems) rather than use the [command]#iscsi# command if possible. If " +"you do so, [application]*Anaconda* automatically detects and uses disks " +"configured in BIOS or firmware and no special configuration is necessary in " +"the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:619 +msgid "" +"If you must use the [command]#iscsi# command, make sure that networking is " +"activated at the beginning of the installation, and that the " +"[command]#iscsi# command appears in the Kickstart file *before* you refer to " +"iSCSI disks with commands such as [command]#clearpart# or " +"[command]#ignoredisk#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:623 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#iscsi --ipaddr= --port= [--target= | --iface= | --user= | " +"--password= | --reverse-user= | --reverse-password=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:625 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ipaddr=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:626 +msgid "The IP address of the target to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:627 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1175 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1779 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1870 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--port=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:628 +msgid "The port number (typically `3260`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:629 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--target=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:630 +msgid "Target _IQN_ (iSCSI Qualified Name)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:631 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--iface=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:632 +msgid "" +"Bind the connection to a specific network interface instead of using the " +"default one determined by the network layer. Once used, it must be specified " +"in all instances of the [command]#iscsi# command in the entire Kickstart " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:633 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--user=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:634 +msgid "User name required to authenticate with the target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:636 +msgid "Password that corresponds with the user name specified for the target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:637 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reverse-user=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:638 +msgid "" +"User name required to authenticate with the initiator from a target using " +"reverse CHAP authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:639 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reverse-password=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:640 +msgid "Password that corresponds with the user name specified for the initiator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "iscsiname (optional) - Assign Name to iSCSI Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:645 +msgid "" +"Assigns a name to an iSCSI node specified by the [command]#iscsi# command " +"(xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-iscsi[iscsi " +"(optional) - Configure iSCSI Devices]). This command is mandatory if you use " +"the [command]#iscsi# command, and it must be specified *before* you use " +"[command]#iscsi#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:649 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#iscsiname _iqn_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:652 +#, no-wrap +msgid "logvol (optional) - Create LVM Logical Volume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:655 +msgid "Create a logical volume for Logical Volume Management (LVM) with the syntax:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:659 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#logvol _mntpoint_ --vgname= --name= " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:665 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1070 +msgid "" +"Do not use the dash (`-`) character in logical volume and volume group names " +"when installing {PRODUCT} using Kickstart. If this character is used, the " +"installation will finish normally, but the `/dev/mapper/` directory will " +"list these volumes and volume groups with every dash doubled. For example, a " +"volume group named `volgrp-01` containing a logical volume named `logvol-01` " +"will be listed as `/dev/mapper/volgrp--01-logvol--01`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:667 +msgid "" +"This limitation only applies to newly created logical volume and volume " +"group names. If you are reusing existing ones using the [option]#--noformat# " +"or [option]#--useexisting# option, their names will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:671 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of [command]#logvol# in action, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:672 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:815 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:973 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_mntpoint_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:673 +msgid "" +"Replace with the volume's mount point. This name can take the following " +"forms:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:674 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:817 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:675 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:818 +msgid "A path to the mount point - for example, `/` or `/home`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:676 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:677 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:820 +msgid "The partition is used as swap space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:679 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:822 +msgid "" +"To determine the size of the swap partition automatically, use the " +"[option]#--recommended# option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:683 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:826 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap --recommended`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:686 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:831 +msgid "" +"To determine the size of the swap partition automatically but also allow " +"extra space for your system to hibernate, use the [option]#--hibernation# " +"option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:690 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap --hibernation`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:693 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:838 +msgid "" +"The size assigned will be equivalent to the swap space assigned by " +"[option]#--recommended# plus the amount of RAM on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:695 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:840 +msgid "" +"For the swap sizes assigned by these commands, see the section describing " +"swap in " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:696 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`none`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:697 +msgid "Used only when creating a thin pool volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:698 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:871 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:996 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1077 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noformat#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:699 +msgid "Use an existing logical volume and do not format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:700 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:998 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1079 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--useexisting#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:701 +msgid "Use an existing logical volume and format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:703 +msgid "" +"Sets the file system type for the logical volume. Valid values are `xfs`, " +"`ext2`, `ext3`, `ext4`, `swap`, and `vfat`. See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about available file systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:704 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:928 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:985 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fsoptions=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:705 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:929 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:986 +msgid "" +"Specifies a free form string of options to be used when mounting the " +"filesystem. This string will be copied into the `/etc/fstab` file of the " +"installed system and should be enclosed in quotes. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:709 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:933 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:990 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fsoptions=\"ro, x-systemd.device-timeout=0\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:712 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional parameters to be passed to the program that makes a " +"filesystem on this logical volume. No processing is done on the list of " +"arguments, so they must be supplied in a format that can be passed directly " +"to the mkfs program. This means multiple options should be comma-separated " +"or surrounded by double quotes, depending on the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:714 +msgid "Sets a label for the logical volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:715 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:862 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--grow#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:716 +msgid "" +"Grow the volume to fill available space (if any), or up to the limit set by " +"the [option]#--maxsize=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:717 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:849 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--size=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:718 +msgid "" +"The size of the logical volume in megabytes. This option can not be used " +"together with the [option]#--percent=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:719 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--percent=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:720 +msgid "" +"Specify the amount by which to grow the logical volume, as a percentage of " +"the free space in the volume group after any statically-sized logical " +"volumes are taken into account. This option can not be used together with " +"the [option]#--size=# and [option]#--grow# options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:725 +msgid "" +"When creating a new logical volume, you must either specify its size " +"statically using the [option]#--size=# option, or as a percentage of " +"remaining free space using the [option]#--percent=# option. You can not use " +"both of these options on the same logical volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:728 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:858 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--maxsize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:729 +msgid "" +"The maximum size in megabytes when the logical volume is set to " +"grow. Specify an integer value here such as `500` (do not include the unit)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:730 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:939 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--recommended#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:731 +msgid "" +"Use this option when creating a `swap` logical volume to determine the size " +"of this volume automatically, based on your system's hardware. For details " +"about the recommended scheme, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:736 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:945 +msgid "" +"This option can only be used for partitions which result in a file system " +"such as the `/boot` partition and `swap` space. It can not be used to create " +"partitionsm, LVM physical or logical volumes or RAID members." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:739 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:860 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--resize#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:740 +msgid "" +"Resize an existing logical volume. If you use this option, you must also " +"specify [option]#--useexisting# and [option]#--size#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:742 +msgid "" +"Specifies that this logical volume should be encrypted, using the passphrase " +"provided in the [option]#--passphrase=# option. If you do not specify a " +"passphrase, the installation program will use the default, system-wide " +"passphrase set with the [command]#autopart --passphrase# command, or stop " +"the installation and prompt you to provide a passphrase if no default is " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:744 +msgid "" +"Specifies the passphrase to use when encrypting this logical volume. You " +"must use this option together with the [option]#--encrypted# option. This " +"option has no effect by itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:748 +msgid "" +"Store data encryption keys of all encrypted volumes as files in `/root`, " +"encrypted using the X.509 certificate from the URL specified with " +"_URL_of_X.509_certificate_. The keys are stored as a separate file for each " +"encrypted volume. This option is only meaningful if [option]#--encrypted# is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:750 +msgid "" +"Add a randomly-generated passphrase to each encrypted volume. Store these " +"passphrases in separate files in `/root`, encrypted using the X.509 " +"certificate specified with [option]#--escrowcert#. This option is only " +"meaningful if [option]#--escrowcert# is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:751 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--thinpool#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:752 +msgid "Creates a thin pool logical volume. (Use a mount point of `none`)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:753 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--metadatasize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:754 +msgid "Metadata area size (in MiB) for a new thin pool device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:755 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--chunksize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:756 +msgid "Chunk size (in KiB) for a new thin pool device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:757 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--thin#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:758 +msgid "Create a thin logical volume. (Requires use of [option]#--poolname#)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:759 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--poolname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:760 +msgid "" +"Specify the name of the thin pool in which to create a thin logical " +"volume. Requires the [option]#--thin# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--profile=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:762 +msgid "" +"Specify the configuration profile name to use with thin logical volumes. If " +"used, the name will also be included in the metadata for the given logical " +"volume. By default, the available profiles are `default` and " +"`thin-performance` and are defined in the `/etc/lvm/profile` directory. See " +"the `lvm(8)` man page for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:763 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cachepvs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:764 +msgid "" +"A comma-separated list of (fast) physical volumes which should be used for " +"LVM cache." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:765 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cachesize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:766 +msgid "" +"Requested size of cache attached to the logical volume, in MiB. (Requires " +"the [option]#--cachepvs=# option.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:767 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cachemode=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:768 +msgid "Mode to be used for LVM cache (either `writeback` or `writethrough`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:773 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--cachepvs=#, [option]#--cachesize=#, and " +"[option]#--cachemode=# options listed above are used to configure LVM " +"caching. For more information, see the `lvmcache(7)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:777 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1088 +msgid "" +"Create one or more partitions first using " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition], create the logical volume group " +"(xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-volgroup[volgroup " +"(optional) - Create LVM Volume Group]), and then create logical volumes. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:784 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1095 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part pv.01 --size 3000#\n" +"[command]#volgroup myvg pv.01#\n" +"[command]#logvol / --vgname=myvg --size=2000 --name=rootvol#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:788 +#, no-wrap +msgid "part (required) - Create Physical Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:791 +msgid "Creates a partition on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:793 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of [command]#part# in action, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:798 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part|partition _mntpoint_ --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ " +"--device=pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_ " +"--rule=pass:attributes[{blank}]_rule_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:805 +msgid "" +"All partitions created are formatted as part of the installation process " +"unless [option]#--noformat# and [option]#--onpart=# are used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:812 +msgid "" +"If partitioning fails for any reason, diagnostic messages appear on virtual " +"console 3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:816 +msgid "Where the partition is mounted. The value must be of one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:829 +msgid "" +"The size assigned will be effective but not precisely calibrated for your " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:835 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap--hibernation`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:841 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`raid._id_pass:attributes[{blank}]`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:842 +msgid "The partition is used for software RAID (see [command]#raid#)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:843 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pv._id_pass:attributes[{blank}]`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:844 +msgid "" +"The partition is used for LVM (see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:845 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`biosboot`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:846 +msgid "" +"The partition will be used for a BIOS Boot partition. A 1 MB BIOS boot " +"partition is necessary on BIOS-based systems using a _GUID Partition Table_ " +"(GPT); the boot loader will be installed into it. It is not necessary on " +"UEFI systems. Also see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:847 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/boot/efi`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:848 +msgid "" +"An EFI System Partition. An EFI partition at least 50 MB in size is " +"necessary on UEFI-based systems; the recommended size is 200 MB. It is not " +"necessary on BIOS systems. Also see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:850 +msgid "" +"The minimum partition size in megabytes. Specify an integer value here such " +"as `500` (do not include the unit)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:855 +msgid "" +"If the [option]#--size# value is too small, the installation will fail. Set " +"the [option]#--size# value as the minimum amount of space you require. For " +"size recommendations, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:859 +msgid "" +"The maximum partition size in megabytes when the partition is set to " +"grow. Specify an integer value here such as `500` (do not include the unit)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:861 +msgid "" +"Resize an existing partition. When using this option, specify the new size " +"(in megabytes) using the [option]#--size=# option and the target partition " +"using the [option]#--onpart=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:863 +msgid "" +"Tells the partition to grow to fill available space (if any), or up to the " +"maximum size setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:868 +msgid "" +"If you use [option]#--grow=# without setting [option]#--maxsize=# on a swap " +"partition, [application]*Anaconda* will limit the maximum size of the swap " +"partition. For systems that have less than 2{nbsp}GB of physical memory, the " +"imposed limit is twice the amount of physical memory. For systems with more " +"than 2{nbsp}GB, the imposed limit is the size of physical memory plus " +"2{nbsp}GB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:872 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the partition should not be formatted, for use with the " +"[option]#--onpart# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:873 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--onpart=# or [option]#--usepart=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:874 +msgid "Specifies the device on which to place the partition. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:878 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#partition /home --onpart=hda1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:881 +msgid "The above puts `/home` on `/dev/hda1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:883 +msgid "These options can also add a partition to a logical volume. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:887 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#partition pv.1 --onpart=hda2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:890 +msgid "" +"The device must already exist on the system; the [option]#--onpart# option " +"will not create it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:891 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ondisk=# or [option]#--ondrive=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:892 +msgid "" +"Forces the partition to be created on a particular disk. For example, " +"[option]#--ondisk=sdb# puts the partition on the second SCSI disk on the " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:894 +msgid "" +"To specify a multipath device that does not use _logical volume management_ " +"(LVM), use the format " +"`disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is " +"the _world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to specify a disk " +"with WWID `2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:898 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part / --fstype=xfs --grow --asprimary --size=8192 " +"--ondisk=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:901 +msgid "" +"Multipath devices that use LVM are not assembled until after " +"[application]*Anaconda* has parsed the Kickstart file. Therefore, you cannot " +"specify these devices in the format `dm-uuid-mpath`. Instead, to specify a " +"multipath device that uses LVM, use the format " +"`disk/by-id/scsi-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is the " +"_world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to specify a disk with " +"WWID `58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:905 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part / --fstype=xfs --grow --asprimary --size=8192 " +"--ondisk=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:918 +#, no-wrap +msgid "part --onpart=sd*|hd*|vda,/dev/vdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:922 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--asprimary#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:923 +msgid "" +"Forces the partition to be allocated as a *primary* partition. If the " +"partition cannot be allocated as primary (usually due to too many primary " +"partitions being already allocated), the partitioning process will " +"fail. This option only makes sense when the disk uses a Master Boot Record " +"(MBR); for GUID Partition Table (GPT)-labeled disks this option has no " +"meaning. For information about primary (and extended) partitions, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:924 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:981 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fsprofile=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:925 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:982 +msgid "" +"Specifies a _usage type_ to be passed to the program that makes a filesystem " +"on this partition. A usage type defines a variety of tuning parameters to be " +"used when making a filesystem. For this option to work, the filesystem must " +"support the concept of usage types and there must be a configuration file " +"that lists valid types. For `ext2`, `ext3`, `ext4`, this configuration file " +"is `/etc/mke2fs.conf`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:927 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:984 +msgid "" +"Sets the file system type for the partition. Valid values are `xfs`, `ext2`, " +"`ext3`, `ext4`, `swap`, `vfat`, `efi` and `biosboot`. For information about " +"supported file systems, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:936 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:993 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional parameters to be passed to the program that makes a " +"filesystem on this partition. No processing is done on the list of " +"arguments, so they must be supplied in a format that can be passed directly " +"to the mkfs program. This means multiple options should be comma-separated " +"or surrounded by double quotes, depending on the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:938 +msgid "Assign a label to an individual partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:940 +msgid "" +"Determine the size of the partition automatically. For details about the " +"recommended scheme, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:948 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--onbiosdisk#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:949 +msgid "" +"Forces the partition to be created on a particular disk as discovered by the " +"BIOS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:951 +msgid "" +"Specifies that this partition should be encrypted, using the passphrase " +"provided in the [option]#--passphrase# option. If you do not specify a " +"passphrase, [application]*Anaconda* uses the default, system-wide passphrase " +"set with the [command]#autopart --passphrase# command, or stops the " +"installation and prompts you to provide a passphrase if no default is set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:953 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1003 +msgid "" +"Specifies the passphrase to use when encrypting this partition. You must use " +"this option together with the [option]#--encrypted# option; by itself it has " +"no effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:959 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1009 +msgid "" +"Add a randomly-generated passphrase to each encrypted partition. Store these " +"passphrases in separate files in `/root`, encrypted using the X.509 " +"certificate specified with [option]#--escrowcert#. This option is only " +"meaningful if [option]#--escrowcert# is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:961 +#, no-wrap +msgid "raid (optional) - Create Software RAID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:964 +msgid "Assembles a software RAID device. This command is of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:968 +#, no-wrap +msgid "raid mntpoint --level=level --device=mddevice partitions*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:972 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of [command]#raid# in action, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:974 +msgid "" +"Location where the RAID file system is mounted. If it is `/`, the RAID level " +"must be 1 unless a boot partition (`/boot`) is present. If a boot partition " +"is present, the `/boot` partition must be level 1 and the root (`/`) " +"partition can be any of the available types. The _partitions*_ (which " +"denotes that multiple partitions can be listed) lists the RAID identifiers " +"to add to the RAID array." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:975 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1781 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--level=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:976 +msgid "" +"RAID level to use (`0`, `1`, `4`, `5`, `6`, or `10`). See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about various RAID types and " +"their requirements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:977 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--device=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:978 +msgid "" +"Name of the RAID device to use. As of {PRODUCT}{nbsp}{PRODVER}, RAID devices " +"are no longer referred to by names like `md0`. If you have an old (v0.90 " +"metadata) array that you cannot assign a name to, you can specify the array " +"by a filesystem label or UUID (for example, [option]#--device=rhel7-root " +"--label=rhel7-root#)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:979 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--spares=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:980 +msgid "" +"Specifies the number of spare drives allocated for the RAID array. Spare " +"drives are used to rebuild the array in case of drive failure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:995 +msgid "" +"Specify the label to give to the filesystem to be made. If the given label " +"is already in use by another filesystem, a new label will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:997 +msgid "Use an existing RAID device and do not format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:999 +msgid "Use an existing RAID device and reformat it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1001 +msgid "" +"Specifies that this array should be encrypted, using the passphrase provided " +"in the [option]#--passphrase# option. If you do not specify a passphrase, " +"[application]*Anaconda* uses the default, system-wide passphrase set with " +"the [command]#autopart --passphrase# command, or stops the installation and " +"prompts you to provide a passphrase if no default is set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1011 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a RAID level 1 partition for `/`, " +"and a RAID level 5 for `/home`, assuming there are three SCSI disks on the " +"system. It also creates three swap partitions, one on each drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1012 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a RAID array in Kickstart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1021 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part raid.01 --size=6000 --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part raid.02 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part raid.03 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1025 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part swap --size=512 --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part swap --size=512 --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part swap --size=512 --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1029 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part raid.11 --size=1 --grow --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part raid.12 --size=1 --grow --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part raid.13 --size=1 --grow --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1032 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#raid / --level=1 --device=f{PRODVER}-root --label=f{PRODVER}-root " +"raid.01 raid.02 raid.03#\n" +"[command]#raid /home --level=5 --device=f{PRODVER}-home " +"--label=f{PRODVER}-home raid.11 raid.12 raid.13#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1038 +#, no-wrap +msgid "reqpart (optional) - Create Required Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1041 +msgid "" +"Automatically create partitions required by your hardware platform. These " +"include a `/boot/efi` for x86_64 and Aarch64 systems with UEFI firmware, " +"`biosboot` for x86_64 systems with BIOS firmware and GPT (GUID Partition " +"Table), and `PRePBoot` for IBM Power Systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1046 +msgid "" +"This command can not be used together with [command]#autopart#, because " +"[command]#autopart# does the same and creates other partitions or logical " +"volumes such as `/` and `swap` on top. In contrast with [command]#autopart#, " +"this command only creates platform-specific partitions and leaves the rest " +"of the drive empty, allowing you to create a custom layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1052 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#reqpart [--add-boot]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1054 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--add-boot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1055 +msgid "" +"Create a separate `/boot` partition in addition to the platform-specific " +"partition created by the base command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1057 +#, no-wrap +msgid "volgroup (optional) - Create LVM Volume Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1060 +msgid "Creates a Logical Volume Management (LVM) volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1064 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#volgroup _name_ _partition_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1072 +msgid "" +"This limitation only applies to newly created logical volume and volume " +"group names. If you are reusing existing ones using the [option]#--noformat# " +"or [option]#--noformat# option, their names will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1076 +msgid "" +"For a detailed partitioning example including [command]#volgroup#, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1078 +msgid "Use an existing volume group and do not format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1080 +msgid "Use an existing volume group and reformat it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1081 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--pesize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1082 +msgid "" +"Set the size of the physical extents. The default size for Kickstart " +"installations is 4 MiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1083 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reserved-space=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1084 +msgid "" +"Specify an amount of space to leave unused in a volume group in " +"megabytes. Applicable only to newly created volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1085 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reserved-percent=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1086 +msgid "" +"Specify a percentage of total volume group space to leave unused. Applicable " +"only to newly created volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1099 +#, no-wrap +msgid "zerombr (optional) - Reinitialize Partition Tables" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1102 +msgid "" +"If [command]#zerombr# is specified, any invalid partition tables found on " +"disks are initialized. This destroys all of the contents of disks with " +"invalid partition tables. This command is required when performing an " +"unattended installation on a system with previously initialized disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1107 +msgid "" +"On IBM System{nbsp}z, if [command]#zerombr# is specified, any _Direct Access " +"Storage Device_ (DASD) visible to the installation program which is not " +"already low-level formatted is automatically low-level formatted with " +"[application]*dasdfmt*. The command also prevents user choice during " +"interactive installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1109 +msgid "" +"If [command]#zerombr# is not specified and there is at least one unformatted " +"DASD visible to the installation program, a non-interactive Kickstart " +"installation will exit unsuccessfully." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1111 +msgid "" +"If [command]#zerombr# is not specified and there is at least one unformatted " +"DASD visible to the installation program, an interactive installation exits " +"if the user does not agree to format all visible and unformatted DASDs. To " +"circumvent this, only activate those DASDs that you will use during " +"installation. You can always add more DASDs after installation is complete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "zfcp (optional) - Configure Fibre Channel Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1118 +msgid "" +"Define a Fibre channel device. This option only applies on IBM " +"System{nbsp}z. All of the options described below must be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#zfcp --devnum=pass:attributes[{blank}]_devnum_ " +"--wwpn=pass:attributes[{blank}]_wwpn_ " +"--fcplun=pass:attributes[{blank}]_lun_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--devnum#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1125 +msgid "The device number (zFCP adaptor device bus ID)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--wwpn#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1127 +msgid "" +"The device's World Wide Port Name (WWPN). Takes the form of a 16-digit " +"number, preceded by `0x`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fcplun#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1129 +msgid "" +"The device's Logical Unit Number (LUN). Takes the form of a 16-digit number, " +"preceded by `0x`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1131 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1248 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#zfcp --devnum=0.0.4000 --wwpn=0x5005076300C213e9 " +"--fcplun=0x5022000000000000#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1141 +msgid "Commands in this chapter are used for network configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "firewall (optional) - Configure Firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1146 +msgid "Specify the firewall configuration for the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#firewall --enabled | --disabled _device_ [--trust= | --ssh | " +"--smtp | --http | --ftp | --port= | --service=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enabled# or [option]#--enable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1153 +msgid "" +"Reject incoming connections that are not in response to outbound requests, " +"such as DNS replies or DHCP requests. If access to services running on this " +"machine is needed, you can choose to allow specific services through the " +"firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disabled# or [option]#--disable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1155 +msgid "Disable the firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--trust=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1157 +msgid "" +"Listing a device here, such as `em1`, allows all traffic coming to and from " +"that device to go through the firewall. To list more than one device, use " +"this option again - for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#firewall --enable --trust=em1 --trust=em2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1164 +msgid "Do not use a comma-separated format such as [option]#--trust em1, em2#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_incoming_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1166 +msgid "" +"Replace with one or more of the following to allow the specified services " +"through the firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--ssh#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--smtp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--http#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--ftp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1176 +msgid "" +"You can specify that ports be allowed through the firewall using the " +"port:protocol format. For example, to allow IMAP access through your " +"firewall, specify `imap:tcp`. Numeric ports can also be specified " +"explicitly; for example, to allow UDP packets on port 1234 through, specify " +"`1234:udp`. To specify multiple ports, separate them by commas." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--service=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1178 +msgid "" +"This option provides a higher-level way to allow services through the " +"firewall. Some services (like `cups`, `avahi`, etc.) require multiple ports " +"to be open or other special configuration in order for the service to " +"work. You can specify each individual port with the [option]#--port# option, " +"or specify [command]#--service=# and open them all at once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1180 +msgid "" +"Valid options are anything recognized by the " +"[application]*firewall-offline-cmd* program in the [package]*firewalld* " +"package. If `firewalld` is running, [command]#firewall-cmd --get-services# " +"will provide a list of known service names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "network (optional) - Configure Network Interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1185 +msgid "" +"Configures network information for the target system and activates network " +"devices in the installation environment. The device specified in the first " +"[command]#network# command is activated automatically. Activation of the " +"device can be also explicitly required by the [option]#--activate# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--activate#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1187 +msgid "" +"If you use the [option]#--activate# option on a device that has already been " +"activated (for example, an interface you configured with boot options so " +"that the system could retrieve the Kickstart file) the device is reactivated " +"to use the details specified in the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1189 +msgid "" +"Use the [option]#--nodefroute# option to prevent the device from using the " +"default route." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--no-activate#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1191 +msgid "Prevents the configured device from automatically activating on boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bootproto=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1193 +msgid "" +"One of `dhcp`, `bootp`, `ibft`, or `static`. The default option is " +"`dhcp`pass:attributes[{blank}]; the `dhcp` and `bootp` options are treated " +"the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1195 +msgid "" +"The DHCP method uses a DHCP server system to obtain its networking " +"configuration. The BOOTP method is similar, requiring a BOOTP server to " +"supply the networking configuration. To direct a system to use DHCP:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=dhcp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1202 +msgid "" +"To direct a machine to use BOOTP to obtain its networking configuration, use " +"the following line in the Kickstart file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=bootp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1209 +msgid "To direct a machine to use the configuration specified in iBFT, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=ibft#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1216 +msgid "" +"The `static` method requires that you specify the IP address, netmask, " +"gateway, and nameserver in the Kickstart file. This information is static " +"and is used during and after the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1218 +msgid "" +"All static networking configuration information must be specified on *one* " +"line; you cannot wrap lines using a backslash (`\\`) as you can on a command " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1222 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --bootproto=static --ip=10.0.2.15 --netmask=255.255.255.0 " +"--gateway=10.0.2.254 --nameserver=10.0.2.1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1225 +msgid "" +"You can also configure multiple nameservers at the same time. To do so, use " +"the [option]#--nameserver=# options once for each name server you want to " +"configure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1229 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --bootproto=static --ip=10.0.2.15 --netmask=255.255.255.0 " +"--gateway=10.0.2.254 --nameserver=192.168.2.1 --nameserver=192.168.3.1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1232 +msgid "" +"Specifies the device to be configured (and eventually activated in " +"[application]*Anaconda*) with the [command]#network# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1234 +msgid "" +"If the [option]#--device=# option is missing on the *first* use of the " +"[command]#network# command, the value of the [option]#ksdevice=# " +"[application]*Anaconda* boot option is used, if available. Note that this is " +"considered deprecated behavior; in most cases, you should always specify a " +"[option]#--device=# for every [command]#network# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1236 +msgid "" +"The behavior of any subsequent [command]#network# command in the same " +"Kickstart file is unspecified if its [option]#--device=# option is " +"missing. Make sure you specify this option for any [command]#network# " +"command beyond the first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1238 +msgid "You can specify a device to be activated in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** the device name of the interface, for example, `em1`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** the MAC address of the interface, for example, `01:23:45:67:89:ab`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** the keyword `link`, which specifies the first interface with its link in " +"the `up` state\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** the keyword `bootif`, which uses the MAC address that " +"[application]*pxelinux* set in the `BOOTIF` variable. Set `IPAPPEND 2` in " +"your `pxelinux.cfg` file to have [application]*pxelinux* set the `BOOTIF` " +"variable.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=dhcp --device=em1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ip=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1255 +msgid "IP address of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ipv6=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1257 +msgid "" +"IPv6 address of the device, in the form of " +"_address_pass:attributes[{blank}][/pass:attributes[{blank}]_prefix_ " +"_length_pass:attributes[{blank}]] - for example, `3ffe:ffff:0:1::1/128` . If " +"_prefix_ is omitted, `64` will be used. You can also use `auto` for " +"automatic configuration, or `dhcp` for DHCPv6-only configuration (no router " +"advertisements)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1258 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--gateway=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1259 +msgid "Default gateway as a single IPv4 address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ipv6gateway=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1261 +msgid "Default gateway as a single IPv6 address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nodefroute#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1263 +msgid "" +"Prevents the interface being set as the default route. Use this option when " +"you activate additional devices with the [option]#--activate=# option, for " +"example, a NIC on a separate subnet for an iSCSI target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nameserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1265 +msgid "" +"DNS name server, as an IP address. To specify more than one name server, use " +"this parameter multiple times. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nodns#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1272 +msgid "Do not configure any DNS server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--netmask=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1274 +msgid "Network mask for the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--hostname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1276 +msgid "" +"Host name for the installed system. The host name can be either a " +"_fully-qualified domain name_ (FQDN) in the format _hostname_._domainname_, " +"or a short host name with no domain name. Many networks have a _Dynamic Host " +"Configuration Protocol_ (`DHCP`) service that automatically supplies " +"connected systems with a domain name; to allow the `DHCP` service to assign " +"the domain name to this machine, only specify the short host name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1277 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ethtool=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1278 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional low-level settings for the network device which will be " +"passed to the [application]*ethtool* program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1279 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--essid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1280 +msgid "The network ID for wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--wepkey=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1282 +msgid "The WEP encryption key for wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--wpakey=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1284 +msgid "The WPA encryption key for wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--onboot=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1286 +msgid "Whether or not to enable the device at boot time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1287 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--dhcpclass=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1288 +msgid "The DHCP class." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1289 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mtu=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1290 +msgid "The MTU of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noipv4#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1292 +msgid "Disable IPv4 on this device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1293 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noipv6#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1294 +msgid "Disable IPv6 on this device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bondslaves=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1296 +msgid "" +"When this option is used, the network device specified in the " +"[option]#--device=# option will be created using slaves defined in the " +"[option]#--bondslaves=# option. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --device=mynetwork --bondslaves=em1,em2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1303 +msgid "" +"The above command will create a bond device named `mynetwork` using the " +"`em1` and `em2` interfaces as its slaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#--bondopts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1305 +msgid "" +"A list of optional parameters for a bonded interface, which is specified " +"using the [command]#--bondslaves=# and [command]#--device=# options. Options " +"in this list must be separated by commas " +"(\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`,`pass:attributes[{blank}]\") or semicolons " +"(\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`;`pass:attributes[{blank}]\"). If an option " +"itself contains a comma, use a semicolon to separate the options. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bondopts=mode=active-backup,balance-rr;primary=eth1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1312 +msgid "" +"Available optional parameters are listed in the [citetitle]_Working with " +"Kernel Modules_ chapter of the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1317 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--bondopts=mode=# parameter only supports full mode names such " +"as `balance-rr` or `broadcast`, not their numerical representations such as " +"`0` or `3`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--vlanid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1321 +msgid "" +"Specifies virtual LAN (VLAN) ID number (802.1q tag) for the device created " +"using the device specified in [option]#--device=# as a parent. For example, " +"[command]#network --device=em1 --vlanid=171# will create a virtual LAN " +"device `em1.171`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1322 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--interfacename=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1323 +msgid "" +"Specify a custom interface name for a virtual LAN device. This option should " +"be used when the default name generated by the [option]#--vlanid=# option is " +"not desirable. This option must be used along with [option]#--vlanid=#. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --device=em1 --vlanid=171 --interfacename=vlan171#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1330 +msgid "" +"The above command will create a virtual LAN interface named `vlan171` on the " +"`em1` device with an ID of `171`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1332 +msgid "" +"The interface name can be arbitrary (for example, `my-vlan`), but in " +"specific cases, the following conventions must be followed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1334 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If the name contains a dot (`.`), it must take the form of " +"`pass:attributes[{blank}]_NAME_._ID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`. The _NAME_ is " +"arbitrary, but the _ID_ must be the VLAN ID. For example: `em1.171` or " +"`my-vlan.171`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1336 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** Names starting with `vlan` must take the form of " +"`vlanpass:attributes[{blank}]_ID_pass:attributes[{blank}]` - for example, " +"`vlan171`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--teamslaves=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1338 +msgid "" +"Team device specified by the [option]#--device=# option will be created " +"using slaves specified in this option. Slaves are separated by commas. A " +"slave can be followed by its configuration, which is a single-quoted JSON " +"string with double quotes escaped by the `\\` character. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --teamslaves=\"p3p1'{\\\"prio\\\": -10, \\\"sticky\\\": " +"true}',p3p2'{\\\"prio\\\": 100}'\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1345 +msgid "See also the [option]#--teamconfig=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1346 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--teamconfig=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1347 +msgid "" +"Double-quoted team device configuration which is a single-quoted JSON string " +"with double quotes escaped by the `\\` character. The device name is " +"specified by [option]#--device=# option and its slaves and their " +"configuration by [option]#--teamslaves=# option. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1352 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --device team0 --activate --bootproto static " +"--ip=10.34.102.222 --netmask=255.255.255.0 --gateway=10.34.102.254 " +"--nameserver=10.34.39.2 --teamslaves=\"p3p1'{\\\"prio\\\": -10, " +"\\\"sticky\\\": true}',p3p2'{\\\"prio\\\": 100}'\" " +"--teamconfig=\"{\\\"runner\\\": {\\\"name\\\": \\\"activebackup\\\"}}\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1355 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bridgeslaves=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1356 +msgid "" +"When this option is used, the network bridge with device name specified " +"using the [option]#--device=# option will be created and devices defined in " +"the [option]#--bridgeslaves=# option will be added to the bridge. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --device=bridge0 --bridgeslaves=em1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bridgeopts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1363 +msgid "" +"An optional comma-separated list of parameters for the bridged " +"interface. Available values are `stp`, `priority`, `forward-delay`, " +"`hello-time`, `max-age`, and `ageing-time`. For information about these " +"parameters, see the [citetitle]_bridge setting_ table in the " +"`nm-settings(5)` man page or at " +"link:++https://developer.gnome.org/NetworkManager/0.9/ref-settings.html++[]. " +"Also see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for general information about " +"network bridging." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1365 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Console and Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1368 +msgid "" +"The following commands control the environment of the system after the " +"installation finishes - language, keyboard layouts, or the graphical " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1370 +#, no-wrap +msgid "keyboard (optional) - Configure Keyboard Layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1373 +msgid "Sets one or more available keyboard layouts for the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#keyboard --vckeymap= | --xlayouts= [--switch=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1379 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--vckeymap=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1380 +msgid "" +"Specify a `VConsole` keymap which should be used. Valid names correspond to " +"the list of files in the `/usr/lib/kbd/keymaps/*` directory, without the " +"`.map.gz` extension." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--xlayouts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1382 +msgid "" +"Specify a list of [application]*X* layouts that should be used as a " +"comma-separated list without spaces. Accepts values in the same format as " +"`setxkbmap(1)`, either in the " +"`pass:attributes[{blank}]_layout_pass:attributes[{blank}]` format (such as " +"`cz`), or in the `pass:attributes[{blank}]_layout_ (_variant_)` format (such " +"as `cz (qwerty)`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1384 +msgid "" +"All available layouts can be viewed on the `xkeyboard-config(7)` man page " +"under `Layouts`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--switch=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1386 +msgid "" +"Specify a list of layout-switching options (shortcuts for switching between " +"multiple keyboard layouts). Multiple options must be separated by commas " +"without spaces. Accepts values in the same format as `setxkbmap(1)`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1388 +msgid "" +"Available switching options can be viewed on the `xkeyboard-config(7)` man " +"page under `Options`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1390 +msgid "" +"The following example sets up two keyboard layouts (`English (US)` and " +"`Czech (qwerty)`) using the [option]#--xlayouts=# option, and allows to " +"switch between them using kbd:[Alt + Shift]:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "keyboard --xlayouts=us,'cz (qwerty)' --switch=grp:alt_shift_toggle\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1396 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lang (optional) - Configure Language During Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1399 +msgid "" +"Sets the language to use during installation and the default language to use " +"on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1403 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#lang _language_ [--addsupport=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1406 +msgid "" +"The file `/usr/share/system-config-language/locale-list` provides a list of " +"the valid _language_ codes in the first column of each line and is part of " +"the [package]*system-config-language* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1408 +msgid "" +"Certain languages (for example, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Indic " +"languages) are not supported during text-mode installation. If you specify " +"one of these languages with the [command]#lang# command and use text mode, " +"the installation process will continue in English, but the installed system " +"will use your selection as its default language." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1409 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--addsupport=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1410 +msgid "" +"Add support for additional languages. Takes the form of comma-separated list " +"without spaces. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1413 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lang en_US --addsupport=cs_CZ,de_DE,en_UK\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "services (optional) - Configure Services" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1419 +msgid "" +"Modifies the default set of services that will run under the default " +"[application]*systemd* target. The list of disabled services is processed " +"before the list of enabled services - therefore, if a service appears on " +"both lists, it will be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1423 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#services " +"[--disabled=pass:attributes[{blank}]_list_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--enabled=pass:attributes[{blank}]_list_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1426 +msgid "" +"Do not include spaces in the list of services. If you do, Kickstart will " +"enable or disable only the services up to the first space. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#services --disabled=auditd, cups,smartd, nfslock#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1433 +msgid "" +"The above will disable only the `auditd` service. To disable all four " +"services, the entry should include no spaces:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1437 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#services --disabled=auditd,cups,smartd,nfslock#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disabled=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1440 +msgid "Disable the services given in the comma separated list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1441 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enabled=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1442 +msgid "Enable the services given in the comma separated list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1444 +#, no-wrap +msgid "skipx (optional) - Do Not Configure X Window System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1447 +msgid "If present, [application]*X* will not be configured on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1452 +msgid "" +"If you install a display manager among your package selection options, this " +"package will create an [application]*X* configuration, and the installed " +"system will default to `graphical.target`. The effect of the " +"[command]#skipx# option will be overridden." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1456 +#, no-wrap +msgid "timezone (optional) - Configure Time Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1459 +msgid "" +"Sets the system time zone to _timezone_. To view a list of available time " +"zones, use the [command]#timedatectl list-timezones# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1461 +msgid "" +"Every option, including actually specifying a time zone, is optional " +"starting with Fedora 25. This allows you to, for example, disable NTP from " +"starting using [option]#--nontp# without having to choose any time " +"zone. However, if this command is present in the Kickstart file, at least " +"one option must be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1465 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#timezone " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_timezone_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1467 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--utc#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1468 +msgid "" +"If present, the system assumes the hardware clock is set to UTC (Greenwich " +"Mean) time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nontp#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1470 +msgid "Disable the NTP service automatic starting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1471 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ntpservers=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1472 +msgid "" +"Specify a list of NTP servers to be used as a comma-separated list without " +"spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1474 +#, no-wrap +msgid "xconfig (optional) - Configure X Window System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1477 +msgid "" +"Configures the [application]*X Window System*. If you install the " +"[application]*X Window System* with a Kickstart file that does not include " +"the [command]#xconfig# command, you must provide the [application]*X* " +"configuration manually during installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1479 +msgid "" +"Do not use this command in a Kickstart file that does not install the " +"[application]*X Window System*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--defaultdesktop=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1481 +msgid "" +"Specify either `GNOME` or `KDE` to set the default desktop (assumes that " +"[application]*GNOME Desktop Environment* and/or [application]*KDE Desktop " +"Environment* has been installed in the [command]#%packages# section)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--startxonboot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1483 +msgid "Use a graphical login on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Users, Groups and Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1488 +msgid "" +"The commands below are used to control user accounts, groups, and related " +"areas." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1490 +#, no-wrap +msgid "auth or authconfig (optional) - Configure Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1493 +msgid "" +"Sets up the authentication options for the system using the " +"[command]#authconfig# command, which can also be run on a command line after " +"the installation finishes. See the `authconfig(8)` manual page and the " +"[command]#authconfig --help# command for more details. Passwords are " +"shadowed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1498 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#auth [--enablenis | --nisdomain= | --nisserver= | --enableshadow | " +"--enableldap | --enableldapauth | --ldapserver= | --ldapbasedn= | " +"--enableldaptls | --disableldaptls | --enablekrb5 | --krb5realm= | " +"--krb5kdc= | --krb5adminserver= | --enablehesiod | --hesiodlhs= | " +"--hesiodrhs= | --enablesmbauth | --smbservers= | --smbworkgroup= | " +"--enablecache | --passalgo=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1501 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablenis#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1502 +msgid "" +"Turns on NIS support. By default, [option]#--enablenis# uses whatever domain " +"it finds on the network. A domain should almost always be set by hand with " +"the [option]#--nisdomain=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1503 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nisdomain=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1504 +msgid "NIS domain name to use for NIS services." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1505 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nisserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1506 +msgid "Server to use for NIS services (broadcasts by default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--useshadow#pass:attributes[{blank}]or [option]#--enableshadow#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1508 +msgid "Use shadow passwords. Active by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1509 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enableldap#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1510 +msgid "" +"Turns on LDAP support in `/etc/nsswitch.conf`, allowing your system to " +"retrieve information about users (for example, their UIDs, home directories, " +"and shells) from an LDAP directory. To use this option, you must install the " +"[package]*nss-pam-ldapd* package. You must also specify a server and a base " +"_DN_ (distinguished name) with [option]#--ldapserver=# and " +"[option]#--ldapbasedn=#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1511 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enableldapauth#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1512 +msgid "" +"Use LDAP as an authentication method. This enables the `pam_ldap` module for " +"authentication and changing passwords, using an LDAP directory. To use this " +"option, you must have the [package]*nss-pam-ldapd* package installed. You " +"must also specify a server and a base DN with [option]#--ldapserver=# and " +"[option]#--ldapbasedn=#. If your environment does not use _TLS_ (Transport " +"Layer Security), use the [option]#--disableldaptls# switch to ensure that " +"the resulting configuration file works." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1513 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ldapserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1514 +msgid "" +"If you specified either [option]#--enableldap# or " +"[option]#--enableldapauth#, use this option to specify the name of the LDAP " +"server to use. This option is set in the `/etc/ldap.conf` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ldapbasedn=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1516 +msgid "" +"If you specified either [option]#--enableldap# or " +"[option]#--enableldapauth#, use this option to specify the DN in your LDAP " +"directory tree under which user information is stored. This option is set in " +"the `/etc/ldap.conf` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enableldaptls#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1518 +msgid "" +"Use TLS (Transport Layer Security) lookups. This option allows LDAP to send " +"encrypted usernames and passwords to an LDAP server before authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disableldaptls#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1520 +msgid "" +"Do not use TLS (Transport Layer Security) lookups in an environment that " +"uses LDAP for authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablekrb5#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1522 +msgid "" +"Use Kerberos 5 for authenticating users. Kerberos itself does not know about " +"home directories, UIDs, or shells. If you enable Kerberos, you must make " +"users' accounts known to this workstation by enabling LDAP, NIS, or Hesiod " +"or by using the [command]#useradd# command. If you use this option, you must " +"have the [package]*pam_krb5* package installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--krb5realm=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1524 +msgid "The Kerberos 5 realm to which your workstation belongs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--krb5kdc=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1526 +msgid "" +"The KDC (or KDCs) that serve requests for the realm. If you have multiple " +"KDCs in your realm, use a comma-separated list without spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--krb5adminserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1528 +msgid "" +"The KDC in your realm that is also running kadmind. This server handles " +"password changing and other administrative requests. This server must be run " +"on the master KDC if you have more than one KDC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablehesiod#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1530 +msgid "" +"Enables Hesiod support for looking up user home directories, UIDs, and " +"shells. More information on setting up and using Hesiod on your network is " +"in `/usr/share/doc/glibc-2.x.x/README.hesiod`, which is included in the " +"[package]*glibc* package. Hesiod is an extension of DNS that uses DNS " +"records to store information about users, groups, and various other items." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1531 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--hesiodlhs=# and [option]#--hesiodrhs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1532 +msgid "" +"The `Hesiod` LHS (left-hand side) and RHS (right-hand side) values, set in " +"`/etc/hesiod.conf`. The `Hesiod` library uses these values to search DNS for " +"a name, similar to the way that `LDAP` uses a base DN." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1534 +msgid "" +"To look up user information for the username `jim`, the Hesiod library looks " +"up " +"`jim.passwdpass:attributes[{blank}]_LHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]pass:attributes[{blank}]_RHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, " +"which should resolve to a TXT record that contains a string identical to an " +"entry for that user in the `passwd` file: `jim:*:501:501:Jungle " +"Jim:/home/jim:/bin/bash`. To look up groups, the Hesiod library looks up " +"`jim.grouppass:attributes[{blank}]_LHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]pass:attributes[{blank}]_RHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1536 +msgid "" +"To look up users and groups by number, make `501.uid` a CNAME for " +"`jim.passwd`, and `501.gid` a CNAME for `jim.group`. Note that the library " +"does not place a period (`.`) in front of the LHS and RHS values when " +"performing a search. Therefore, if the LHS and RHS values need to have a " +"period placed in front of them, you must include the period in the values " +"you set for [option]#--hesiodlhs=# and [option]#--hesiodrhs=#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablesmbauth#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1538 +msgid "" +"Enables authentication of users against an SMB server (typically a Samba or " +"Windows server). SMB authentication support does not know about home " +"directories, UIDs, or shells. If you enable SMB, you must make users' " +"accounts known to the workstation by enabling LDAP, NIS, or Hesiod or by " +"using the [command]#useradd# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1539 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--smbservers=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1540 +msgid "" +"The name of the servers to use for SMB authentication. To specify more than " +"one server, separate the names with commas (`,`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1541 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--smbworkgroup=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1542 +msgid "The name of the workgroup for the SMB servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablecache#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1544 +msgid "" +"Enables the `nscd` service. The `nscd` service caches information about " +"users, groups, and various other types of information. Caching is especially " +"helpful if you choose to distribute information about users and groups over " +"your network using `NIS`, `LDAP`, or `Hesiod`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1545 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--passalgo=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1546 +msgid "" +"Specify [option]#sha256# to set up the SHA-256 hashing algorithm or " +"[option]#sha512# to set up the SHA-512 hashing algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "group (optional) - Create User Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1551 +msgid "" +"Creates a new user group on the system. If a group with the given name or " +"GID already exists, this command will fail. In addition, the [command]#user# " +"command can be used to create a new group for the newly created user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1555 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#group --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ " +"[--gid=pass:attributes[{blank}]_gid_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1558 +msgid "Provides the name of the group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1559 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1722 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--gid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1560 +msgid "" +"The group ID (GID). If not provided, defaults to the next available " +"non-system GID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1562 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pwpolicy (optional) - Change the Default Password Policy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1565 +msgid "" +"This command can be used to set custom requirements (policy) such as length " +"and strength for passwords set during the installation - the `root` " +"password, user passwords and LUKS (disk encryption) password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1570 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#pwpolicy _name_ " +"[--minlen=pass:attributes[{blank}]_length_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--minquality=pass:attributes[{blank}]_quality_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--strict|nostrict] [--emptyok|noempty] [--changesok|nochanges]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1574 +msgid "" +"The `libpwquality` library is used to check minimum password requirements " +"(length and quality). You can use the [command]#pwscore# and " +"[command]#pwmake# commands provided by the [package]*libpwquality* package " +"to check the quality score of your chosen password, or to create a random " +"password with a given score. See the `pwscore(1)` and `pwmake(1)` man pages " +"for details about these commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1579 +msgid "" +"This command must be used inside the [command]#%anaconda# section. See " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-anaconda[%anaconda " +"(optional) - Additional Anaconda Configuration] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1582 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_name_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1583 +msgid "" +"Name of the password entry. Supported values are `root`, `user` and `luks` " +"for `root` password, user passwords and LUKS password, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--minlen=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1585 +msgid "Sets the minimum allowed password length. The default minimum length is `8`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1586 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--minquality=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1587 +msgid "" +"Sets the minimum allowed password quality as defined by the `libpwquality` " +"library. The default value is `50`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1588 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--strict#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1589 +msgid "" +"Strict password enforcement. Passwords not meeting the quality requirements " +"specified in [option]#--minquality=# will not be allowed. Enabled by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1590 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--notstrict#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1591 +msgid "" +"Passwords *not* meeting the minimum quality requirements specified in " +"[option]#--minquality=# will be allowed after `Done` is clicked twice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1592 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--emptyok#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1593 +msgid "Allow empty passwords. Enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1594 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--notempty#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1595 +msgid "Do not allow empty passwords." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1596 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--changesok#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1597 +msgid "" +"Allow changing the password in the user interface, even if the Kickstart " +"file already specifies a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1598 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nochanges#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1599 +msgid "" +"Do not allow changing passwords which are already set in the Kickstart " +"file. Enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1601 +msgid "An example use of the [command]#pwpolicy# command is below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1608 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%anaconda#\n" +"[command]#pwpolicy root --minlen=10 --minquality=60 --strict --notempty " +"--nochanges#\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1612 +#, no-wrap +msgid "realm (optional) - Join an Active Directory or IPA Domain" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1615 +msgid "" +"Join an Active Directory or IPA domain. For more information about this " +"command, see the [command]#join# section of the `realm(8)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1619 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#realm join _domain_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1621 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--computer-ou=OU=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1622 +msgid "" +"Provide the _distinguished name_ of an organizational unit in order to " +"create the computer account. The exact format of the distinguished name " +"depends on the client software and membership software. The root DSE portion " +"of the distinguished name can usually be left out." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1623 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--no-password#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1624 +msgid "Join automatically without a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1625 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--one-time-password=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1626 +msgid "" +"Join using a one-time password. This is not possible with all types of " +"realm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1627 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--client-software=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1628 +msgid "" +"Only join realms which can run this client software. Valid values include " +"`sssd` and `winbind`. Not all realms support all values. By default, the " +"client software is chosen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1629 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--server-software=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1630 +msgid "" +"Only join realms which can run this server software. Possible values include " +"`active-directory` or `freeipa`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1631 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--membership-software=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1632 +msgid "" +"Use this software when joining the realm. Valid values include `samba` and " +"`adcli`. Not all realms support all values. By default, the membership " +"software is chosen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1634 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rootpw (required) - Set Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1637 +msgid "Sets the system's root password to the _password_ argument." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1641 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#rootpw [--iscrypted|--plaintext] [--lock] " +"_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1644 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1708 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1827 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the password argument is assumed to already be " +"encrypted. This option is mutually exclusive with [option]#--plaintext#. To " +"create an encrypted password, you can use Python:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1648 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1712 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1831 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ [command]#python -c 'import crypt; print(crypt.crypt(\"My Password\", " +"\"$6$My Salt\"))'#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1651 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1715 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1834 +msgid "This will generate a SHA512 crypt of your password using your provided salt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1652 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1716 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1835 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--plaintext#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1653 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1717 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the password argument is assumed to be in plain " +"text. This option is mutually exclusive with [option]#--iscrypted#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1654 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1703 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1837 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--lock#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1655 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the root account is locked by default. This means " +"that the root user will not be able to log in from the console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1657 +#, no-wrap +msgid "selinux (optional) - Configure SELinux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1660 +msgid "" +"Sets the state of SELinux on the installed system. The default policy is " +"`enforcing`. For more information regarding SELinux in {PRODUCT}, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} SELinux User's and Administrator's Guide_, available " +"at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1664 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#selinux [--disabled|--enforcing|--permissive]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1666 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enforcing#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1667 +msgid "Enables SELinux with the default targeted policy being `enforcing`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1668 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--permissive#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1669 +msgid "" +"Enables SELinux with the default targeted policy being `permissive`. This " +"policy outputs warnings based on the SELinux policy, but does not actually " +"enforce the policy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1671 +msgid "Disables SELinux completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1673 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sshkey (optional) - Add an Authorized SSH Key" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1676 +msgid "" +"Use this command to add a specified `SSH` key to an user's `authorized_keys` " +"file. The specified user must either be `root`, or it must be created in the " +"Kickstart file - either automatically by an installed package, or using " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-user[user " +"(optional) - Create User Account]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1679 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sshkey --username=user \"ssh_key\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1682 +msgid "" +"The _ssh_key_ must be a full `SSH` key fingerprint, and it must be enclosed " +"in quotes (`\"\"`) because the key may contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1683 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--username=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1684 +msgid "The name of the user account to which you want to install the `SSH` key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1686 +#, no-wrap +msgid "user (optional) - Create User Account" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1689 +msgid "Creates a new user on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1693 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#user --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1696 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1825 +msgid "Provides the name of the user. This option is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1697 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--gecos=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1698 +msgid "" +"Provides the GECOS information for the user. This is a string of various " +"system-specific fields separated by a comma. It is frequently used to " +"specify the user's full name, office number, etc. See the `passwd(5)` man " +"page for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1699 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--groups=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1700 +msgid "" +"In addition to the default group, a comma separated list of group names the " +"user should belong to. The groups must exist before the user account is " +"created. See " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-group[group " +"(optional) - Create User Group]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1701 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--homedir=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1702 +msgid "" +"The home directory for the user. If not provided, this defaults to " +"`/home/pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_pass:attributes[{blank}]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1704 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1838 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, this account is locked by default. This means " +"that the user will not be able to log in from the console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1706 +msgid "" +"The new user's password. If no password is provided, the account will be " +"locked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1718 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--shell=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1719 +msgid "The user's login shell. If not provided, the system default will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--uid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1721 +msgid "" +"The _UID_ (User ID). If not provided, this defaults to the next available " +"non-system UID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1723 +msgid "" +"The _GID_ (Group ID) to be used for the user's default group. If not " +"provided, this defaults to the next available non-system group ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1725 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1728 +msgid "" +"The following commands control how the system will behave during the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1730 +#, no-wrap +msgid "autostep (optional) - Go Through Every Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1733 +msgid "" +"Normally, Kickstart installations skip unnecessary screens. This option " +"makes the installation program step through every screen, displaying each " +"briefly. This option should not be used when deploying a system because it " +"may disrupt package installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1737 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#autostep [--autoscreenshot]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1739 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--autoscreenshot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1740 +msgid "" +"Take a screenshot at every step during installation. These screenshots are " +"stored in `/tmp/anaconda-screenshots` during the installation, and after the " +"installation finishes you can find them in `/root/anaconda-screenshots`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1742 +msgid "" +"Each screen is only captured right before the installer switches to the next " +"one. This is important, because if you do not use all required Kickstart " +"options and the installation therefore does not begin automatically, you can " +"go to the screens which were not automatically configured, perform any " +"configuration you want. Then, when you press `Done` to continue, the screen " +"will be captured including the configuration you just provided." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1744 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cmdline (optional) - Perform Installation in Command Line Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1747 +msgid "" +"Perform the installation in a completely non-interactive command line " +"mode. Any prompts for interaction halts the install. This mode is useful on " +"IBM System{nbsp}z systems with the x3270 terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1752 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1764 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1848 +msgid "" +"For a fully automatic installation, you must either specify one of the " +"available modes ([command]#graphical#, [command]#text#, or " +"[command]#cmdline#) in the Kickstart file, or you must use the " +"[option]#console=# boot option as described in " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-display[Console, " +"Environment and Display Options]. Otherwise the system will halt and ask you " +"to choose a mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1756 +#, no-wrap +msgid "graphical (optional) - Perform Installation in Graphical Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1759 +msgid "" +"Perform the installation in graphical mode. This is the default. This " +"command takes no options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1768 +#, no-wrap +msgid "logging (optional) - Configure Error Logging During Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1771 +msgid "" +"Controls the error logging of [application]*Anaconda* during " +"installation. It has no effect on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1775 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#logging [--host= | --port= | --level=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1777 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1868 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--host=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1778 +msgid "" +"Send logging information to the given remote host, which must be running a " +"`syslogd` process configured to accept remote logging." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1780 +msgid "" +"If the remote syslogd process uses a port other than the default, it may be " +"specified with this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1782 +msgid "" +"Specify the minimum level of messages that appear on virtual console 3 " +"(`tty3`). This only affects messages printed to the console; log files will " +"contain messages of all levels. Possible values are `debug`, `info`, " +"`warning`, `error`, or `critical`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1784 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rescue (optional) - Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1787 +msgid "" +"Automatically enters the installation program's rescue mode. This gives you " +"a chance to repair the system in case of any problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1791 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#rescue [--nomount|--romount]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1793 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nomount# or [option]#--romount#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1794 +msgid "" +"Controls how the installed system is mounted in the rescue environment. By " +"default, the installation program will find your system and mount it in " +"read-write mode, telling you where it has performed this mount. You may " +"optionally choose to not mount anything (the [option]#--nomount# option) or " +"mount in read-only mode (the [option]#--romount# option). Only one of these " +"two options may be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1796 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sshpw (optional) - Restrict ssh Access During Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1799 +msgid "" +"During the installation, you can interact with the installation program and " +"monitor its progress over an `SSH` connection. Use the [command]#sshpw# " +"command to create temporary accounts through which to log on. Each instance " +"of the command creates a separate account that exists only in the " +"installation environment. These accounts are not transferred to the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1803 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#sshpw --username=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ _password_ " +"[--iscrypted|--plaintext] [--lock]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1809 +msgid "" +"By default, the `ssh` server is not started during the installation. To make " +"`ssh` available during the installation, boot the system with the kernel " +"boot option [option]#inst.sshd#. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-display[Console, " +"Environment and Display Options] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1816 +msgid "" +"If you want to disable root `ssh` access to your hardware during " +"installation, use the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1820 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#sshpw --username=root --lock#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1824 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--username#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1836 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the password argument is assumed to be in plain " +"text. This option is mutually exclusive with [option]#--iscrypted#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1840 +#, no-wrap +msgid "text (optional) - Perform Installation in Text Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1843 +msgid "" +"Perform the Kickstart installation in text mode. Kickstart installations are " +"performed in graphical mode by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1852 +#, no-wrap +msgid "unsupported_hardware (optional) - Suppress Unsupported Hardware Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1855 +msgid "" +"Suppress the `Unsupported Hardware Detected` alert. If this command is not " +"included and unsupported hardware is detected, the installation will stall " +"at this alert." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1857 +#, no-wrap +msgid "vnc (optional) - Configure VNC Access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1860 +msgid "" +"Allows the graphical installation to be viewed remotely via VNC. This method " +"is usually preferred over text mode, as there are some size and language " +"limitations in text installations. With no additional options, this command " +"will start a VNC server on the installation system with no password and will " +"display the details required to connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1864 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#vnc " +"[--host=pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--port=pass:attributes[{blank}]_port_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--password=pass:attributes[{blank}]_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1867 +msgid "" +"For more information about VNC installations, including instructions on how " +"to connect to the installation system, see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1869 +msgid "Connect to a VNC viewer listening on the given hostname." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1871 +msgid "" +"Provide a port that the remote VNC viewer process is listening on. If not " +"provided, the VNC default (`5900`) will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1873 +msgid "" +"Set a password which must be provided to connect to the VNC session. This is " +"optional, but recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1875 +#, no-wrap +msgid "After the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1878 +msgid "" +"This section contains commands which control the system's behavior " +"immediately after the installation finishes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1880 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%addon com_redhat_kdump (optional) - Configure kdump" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1883 +msgid "" +"This command configures the [application]*kdump* kernel crash dumping " +"mechanism." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1888 +msgid "" +"The syntax for this command is unusual because it is an add-on rather than a " +"built-in Kickstart command. For more information about add-ons, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-addon[%addon " +"(optional) - Include an Anaconda Add-on]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1892 +msgid "" +"[application]*Kdump* is a kernel crash dumping mechanism that allows you to " +"save the contents of the system's memory for later analysis. It relies on " +"[application]*kexec*, which can be used to start a Linux kernel from the " +"context of another kernel without rebooting the system and preserve the " +"contents of the first kernel memory that would otherwise be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1894 +msgid "" +"In case of a system crash, [application]*kexec* starts a second kernel (a " +"_capture kernel_). This capture kernel resides in a reserved part of the " +"system memory that is inaccessible to the main kernel. [application]*Kdump* " +"then captures the contents of the crashed kernel's memory (a _crash dump_) " +"and saves it to a specified location. This location can not be configured " +"using Kickstart; it must be specified after the installation by editing the " +"`/etc/kdump.conf` configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1896 +msgid "Available options are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1897 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1898 +msgid "Enable [application]*Kdump* on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1899 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1900 +msgid "Do not enable [application]*Kdump* on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1901 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reserve-mb=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1902 +msgid "" +"The amount of memory you want to reserve for [application]*Kdump* in " +"megabytes. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1906 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%addon com_redhat_kdump --enable --reserve-mb=128\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1909 +msgid "" +"You can also specify `auto` instead of a numeric value. In that case the " +"installer will determine the amount of RAM to reserve for kdump " +"automatically, based on your system architecture and the total amount of " +"memory on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1911 +msgid "" +"If you enable [application]*Kdump* and do not specify the " +"[option]#--reserve-mb=# option, the `auto` value will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1912 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablefadump#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1913 +msgid "" +"Enable firmware-assisted dumping on systems which allow it (notably IBM " +"Power{nbsp}Systems servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1915 +#, no-wrap +msgid "firstboot (optional) - Enable or Disable Initial Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1918 +msgid "" +"Determine whether the [application]*Initial Setup* application starts the " +"first time the system is booted. If enabled, the [package]*initial-setup* " +"package must be installed. If not specified, this option is disabled by " +"default. For more information about [application]*Initial Setup*, see " +"xref:../install/After_Installation.adoc#sect-initial-setup[Initial Setup]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1922 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#firstboot --enable|--disable [--reconfig]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1924 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enable# or [option]#--enabled#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1925 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* will be started the first time the installed " +"system boots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1926 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disable# or [option]#--disabled#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1927 +msgid "[application]*Initial Setup* will be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1928 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reconfig#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1929 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* will start after the reboot in reconfiguration " +"mode. This mode enables the language, mouse, keyboard, root password, " +"security level, time zone and networking configuration options in addition " +"to the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1931 +#, no-wrap +msgid "halt (optional) - Halt System After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1934 +msgid "" +"Halt the system after the installation has successfully completed. This is " +"similar to a manual installation, where after the installation finishes, the " +"installer displays a message and waits for the user to press a key before " +"rebooting. During a Kickstart installation, if no completion method is " +"specified, this option is used as the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1936 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#poweroff#, " +"[command]#reboot#, and [command]#shutdown# commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1938 +#, no-wrap +msgid "poweroff (optional) - Power Off After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1941 +msgid "" +"Shut down and power off the system after the installation has successfully " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1946 +msgid "" +"The [command]#poweroff# command is highly dependent on the system hardware " +"in use. Specifically, certain hardware components such as the BIOS, APM " +"(advanced power management), and ACPI (advanced configuration and power " +"interface) must be able to interact with the system kernel. Consult your " +"hardware documentation for more information on you system's APM/ACPI " +"abilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1950 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#halt#, [command]#reboot#, " +"and [command]#shutdown# Kickstart commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1952 +#, no-wrap +msgid "reboot (optional) - Reboot After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1955 +msgid "" +"Reboot after the installation is successfully completed. If you are " +"installing {PRODUCT} on IBM System{nbsp}z in command line mode (using " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-cmdline[cmdline " +"(optional) - Perform Installation in Command Line Mode]), this command is " +"necessary for a fully automated installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1957 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#halt#, [command]#poweroff#, " +"and [command]#shutdown# Kickstart options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1962 +msgid "" +"Use of the [command]#reboot# command *may* result in an endless installation " +"loop, depending on the installation media and method." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1965 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--eject#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1966 +msgid "" +"Attempt to eject the installation media (if installing from a DVD) before " +"rebooting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1967 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--kexec#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1968 +msgid "" +"Use this option to reboot into the new system using the `kexec` kernel " +"switching mechanism instead of a full reboot, bypassing the BIOS/Firmware " +"and boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1970 +#, no-wrap +msgid "shutdown (optional) - Shut Down After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1973 +msgid "Shut down the system after the installation has successfully completed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1975 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#halt#, [command]#poweroff#, " +"and [command]#reboot# Kickstart options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1977 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%addon (optional) - Include an Anaconda Add-on" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1980 +msgid "" +"You can expand the basic [application]*Anaconda* and Kickstart functionality " +"by using custom add-ons specified using the [command]#%addon# section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1982 +msgid "" +"To use an add-on in your Kickstart file, add the [command]#%addon " +"_addon_name_ _options_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command. The section must be " +"closed with an [command]#%end# statement. For example, to use the " +"[application]*Kdump* add-on, which is included by default on some " +"installations, use the following block:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1985 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%addon com_redhat_kdump --enable --reserve-mb=128%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1989 +msgid "" +"The [command]#%addon# section does not have any options of its own; all " +"options depend on the add-on being used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1991 +msgid "" +"For more information about [application]*Anaconda* add-ons, see the " +"link:++https://vpodzime.fedorapeople.org/anaconda-addon-development-guide/++[Fedora " +"Anaconda Addon Development Guide]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1993 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%anaconda (optional) - Additional Anaconda Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1996 +msgid "" +"This section, introduced in {PRODUCT} 22, is used to specify additional " +"configuration options for the installer. Commands inside this section only " +"control the behavior during installation, not on the installed system. The " +"only command currently available inside this section is " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-pwpolicy[pwpolicy " +"(optional) - Change the Default Password Policy]. The [command]#%anaconda# " +"section must end with `%end`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1998 +msgid "" +"In interactive installations (using the graphical or text interface), the " +"`/usr/share/anaconda/interactive-defaults.ks` file contains the default " +"[command]#%anaconda# section. To change the defaults, you must create a " +"`product.img` file with a Kickstart file replacing the default one, and pass " +"this file to [application]*Anaconda* using a boot option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2000 +msgid "" +"When using a Kickstart file, you can override the default " +"[command]#%anaconda# section by using the section again in your custom " +"Kickstart." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2002 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%include (optional) - Include Contents of Another File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2005 +msgid "" +"Use the [command]#%include _/path/to/file_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command " +"to include the contents of another file in the Kickstart file as though the " +"contents were at the location of the [command]#%include# command in the " +"Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2007 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%ksappend (optional) - Append Contents of Another File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2010 +msgid "" +"The [command]#%ksappend _url_pass:attributes[{blank}]# directive is very " +"similar to " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-include[%include " +"(optional) - Include Contents of Another File] in that it is used to include " +"the contents of additional files as though they were at the location of the " +"[command]#%ksappend# command. The difference is in when the two directives " +"are processed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2012 +msgid "" +"[command]#%ksappend# is processed in an initial pass, before any other part " +"of the Kickstart file. Then, this expanded Kickstart file is passed to the " +"rest of [application]*Anaconda* where all [command]#%pre# scripts are " +"handled, and then finally the rest of the Kickstart file is processed in " +"order, which includes [command]#%include# directives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2014 +msgid "" +"Therefore, [command]#%ksappend# provides a way to include a file containing " +"[command]#%pre# scripts, while [command]#%include# does not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2016 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%packages (required) - Package Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2019 +msgid "" +"Use the [command]#%packages# command to begin a Kickstart section which " +"describes the software packages to be installed. This section must end with " +"an [command]#%end# statement." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2021 +msgid "" +"You can specify packages by _environment_, _group_, or by their package " +"names. Several environments and groups that contain related packages are " +"defined. See the `repodata/comps.xml` file in your installation source for " +"environment and group definitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2023 +msgid "" +"The `comps.xml` file contains a structure describing available environments " +"(marked by the `` tag) and groups (the `` tag). Each " +"entry has an ID, user visibility value, name, description, and package " +"list. If the group is selected for installation, the packages marked " +"`mandatory` in the package list are always installed, the packages marked " +"`default` are installed if they are not specifically excluded, and the " +"packages marked `optional` must be specifically included even when the group " +"is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2025 +msgid "" +"You can specify a package group or environment using either its ID (the " +"`` tag) or name (the `` tag)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2030 +msgid "" +"To install a 32-bit package on a 64-bit system, you will need to append the " +"package name with the 32-bit architecture for which the package was built - " +"for example, [package]*glibc.i686*. The [option]#--multilib# option also " +"must be specified in the Kickstart file; see the available options below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2037 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* does not run after a system is installed from a " +"Kickstart file unless a desktop environment and the [application]*X Window " +"System* were included in the installation and graphical login was " +"enabled. This means that by default, no users except for `root` will be " +"created. You can either create a user with the [option]#user# option in the " +"Kickstart file before installing additional systems from it (see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-user[user " +"(optional) - Create User Account] for details) or log into the installed " +"system with a virtual console as `root` and add users with the " +"[command]#useradd# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2040 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying Environments, Groups and Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2042 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying an Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2043 +msgid "In addition to groups, you specify an entire environment to be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2049 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%packages\n" +"@^Infrastructure Server\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2053 +msgid "" +"This command will install all packages which are part of the `Infrastracture " +"Server` environment. All available environments are described in the " +"`comps.xml` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2054 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2055 +msgid "" +"Specify groups, one entry to a line, starting with an `@` symbol, and then " +"the full group name or group id as given in the `comps.xml` file. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2064 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%packages#\n" +"@X Window System\n" +"@Desktop\n" +"@Sound and Video\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2068 +msgid "" +"The `Core` and `Base` groups are always selected - it is not necessary to " +"specify them in the [command]#%packages# section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2070 +msgid "" +"The `comps.xml` file also defines groups called `Conflicts (_variant_)` for " +"each variant of {PRODUCT}. This group contains all packages which are known " +"to cause file conflicts, and is intended to be excluded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2071 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying Individual Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2072 +msgid "" +"Specify individual packages by name, one entry to a line. You can use the " +"asterisk character (`*`) as a _wildcard_ in package names. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2081 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%packages\n" +"sqlite\n" +"curl\n" +"aspell\n" +"docbook*\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2085 +msgid "" +"The `docbook*` entry includes the packages [package]*docbook-dtds*, " +"[package]*docbook-simple*, [package]*docbook-slides* and others that match " +"the pattern represented with the wildcard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2086 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Excluding Environments, Groups, or Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2087 +msgid "" +"Use a leading dash (`-`) to specify packages or groups to exclude from the " +"installation. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2095 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%packages\n" +"-@Graphical Internet\n" +"-autofs\n" +"-ipa*fonts\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2102 +msgid "" +"Installing all available packages using only `*` in a Kickstart file is not " +"supported, even if you exclude the `@Conflicts (_variant_)` group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2106 +msgid "" +"You can change the default behavior of the [command]#%packages# section by " +"using several options. Some options work for the entire package selection, " +"others are used with only specific groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Common Package Selection Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2110 +msgid "" +"The following options are available for the [command]#%packages#. To use an " +"option, append it to the start of the package selection section. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%packages --multilib --ignoremissing#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nocore#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2117 +msgid "Do not install the `@Core` group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ignoremissing#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2119 +msgid "" +"Ignore any packages, groups and environments missing in the installation " +"source, instead of halting the installation to ask if the installation " +"should be aborted or continued." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--excludedocs#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2121 +msgid "" +"Do not install any documentation contained within packages. In most cases, " +"this will exclude any files normally installed in the `/usr/share/doc*` " +"directory, but the specific files to be excluded depend on individual " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--multilib#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2123 +msgid "" +"Configure the installed system for multilib packages (that is, to allow " +"installing 32-bit packages on a 64-bit system) and install packages " +"specified in this section as such." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2125 +msgid "" +"Normally, on a 64-bit system, only packages for this architecture (marked as " +"`x86_64`) and packages for all architectures (marked as `noarch`) would be " +"installed. When you use this option, packages for 32-bit systems (marked as " +"`i686`) will be automatically installed as well, if available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2127 +msgid "" +"This only applies to packages explicitly specified in the " +"[command]#%packages# section. Packages which are only being installed as " +"dependencies without being specified in the Kickstart file will only be " +"installed in architecture versions in which they are needed, even if they " +"are available for more architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Options for Specific Package Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2131 +msgid "" +"The options in this list only apply to a single package group. Instead of " +"using them at the [command]#%packages# command in the Kickstart file, append " +"them to the group name. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%packages#\n" +"@Graphical Internet --optional\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nodefaults#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2142 +msgid "Only install the group's mandatory packages, not the default selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--optional#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2144 +msgid "" +"Install packages marked as optional in the group definition in the " +"`comps.xml` file, in addition to installing the default selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2146 +msgid "" +"Note that some package groups, such as `Scientific Support`, do not have any " +"mandatory or default packages specified - only optional packages. In this " +"case the [option]#--optional# option must always be used, otherwise no " +"packages from this group will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%pre (optional) - Pre-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2151 +msgid "" +"You can add commands to run on the system immediately after the Kickstart " +"file has been parsed, but before the installation begins. This section must " +"be placed towards the end of the Kickstart file, after the actual Kickstart " +"commands, and must start with [command]#%pre# and end with " +"[command]#%end#. If your Kickstart file also includes a [command]#%post# " +"section, the order in which the [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# " +"sections are included does not matter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2153 +msgid "" +"You can access the network in the [command]#%pre# section. However, the " +"_name service_ has not been configured at this point, so only IP addresses " +"work, not URLs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2155 +msgid "" +"The pre-installation script section of Kickstart *cannot* manage multiple " +"install trees or source media. This information must be included for each " +"created Kickstart file, as the pre-installation script occurs during the " +"second stage of the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2160 +msgid "" +"Unlike the post-installation script, the pre-installation script is not run " +"in the `chroot` environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2164 +msgid "" +"The following options can be used to change the behavior of pre-installation " +"scripts. To use an option, append it to the [command]#%pre# line at the " +"beginning of the script. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%pre --interpreter=/usr/bin/python#\n" +"--- Python script omitted --\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2174 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2212 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--interpreter=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2175 +msgid "" +"Allows you to specify a different scripting language, such as Python. Any " +"scripting language available on the system can be used; in most cases, these " +"will be `/usr/bin/sh`, `/usr/bin/bash`, and `/usr/bin/python`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2176 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--erroronfail#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2177 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2235 +msgid "" +"Display an error and halt the installation if the script fails. The error " +"message will direct you to where the cause of the failure is logged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2178 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--log=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2179 +msgid "Logs the script's output into the specified log file. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%pre --log=/mnt/sysimage/root/ks-pre.log#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2186 +msgid "" +"For an example of a pre-installation script, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-pre-script[Example " +"Pre-installation Script]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%post (optional) - Post-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2191 +msgid "" +"You have the option of adding commands to run on the system once the " +"installation is complete, but before the system is rebooted for the first " +"time. This section must be placed towards the end of the Kickstart file, " +"after the actual Kickstart commands, and must start with [command]#%post# " +"and end with [command]#%end#. If your Kickstart file also includes a " +"[command]#%pre# section, the order of the [command]#%pre# and " +"[command]#%post# sections does not matter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2193 +msgid "" +"This section is useful for functions such as installing additional software " +"or configuring an additional name server. The post-install script is run in " +"a chroot environment, therefore, performing tasks such as copying scripts or " +"RPM packages from the installation media do not work by default. You can " +"change this behavior using the [option]#--nochroot# option as described " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2198 +msgid "" +"If you configured the network with static IP information, including a name " +"server, you can access the network and resolve IP addresses in the " +"[command]#%post# section. If you configured the network for `DHCP`, the " +"`/etc/resolv.conf` file has not been completed when the installation " +"executes the [command]#%post# section. You can access the network, but you " +"cannot resolve IP addresses. Thus, if you are using `DHCP`, you must specify " +"IP addresses in the [command]#%post# section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2202 +msgid "" +"The following options can be used to change the behavior of " +"post-installation scripts. To use an option, append it to the " +"[command]#%post# line at the beginning of the script. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%post --interpreter=/usr/bin/python#\n" +"--- Python script omitted --\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2213 +msgid "" +"Allows you to specify a different scripting language, such as Python. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%post --interpreter=/usr/bin/python#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2220 +msgid "" +"Any scripting language available on the system can be used; in most cases, " +"these will be `/usr/bin/sh`, `/usr/bin/bash`, and `/usr/bin/python`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nochroot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2222 +msgid "" +"Allows you to specify commands that you would like to run outside of the " +"chroot environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2224 +msgid "" +"The following example copies the file `/etc/resolv.conf` to the file system " +"that was just installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%post --nochroot#\n" +"cp /etc/resolv.conf /mnt/sysimage/etc/resolv.conf\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2237 +msgid "" +"Logs the script's output into the specified log file. Note that the path of " +"the log file must take into account whether or not you use the " +"[option]#--nochroot# option. For example, without [option]#--nochroot#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%post --log=/root/ks-post.log#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2244 +msgid "with [option]#--nochroot#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%post --nochroot --log=/mnt/sysimage/root/ks-post.log#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2251 +msgid "" +"For an example of a post-installation script, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-post-script[Example " +"Post-installation Script]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example Kickstart Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2256 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Partitioning Example" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2259 +msgid "" +"The following is an integrated example showing the [command]#clearpart#, " +"[command]#zerombr#, [command]#part#, [command]#raid#, [command]#volgroup#, " +"and [command]#logvol# Kickstart options in action:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"clearpart --drives=hda,hdc\n" +"zerombr\n" +"# Raid 1 IDE config\n" +"part raid.11 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.12 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.13 --size 2000 --asprimary --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.14 --size 8000 --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.15 --size 16384 --grow --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.21 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.22 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.23 --size 2000 --asprimary --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.24 --size 8000 --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.25 --size 16384 --grow --ondrive=hdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# You can add --spares=x\n" +"raid / --fstype xfs --device root --level=RAID1 raid.11 raid.21\n" +"raid /safe --fstype xfs --device safe --level=RAID1 raid.12 raid.22\n" +"raid swap --fstype swap --device swap --level=RAID1 raid.13 raid.23\n" +"raid /usr --fstype xfs --device usr --level=RAID1 raid.14 raid.24\n" +"raid pv.01 --fstype xfs --device pv.01 --level=RAID1 raid.15 raid.25\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# LVM configuration so that we can resize /var and /usr/local later\n" +"volgroup sysvg pv.01\n" +"logvol /var --vgname=sysvg --size=8000 --name=var\n" +"logvol /var/freespace --vgname=sysvg --size=8000 --name=freespacetouse\n" +"logvol /usr/local --vgname=sysvg --size=1 --grow --name=usrlocal\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2297 +msgid "" +"This advanced example implements LVM over RAID, as well as the ability to " +"resize various directories for future growth." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2299 +msgid "" +"First, the [command]#clearpart# command is used on drives `hda` and `hdc` to " +"wipe them. The [command]#zerombr# command initializes unused partition " +"tables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2301 +msgid "" +"Then, the two drives are partitioned to prepare them for RAID " +"configuration. Each drive is divided into five partitions, and each drive is " +"partitioned into an identical layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2303 +msgid "" +"The next part uses these pairs of physical partitions to create a software " +"RAID device with RAID1 level (mirroring). The first four RAID devices are " +"used for `/` (root), `/safe`, `swap` and `/usr`. The fifth, largest pair of " +"partitions is named `pv.01` and will be used in the following part as a " +"physical volume for LVM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2305 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last set of commands first creates a volume group named `sysvg` " +"on the `pv.01` physical volume. Then, three logical volumes (`/var`, " +"`/var/freespace` and `/usr/local`) are created and added to the `sysvg` " +"volume group. The `/var` and `/var/freespace` volumes have a set size of 8 " +"GB, and the `/usr/local` volume uses the [option]#--grow# option to fill all " +"remaining available space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2310 +msgid "" +"The above example uses identifiers `hda` and `hdc` to identify disk " +"drives. You should use unique identifiers, such as a disk labels or an " +"UUIDs, to identify disk drives. See the note in introduction to this " +"appendix." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2314 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example Pre-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2317 +msgid "The following is an example [command]#%pre# section:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2319 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sample %pre Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2338 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%pre\n" +"#!/bin/sh\n" +"hds=\"\"\n" +"mymedia=\"\"\n" +"for file in /proc/ide/h* do\n" +"mymedia=`cat $file/media`\n" +"if [ $mymedia == \"disk\" ] ; then\n" +"hds=\"$hds `basename $file`\"\n" +"fi\n" +"done\n" +"set $hds\n" +"numhd=`echo $#`\n" +"drive1=`echo $hds | cut -d' ' -f1`\n" +"drive2=`echo $hds | cut -d' ' -f2`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"#Write out partition scheme based on whether there are 1 or 2 hard drives\n" +"if [ $numhd == \"2\" ] ; then\n" +"#2 drives\n" +"echo \"#partitioning scheme generated in %pre for 2 drives\" > " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"clearpart --all\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /boot --fstype xfs --size 75 --ondisk hda\" >> " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part / --fstype xfs --size 1 --grow --ondisk hda\" >> " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part swap --recommended --ondisk $drive1\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /home --fstype xfs --size 1 --grow --ondisk hdb\" >> " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"else\n" +"#1 drive\n" +"echo \"#partitioning scheme generated in %pre for 1 drive\" > " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"clearpart --all\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /boot --fstype xfs --size 75\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part swap --recommended\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part / --fstype xfs --size 2048\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /home --fstype xfs --size 2048 --grow\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"fi\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2362 +msgid "" +"This script determines the number of hard drives in the system and writes a " +"text file with a different partitioning scheme depending on whether it has " +"one or two drives. Instead of having a set of partitioning commands in the " +"Kickstart file, include the following line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2366 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%include /tmp/part-include#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2369 +msgid "The partitioning commands selected in the script will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2373 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example Post-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2376 +msgid "The following is an example [command]#%post# section:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sample %post Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Start of the %post section with logging into /root/ks-post.log\n" +"%post --log=/root/ks-post.log\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2391 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Mount an NFS share\n" +"mkdir /mnt/temp\n" +"mount -o nolock 10.10.0.2:/usr/new-machines /mnt/temp\n" +"openvt -s -w -- /mnt/temp/runme\n" +"umount /mnt/temp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2394 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# End of the %post section\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2398 +msgid "" +"The above example mounts an NFS share and executes a script named `runme` " +"located at `/usr/new-machines/` on the share. Note that NFS file locking is " +"*not* supported while in Kickstart mode, therefore the [option]#-o nolock# " +"option is required." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d9ab5e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Understanding LVM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"LVM (Logical Volume Management) partitions provide a number of advantages " +"over standard partitions. LVM partitions are formatted as _physical " +"volumes_. One or more physical volumes are combined to form a _volume " +"group_. Each volume group's total storage is then divided into one or more " +"_logical volumes_. The logical volumes function much like standard " +"partitions. They have a file system type, such as `ext4`, and a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"The boot loader cannot read LVM volumes. You must make a standard, non-LVM " +"disk partition for your `/boot` partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"By default, the installation process always creates the `/` and `swap` " +"partitions within LVM volumes, with a separate `/boot` on a standard " +"partition. See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"To understand LVM better, imagine the physical volume as a pile of " +"_blocks_. A block is a storage unit used to store data. Several piles of " +"blocks can be combined to make a much larger pile, just as physical volumes " +"are combined to make a volume group. The resulting pile can be subdivided " +"into several smaller piles of arbitrary size, just as a volume group is " +"allocated to several logical volumes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"An administrator may grow or shrink logical volumes without destroying data, " +"unlike standard disk partitions. If the physical volumes in a volume group " +"are on separate drives or RAID arrays then administrators may also spread a " +"logical volume across the storage devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"You may lose data if you shrink a logical volume to a smaller capacity than " +"the data on the volume requires. To ensure maximum flexibility, create " +"logical volumes to meet your current needs, and leave excess storage " +"capacity unallocated. You may safely grow logical volumes to use unallocated " +"space, as your needs dictate." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb45a6f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Guide" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:8 +msgid "Installing {PRODUCT}{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and 64-bit AMD and Intel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"This manual explains how to boot the Fedora installation program, " +"[application]*Anaconda*, and how to install Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and " +"64-bit AMD and Intel systems. It also covers advanced installation methods " +"such as automated Kickstart installations, booting the installation from a " +"network location, remote access to the installation system using VNC, and " +"system upgrades from previous versions of Fedora. It also describes common " +"post-installation tasks and explains how to troubleshoot common issues " +"related to the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:16 +msgid "image:title_logo.svg[Fedora Documentation Team]" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/install/After_Installation.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/install/After_Installation.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2ba09a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/install/After_Installation.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "After the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter describes the initial setup tools which open after you finish " +"the installation, reboot the system, and log in for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"Two separate configuration tools are part of {PRODUCT}. If you installed the " +"[application]*GNOME* desktop environment (the default {PRODUCT} environment, " +"installed for example as part of the {PRODUCT} Workstation Edition), the " +"[application]*GNOME Initial Setup* utility will open; for all other " +"graphical environments, the [application]*Initial Setup* tool serves the " +"same purpose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Both of these tools will allow you to configure user-specific settings which " +"have not been configured during the installation. Some of the settings are " +"available both in the graphical installer (or as Kickstart commands) as well " +"as in the initial-setup utilities; in that case, they will only be displayed " +"after the first reboot if you skipped them during the installation. This " +"means that, for example, if you configured a user account before the " +"installation finished, you will not be prompted to do so again after the " +"installation completes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:17 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GNOME Initial Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"The [application]*GNOME Initial Setup* utility will be displayed after you " +"log in for the first time with any user account, as long as your first login " +"is in the [application]*GNOME* desktop environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GNOME Initial Setup with language selection displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "afterinstall/gnome-initial-setup.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"This utility allows you to configure several user-specific settings, such as " +"system language or the default keyboard layout. Use the `Next` and " +"`Previous` buttons at the top of the window to navigate between " +"screens. Some screens (`Configure online accounts` in particular) are " +"optional and can be skipped using the `Skip` button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring all screens, click `Start using Fedora` to exit " +"the utility. After that, the `Getting Started` page from GNOME help will be " +"displayed, and you can either browse the help content, or close it and start " +"using your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Common Post-installation Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"After you finish the installation and go through one of the initial setup " +"utilities described above, your system is ready for use. However, other " +"administrative tasks not covered by the installer or the initial setup " +"utilities may still be necessary, depending on how you plan to use your " +"system. The list below describes some of the more common tasks usually " +"performed immediately after a new installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recover a lost `root` password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The `root` password, which is configured during the installation, is " +"required for accessing the system as the `root` user. Without this password " +"you will not be able to configure your system or install additional " +"software. If you lost or forgot your `root` password, you can reset it by " +"following the steps described in " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-reset-root-password[Resetting " +"the Root Password]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure the network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"In most cases, network access is configured during the installation process, " +"either in the [application]*Anaconda* installation program (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network " +"& Hostname]) or in a Kickstart file (see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-network[network " +"(optional) - Configure Network Interfaces]). For information on configuring " +"the network after the installation, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Perform an initial system update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"If you installed {PRODUCT} from a full installation ISO image (such as the " +"Workstation live image or full Server DVD), it is recommended to perform an " +"initial system update, because your installation media likely contained " +"older versions of software packages. During the initial update, all " +"installed packages are updated to their latest available versions. Updates " +"to packages provide security fixes, bug fixes and enhancements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"The [application]*DNF* package manager is used for updating installed " +"packages. For more information about updating your system with " +"[application]*DNF*, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install driver updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"Usually, drivers for system devices are already supported in the kernel " +"provided by Red{nbsp}Hat Enterprise{nbsp}Linux. However, occasionally, " +"support for devices that have been released recently could be missing. In " +"these cases, a driver update enabling your device may be available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"Devices necessary to complete the installation can have driver updates " +"provided before the installation begins. If a device is missing a driver, " +"but it is not essential during the installation, it is recommended to wait " +"until after the installation completes, and install additional drivers " +"afterwards. For instructions on installing and enabling additional drivers " +"on the installed system using [application]*RPM* and [application]*DNF*, see " +"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure additional repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"New software is installed from _package repositories_. Package repositories " +"are organized sets of software and metadata that can be accessed by the " +"[application]*DNF* package manager. By default, several update repositories " +"provided by {PRODUCT} are configured automatically and you can install " +"updates and additional software from those. However, if you want to set up " +"additional repositories, for example ones containing your own software, some " +"extra steps are needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"For information about configuring additional software repositories, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install additional packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"You can control which packages will be installed by selecting an environment " +"in the `Software Selection` dialog in the graphical installation (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software " +"Selection]). This dialog does not provide a way to choose individual " +"packages, only predefined sets. However, you can use the [application]*DNF* " +"package manager to install additional packages after the installation. See " +"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Switch to a graphical login" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"Depending on the options you chose during the installation process, it is " +"possible that your system does not have a graphical interface, instead " +"offering only a text-based prompt. If this is the case and you wish to " +"enable a graphical desktop after the installation, you must install the " +"[application]*X Window System* and your preferred desktop environment " +"(either [application]*GNOME* or [application]*KDE*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"As with all other software, these packages can be installed using the " +"[application]*DNF* package manager. For information about using " +"[application]*DNF* to install new packages, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} " +"System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. For information on how to enable " +"graphical login by default, see " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-graphical-login[Booting into a " +"Graphical Environment]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..542d0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter will explain how to boot the installer from local media or a " +"network server as well as how to navigate the boot menu and use custom " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preparing to Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"After you have made a bootable USB flash drive or a CD or DVD using the " +"steps described in " +"xref:Preparing_for_Installation.adoc#sect-preparing-boot-media[Preparing " +"Boot Media], you are ready to boot the installation. Note that the steps " +"described below are generic and the exact steps will vary somewhat depending " +"on your system - particularly on your motherboard manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"There are no separate media provided for BIOS and UEFI systems; all of them " +"can boot from the same ISO image. However, once you install {PRODUCT}, you " +"can not switch between UEFI and BIOS. The system must run on the same " +"firmware it was installed on; if you, for example, perform the installation " +"on an UEFI system in UEFI mode, and then switch it to BIOS compatibility " +"mode, {PRODUCT} will no longer boot and will require a reinstallation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} does not support UEFI booting for 32-bit x86 systems. Only BIOS " +"boot is supported on these systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"Also note that {PRODUCT} only fully supports version 2.2 of the UEFI " +"specification. Hardware that supports version 2.3 or later will boot and " +"work normally, but the additional functionality defined by these later " +"specifications will not be available. The UEFI specifications are available " +"from link:++http://www.uefi.org/specs/agreement/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:32 +msgid "To boot the {PRODUCT} installer, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting the {PRODUCT} Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Plug in the boot USB drive, or insert the boot CD or DVD into your " +"computer's optical disc drive. Alternatively, if you plan on booting from a " +"network boot (PXE) server, make sure that the network cable is plugged in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"Restart the system. Once it starts rebooting, it should display a prompt " +"similar to the following (usually at the bottom of the screen):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Press F12 to select boot device, or Del to enter SETUP\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"Follow the on-screen instructions to access the boot menu. If no " +"instructions are displayed (some systems only display a graphical logo " +"during early stages of boot), try pressing kbd:[F12], kbd:[F11], kbd:[F10] " +"or kbd:[Del] several times; these are most commonly used keys. Note that " +"there is usually a very short time window provided to access the menu; once " +"it passes, you need to restart the system and try again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Some older systems may not support choosing a boot device at startup. In " +"that case, enter the system's SETUP (BIOS), and change the default boot " +"order so that your boot media (CD, DVD, USB or network) has higher priority " +"than internal hard drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"On Mac hardware, hold down the kbd:[Option] key to enter the boot media " +"selection menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"When your system's boot menu opens, select an entry such as `Boot from USB` " +"if you created a bootable USB drive, `Boot from CD/DVD` if you are using an " +"optical disc to install {PRODUCT}, or `Boot from PXE` if you want to boot " +"from a network location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"Wait until the boot menu is displayed. The boot menu is described further in " +"this chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Boot Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:62 +msgid "" +"In most cases, when you boot the {PRODUCT} installer from your prepared boot " +"media or server, the boot menu will be the first thing that appears. From " +"this menu, you can either start the actual installation, or you can use the " +"boot media to rescue an existing system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:64 +msgid "" +"The way the boot menu will look and function will vary somewhat depending on " +"your system's firmware - BIOS systems use the [application]*SYSLINUX* boot " +"loader, and UEFI systems use [application]*GRUB2*. However, both of the " +"menus described below function very similarly from a user's point of view." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:66 +msgid "" +"Use arrow keys to select an entry in the menu, and kbd:[Enter] to confirm " +"your selection. The first two entries in the list will both proceed with the " +"installation; the first one will start the installer directly, and the " +"second one will verify the integrity of the boot media before starting the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"The final entry in the list is `Troubleshooting`pass:attributes[{blank}]; " +"this is a submenu. Selecting this entry and pressing kbd:[Enter] will " +"display a new set of selections, where you can choose to install in basic " +"graphics mode (useful if you want to do a manual graphical installation but " +"your system has issues with the default graphical installer), rescue an " +"existing system, or test your system's memory modules for errors (on BIOS " +"systems only). The troubleshooting menu also allows you to exit the boot " +"menu and boot normally from your system's hard drive via the `Boot from " +"local drive` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:70 +msgid "" +"Every menu entry in the list is a predefined set of boot options, and these " +"options can be customized to change some aspects of the installer's " +"behavior. To edit the default set of boot options, press kbd:[Tab] on BIOS " +"systems, or kbd:[e] on UEFI systems. The key to use is also displayed at the " +"bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:75 +msgid "" +"Editing boot options in [application]*GRUB2* (on UEFI systems) will display " +"the entire configuration for the selected entry. Actual boot options are " +"configured on the line which starts with the `linux` (or `linux16` or " +"`linuxefi`) keyword. Do not modify any other lines in the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:77 +msgid "" +"On systems with BIOS firmware, only the actual boot options are displayed " +"when you press kbd:[Tab]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"When editing the default set of options, you can change the existing ones as " +"well as append additional ones. Once you finish, press kbd:[Enter] on BIOS " +"or kbd:[Ctrl + X] on UEFI to boot the installer using your customized " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing boot options on a system with BIOS firmware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot/boot-menu.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:86 +msgid "" +"All available [application]*Anaconda* boot options are described in " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-available[Available " +"Boot Options]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..831825c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,403 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing Using Anaconda" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for installing {PRODUCT} " +"using the [application]*Anaconda* installer. The bulk of this chapter " +"describes installation using the graphical user interface. A text mode is " +"also available for systems with no graphical display, but this mode is " +"limited in certain aspects (for example, custom partitioning is not possible " +"in text mode)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:11 +msgid "If your system does not have the ability to use the graphical mode, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Use Kickstart to automate the installation as described in " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Perform the graphical installation remotely by connecting to the " +"installation system from another computer with a graphical display using the " +"_VNC_ (Virtual Network Computing) protocol - see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction to Anaconda" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"The {PRODUCT} installer, [application]*Anaconda*, is different from most " +"other operating system installation programs due to its parallel " +"nature. Most installers follow a fixed path: you must choose your language " +"first, then you configure network, then installation type, then " +"partitioning, etc. There is usually only one way to proceed at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"In [application]*Anaconda* you are only required to select your language and " +"locale first, and then you are presented with a central screen, where you " +"can configure most aspects of the installation in any order you like. This " +"does not apply to all parts of the installation process, however - for " +"example, when installing from a network location, you must configure the " +"network before you can select which packages to install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Some screens will be automatically configured depending on your hardware and " +"the type of media you used to start the installation. You can still change " +"the detected settings in any screen. Screens which have not been " +"automatically configured, and therefore require your attention before you " +"begin the installation, are marked by an exclamation mark. You can not start " +"the actual installation process before you finish configuring these " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Additional differences appear in certain screens; notably the custom " +"partitioning process is very different from other Linux distributions. These " +"differences are described in each screen's subsection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Consoles and Logging During the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"The following sections describe how to access logs and an interactive shell " +"during the installation. This is useful when troubleshooting problems, but " +"should not be necessary in most cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Accessing Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"The {PRODUCT} installer uses the [application]*tmux* terminal multiplexer to " +"display and control several windows you can use in addition to the main " +"interface. Each of these windows serves a different purpose - they display " +"several different logs, which can be used to troubleshoot any issues during " +"the installation, and one of the windows provides an interactive shell " +"prompt with `root` privileges, unless this prompt was specifically disabled " +"using a boot option or a Kickstart command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"In general, there is no reason to leave the default graphical installation " +"environment unless you need to diagnose an installation problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"The terminal multiplexer is running in virtual console 1. To switch from the " +"actual installation environment to [application]*tmux*, press kbd:[Ctrl + " +"Alt + F1]. To go back to the main installation interface which runs in " +"virtual console 6, press kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F6]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"If you choose text mode installation, you will start in virtual console 1 " +"([application]*tmux*), and switching to console 6 will open a shell prompt " +"instead of a graphical interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"The console running [application]*tmux* has 5 available windows; their " +"contents are described in the table below, along with keyboard shortcuts " +"used to access them. Note that the keyboard shortcuts are two-part: first " +"press kbd:[Ctrl + b], then release both keys, and press the number key for " +"the window you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"You can also use kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[n] and kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[p] to switch " +"to the next or previous [application]*tmux* window, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Available tmux Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Shortcut|Contents\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[1]|Main installation program window. Contains " +"text-based prompts (during text mode installation or if you use VNC direct " +"mode), and also some debugging information.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[2]|Interactive shell prompt with `root` privileges.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[3]|Installation log; displays messages stored in " +"`/tmp/anaconda.log`.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[4]|Storage log; displays messages related storage " +"devices from kernel and system services, stored in `/tmp/storage.log`.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[5]|Program log; displays messages from other system " +"utilities, stored in `/tmp/program.log`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:71 +msgid "" +"In addition to displaying diagnostic information in [application]*tmux* " +"windows, [application]*Anaconda* also generates several log files, which can " +"be transferred from the installation system. These log files are described " +"in xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-log-files[Log Files " +"Generated During the Installation], and directions for transferring them " +"from the installation system are available in " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-transferring-logs[Transferring " +"Log Files from the Installation System]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Saving Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:76 +msgid "" +"You can press kbd:[Shift + Print Screen] at any time during the graphical " +"installation to capture the current screen. These screenshots are saved to " +"`/tmp/anaconda-screenshots`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:78 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can use the [command]#autostep --autoscreenshot# command " +"in a Kickstart file to capture and save each step of the installation " +"automatically. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-autostep[autostep " +"(optional) - Go Through Every Screen] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in Text Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:83 +msgid "" +"Text mode installation offers an interactive, non-graphical interface for " +"installing {PRODUCT}. This may be useful on systems with no graphical " +"capabilities; however, you should always consider the available alternatives " +"before starting a text-based installation. Text mode is limited in the " +"amount of choices you can make during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:85 +msgid "" +"There are two alternatives to text mode which can both be used even if the " +"installation system does not have a graphical display. You can either " +"connect to the installation system using VNC and perform an interactive " +"graphical installation remotely (see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]), or you can create a Kickstart file to perform the installation " +"automatically (see " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Text Mode Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The main menu in during a text-based installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_TextMode.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:91 +msgid "" +"Installation in text mode follows a pattern similar to the graphical " +"installation: There is no single fixed progression; you can configure many " +"settings in any order you want using the main status screen. Screens which " +"have already been configured, either automatically or by you, are marked as " +"`[x]`, and screens which require your attention before the installation can " +"begin are marked with `[!]`. Available commands are displayed below the list " +"of available options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:93 +msgid "Limits of interactive text mode installation include:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"The installer will always use the English language and the US English " +"keyboard layout. You can configure your language and keyboard settings, but " +"these settings will only apply to the installed system, not to the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"You can not configure any advanced storage methods (LVM, software RAID, " +"FCoE, zFCP and iSCSI)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:99 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to configure custom partitioning; you must use one of the " +"automatic partitioning settings. You also cannot configure where the boot " +"loader will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:101 +msgid "" +"To start a text mode installation, boot the installation with the " +"[option]#inst.text# boot option used either at the boot command line in the " +"boot menu, or in your PXE server configuration. See " +"xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#chap-booting-the-installation[Booting the " +"Installation] for information about booting and using boot options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in the Graphical User Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:106 +msgid "" +"The graphical installation interface is the preferred method of manually " +"installing {PRODUCT}. It allows you full control over all available " +"settings, including custom partitioning and advanced storage configuration, " +"and it is also localized to many languages other than English, allowing you " +"to perform the entire installation in a different language. The graphical " +"mode is used by default when you boot the system from local media (a CD, DVD " +"or a USB flash drive)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:108 +msgid "" +"The sections below discuss each screen available in the installation " +"process. Note that due to the installer's parallel nature, most of the " +"screens do not have to be completed in the order in which they are described " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:110 +msgid "" +"Each screen in the graphical interface contains a `Help` button. This button " +"opens the [application]*Yelp* help browser displaying the section of the " +"_{PRODUCT} Installation Guide_ relevant to the current screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:112 +msgid "" +"You can also control the graphical installer with your keyboard. Use " +"kbd:[Tab] and kbd:[Shift + Tab] to cycle through active control elements " +"(buttons, check boxes, etc.) on the current screen, kbd:[Up] and kbd:[Down] " +"arrow keys to scroll through lists, and kbd:[Left] and kbd:[Right] to scroll " +"through horizontal toolbars or table entries. kbd:[Space] or kbd:[Enter] can " +"be used to select or remove a highlighted item from selection and to expand " +"and collapse drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:114 +msgid "" +"Additionally, elements in each screen can be toggled using their respective " +"shortcuts. These shortcuts are highlighted (underlined) when you hold down " +"the kbd:[Alt] key; to toggle that element, press kbd:[Alt + " +"_X_pass:attributes[{blank}]], where _X_ is the highlighted letter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:116 +msgid "" +"Your current keyboard layout is displayed in the top right hand corner. Only " +"one layout is configured by default; if you configure more than layout in " +"the `Keyboard Layout` screen " +"(xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard " +"Layout]), you can switch between them by clicking the layout indicator." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30d19fc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,813 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preparing for Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter describes the steps you need take before you begin the " +"installation. Not every step must be strictly followed - for example, if you " +"plan to use the default installation settings, you do not need to gather " +"system information such as disk device labels/UUIDs or network information " +"such as the system's IP address. However, you should still go through this " +"chapter, as it also describes the available types of installation media and " +"how to prepare boot media and installation sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Upgrade or Install?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"If you already have Fedora installed and want to upgrade your installation " +"to the current version, there are two basic ways to do so:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]*dnf system upgrade*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the " +"[application]*dnf system upgrade* utility. For information on performing an " +"automatic upgrade, see " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki dnf " +"system upgrade]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual Reinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying " +"on [application]*dnf system upgrade*. This involves booting the installer as " +"if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing " +"Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on " +"other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall " +"the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see " +"xref:../advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual " +"System Upgrade or Reinstallation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your " +"system, no matter which method you choose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preparing Boot Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"Fedora images are `Hybrid ISOs` and can be used to create installation media " +"with both optical and USB disks, for booting on both BIOS and UEFI systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* has been significantly improved and is " +"now the official, tested and supported way to make bootable " +"media. [application]*Fedora Media Writer* supports Linux, Mac, and " +"Windows. It is an easy way to make bootable USB media to install Fedora (or " +"other operating systems). Using [application]*Fedora Media Writer* is " +"strongly encouraged, although other USB media creation software can work as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Some of the new additions to [application]*Fedora Media Writer* are that " +"Fedora Workstation and Server are easily and quickly accessible from the " +"selection on the main screen. Further choices are available if you select " +"the button below _Custom OS_. This offers a selection of various Fedora " +"Spins, such as XFCE or Mate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"Historically, universal USB creation tools, such as " +"[application]*Unetbootin*, are a popular way to create USB installers from " +"ISOs intended for optical media. They typically create a filesystem on the " +"USB drive by extracting files from the image, and writing " +"[application]*syslinux* bootloader to the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"These methods circumvent the boot-loader configuration built into Fedora " +"images, which are pre-partitioned and designed to boot on UEFI systems with " +"SecureBoot enabled as well as BIOS systems, and thus they do not produce " +"consistent results with Fedora images, especially for on UEFI systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"The best results are produced by utilities that use a direct write method " +"and do not modify the Fedora image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Always think twice before writing an image to the device. The media creation " +"methods described in this article are destructive. All data on the USB " +"stick are deleted during the process, so make sure you have a back up of the " +"data on the USB stick. Double check that you have selected correct device to " +"write the image to!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing and running Fedora Media Writer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"On Fedora 25 or later, [application]*Fedora Media Writer* is available in " +"the default repository. You can use `dnf` to install the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:56 +msgid "To install the [application]*Fedora Media Writer* using:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#sudo dnf install mediawriter#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:63 +msgid "Run the [application]*Fedora Media Writer*:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:67 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#sudo mediawriter#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:70 +msgid "" +"or in [application]*Gnome 3* select *Activities,* then select *Utilities*, " +"and then click on [application]*Fedora Media Writer*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On other Linux distributions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:76 +msgid "" +"The best way to install [application]*Fedora Media Writer* on various Linux " +"distributions is to use the pre-built _Flatpak_ package. The package can be " +"obtained from the official Flatpak repository " +"https://flathub.org/apps/details/org.fedoraproject.MediaWriter[Flathub.org]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:78 +msgid "" +"To setup *Flatpak* on your Linux system, follow the guidelines on the " +"https://flatpak.org/setup/[Flatpak documentation] page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:80 +msgid "Run the application:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:89 +msgid "" +"Download the latest Windows Installer file from " +"link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server automatically " +"detects the running system and offers you the correct installation file for " +"your Windows version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:91 +msgid "" +"Run the installation by double clicking the installer, and then continue " +"through the set-up wizard. The Wizard lets you customize the software's " +"installation if you choose to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:93 +msgid "Run the application by clicking on a launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"In Windows 8 and 10, the [application]*Fedora Media Writer* launcher will be " +"placed in the _All apps_ menu under _F_. In Windows 10, you can just type " +"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* in the search box on the task bar." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On MacOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:100 +msgid "" +"Download the latest Macintosh Disk Image (the package will have a .dmg " +"extension) from link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server " +"automatically detects the running system and offers a correct package for " +"your MacOS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:102 +msgid "" +"Open the `.dmg` file and copy the `mediawriter` file into your applications " +"folder." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:104 +msgid "" +"Navigate to your applications directory, and then launch the " +"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:106 +msgid "" +"Select \"Open\" to run the program, when MacOS will ask you to confirm the " +"action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Writing the ISO image to the USB Media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:109 +msgid "Select the Fedora Edition you wish to make a bootable USB drive for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Main Screen: Choose your Edition of Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Main Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/main_screen.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:116 +msgid "" +"The main selection lets you choose one of the default Fedora editions, " +"Fedora *Workstation* or *Server*. [application]*Fedora Media Writer* " +"displays more details about the edition before you can proceed with " +"downloading the image and the USB creation. You can choose a different " +"architecture, if you select _Other variants_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:118 +msgid "Select \"Create Live USB\" to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Distro Information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Distro Information Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/distro_information.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:125 +msgid "" +"Fedora Media Writer will automatically download the ISO for you. If you have " +"downloaded the ISO before and placed it in the _Downloads_ directory, it " +"will be immediately available to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/automatic_download.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:132 +msgid "Plug in a USB drive on which you want to create the bootable media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:134 +msgid "To write the image onto the media, click the red btn:[Write to disk] button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Write to USB Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer write to device red button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/write_to_device.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other methods to create a live USB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:143 +msgid "" +"Using the *Fedora Media Writer* is highly recommended for everybody, because " +"it offers a reliable way to create a live USB stick for Fedora installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:145 +msgid "" +"However, some experienced users may prefer to go through the creation " +"process manually. If you decide to do so, you have to download the " +"installation images and use an application to write them onto the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:149 +msgid "" +"If you have downloaded and verified the installation images manually, you " +"still can write them onto the USB stick using *Fedora Media Writer*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Downloading Boot and Installation Images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:156 +msgid "" +"The Fedora Project offers different Editions tailored for some specific use " +"cases. Choose the Fedora Edition best for you, or you can build your own by " +"customizing after the installation, or by using a kickstart file as " +"described in " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#sect-kickstart-file-create[Creating " +"a Kickstart File]. Kickstart installation requires the `netinstall` media " +"type, or a direct installation booting method such as PXE; kickstarts are " +"not supported with live images." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:158 +msgid "" +"Read more about Fedora Workstation, Fedora Cloud, Fedora Server and the " +"available media types in " +"xref:../Downloading_Fedora.adoc#chap-downloading-fedora[Downloading Fedora]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:160 +msgid "" +"You can also choose a Fedora _Spin_ featuring favorite alternative desktops " +"or tools for specialized tasks at link:++http://spins.fedoraproject.org++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying the Downloaded Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:165 +msgid "" +"Because transmission errors or other problems may corrupt the Fedora image " +"you have downloaded, it is important to verify the file's integrity. After " +"the images are created, an operation is performed on the file that produces " +"a value called a `checksum` using a complex mathematical algorithm. The " +"operation is sufficiently complex that *any change* to the original file " +"will produce a different checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:167 +msgid "" +"By calculating the image's `checksum` on your own computer and comparing it " +"to the original `checksum`, you can verify the image has not been tampered " +"with or corrupted. The original checksum values are provided at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[], and are [command]#gpg# signed " +"to demonstrate their integrity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying checksums on Windows systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:172 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"Download the Fedora image of your choice from " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/get-fedora++[] and the corresponding " +"checksum file from link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:174 +msgid "Open a [command]#powershell# session." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:176 +msgid "Change to the directory containing the downloaded files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> cd $HOME\\Downloads\\\n" +"> ls\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory: C:\\Users\\Pete\\Downloads\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Mode LastWriteTime Length Name\n" +"---- ------------- ------ ----\n" +"-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 272 " +"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\n" +"-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 2047868928 " +"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:192 +msgid "Load the resources required to calculate the checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> $image = \"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\"\n" +"> $checksum_file = \"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\"\n" +"> $sha256 = New-Object -TypeName " +"System.Security.Cryptography.sha256CryptoServiceProvider\n" +"> $expected_checksum = ((Get-Content $checksum_file | Select-String -Pattern " +"$image) -split \" \")[0].ToLower()\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:201 +msgid "Calculate the downloaded image's checksum. This will take a while!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> $download_checksum = " +"[System.BitConverter]::ToString($sha256.ComputeHash([System.IO.File]::ReadAllBytes(\"$PWD\\$image\"))).ToLower() " +"-replace '-', ''\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:207 +msgid "Compare the calculated checksum to the expected checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> echo \"Download Checksum: $download_checksum\"\n" +"> echo \"Expected Checksum: $expected_checksum\"\n" +"> if ( $download_checksum -eq \"$expected_checksum\" ) {\n" +"echo \"Checksum test passed!\"\n" +"} else {\n" +"echo \"Checksum test failed.\"\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying checksums on Linux and OSX systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:225 +msgid "" +"Open a terminal window, and navigate to the directory with the downloaded " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#cd ~/Downloads#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:232 +msgid "Use the appropriate utility to verify the image checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** For Linux:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ sha256sum -c *CHECKSUM\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** For OSX:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ shasum -a 256 -c *CHECKSUM\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Writing the images to USB media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating USB media with [application]*GNOME Disks*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:251 +msgid "" +"On a system with [application]*GNOME*, or with the " +"[package]*gnome-disk-utility* package installed, open `Disks` using the " +"system menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:253 +msgid "Click your USB device in the left column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:255 +msgid "" +"Click the menu icon in the upper right corner of the window, and choose the " +"`Restore Disk Image` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:257 +msgid "" +"Navigate to your image file and click `Start Restoring`. After a few " +"minutes, it will report the process is complete and your installation media " +"will be ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:258 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating USB Media on the Linux command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:260 +msgid "Open a terminal window and insert the usb drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"Find the `device node` assigned to the drive. In the example below, the " +"drive is given `sdd`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ [command]#dmesg|tail#\n" +"[288954.686557] usb 2-1.8: New USB device strings: Mfr=0, Product=1, " +"SerialNumber=2\n" +"[288954.686559] usb 2-1.8: Product: USB Storage\n" +"[288954.686562] usb 2-1.8: SerialNumber: 000000009225\n" +"[288954.712590] usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[288954.712687] scsi host6: usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0\n" +"[288954.712809] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage\n" +"[288954.716682] usbcore: registered new interface driver uas\n" +"[288955.717140] scsi 6:0:0:0: Direct-Access Generic STORAGE DEVICE " +"9228 PQ: 0 ANSI: 0\n" +"[288955.717745] sd 6:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg4 type 0\n" +"[288961.876382] sd 6:0:0:0: *sdd* Attached SCSI removable disk\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:279 +msgid "Use the [command]#dd# utility to write the image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dd if=/path/to/Fedora-Live-Security-x86_64-21.iso of=/dev/sdd\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:289 +msgid "" +"Pay extreme attention to the source (`if=`) and target (`of=`) device. The " +"`dd` command destroys all data on the target device. If you made a mistake, " +"you could lose important data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Boot CD or DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:293 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating a bootable USB flash drive, you can also use the " +"provided ISO images to create bootable optical media (a CD or DVD). This " +"approach may be necessary when installing {PRODUCT} on an older system which " +"can not boot from USB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:298 +msgid "" +"The exact steps you need to take to burn a bootable CD or DVD from an ISO " +"image will vary depending on what disc burning software you use. This " +"procedure only offers a general overview." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:302 +msgid "Insert a blank CD or DVD into your system's CD or DVD burner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:304 +msgid "" +"Open your system's burning software - for example, [application]*Brasero* on " +"{PRODUCT} systems with [application]*GNOME* desktop environment, or " +"[application]*Nero* on Windows systems. In the software's main menu, find an " +"option which lets you burn an ISO image to a disc. For example, in " +"[application]*Brasero*, this option is `Burn image` in the main menu on the " +"left side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:306 +msgid "" +"When prompted, select the ISO image of {PRODUCT} to be burned, and the CD or " +"DVD burner with a blank disc inside (if you have more than one drive)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:307 +msgid "Confirm your selection, and wait for the disc to be burned." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/install/Troubleshooting.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/install/Troubleshooting.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12b2eed --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/pages/install/Troubleshooting.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,1128 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter offers some pointers on how to get help when something goes " +"wrong. It also discusses some common installation problems and their " +"solutions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"There are many places on the internet which can help you when you encounter " +"a problem not described in this chapter: discussion boards, blogs, IRC, and " +"more. Some of the more popular places where you can find help include:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"link:++https://ask.fedoraproject.org/en/questions/++[Ask Fedora] - Fedora's " +"knowledge base, available in multiple languages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"The #fedora IRC channel on link:++http://freenode.net/++[FreeNode] - one of " +"the main IRC channels used by Fedora users, English only" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/++[Fedora Project Wiki] - the official " +"wiki for Fedora Project" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"link:++http://unix.stackexchange.com/++[Stack Exchange] - an English " +"language Q&A board, not specific to Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"The above list is by no means complete - you can find help in many other " +"places as well. Additional information about available resources such as IRC " +"channels and mailing lists is available at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicating_and_getting_help++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"Before you open a new discussion or ask anyone for help on IRC, you should " +"always do some research on your own. If you are encountering an issue, there " +"is usually a good chance that someone else ran into the same problem before " +"you and published a solution somewhere. Opening a discussion about something " +"already explained elsewhere, or asking a common question which has been " +"answered many times before, is not likely to result in a friendly, " +"constructive response." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"When you ask for help troubleshooting problems related to the installation, " +"you may be asked to provide log files generated by the installer. The " +"sections below explain which files are generated, what their contents are, " +"and how to transfer them from the installation system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Log Files Generated During the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"For debugging purposes, [application]*Anaconda* logs installation actions " +"into files in the `/tmp` directory. These files are listed in the following " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Log Files and Their Contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Log file|Contents\n" +"|`/tmp/anaconda.log`|general [application]*Anaconda* messages\n" +"|`/tmp/program.log`|all external programs run during the installation\n" +"|`/tmp/storage.log`|extensive storage module information\n" +"|`/tmp/packaging.log`|[application]*dnf* and [application]*rpm* package " +"installation messages\n" +"|`/tmp/syslog`|hardware-related system messages\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails, the messages from these files are consolidated " +"into `/tmp/anaconda-tb-_identifier_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where " +"_identifier_ is a random string." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Transferring Log Files from the Installation System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"All of the files described in " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-log-files[Log Files Generated " +"During the Installation] reside in the installation program's RAM disk, " +"which means they are not saved permamently and will be lost once the system " +"is powered down. To store them permanently, copy those files to another " +"system on the network using [command]#scp# on the system running the " +"installation program, or copy them to a mounted storage device (such as an " +"USB flash drive). Details on how to transfer the log files are below. Note " +"that if you use an USB flash drive or other removable media, you should make " +"sure to back up any data on it before starting the procedure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Transferring Log Files Onto a USB Drive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:63 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:119 +msgid "" +"On the system you are installing, press kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F2] to access a " +"shell prompt. You will be logged into a root account and you will have " +"access to the installation program's temporary file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:65 +msgid "" +"Connect a USB flash drive to the system and execute the [command]#dmesg# " +"command. A log detailing all recent events will be displayed. At the bottom " +"of this log, you will see a set of messages caused by the USB flash drive " +"you just connected. It will look like a set of lines similar to the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`[ 170.171135] sd 5:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI removable disk`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:72 +msgid "Note the name of the connected device - in the above example, it is `sdb`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:74 +msgid "" +"Go to the `/mnt` directory and once there, create new directory which will " +"serve as the mount target for the USB drive. The name of the directory does " +"not matter; this example uses the name `usb`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# mkdir usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"Mount the USB flash drive onto the newly created directory. Note that in " +"most cases, you do not want to mount the whole drive, but a partition on " +"it. Therefore, do not use the name `sdb` - use the name of the partition you " +"want to write the log files to. In this example, the name `sdb1` is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# mount /dev/sdb1 /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:88 +msgid "" +"You can now verify that you mounted the correct device and partition by " +"accessing it and listing its contents - the list should match what you " +"expect to be on the drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# cd /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# ls\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:100 +msgid "Copy the log files to the mounted device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# cp /tmp/*log /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:107 +msgid "" +"Unmount the USB flash drive. If you get an error message saying that the " +"target is busy, change your working directory to outside the mount (for " +"example, `/`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# umount /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:114 +msgid "The log files from the installation are now saved on the USB flash drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Transferring Log Files Over the Network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:121 +msgid "Switch to the `/tmp` directory where the log files are located:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# cd /tmp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:128 +msgid "" +"Copy the log files onto another system on the network using the " +"[command]#scp# command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# scp *log user@address:path\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:135 +msgid "" +"Replace _user_ with a valid user name on the target system, _address_ with " +"the target system's address or host name, and _path_ with the path to the " +"directory you wish to save the log files into. For example, if you want to " +"log in as `john` to a system with an IP address of `192.168.0.122` and place " +"the log files into the `/home/john/logs/` directory on that system, the " +"command will have the following form:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# scp *log john@192.168.0.122:/home/john/logs/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:142 +msgid "" +"When connecting to the target system for the first time, you may encounter a " +"message similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`The authenticity of host '192.168.0.122 (192.168.0.122)' can't be " +"established.`\n" +"`ECDSA key fingerprint is " +"a4:60:76:eb:b2:d0:aa:23:af:3d:59:5c:de:bb:c4:42.`\n" +"`Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:153 +msgid "" +"Type `yes` and press kbd:[Enter] to continue. Then, provide a valid password " +"when prompted. The files will start transferring to the specified directory " +"on the target system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:155 +msgid "" +"The log files from the installation are now permanently saved on the target " +"system and available for review." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble Beginning the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Problems with Booting into the Graphical Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:162 +msgid "" +"Systems with some video cards have trouble booting into the graphical " +"installation program. If the installation program does not run using its " +"default settings, it attempts to run in a lower resolution mode. If that " +"still fails, the installation program attempts to run in text mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:164 +msgid "" +"There are several possible solutions to display issues, most of which " +"involve specifying custom boot options. For more information, see " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-installer[Configuring " +"the Installation System at the Boot Menu]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use the basic graphics mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:166 +msgid "" +"You can attempt to perform the installation using the basic graphics " +"driver. To do this, edit the installation program's boot options and append " +"[option]#inst.xdriver=vesa# at the end of the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specify the display resolution manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:168 +msgid "" +"If the installation program fails to detect your screen resolution, you can " +"override the automatic detection and specify it manually. To do this, append " +"the " +"[option]#inst.resolution=pass:attributes[{blank}]_x_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"option at the boot menu, where _x_ is your display's resolution (for " +"example, `1024x768`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use an alternate video driver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:170 +msgid "" +"You can also attempt to specify a custom video driver, overriding the " +"installation program's automatic detection. To specify a driver, use the " +"[option]#inst.xdriver=pass:attributes[{blank}]_x_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"option, where _x_ is the device driver you want to use (for example, " +"`nouveau`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:175 +msgid "" +"If specifying a custom video driver solves your problem, you should report " +"it as a bug at link:++https://bugzilla.redhat.com++[] under the `anaconda` " +"component. [application]*Anaconda* should be able to detect your hardware " +"automatically and use the appropriate driver without your intervention." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Perform the installation using VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:179 +msgid "" +"If the above options fail, you can use a separate system to access the " +"graphical installation over the network, using the _Virtual Network " +"Computing_ (VNC) protocol. For details on installing using VNC, see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Serial Console Not Detected" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:183 +msgid "" +"In some cases, attempting to install in text mode using a serial console " +"will result in no output on the console. This happens on systems which have " +"a graphics card, but no monitor connected. If [application]*Anaconda* " +"detects a graphics card, it will attempt to use it for a display, even if no " +"display is connected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:185 +msgid "" +"If you want to perform a text-based installation on a serial console, use " +"the [option]#inst.text# and [option]#console=# boot options. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#chap-anaconda-boot-options[Boot Options] " +"for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble During the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "No Disks Detected" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:193 +msgid "" +"In the `Installation Destination` screen, the following error message may " +"appear at the bottom: `No disks detected. Please shut down the computer, " +"connect at least one disk, and restart to complete installation`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:195 +msgid "" +"The message indicates that [application]*Anaconda* did not find any writable " +"storage devices to install to. In that case, first make sure that your " +"system does have at least one storage device attached." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:197 +msgid "" +"If your system uses a hardware RAID controller, verify that the controller " +"is properly configured and working. See your controller's documentation for " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:199 +msgid "" +"If you are installing into one or more iSCSI devices and there is no local " +"storage present on the system, make sure that all required LUNs (_Logical " +"Unit Numbers_) are being presented to the appropriate HBA (_Host Bus " +"Adapter_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:201 +msgid "" +"If you made sure you have a connected and properly configured storage device " +"and the message still appears after you reboot the system and start the " +"installation again, it means that the installation program failed to detect " +"the storage. In most cases this message appears when you attempt to install " +"on an SCSI device which has not been recognized by the installation program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Problems After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:206 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resetting the Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:209 +msgid "" +"If you lost the root password to the system and you have access to the boot " +"loader, you can reset the password by editing the GRUB2 configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:212 +msgid "Boot your system and wait until the GRUB2 menu appears." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:214 +msgid "In the boot loader menu, highlight any entry and press kbd:[e] to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:216 +msgid "" +"Find the line beginning with `linux`. At the end of this line, append the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`init=/bin/sh`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"Press kbd:[F10] or kbd:[Ctrl + X] to boot the system using the options you " +"just edited." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:225 +msgid "" +"Once the system boots, you will be presented with a shell prompt without " +"having to enter any user name or password:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pass:quotes[`sh-4.2#`]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:232 +msgid "Load the installed SELinux policy:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh-4.2# /usr/sbin/load_policy -i\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:239 +msgid "Execute the following command to remount your root partition:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh4.2# mount -o remount,rw /\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:246 +msgid "Reset the root password:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh4.2# passwd root\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:253 +msgid "" +"When prompted to, enter your new root password and confirm by pressing the " +"kbd:[Enter] key. Enter the password for the second time to make sure you " +"typed it correctly and confirm with kbd:[Enter] again. If both passwords " +"match, a message informing you of a successful root password change will " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:255 +msgid "Remount the root partition again, this time as read-only:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh4.2# mount -o remount,ro /\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"Reboot the system. From now on, you will be able to log in as the root user " +"using the new password set up during this procedure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Are You Unable to Boot With Your RAID Card?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:267 +msgid "" +"If you have performed an installation and cannot boot your system properly, " +"you may need to reinstall and partition your system's storage differently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:269 +msgid "" +"Some BIOS types do not support booting from RAID cards. After you finish the " +"installation and reboot the system for the first time, a text-based screen " +"showing the boot loader prompt (for example, `grub>`) and a flashing cursor " +"may be all that appears. If this is the case, you must repartition your " +"system and move your `/boot` partition and the boot loader outside the RAID " +"array. The `/boot` partition and the boot loader must be on the same drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:271 +msgid "" +"Once these changes have been made, you should be able to finish your " +"installation and boot the system properly. For more information about " +"partitioning, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble With the Graphical Boot Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:276 +msgid "" +"After you finish the installation and reboot your system for the first time, " +"it is possible that the system stops responding during the graphical boot " +"sequence, requiring a reset. In this case, the boot loader is displayed " +"successfully, but selecting any entry and attempting to boot the system " +"results in a halt. This usually means a problem with the graphical boot " +"sequence; to solve this issue, you must disable graphical boot. To do this, " +"temporarily alter the setting at boot time before changing it permanently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:277 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disabling Graphical Boot Temporarily" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:279 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:403 +msgid "" +"Start your computer and wait until the boot loader menu appears. If you set " +"your boot loader timeout period to 0, hold down the kbd:[Esc] key to access " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:281 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:405 +msgid "" +"When the boot loader menu appears, use your cursor keys to highlight the " +"entry you want to boot and press the kbd:[e] key to edit this entry's " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:283 +msgid "" +"In the list of options, find the kernel line - that is, the line beginning " +"with the keyword `linux` (or, in some cases, `linux16` or `linuxefi`). On " +"this line, locate the `rhgb` option and delete it. The option may not be " +"immediately visible; use the cursor keys to scroll up and down." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:285 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:416 +msgid "" +"Press kbd:[F10] or kbd:[Ctrl + X] to boot your system with the edited " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:287 +msgid "" +"If the system started successfully, you can log in normally. Then you will " +"need to disable the graphical boot permanently - otherwise you will have to " +"perform the previous procedure every time the system boots. To permanently " +"change boot options, do the following." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disabling Graphical Boot Permanently" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:290 +msgid "Log in to the `root` account using the [command]#su -# command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:294 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#su -#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:297 +msgid "" +"Open the `/etc/default/grub` configuration file using a plain text editor " +"such as [application]*vim*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:299 +msgid "" +"Within the `grub` file, locate the line beginning with " +"`GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX`. The line should look similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"rd.lvm.lv=rhel/root rd.md=0 rd.dm=0 vconsole.keymap=us " +"$([ -x /usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel-param ] && /usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel-param || " +":) rd.luks=0 vconsole.font=latarcyrheb-sun16 rd.lvm.lv=vg_rhel/swap rhgb " +"quiet\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:307 +msgid "On this line, delete the `rhgb` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:309 +msgid "Save the edited configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:311 +msgid "Refresh the boot loader configuration by executing the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:315 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:431 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:318 +msgid "" +"After you finish this procedure, you can reboot your computer. {PRODUCT} " +"will not use the graphical boot sequence any more. If you wish to enable " +"graphical boot, follow the same procedure, add the `rhgb` option to the " +"`GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX` line in the `/etc/default/grub` file and refresh the " +"boot loader configuration again using the [command]#grub2-mkconfig# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:320 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:447 +msgid "" +"See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for more information about " +"working with the [application]*GRUB2* boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:322 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting into a Graphical Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:325 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the [application]*X Window System* and a desktop " +"environment such as [application]*GNOME*, but are not seeing a graphical " +"desktop environment once you log into your system, you can start it manually " +"using the [command]#startx# command. Note, however, that this is just a " +"one-time fix and does not change the log in process for future log ins." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:327 +msgid "" +"To set up your system so that you can log in at a graphical login screen, " +"you must change the default [application]*systemd* target to " +"`graphical.target`. When you are finished, reboot the computer. You will " +"presented with a graphical login prompt after the system restarts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Graphical Login as Default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:330 +msgid "" +"Open a shell prompt. If you are in your user account, become root by typing " +"the [command]#su -# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:332 +msgid "" +"Change the default target to `graphical.target`. To do this, execute the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:336 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# systemctl set-default graphical.target\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:339 +msgid "" +"Graphical login is now enabled by default - you will be presented with a " +"graphical login prompt after the next reboot. If you want to reverse this " +"change and keep using the text-based login prompt, execute the following " +"command as `root`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:343 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# systemctl set-default multi-user.target\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:346 +msgid "" +"For more information about targets in [application]*systemd*, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "No Graphical User Interface Present" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:351 +msgid "" +"If you are having trouble getting [application]*X* (the [application]*X " +"Window System*) to start, it is possible that it has not been " +"installed. Some of the pre-set base environments you can select during the " +"installation, such as `Minimal install` or `Web Server`, do not include a " +"graphical interface - it has to be installed manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:353 +msgid "" +"If you want [application]*X*, you can install the necessary packages after " +"the installation using the [application]*DNF* package manager. For example, " +"to install [application]*GNOME*, use [command]#dnf install gnome-shell# as " +"`root`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "X Server Crashing After User Logs In" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:357 +msgid "" +"If you are having trouble with the [application]*X* server crashing when a " +"user logs in, one or more of your file systems may be full (or nearly " +"full). To verify that this is the problem you are experiencing, execute the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:361 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#df -h#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:364 +msgid "" +"The output will help you diagnose which partition is full - in most cases, " +"the problem will be on the `/home` partition. A sample output of the " +"[command]#df# command may look similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:376 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted " +"on\n" +"/dev/mapper/vg_rhel-root 20G 6.0G 13G 32% /\n" +"devtmpfs 1.8G 0 1.8G 0% /dev\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 2.7M 1.8G 1% /dev/shm\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 1012K 1.8G 1% /run\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 0 1.8G 0% " +"/sys/fs/cgroup\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 2.6M 1.8G 1% /tmp\n" +"/dev/sda1 976M 150M 760M 17% /boot\n" +"/dev/dm-4 90G 90G 0 100% /home\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:380 +msgid "" +"In the above example, you can see that the `/home` partition is full, which " +"causes the crash. You can make some room on the partition by removing " +"unneeded files. After you free up some disk space, start [application]*X* " +"using the [command]#startx# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:382 +msgid "" +"For additional information about [command]#df# and an explanation of the " +"options available (such as the [option]#-h# option used in this example), " +"see the `df(1)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:384 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is Your RAM Not Being Recognized?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:387 +msgid "" +"In some cases the kernel does not recognize all of your memory (RAM), which " +"causes the system to use less memory than is installed. You can find out how " +"much RAM is being utilized using the [command]#free -m# command. If the " +"displayed total amount of memory does not match your expectations, it is " +"likely that at least one of your memory modules is faulty. On BIOS-based " +"systems, you can use the [application]*Memtest86+* utility to test your " +"system's memory - see " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-memtest[Loading the " +"Memory (RAM) Testing Mode] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:392 +msgid "" +"If you have 4GB or more memory installed, but {PRODUCT} only shows around " +"3.5GB or 3.7GB, you have probably installed a 32-bit version of {PRODUCT} on " +"a 64bit kernel. For modern systems, use the 64-bit (x86_64) version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:394 +msgid "" +"Some hardware configurations have a part of the system's RAM reserved and " +"unavailable to the main system. Notably, laptop computers with integrated " +"graphics cards will reserve some memory for the GPU. For example, a laptop " +"with 4{nbsp}GB of RAM and an integrated Intel graphics card will show only " +"roughly 3.7{nbsp}GB of available memory, even with a 64-bit system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:396 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the [application]*kdump* crash kernel dumping mechanism " +"reserves some memory for the secondary kernel used in case of the primary " +"kernel crashing. This reserved memory will also not be displayed as " +"available when using the [command]#free# command. For details about " +"[application]*kdump* and its memory requirements, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:400 +msgid "" +"If you made sure that your memory does not have any issues, you can try and " +"set the amount of memory manually using the [option]#mem=# kernel option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:401 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuring the Memory Manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:407 +msgid "" +"In the list of options, find the kernel line - that is, the line beginning " +"with the keyword `linux` (or, in some cases, `linux16`). Append the " +"following option to the end of this line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:411 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mem=pass:attributes[{blank}]_xx_pass:attributes[{blank}]M\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:414 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:425 +msgid "Replace _xx_ with the amount of RAM you have in megabytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:418 +msgid "" +"Wait for the system to boot and log in. Then, open a command line and " +"execute the [command]#free -m# command again. If total amount of RAM " +"displayed by the command matches your expectations, append the following to " +"the line beginning with `GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX` in the `/etc/default/grub` file " +"to make the change permanent:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:427 +msgid "" +"After you updated the file and saved it, refresh the boot loader " +"configuration so that the change will take effect. Run the following command " +"with root privileges:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:434 +msgid "" +"In `/etc/default/grub`, the above example would look similar to the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:444 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"GRUB_TIMEOUT=5\n" +"GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR=\"$(sed 's, release.*$,,g' /etc/system-release)\"\n" +"GRUB_DEFAULT=saved\n" +"GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU=true\n" +"GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT=\"console\"\n" +"GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"rd.lvm.lv=rhel/root vconsole.font=latarcyrheb-sun16 " +"rd.lvm.lv=rhel/swap $([ -x /usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel.param ] && " +"/usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel-param || :) vconsole.keymap=us rhgb quiet " +"mem=1024M\"\n" +"GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY=\"true\"\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/po/site.yml.fr.po b/l10n/po/site.yml.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65a5e3b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/po/site.yml.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value - Key: title +#: >site +#, no-wrap +msgid "Local Preview" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/nav.pot b/l10n/pot/nav.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..935eee4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/nav.pot @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/nav.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"xref:index.adoc[Installation Guide] ** xref:Preface.adoc[Preface] ** " +"xref:Introduction.adoc[Introduction] ** " +"xref:Downloading_Fedora.adoc[Downloading Fedora] ** Installing Fedora *** " +"xref:install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc[Preparing for Installation] *** " +"xref:install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc[Booting the Installation] *** " +"xref:install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc[Installing Using Anaconda] *** " +"xref:install/After_Installation.adoc[After the Installation] *** " +"xref:install/Troubleshooting.adoc[Troubleshooting] ** Advanced Installation " +"Options *** xref:advanced/Boot_Options.adoc[Boot Options] *** " +"xref:advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc[Automating the Installation with " +"Kickstart] *** xref:advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server] *** xref:advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc[Installing " +"Using VNC] *** xref:advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc[Upgrading " +"Your Current System] ** Technical Appendixes *** " +"xref:appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc[Kickstart Syntax Reference] " +"*** xref:appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc[An Introduction to Disk Partitions] " +"*** xref:appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc[Understanding LVM] ** " +"xref:Revision_History.adoc[Revision History]" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/Downloading_Fedora.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/Downloading_Fedora.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d01eb84 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/Downloading_Fedora.pot @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Downloading Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Editions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Fedora provides three primary Editions tailored for some specific use " +"cases. link:++https://getfedora.org++[] offers Fedora Cloud for scalable " +"infrastructure, Fedora Server for organizational infrastructure, and Fedora " +"Workstation for the developer and desktop user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"For alternative desktop environments or media built for more niche purposes, " +"check out link:++https://spins.fedoraproject.org++[Fedora Spins]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Each of these downloads provides a different set of default packages, but " +"you can add to your system after the initial installation to customize it " +"for your needs. The installation process is the same for all spins and " +"Editions, so you can use this guide for any choice you make." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Which Architecture Is My Computer?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"Most modern systems are 64{nbsp}bit x86 architecture. If your computer was " +"manufactured after 2007, or you aren't sure, you probably have a `x86_64` " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"Changing a Fedora installation from one architecture to another is not " +"supported. Use the following table to determine the architecture of your " +"computer according to the type of processor. Consult your manufacturer's " +"documentation for details on your processor, or resources such as " +"link:++http://ark.intel.com/++[] or link:++http://products.amd.com/++[], if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Processor and architecture types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Processor manufacturer and model|Architecture type for Fedora\n" +"|some Intel Atom, Core series, Pentium 4, and recent vintage Xeon; AMD " +"Athlon, Duron, some Semprons; and older; VIA C3, C7|`i386`\n" +"|some Intel Atom, Core 2 series, Core i series and Xeon; \n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\tAMD: Athlon 64, Athlon II, Sempron64, Phenom series, Fusion " +"series, Bulldozer series and Opteron; Apple MacBook, MacBook Pro, and " +"MacBook Air|`x86_64`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Media Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Several media types are available. Choose the one that best suits your " +"requirements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Live Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Live images allow you to preview Fedora before installing it. Instead of " +"booting directly into the installer, a live image loads the same environment " +"you'll get after installation. Fedora Workstation and Fedora Spins are live " +"images." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"Use a live image to install your favorite system, test Fedora on new " +"hardware, troubleshoot, or share with friends." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DVD Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"DVD images boot directly into the installation enviroment, and allow you to " +"choose from a variety of packages that are provided with it. In Fedora 21, " +"the DVD option is only available in the *Fedora Server* Edition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Use the Fedora Server DVD image when you want customized Fedora Server " +"installations using an offline installation source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "netinstall Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"The netinstall image boots directly into the installation environment, and " +"uses the online Fedora package repositories as the installation source. With " +"a netinstall image, you can select a wide variety of packages to create a " +"customized installation of Fedora." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"The Fedora Server netinstall image is a universal one, and can be used to " +"install any Fedora Edition or your own set of favorite packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ARM images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"For many ARM systems, Fedora provides preconfigured filesystem images. Write " +"the image to removable media and boot directly into a Fedora installation " +"that's ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"ARM devices often require special setup procedures that aren't covered in " +"this guide. Start learning about Fedora ARM at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Architectures/ARM++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Cloud Images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"Fedora Cloud images are preconfigured filesystem images with very few " +"packages installed by default. They include special tools for interacting " +"with cloud platforms, and are not intended to be used outside of cloud " +"environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"Fedora Cloud comes in several varieties. The Fedora Cloud Base image is a " +"minimal base for cloud deployments. The Fedora Cloud Atomic image is a " +"Docker container host that uses " +"link:++http://www.projectatomic.io/++[Project Atomic] technology for " +"updates. A Docker base image for Fedora is also available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"Cloud images are preconfigured and do not require installation as described " +"in this guide. Get started using Fedora Cloud at " +"link:++http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Cloud++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"The tiny images at link:++https://boot.fedoraproject.org/++[] are written to " +"CDs, USB drives, or even floppy disks. The BFO image loads installation " +"media from Fedora's servers and directly loads an installation environment, " +"like the netinstall ISO." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:58 +msgid "BFO images work like PXE deployments, without having to set up a server." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/Introduction.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/Introduction.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f3df57 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/Introduction.pot @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This guide covers installation of Fedora, a Linux distribution built on free " +"and open source software. This manual helps you install Fedora on desktops, " +"laptops, and servers. The installation system is easy to use even if you " +"lack previous knowledge of Linux or computer networks. If you select default " +"options, Fedora provides a complete desktop operating system, including " +"productivity applications, Internet utilities, and desktop tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"This document details the full range of installation options, including " +"those that apply only in limited or unusual circumstances. Understanding of " +"all topics described in this document is not necessary to successfully " +"perform the installation in most cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Background" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "About Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"To find out more about {PRODUCT}, visit the " +"link:++http://fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Project Website]. Other " +"documentation describing additional topics related to {PRODUCT} is available " +"at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Documentation]. Also " +"see the " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_Project_Wiki++[{PRODUCT} " +"Project Wiki]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting Additional Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"If you encounter any problems which are not described in documentation, you " +"might get help from members of the community - developers, users, and " +"others. There are many ways to get help: the Ask Fedora website, mailing " +"lists, forums, or IRC. For a summary of available resources, see the " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicating_and_getting_help++[Communicating " +"and Getting Help] page on the {PRODUCT} wiki." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "About This Document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Goals" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:32 +msgid "This guide helps a reader:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:34 +msgid "Understand how to locate the {PRODUCT} distribution online" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:36 +msgid "Create configuration data that allows a computer to boot {PRODUCT}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:38 +msgid "Understand and interact with the {PRODUCT} installation program" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:40 +msgid "Complete basic post-installation configuration of a {PRODUCT} system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"This guide does not cover *use* of {PRODUCT}. To learn how to use an " +"installed {PRODUCT} system, see the other manuals available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[Fedora Documentation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Target Audience" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"This guide is intended for {PRODUCT} users of all levels of " +"experience. However, it describes the installation process and its many " +"options in far greater detail than most users are likely to require. You do " +"not need to read and understand this entire document to install {PRODUCT} on " +"a computer. This document is most likely to help experienced users perform " +"advanced and unusual installations." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/Preface.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/Preface.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9f8fee --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/Preface.pot @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Acknowledgments" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"Certain portions of this text first appeared in the [citetitle]_Red Hat " +"Enterprise Linux Installation Guide_, copyright © 2014 Red Hat, Inc. and " +"others, published by Red Hat at " +"link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/++[]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/Revision_History.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/Revision_History.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae109f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/Revision_History.pot @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Revision History" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"Note that revision numbers relate to the edition of this manual, not to " +"version numbers of Fedora." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.4-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:10 +msgid "Mon Jun 20 2016, Clayton Spicer (cspicer@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:12 +msgid "Fedora 24 Final release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:14 +msgid "Added boot option [option]#inst.nosave=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:16 +msgid "Typo fixes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.3-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:18 +msgid "Mon Nov 02 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:20 +msgid "Fedora 23 Final release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:22 +msgid "Kickstart commands and boot options updated for F23" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:24 +msgid "Many typo fixes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.2-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:26 +msgid "Mon May 25 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.cogm)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:28 +msgid "Fedora 22 Final release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"References to [application]*Yum* replaced with [application]*DNF* (the new " +"default package manager)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"Updates in boot options: [option]#inst.dnf# replaced with " +"[option]#inst.nodnf#, added [option]#inst.kdump_addon=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"Updates in Kickstart: [command]#%anaconda#, [command]#%addon#, " +"[command]#sshkey#, [command]#pwpolicy#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:36 +msgid "Added the `Kdump` screen to the GUI docs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.1-2`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:38 +msgid "Sun Dec 21 2014, Zach Oglesby (zach@oglesby.co)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:40 +msgid "Fixed Windows checksum steps, BZ#1175759" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.1-1`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:42 +msgid "Mon Dec 15 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"Fixes in Boot Options: inst.headless is deprecated, inst.askmethod moved " +"from removed to Installation Source" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:46 +msgid "Parts of the network boot setup chapter have been updated with correct URLs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"Updates in Recommended Partitioning Scheme and Advice on Partitions in the " +"Manual Partitioning section of the installation chapter" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.1-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:50 +msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:52 +msgid "Publishing for Fedora 21" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.0-1`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:54 +msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Pete Travis (immanetize@fedoraproject.org)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:56 +msgid "added info on media types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`1.0-0`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:58 +msgid "Tue Dec 17 2013, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:59 +msgid "Publishing for Fedora 20" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Author_Group.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Author_Group.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f77490 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Author_Group.pot @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Documentation Project" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:4 +msgid "{blank}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Feedback.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Feedback.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5f80df --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Feedback.pot @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "We want feedback" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"indexterm:[feedback,contact information for this manual] If you find errors " +"or have suggestions for improvement, we want your advice. Submit a report in " +"Bugzilla against the product `{PRODUCT}` and the component `{BOOKID}`. The " +"following link automatically loads this information for you: {BZURL}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:10 +msgid "In Bugzilla:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"Provide a short summary of the error or your suggestion in the `Summary` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Copy the following template into the `Description` field and give us the " +"details of the error or suggestion as specifically as you can. If possible, " +"include some surrounding text so we know where the error occurs or the " +"suggestion fits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Document URL:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Section number and name:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Error or suggestion:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Additional information:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:27 +msgid "Click the btn:[Submit Bug] button." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aa92bd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.pot @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:5 +msgid "Copyright {YEAR} {HOLDER}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:7 +msgid "" +"The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under " +"a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license " +"(\"CC-BY-SA\"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at " +"link:++http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/++[]. The original " +"authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the " +"\"Attribution Party\" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, " +"if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the " +"URL for the original version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and " +"agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted " +"by applicable law." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, " +"Fedora, the Infinity Logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., " +"registered in the United States and other countries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"For guidelines on the permitted uses of the Fedora trademarks, refer to " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Linux* (R) is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United " +"States and other countries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Java* (R) is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*XFS* (R) is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its " +"subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*MySQL* (R) is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the " +"European Union and other countries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:22 +msgid "All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/entities.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/entities.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d553dc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/entities.pot @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0355671 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual Partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Manual Partitioning` screen allows you to create a storage " +"configuration for your {PRODUCT} system manually, giving you a greater " +"control over your system's storage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"In most other installers for both Linux and other operating systems, disk " +"partitioning usually takes a \"bottom-up\" approach. In these installers, " +"you first create underlying devices such as LVM physical volumes, then you " +"create a layout such as LVM on top of them, then you create file systems on " +"top of logical volumes, and the last step is usually assigning a mount point " +"to each volume as needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"[application]*Anaconda* uses an opposite approach. First, you create all " +"separate mount points you need, and everything needed to create them " +"(creating a volume group, logical volumes inside it, and physical volumes " +"where the volume group will reside) is performed automatically. You can then " +"adjust the automatic settings as you require." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"No permanent changes will be made to your disks during the actual " +"partitioning process. The configuration you have selected will only be " +"written to your system after you press the `Begin installation` button in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen. At this point" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"When you first open the `Manual Partitioning` screen, the column on the left " +"side will display all previously existing partitions on all drives which you " +"selected as installation targers in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]. If none of the selected drives contain any existing " +"partitions, then a message informing you that no mount points currently " +"exist will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Here, you can choose a partitioning scheme such as `LVM` or `BTRFS` and " +"click the `Click here to create them automatically` to prompt the installer " +"to create a basic partitioning layout; this layout follows the guidelines " +"described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]. The created layout is a basic layout where " +"partition/volume sizes are determined automatically based on the total " +"amount of available space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button to add a mount point. In the dialog window that opens, " +"choose a mount point such as `/` or `/home`, and the desired capacity for " +"the mount point (such as `10GB` or `500MB`). Note that specifying the mount " +"point is mandatory, but you do not have to specify the capacity at this " +"point; this is useful when adding a mount point which you want to make " +"larger than the current available space permits. Then, click `Add mount " +"point` to add it to the list using the default settings, which means it will " +"be created as a logical volume, and a new volume group will be created for " +"it unless one already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"Then, select the newly created mount point in the list on the left side. A " +"set of controls will display on the right side of the screen, allowing you " +"to change its mount point, the device on which it will physically reside, " +"its capacity, file system, etc. When you change any settings, press `Update " +"Settings` on the bottom right. This will save the adjusted configuration; " +"you can now create another mount point, or select a different existing one " +"and adjust its settings as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"For a description of available device and file system types, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a mount point, select it in the list and press the `-` button " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:42 +msgid "" +"The exact steps for configuring your storage depend on your specific needs " +"and your system configuration. Procedures for creating specific layouts are " +"described further in this chapter. Before you start, you should also review " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] and " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice " +"on Partitions] for a list of requirements and tips for partitioning your " +"disks for {PRODUCT}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"Below the list of existing mount points are two fields, showing you how much " +"free space is left on your storage devices and how much total space they " +"have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Click the `pass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ storage devices selected` to view a " +"summary of currently selected storage devices; this may help you with " +"orientation in more complicated storage schemas. Devices displayed here are " +"the ones you have selected in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]. If you want to add or remove any storage devices from your " +"configuration, return to that screen and change your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"You can press the `Reset All` button in the bottom right corner at any time " +"to reset the storage configuration to the state it was in when you last " +"opened the `Manual Partitioning` screen. This means that if you modify the " +"storage configuration, leave the screen, and then come back, the Reset " +"button will reset the configuration back to the already modified state, " +"discarding only the changes you have made recently, not all changes to the " +"storage configuration since you booted the installer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"To discard all changes, and to also detect any new drives which have not " +"been detected when the installer started (usually when you attached a new " +"drive after you started), press the button marked by a circular arrow in the " +"set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the " +"screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until " +"the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in " +"the `Local Standard Disks` section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Rescan Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Rescan Disks dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_RescanDisks.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring your system storage, press `Done` in the top " +"left corner to save the configuration and return to the `Installation " +"Summary` screen. At this point, the installer will check if your storage " +"configuration is valid. If an error was detected, a message will be " +"displayed at the bottom of the screen. Click the message to open a dialog " +"window explaining what kind of error has been detected (for example, you put " +"`/boot` on a Btrfs subvolume, or you did not create a BIOS Boot partition " +"when your system requires one)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"If such a message is displayed, go back and fix any issues found by the " +"installer; otherwise you will not be able to proceed with the " +"installation. You can also press `Done` again to return to the `Installation " +"Summary` anyway, but a storage configuration error will prevent you from " +"starting the actual installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"If no error message is displayed and if you made any changes since the last " +"time you have visited this screen, a summary dialog will appear, displaying " +"a detailed list of the changes you made. Review the list and click `Accept " +"Changes` to proceed with " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary], or click `Cancel & Return to Custom Partitioning` if you want to " +"make any more changes." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00c1667 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.pot @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Btrfs Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Btrfs_ is a type of file system, but it has several features characteristic " +"of a storage device. It is designed to make the file system tolerant of " +"errors, and to facilitate the detection and repair of errors when they " +"occur. It uses checksums to ensure the validity of data and metadata, and " +"maintains snapshots of the file system that can be used for backup or " +"repair." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Creating a Btrfs layout is somewhat similar to LVM (described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]) with slightly different " +"terminology. A Btrfs _volume_ is the equivalent of an LVM volume group, and " +"a Btrfs _subvolume_ is similar to a LVM logical volume. An important " +"difference to note is how [application]*Anaconda* reports sizes for separate " +"mount points: For LVM, the exact size of each logical volume is shown next " +"to each mount point in the left pane, while with Btrfs, the total size of " +"the entire volume is shown next to each subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Some partition types - notably the `/boot` and `/usr` directories and the " +"BIOS Boot and EFI partitions - can not be placed on Btrfs subvolumes. Use " +"standard physical volumes for them (or an LVM logical volume for " +"`/usr`). See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create Btrfs Subvolume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:23 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to create Btrfs volumes and subvolumes:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Btrfs Subvolumes and Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for " +"the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, " +"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the " +"main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"When creating a mount point for swap on Btrfs, specify the mount point as " +"`swap`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount " +"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a Btrfs " +"subvolume by changing the `Device Type` option to `Btrfs`. Then, click " +"`Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"In the `Volume` menu, you can see that the subvolume has been assigned to an " +"automatically created volume, which is named after the {PRODUCT} variant you " +"are installing (for example, `fedora-server00`. Click the `Modify` button " +"under the drop-down menu to access the volume settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Volume` dialog, you can change the volume's name, its " +"`RAID level` (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and " +"you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume should " +"reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this " +"volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the " +"volume will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume with " +"RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"You can also make sure that the volume is encrypted by selecting the " +"`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire " +"volume. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk " +"encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume by selecting the " +"`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the " +"volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the Btrfs volume settings, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"If you need to create more than one Btrfs volume, open the `Volume` " +"drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new " +"dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous " +"step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level " +"and size policy for the new volume, and click `Save`. The new volume will " +"then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can then go " +"through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign them to " +"a different volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the subvolume - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to " +"apply any changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional Btrfs subvolumes you want to " +"create. Note that when creating additional subvolumes, a new volume is not " +"automatically created each time; instead, any additional subvolumes are " +"assigned to an existing volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it " +"is assigned to the correct volume, that it has sufficient capacity, and that " +"it has a descriptive name so you can identify the subvolume later if you " +"need to." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7b9a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.pot @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) presents a simple logical view of " +"underlying physical storage space, such as hard drives or LUNs. Partitions " +"on physical storage are represented as _physical volumes_ that can be " +"grouped together into _volume groups_. Each volume group can be divided into " +"multiple _logical volumes_, each of which is analogous to a standard disk " +"partition. Therefore, LVM logical volumes function as partitions which can " +"span multiple physical disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"See " +"xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding " +"LVM] for additional information about the concepts behind Logical Volume " +"Management." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Some partition types - notably the `/boot` directory and the BIOS Boot and " +"EFI partitions - can not be placed on logical volumes. Use standard physical " +"volumes for them. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create LVM Logical Volume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:23 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to create LVM logical volumes and volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating LVM Logical Volumes and Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for " +"the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, " +"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the " +"main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"When creating a mount point for swap on LVM, specify the mount point as " +"`swap`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume, and a volume group has been " +"created to contain it. Select the newly created mount point in the left pane " +"to configure it further. If you want to use thin provisioning for this " +"volume, change the `Device Type` option to `LVM Thin Provisioning`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"In the `Volume Group` menu, you can see that the volume has been assigned to " +"an automatically created volume group, which is named after the {PRODUCT} " +"variant you are installing (for example, `fedora-server`. Click the `Modify` " +"button under the drop-down menu to access the volume group settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Volume Group` dialog, you can change the volume group's " +"name, its `RAID level` (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and " +"you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume group should " +"reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this " +"volume group by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the " +"volume group will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume " +"group with RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"You can also make sure that the volume group is encrypted by selecting the " +"`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire volume " +"group. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk " +"encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume group by selecting the " +"`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the " +"volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the volume group settings, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"The configuration dialog does not allow you to specify the size of the " +"volume group's _physical extents_. The size will always be set to the " +"default value of 4 MiB. If you want to create a volume group with different " +"physical extents, create it manually by switching to an interactive shell " +"and using the [command]#vgcreate# command, or use a Kickstart file with the " +"[command]#volgroup " +"--pesize=pass:attributes[{blank}]_size_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:63 +msgid "" +"If you need to create more than one volume group, open the `Volume Group` " +"drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new " +"dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous " +"step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level " +"and size policy for the new group, and click `Save`. The new volume group " +"will then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can " +"then go through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign " +"them to a different volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:65 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the logical volume - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to " +"apply any changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:67 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional logical volumes you want to " +"create. Note that when creating additional LVM logical volumes, a new volume " +"group is not automatically created each time; instead, any additional " +"volumes are assigned to an existing group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it " +"is assigned to the correct group, that it has sufficient capacity, and that " +"it has a descriptive name so you can identify the volume later if you need " +"to." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad0e8c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.pot @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Standard Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Standard partitions_ are the most common type of partition, with the widest " +"support across operating systems. For example, Microsoft Windows uses " +"exclusively physical partitions and can not natively work with LVM or " +"Btrfs. Most {PRODUCT} partitioning setups will also require at least one " +"standard partition for the `/boot` directory, and possibly also another " +"standard partition with the BIOS Boot or EFI System file system to store the " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"See xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An " +"Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the " +"concepts behind physical partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create Standard Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure below to create mount points on standard physical " +"partitions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate mount point - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for " +"the partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, " +"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and return to " +"the main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a swap partition, specify the mount point as `swap`. For a " +"BIOS Boot partition, use `biosboot`. For an EFI System Partition, use " +"`/boot/efi`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"For information about these partition types, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount " +"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a physical " +"partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `Standard " +"Partition`. Then, click `Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the " +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that " +"the partition has been assigned to one or more hard drives. Click the " +"`Modify` button to configure on which drive this partition will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical " +"devices (disks) this volume *may* reside on. You can select one or more " +"disks which will be used to hold this volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and " +"clicking each disk in the list. If you select multiple disks here, " +"[application]*Anaconda* will determine where exactly the partition should be " +"created based on how you configured the rest of the installation. If you " +"want to make sure that this partition is placed on a specific hard drive, " +"select only that drive and unselect all others." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any " +"changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions you want to " +"create." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a953b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.pot @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Device, File System and RAID Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} supports multiple types of devices and file systems. The lists " +"below offer a short description of each available device, file system and " +"RAID type and notes on their usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"To select a device type or a file system of a partition or a logical volume, " +"select it in the list in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning] and select a `Device Type` and a `File System` from their " +"respective drop-down menus on the right side of the screen. Then, click " +"`Update Settings` and repeat this process for all mount points you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"To configure software RAID, make sure that you have enough physical hard " +"drives selected as installation targets (the number of separate drives " +"required for each type of RAID is noted in its description). Then, choose a " +"RAID level when creating or modifying a Btrfs volume or LVM volume group, or " +"select `Software RAID` as the device type to create software RAID with " +"standard partitions. For detailed instructions, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating " +"a Btrfs Layout], " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout], and " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating " +"Software RAID] as needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Device Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"`Standard Partition` - A standard partition can contain a file system or " +"swap space. Standard partitions are most commonly used for `/boot` and the " +"BIOS Boot and EFI System partitions. LVM logical volumes or Btrfs subvolumes " +"are recommended for most other uses. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An " +"Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the " +"concepts behind physical partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"`LVM` - Choosing `LVM` as the `Device Type` creates an LVM logical volume " +"and a volume group to contain it (unless one already exists, in which case " +"the new volume is assigned to the existing group). LVM can improve " +"performance when using physical disks and allows you to use multiple disks " +"for a single mount point. For information on how to create a logical volume, " +"see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]. Also see " +"xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding " +"LVM] for some additional information about LVM in general." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"`LVM Thin Provisioning` - Using thin provisioning, you can manage a storage " +"pool of free space, known as a _thin pool_, which can be allocated to an " +"arbitrary number of devices when needed by applications. The thin pool can " +"be expanded dynamically when needed for cost-effective allocation of storage " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"`RAID` - Creating two or more software RAID partitions allows you to create " +"a software RAID device. One RAID partition is assigned to each disk on the " +"system. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating " +"Software RAID] for instructions on creating software RAID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"`BTRFS` - Btrfs is a file system with several device-like features. It is " +"capable of addressing and managing more files, larger files, and larger " +"volumes than the ext2, ext3, and ext4 file systems. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating " +"a Btrfs Layout] for more information about creating Btrfs volumes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File Systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"`ext4` - The ext4 file system is based on the ext3 file system and features " +"a number of improvements. These include support for larger file systems and " +"larger files, faster and more efficient allocation of disk space, no limit " +"on the number of subdirectories within a directory, faster file system " +"checking, and more robust journaling. Ext4 is the default and recommended " +"file system used by {PRODUCT} Workstation and Cloud. The maximum supported " +"size of a single ext4 file system is 50 TB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"`ext3` - The ext3 file system is based on the ext2 file system and has one " +"main advantage - journaling. Using a journaling file system reduces time " +"spent recovering a file system after a crash, as there is no need to check " +"the file system for metadata consistency by running the [command]#fsck# " +"utility every time a crash occurs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"`ext2` - An ext2 file system supports standard Unix file types, including " +"regular files, directories, or symbolic links. It provides the ability to " +"assign long file names, up to 255 characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"`swap` - Swap partitions are used to support virtual memory. In other words, " +"data is written to a swap partition when there is not enough RAM to store " +"the data your system is processing. A swap partition should always be " +"created; see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details such as the recommended size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"`xfs` - XFS is a highly scalable, high-performance file system that supports " +"file systems up to 16 exabytes (approximately 16 million terabytes), files " +"up to 8 exabytes (approximately 8 million terabytes), and directory " +"structures containing tens of millions of entries. XFS also supports " +"metadata journaling, which facilitates quicker crash recovery. The maximum " +"supported size of a single XFS file system is 500 TB. Starting with " +"{PRODUCT}{nbsp}22, XFS is the default and recommended file system on " +"{PRODUCT} Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Note that the size of an XFS file system can not currently be reduced " +"without destroying and recreating the file system. If you expect that you " +"will need to adjust the sizes of your file systems often, using XFS is not " +"recommended, as it makes administration substantially more time-consuming." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"`vfat` - The VFAT file system is a Linux file system that is compatible with " +"Microsoft Windows long file names on the FAT file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"`BIOS Boot` - A very small partition required for booting from a device with " +"a GUID partition table (GPT) on BIOS systems and UEFI systems in BIOS " +"compatibility mode. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"`EFI System Partition` - A small partition required for booting a device " +"with a GUID partition table (GPT) on a UEFI system. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software RAID Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"`RAID0 (Performance)` - Distributes data across multiple disks. Level 0 RAID " +"offers increased performance over standard partitions and can be used to " +"pool the storage of multiple disks into one large virtual device. Note that " +"Level 0 RAIDs offer no redundancy and that the failure of one device in the " +"array destroys data in the entire array. RAID 0 requires at least two disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"`RAID1 (Redundancy)` - Mirrors all data from one partition onto one or more " +"other disks. Additional devices in the array provide increasing levels of " +"redundancy. RAID 1 requires at least two disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"`RAID4 (Error Checking)` - Distributes data across multiple disks and uses " +"one disk in the array to store parity information which safeguards the array " +"in case any disk within the array fails. Because all parity information is " +"stored on one disk, access to this disk creates a \"bottleneck\" in the " +"array's performance. Level 4 RAID requires at least three disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"`RAID5 (Distributed Error Checking)` - Distributes data and parity " +"information across multiple disks. Level 5 RAIDs therefore offer the " +"performance advantages of distributing data across multiple disks, but do " +"not share the performance bottleneck of level 4 RAIDs because the parity " +"information is also distributed through the array. RAID 5 requires at least " +"three disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"`RAID6 (Redundant Error Checking)` - Level 6 RAIDs are similar to level 5 " +"RAIDs, but instead of storing only one set of parity data, they store two " +"sets. RAID 6 requires at least four disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:62 +msgid "" +"`RAID10 (Performance, Redundancy)` - Level 10 RAIDs are nested RAIDs or " +"hybrid RAIDs. They are constructed by distributing data over mirrored sets " +"of disks. For example, a level 10 RAID array constructed from four RAID " +"partitions consists of two mirrored pairs of striped partitions. RAID 10 " +"requires at least four disks." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1b5044 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.pot @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advice on Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"There is no best way to partition every system; the optimal setup depends on " +"how you plan to use the system being installed. However, the following tips " +"may help you find the optimal layout for your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Consider encrypting any partitions and volumes which might contain sensitive " +"data. Encryption prevents unauthorized people from accessing the data on the " +"partitions, even if they have access to the physical storage device. In most " +"cases, you should at least encrypt the `/home` partition, which contains " +"user data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"In some cases, creating separate mount points for directories other than " +"`/`, `/boot` and `/home` may be useful; for example, on a server running a " +"[application]*MySQL* database, having a separate mount point for " +"`/var/lib/mysql` will allow you to preserve the database during a " +"reinstallation without having to restore it from backup afterwards. However, " +"having unnecessary separate mount points will make storage administration " +"more difficult." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Some special restrictions apply to certain directories with regards on which " +"partitioning layouts can they be placed. Notably, the `/boot` directory must " +"always be on a physical partition (not on an LVM volume or a Btrfs " +"subvolume), and `/usr` can not be on a Btrfs subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"If you are new to Linux, consider reviewing the [citetitle]_Linux Filesystem " +"Hierarchy Standard_ at " +"link:++http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/FHS_2.3/fhs-2.3.html++[] for " +"information about various system directories and their contents." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"Each kernel installed on your system requires approximately 20 MB on the " +"`/boot` partition. The default partition size of 500 MB for `/boot` should " +"suffice for most common uses; increase the size of this partition if you " +"plan to keep many kernels installed at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"The `/var` directory holds content for a number of applications, including " +"the [application]*Apache* web server, and is used by the [application]*DNF* " +"package manager to temporarily store downloaded package updates. Make sure " +"that the partition or volume containing `/var` has at least 3 GB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"The contents of the `/var` directory usually change very often. This may " +"cause problems with older solid state drives (SSDs), as they can handle a " +"lower number of read/write cycles before becoming unusable. If your system " +"root is on an SSD, consider creating a separate mount point for `/var` on a " +"classic (platter) HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"The `/usr` directory holds the majority of software on a typical {PRODUCT} " +"installation. The partition or volume containing this directory should " +"therefore be at least 5 GB for minimal installations, and at least 10 GB for " +"installations with a graphical environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"If `/usr` or `/var` is partitioned separately from the rest of the root " +"volume, the boot process becomes much more complex because these directories " +"contain boot-critical components. In some situations, such as when these " +"directories are placed on an iSCSI drive or an FCoE location, the system may " +"either be unable to boot, or it may hang with a `Device is busy` error when " +"powering off or rebooting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"This limitation only applies to `/usr` or `/var`, not to directories below " +"them. For example, a separate partition for `/var/www` will work without " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"Consider leaving a portion of the space in an LVM volume group " +"unallocated. This unallocated space gives you flexibility if your space " +"requirements change but you do not wish to remove data from other " +"volumes. You can also select the `Thin provisioning` device type for the " +"partition to have the unused space handled automatically by the volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"The size of an `XFS` file system can not be reduced - if you need to make a " +"partition or volume with this file system smaller, you must back up your " +"data, destroy the file system, and create a new, smaller one in its " +"place. Therefore, if you expect needing to manipulate your partitioning " +"layout later, you should use the `ext4` file system instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"Use Logical Volume Management (LVM) if you anticipate expanding your storage " +"by adding more hard drives after the installation. With LVM, you can create " +"physical volumes on the new drives, and then assign them to any volume group " +"and logical volume as you see fit - for example, you can easily expand your " +"system's `/home` (or any other directory residing on a logical volume)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Creating a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System Partition may be necessary, " +"depending on your system's firmware, boot drive size, and boot drive disk " +"label. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for information about these partitions. Note that the " +"graphical installer will not let you create a BIOS Boot or EFI System " +"Partition if your system does *not* require one - in that case, they will be " +"hidden from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"If you need to make any changes to your storage configuration after the " +"installation, {PRODUCT} repositories offer several different tools which can " +"help you do this. If you prefer a command line tool, try " +"[package]*system-storage-manager*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b64bade --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.pot @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recommended Partitioning Scheme" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:8 +msgid "In most cases, at least the following mount points should always be created:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/boot` - 500 MB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"This partition contains the operating system kernel, which allows {PRODUCT} " +"to boot. It also contains other files used during the bootstrap process. Due " +"to the limitations of most firmware, creating a separate, small standard " +"partition for this directory is recommended. In most scenarios, a 500 MB " +"`/boot` partition is adequate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"If your system has a hardware RAID controller, be aware that some BIOS types " +"do not support booting from it. In that case, the `/boot` partition must be " +"created on a partition outside of the RAID array, such as on a separate hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"Also note that the `/boot` directory can not be placed on a LVM logical " +"volume or a Btrfs subvolume. Use a standard partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/` (root) - 10 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"This is where the root directory is located. The root directory is the top " +"level of the directory structure. By default, all files are written to this " +"partition unless a different partition is mounted in the path being written " +"to (for example, `/boot` or `/home`). If you follow the recommended scheme " +"described in this section, this will be the partition where most software " +"packages will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"For a minimal installation, a 5 GB root partition will be " +"sufficient. However, for most common installations which include extra " +"packages and a graphical user interface, the root partition should be at " +"least 10 GB; with 20 GB being sufficient for most common use cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"The `/` mount point is the top of the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy, and is " +"referred to as the _root file system_, or root. The `/root` directory, " +"sometimes pronounced " +"\"pass:attributes[{blank}]_slash-root_pass:attributes[{blank}]\", is the " +"home directory for the `root` user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/home` - at least 10 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"To store user data separately from system data, create a dedicated mount " +"point for the `/home` directory. This partition should be sized based on the " +"amount of data that will be stored locally, number of users, and so on. This " +"will allow you to upgrade or reinstall {PRODUCT} without erasing user data " +"files. During the installation, a separate `/home` partition will be created " +"if there are 50 GB or more free space for your {PRODUCT} installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"When using {PRODUCT} as a workstation for normal use with a graphical " +"environment, this mount point should have the most disk space assigned to " +"it, as it will likely hold the most data (user settings, images, videos, " +"etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "swap - based on your system parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Swap partitions support virtual memory; data is written to them when there " +"is not enough RAM to store the data your system is processing. This " +"partition's size is a function of system memory workload, not total system " +"memory, and therefore is not equal to the total system memory " +"size. Therefore, it is important to analyze what applications a system will " +"be running and the load those applications will serve in order to determine " +"the system memory workload. Application providers and developers should be " +"able to provide some guidance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"When the system runs out of swap space, the kernel terminates processes as " +"the system RAM memory is exhausted. Configuring too much swap space results " +"in storage devices being allocated but idle and is a poor use of " +"resources. Too much swap space can also hide memory leaks. The maximum size " +"for a swap partition and other additional information can be found in the " +"`mkswap(8)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"The table below provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending " +"on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory " +"for your system to hibernate. If you let the installation program partition " +"your system automatically, the swap partition size will be established using " +"these guidelines. Automatic partitioning setup assumes hibernation is not in " +"use, and the maximum size of the swap partition is limited to 10% of the " +"total size of the hard drive. If you want to set up enough swap space to " +"allow for hibernation, or if you want to set the swap partition size to more " +"than 10% of the system's storage space, you must edit the partitioning " +"layout manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recommended System Swap Space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Amount of RAM in the system|Recommended swap space|Recommended swap space " +"if allowing for hibernation\n" +"|less than 2 GB|2 times the amount of RAM|3 times the amount of RAM\n" +"|2 GB - 8 GB|Equal to the amount of RAM|2 times the amount of RAM\n" +"|8 GB - 64 GB|0.5 times the amount of RAM|1.5 times the amount of RAM\n" +"|more than 64 GB|workload dependent|hibernation not recommended\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 " +"GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), discretion can be exercised with regard " +"to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow " +"for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"Distributing swap space over multiple storage devices - particularly on " +"systems with fast drives, controllers and interfaces - also improves swap " +"space performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIOS Boot (1 MB) or EFI System Partition (200 MB)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"The [application]*GRUB2* boot loader can be installed either in the _Master " +"Boot Record_ (MBR) or the _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) of the boot " +"device. In order to determine which of these methods to use, the " +"installation program considers the following variations:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Systems with BIOS firmware and UEFI systems in BIOS compatibility mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"If the disk is already formatted, the partitioning scheme is retained. If " +"the disk is not formatted, or you have erased all existing partitions from " +"the disk, the installer will choose the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*** MBR if the size of the disk is less than 2 TB (terabytes)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*** GPT if the size of the disk is more than 2 TB\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"You can force the installer to use GPT on disks smaller than 2 TB by using " +"the [option]#inst.gpt# boot option as described in " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#chap-anaconda-boot-options[Boot " +"Options]. However, the opposite is not possible - you can not use MBR on " +"disks larger than 2 TB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:72 +msgid "" +"You need to create a _BIOS Boot_ partition with a size of 1 MB to install on " +"a system with BIOS firmware if the disk containing the boot loader uses " +"GPT. If the disk uses a MBR, no special partition is necessary on a BIOS " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Systems with UEFI firmware:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:74 +msgid "" +"Only GPT is allowed on UEFI systems. In order to install on a formatted disk " +"with a MBR, it must be reformated and relabeled. All data currently on the " +"disk will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:76 +msgid "" +"UEFI-based systems require an _EFI System Partition_ at least 50 MB in size " +"(recommended size is 200 MB), regardless of the partitioning scheme." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"If your system requires either a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System " +"Partition based on the requirements detailed above, this partition must be " +"created as a standard physical partition. It can not reside on an LVM volume " +"or a Btrfs subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:83 +msgid "" +"Also note that if your system does not require any of these partitions, they " +"will not be shown in the `File System` menu in mount point options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:87 +msgid "" +"Many systems have more partitions than the minimum listed above. Choose " +"partitions based on your particular needs. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice " +"on Partitions] for additional information and advice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:92 +msgid "" +"Only assign storage capacity to those partitions you require " +"immediately. You may allocate free space at any time, to meet needs as they " +"occur." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"If you are not sure how best to configure the partitions for your computer, " +"accept the automatic default partition layout provided by the installation " +"program as described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0248790 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.pot @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Software RAID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"_Redundant arrays of independent disks_ (RAIDs) are constructed from " +"multiple storage devices that are arranged to provide increased performance " +"and, in some configurations, greater fault tolerance. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] a description of different kinds of RAIDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"A RAID device is created in one step, and disks are added or removed as " +"necessary. One RAID partition per physical disk is allowed for each device, " +"so the number of disks available to the installation program determines " +"which levels of RAID device are available to you. For example, if your " +"system has two hard drives, the installation program will not allow you to " +"create a RAID10 device, which requires 4 separate partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"This section only explains how to create software RAID with standard " +"(physical) partitions. However, you can also configure LVM volume groups and " +"Btrfs volumes to use RAID and place their logical volumes or Btrfs " +"subvolumes on top of this RAID array. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating " +"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout] and " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating " +"a Btrfs Layout] for instructions on creating RAID in LVM and Btrfs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create Software RAID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"RAID configuration options are only visible if you have selected two or more " +"disks for installation. At least two disks are required to create a RAID " +"device, and some RAID layouts will require more. Requirements for different " +"types of RAID are described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:30 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to create software RAID:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount " +"points. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create " +"a separate software RAID partition - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a " +"size for the new partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for " +"example, `50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and " +"return to the main partitioning screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"When creating a mount point for swap on software RAID, specify the mount " +"point as `swap`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means " +"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount " +"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a software " +"RAID partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `RAID`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Choose a RAID type from the `RAID Level` drop-down menu. Available RAID " +"types and their requirements are described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that " +"the partition has been assigned to several physical disks. Click the " +"`Modify` button to configure on which drives this partition will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical " +"devices (disks) this partition *may* reside on. You can select one or more " +"disks which will be used to hold this partition by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] " +"and clicking each disk in the list. If you want to make sure that this " +"partition is placed on a specific set of hard drives, select only those " +"drives and unselect all others." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to " +"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, " +"`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any " +"changes to the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions with software " +"RAID you want to create." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2066e90 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Date & Time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Date & Time` screen allows you to configure time and date-related " +"settings for your system. This screen is automatically configured based on " +"the settings you selected in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection], but you can change your date, time and " +"location settings before you begin the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screenshot of the Date & Time screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"First, select your `Region` using the drop-down menu in the top left corner " +"of the screen. Then, select your `City`, or the city closest to your " +"location in the same time zone. Selecting a specific location helps " +"{PRODUCT} ensure that your time is always set correctly including automatic " +"time changes for daylight savings time if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"You can also select a time zone relative to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) " +"without setting your location to a specific region. To do so, select `Etc` " +"as your region." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The list of cities and regions comes from the Time Zone Database " +"([package]*tzdata*) public domain, which is maintained by the Internet " +"Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The Fedora Project can not add cities or " +"regions into this database. You can find more information at the " +"link:++http://www.iana.org/time-zones++[IANA official website]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"The switch labeled `Network Time` in the top right corner of the screen can " +"be used to enable or disable network time synchronization using the Network " +"Time Protocol (NTP). Enabling this option will keep your system time correct " +"as long as the system can access the internet. By default, four NTP _pools_ " +"are configured; you can add others and disable or remove the default ones by " +"clicking the gear wheel button next to the switch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Add and mark for usage NTP servers dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"A dialog window allowing you to add or remove NTP pools from your system " +"configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke_AddNTP.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"If you disable network time synchronization, the controls at the bottom of " +"the screen will become active, and you will be able to set the current time " +"and date manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"After configuring your time and date settings, press the `Done` button in " +"the top left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d325f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Destination - Specialized & Network Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"This part of the `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure " +"non-local storage devices, namely iSCSI and FCoE storage. This section will " +"mostly be useful to advanced users who have a need for networked disks. For " +"instructions on setting up local hard drives, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"This section only explains how to make existing network disks available " +"inside the installer. It does not explain how to set up your network or a " +"storage server, only how to connect to them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Destination - Network Storage Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "A list of currently configured network storage devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/FilterSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The screen contains a list of all currently available (discovered) network " +"storage devices. When the screen is opened for the first time, the list will " +"be empty in most cases because no network storage has been discovered - the " +"installer makes no attempt at discovering this unless you configure network " +"disks using a Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"To add one or more storage devices to the screen so you can search them and " +"use them in the installation, click `Add iSCSI Target` or `Add FCoE SAN` in " +"the bottom right corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-iscsi[Add " +"iSCSI Target] or " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-fcoe[Add " +"FCoE SAN], depending on which type of network storage you want to add." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"Network storage devices successfully discovered and configured by the " +"installer will then be displayed in the main list, along with identifying " +"information such as `Name`, `WWID`, `Model` and `Target`. To sort the list " +"by a specific column (for example `WWID`), click the column's heading." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"On lower display resolutions, the list may be too wide to fit on the screen, " +"and some of the columns or buttons may be hidden initially. Use the " +"horizontal scroll bar at the bottom of the list to move your view and see " +"all available table columns and controls." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"There are three tabs on the top of the list, which display different " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Search" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Displays all available devices, regardless of their type, and allows you to " +"filter them either by their _World Wide Identifier_ (WWID) or by the port, " +"target, or logical unit number (LUN) at which they are accessed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Multipath Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"Storage devices accessible through more than one path, such as through " +"multiple SCSI controllers or Fiber Channel ports on the same system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"The installation program only detects multipath storage devices with serial " +"numbers that are 16 or 32 characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other SAN Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:47 +msgid "Devices available on a Storage Area Network (SAN)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Depending on the tab you are currently in, you can filter the discovered " +"devices by using the `Filter By` field. Some of the filtering options are " +"automatically populated based on discovered devices (for example, if you " +"select `Filter By:` `Vendor`, another drop-down menu will appear showing all " +"vendors of all discovered devices). Other filters require your input (for " +"example when filtering by WWID), and present you with a text input field " +"instead of a drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"In the list (regardless of how it is filtered), each device is presented on " +"a separate row, with a check box to its left. Mark the check box to make the " +"device available during the installation process; this will cause this " +"device (node) to be shown in the `Specialized & Network Disks` section in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]. There, you can select the disk as an installation target and " +"proceed with either manual or automatic partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"Devices that you select here are not automatically wiped by the installation " +"process. Selecting a device on this screen does not, in itself, place data " +"stored on the device at risk. Also note that any devices that you do not " +"select here to form part of the installed system can be added to the system " +"after installation by modifying the `/etc/fstab` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"When you have selected the storage devices to make available during " +"installation, click `Done` to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..921c35b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.pot @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add FCoE SAN" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The following procedure explains how to add _Fibre Channel over Ethernet_ " +"(FCoE) storage devices and make them available during the installation:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add FCoE Target" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"Click the `Add FCoE SAN` button in the bottom right corner of " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. A new dialog window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Select the network interface (`NIC`) which is connected to your FCoE switch " +"from the drop-down menu. Note that this network interface must be configured " +"and connected - see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network " +"& Hostname]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:16 +msgid "Below the `NIC` drop-down menu are two choices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`Use DCB`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"_Data Center Bridging_ (DCB) is a set of enhancements to the Ethernet " +"protocols designed to increase the efficiency of Ethernet connections in " +"storage networks and clusters. This option should only be enabled for " +"network interfaces that require a host-based DCBX client. Configurations on " +"interfaces that implement a hardware DCBX client should leave this check box " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`Use auto vlan`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"This option indicates whether VLAN discovery should be performed. If this " +"box is checked, then the _FCoE Initiation Protocol_ (FIP) VLAN discovery " +"protocol will run on the Ethernet interface once the link configuration has " +"been validated. If they are not already configured, network interfaces for " +"any discovered FCoE VLANs will be automatically created and FCoE instances " +"will be created on the VLAN interfaces. This option is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"After you select which interface and options to use, click `Add FCoE " +"Disk(s)`. Discovered FCoE storage devices will be displayed under the `Other " +"SAN Devices` tab in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..190f95c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.pot @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add iSCSI Target" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"To use iSCSI storage devices, the installer must be able to discover them as " +"_iSCSI targets_ and be able to create an iSCSI session to access them. Both " +"of these steps may require a user name and password for _Challenge Handshake " +"Authentication Protocol_ (CHAP) authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"You can also configure an iSCSI target to authenticate the iSCSI initiator " +"on the system to which the target is attached (_reverse CHAP_), both for " +"discovery and for the session. Used together, CHAP and reverse CHAP are " +"called _mutual CHAP_ or _two-way CHAP_. Mutual CHAP provides the greatest " +"level of security for iSCSI connections, particularly if the user name and " +"password are different for CHAP authentication and reverse CHAP " +"authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:12 +msgid "Follow the procedure below to add an iSCSI storage target to your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Click the `Add iSCSI Target` button in the bottom right corner of the " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks] screen. A new dialog window " +"titled `Add iSCSI Storage Target` will open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:18 +msgid "Enter the IP address of the iSCSI target in the `Target IP Address` field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"Provide a name in the `iSCSI Initiator Name` field for the iSCSI initiator " +"in _iSCSI Qualified Name_ (IQN) format. A valid IQN entry contains:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** The string `iqn.` (including the period).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** A date code specifying the year and month in which your organization's " +"Internet domain or subdomain name was registered, represented as four digits " +"for the year, a dash, and two digits for the month, followed by a " +"period. For example, represent September 2010 as `2010-09.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** Your organization's Internet domain or subdomain name, presented in " +"*reverse* order (with the top-level domain first). For example, represent " +"the subdomain storage.example.com as `com.example.storage`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** A colon (`:`) followed by a string which uniquely identifies this " +"particular iSCSI initiator within your domain or subdomain. For example, " +"`:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:30 +msgid "A complete IQN will therefore look as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`iqn.2010-09.com.example.storage:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"An example using the correct format is also displayed below the input field " +"for reference." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"For more information about IQNs, see [citetitle]_3.2.6. iSCSI Names in RFC " +"3720 - Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI)_, available from " +"link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3720#section-3.2.6++[] and " +"[citetitle]_1. iSCSI Names and Addresses in RFC 3721 - Internet Small " +"Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI) Naming and Discovery_, available from " +"link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3721#section-1++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Specify the type of authentication to use for iSCSI discovery using the " +"`Discovery Authentication Type` drop-down menu. Depending on which type of " +"authentication you selected, additional input fields (such as `CHAP " +"Username` and `CHAP Password` may then become visible. Fill in your " +"authentication credentials; these should be provided by your organization." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"Click the `Start Discovery` button. The installer will now attempt to " +"discover an iSCSI target based on the information you provided, and if the " +"target requires CHAP or reverse CHAP authentication, it will attempt to use " +"the credentials you provided. This process may take some time (generally " +"less than 30 seconds), depending on your network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"If the discovery was *not* successful, an error message will be displayed in " +"the dialog window. This message will vary based on which part of the " +"discovery failed. If the installer did not find the target you specified at " +"all, you should check the IP address; if the problem is an authentication " +"error, make sure you entered all CHAP and reverse CHAP credentials correctly " +"and that you have access to the iSCSI target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"The `No nodes discovered` error message may also mean that all nodes on the " +"address you specified are already configured. During discovery, " +"[application]*Anaconda* ignores nodes which have already been added." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"If the discovery was successful, you will see a list of all discovered " +"nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"Select one or more nodes you want to log in to by marking or unmarking the " +"check box next to each node discovered on the target. Below the list, select " +"again the type of authentication you want to use; you can also select the " +"`Use the credentials from discovery` option if the CHAP/reverse CHAP user " +"name and password you used to discover the target are also valid for logging " +"in to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"After selecting all nodes you want to use, click `Log In` to initiate an " +"iSCSI session. [application]*Anaconda* will attempt to log in to all " +"selected nodes. If the login process is succesful, the `Add iSCSI Storage " +"Target` dialog will close, and all nodes you have configured will now be " +"shown in the list of network disks in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:59 +msgid "" +"You can repeat this procedure to discover additional iSCSI targets, or to " +"add more nodes from a previously configured target. However, note that once " +"you click the `Start Discovery` button for the first time, you will not be " +"able to change the `iSCSI Initiator Name`. If you made an error when " +"configuring the initiator name, you must restart the installation." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eec4600 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.pot @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Initial Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Initial Setup` screen is shown after the installation finishes and the " +"installed system boots for the first time, before the first login, assuming " +"the following conditions have been met:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Your software selection contained a graphical environment (for example, you " +"installed the system using a {PRODUCT} Workstation live image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"The graphical environment you have installed is *not* [application]*GNOME " +"Desktop Environment* (it provides its own initial setup utility which is " +"described in xref:After_Installation.adoc#sect-gnome-initial-setup[GNOME " +"Initial Setup])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:14 +msgid "The [package]*initial-setup* package has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:16 +msgid "You have not configured every screen available in the graphical installer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The main Initial Setup screen. This example shows all options; not all of " +"them may be shown" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/InitialSetupHub.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* allows you to configure several system " +"settings. All of these can also be configured during the installation, but " +"they are not required to finish it. Only the settings which have *not* been " +"configured during the installation will be shown; for example, if you did " +"not create a non-`root` user account during the installation, " +"[application]*Initial Setup* will start after the first reboot, and you will " +"be able to configure one. If you configured all available options during the " +"instalaltion, [application]*Initial Setup* will not be displayed at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"To configure any aspect of the system available in the utility, click any of " +"the links available in the main window (for example, `Create User`). Each " +"link leads to a separate screen with separate options; these screens are the " +"same ones which were available during the graphical installation. If you " +"need help, press `Help` in the top left corner to open a new window " +"containing directions for that screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring any screen, press the `Done` button in the top " +"left corner to return to the main [application]*Initial Setup* menu. After " +"you finish configuring all settings, click `Finish Configuration` in the " +"bottom right corner to save all configured settings. The configuration " +"utility will close and you will be able to log in to the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to configure [application]*Initial Setup* to display all " +"available options, even if they have been already configured during the " +"installation. To do so, you must use a Kickstart file at the start of the " +"installation, and this file must contain the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# [command]firstboot --enable --reconfig#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--reconfig# option specifies that all options should be " +"displayed. See " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"Normally, it is not possible to return to [application]*Initial Setup* after " +"you close it and log in to the system. You can make it display again (after " +"the next reboot, before a login prompt is displayed), by executing the " +"following command as `root`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# systemctl enable initial-setup-graphical.service\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:52 +msgid "Then, reboot your system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d9f660 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kdump" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"This screen is disabled by default. To enable it during the installation, " +"you must use the [option]#inst.kdump_addon=on# option at the boot menu. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-advanced[Advanced " +"Installation Options] for details, and " +"xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu] for " +"instructions on using custom boot options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Use this screen to select whether or not [application]*Kdump* will be " +"activated on the installed system, and how much memory will be reserved for " +"it if enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Kdump configuration screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/KdumpSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"[application]*Kdump* is a kernel crash dumping mechanism which, in the event " +"of a system crash, captures the contents of the system memory at the moment " +"of failure. This captured memory can then be analyzed to find the cause of " +"the crash. If [application]*Kdump* is enabled, it must have a small portion " +"of the system's memory (RAM) reserved to itself. This reserved memory will " +"not be accessible to the main kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"To enable [application]*Kdump* on the installed system, check " +"`Enabled`. Then, select either `Automatic` or `Manual` memory reservation " +"settings, and if you selected `Manual`, enter the amount of memory to be " +"reserved in megabytes into the `Memory to be reserved` field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"The amount of memory which you should reserve is determined based on your " +"system's architecture (AMD64 and Intel{nbsp}64 will have different " +"requirements than IBM Power, for example) as well as the total amount of " +"system memory. In most cases, automatic reservation will be satisfactory. If " +"you insist on manual settings, see the " +"link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/Kernel_Crash_Dump_Guide/appe-supported-kdump-configurations-and-targets.html#sect-kdump-memory-requirements++[Red{nbsp}Hat " +"Enterprise{nbsp}Linux{nbsp}7 Kernel Crash Dump Guide] for guidelines. This " +"document also contains more in-depth information about how " +"[application]*Kdump* works, how to configure additional settings, and how to " +"analyze a saved crash dump." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"The `Usable System Memory` readout below the reservation input field shows " +"how much memory will be accessible to your main system once your selected " +"amount of RAM is reserved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"Additional settings, such as the location where kernel crash dumps will be " +"saved, can only be configured after the installation using either the " +"`system-config-kdump` graphical interface, or manually in the " +"`/etc/kdump.conf` configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"After configuring [application]*Kdump* settings, click btn:[Done] in the top " +"left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0b4746 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Keyboard Layout` screen allows you to set up one or more keyboard " +"layouts for your system and a way to switch between them. One keyboard " +"layout is configured automatically based on your selection in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection], but you can change this layout and add " +"additional ones before you begin the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"Keyboard layouts are a separate setting from system languages, and these two " +"settings can be mixed as you see fit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"All settings configured in this screen will be available on the installed " +"system, and they will also become immediately available inside the " +"installer. You can use the keyboard icon in the top right corner of any " +"screen, or the keyboard switch you configured in this screen, to cycle " +"between your configured layouts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The keyboard layout configuration screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/KeyboardSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"The left half of the screen contains a window listing all currently " +"configured layouts. The order in which the layouts are displayed is " +"important - the same order will be used when switching between layouts, and " +"the first listed layout will be the default on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"The text field on the right side of the screen can be used to test the " +"currently selected layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"You can click a layout in the list to highlight it. At the bottom of the " +"list, there is a set of buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"The `+` button adds a new layout. When you press this button, a new window " +"opens with a list of all available layouts, grouped by language. You can " +"find a layout by browsing the list, or you can use the search bar at the " +"bottom of this window. When you find the layout you want to add, highlight " +"it and press `Add`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "The `-` button removes the currently highlighted layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"The up and down buttons can be used to move the highlighted layout up or " +"down in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The keyboard button opens a new window which offers a visual representation " +"of the highlighted layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"If you use a layout that cannot accept Latin characters, such as `Russian`, " +"you are advised to also add the `English (United States)` layout and " +"configure a keyboard combination to switch between the two layouts. If you " +"only select a layout without Latin characters, you may be unable to enter a " +"valid `root` password and user credentials later in the installation " +"process. This may prevent you from completing the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"You can also optionally configure a keyboard switch which can be used to " +"cycle between available layouts. To do so, click the `Options` button on the " +"right side of the screen. The `Layout Switching Options` dialog will open, " +"allowing you to configure one or more keys or key combinations for " +"switching. Select one or more key combinations using the check boxes next to " +"them, and click `OK` to confirm your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring keyboard layouts and switches, click `Done` in " +"the top left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9c3fe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Language Support` screen allows you to configure language settings for " +"your system. The default language is determined by your selection in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection] and support for this language can not be " +"removed. You can only add additional languages, which will be available on " +"the installed system - not during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the default language, or the language used during the " +"installation, you must reboot your system, start the installer again, and " +"select a different language in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome " +"Screen and Language Selection]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Adding support for another language does not automatically configure the " +"corresponding keyboard layout. Layouts are a separate setting configured in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard " +"Layout]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The language configuration screen. The left side shows that at least one " +"variant of English and French have been selected; the right column shows " +"that French (France) and French (Canada) are selected in the currently " +"highlighted French group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/LangSupportSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"The left panel contains a list of available language groups such as " +"`English` or `Bulgarian`. If at least one language from a group is selected, " +"a check mark will be displayed next to the group, and the list entry will be " +"highlighted. This allows you to easily see which languages you have " +"configured support for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"To add support for one or more additional languages, click a group in the " +"left panel, and then select one or more regional variations in the right " +"panel using check boxes next to list entries. Repeat this process for all " +"languages you want to install support for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"Enabling support for some languages (typically languages which use non-Latin " +"script) will install additional packages - for example, enabling support for " +"one or more languages from the `Arabic` group will also install the " +"`arabic-support` package group. For more information about packages, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software " +"Selection]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, click `Done` in the top left corner to " +"return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03072c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network & Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Network & Hostname` screen is used to configure network " +"interfaces. Options selected here will be available both during the " +"installation (if needed for tasks such as downloading packages from a remote " +"location) and on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Network configuration is an expansive topic and many of the options " +"available during the installation are beyond the scope of this document. For " +"detailed information about networking, including both theoretical topics and " +"specific instructions and examples, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} " +"Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Network & Hostname screen. In the left pane" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/NetworkSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"Locally accessible interfaces are automatically detected by the installation " +"program and cannot be manually added or deleted. All detected interfaces are " +"listed on the left side of the screen. Click an interface in the list to " +"display its current configuration (such as IP and DNS address); the details " +"are displayed on the right side of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Below the list of interfaces are two buttons. Use the `+` button to add a " +"virtual network interface (Team, Bond or VLAN) as described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding " +"a Virtual Network Interface]. To remove a previously created virtual " +"interface, select it in the list and click the `-` button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"To change settings such as IP addresses, DNS servers, or routing " +"configuration for an existing interface (both virtual and physical), select " +"the interface in the left pane and click `Configure` in the bottom right " +"corner of the screen. Available settings are described in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing " +"Network Interface Configuration]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Use the `ON`pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]`OFF` switch in " +"the top right corner to enable or disable the currently selected interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"Below the list of connections, enter a host name for this computer in the " +"`Hostname` input field. The host name can be either a _fully-qualified " +"domain name_ (FQDN) in the format _hostname_._domainname_, or a short host " +"name with no domain name. Many networks have a _Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol_ (`DHCP`) service that automatically supplies connected systems " +"with a domain name; to allow the `DHCP` service to assign the domain name to " +"this machine, only specify the short host name." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5150bb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.pot @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing Network Interface Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"This section only details the most important settings for a typical wired " +"connection used during installation. Many of the available options do not " +"have to be changed in most installation scenarios and are not carried over " +"to the installed system. Configuration of other types of networks is broadly " +"similar, although the specific configuration parameters may be different. To " +"learn more about network configuration after installation, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a network connection manually, select that connection in the " +"list on the left side of the screen, and click the `Configure` button. A " +"dialog will appear that allows you to configure the selected connection. The " +"configuration options presented depends on the connection type - the " +"available options will be slightly different depending on whether it is a " +"physical interface (wired or wireless network interface controller) or a " +"virtual interface (Bond, Team or Vlan) which you previously configured in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding " +"a Virtual Network Interface].. A full description of all configuration " +"settings for all connection types is beyond the scope of this document; see " +"the [citetitle]_Networking Guide_ for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:12 +msgid "The most common and useful options in the configuration dialog are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Enable or disable the connection by default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"In the `General` tab of the configuration dialog, you can select or unselect " +"the `Automatically connect to this network when it is available` check box " +"to allow or disallow this connection to connect by default. When enabled on " +"a wired connection, this means the system will typically connect during " +"startup (unless you unplug the network cable); on a wireless connection, it " +"means that the interface will attempt to connect to any known wireless " +"networks in range." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can allow or disallow all users on the system from " +"connecting to this network using the `All users may connect to this network` " +"option. If you disable this option, only `root` will be able to connect to " +"this network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to only allow a specific user other than `root` to use " +"this interface, because no other users are created at this point during the " +"installation. If you need a connection for a different user, you must " +"configure it after the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up static IPv4 or IPv6 settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"By default, both `IPv4` and `IPv6` are set to automatic configuration " +"depending on current network settings. This means that addresses such as the " +"local IP address, DNS address, and other settings will be detected " +"automatically each time the interface connects to a network. In many cases, " +"this is sufficient, but you can also provide static configuration in the " +"`IPv4 Settings` and `IPv6 Settings`, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"To set static network configuration, navigate to one of the settings tabs " +"and select a method other than `Automatic` (for example, `Manual`) from the " +"`Method` drop-down menu. This will enable the `Addresses` field below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"In the `IPv6 Settings` tab, you can also set the method to `Ignore` to " +"disable `IPv6` on this interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"Then, click `Add` on the right side and add a set of settings: `Address`, " +"`Netmask` (for `IPv4`), `Prefix` (for `IPv6`), and `Gateway`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"The `DNS servers` field accepts one or more IP addresses of DNS servers - " +"for example, `10.0.0.1,10.0.0.8`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"The final option in both tabs is `Require IPvpass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ " +"addressing for this connection to complete`. Select this option in the " +"`IPv4` tab to only allow this connection if `IPv4` was successful; the same " +"principle applies to this setting in the `IPv6` tab. If this option remains " +"disabled for both `IPv4` and `IPv6`, the interface will be able to connect " +"if configuration succeeds on either IP protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure routes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:42 +msgid "" +"In the `IPv4 Settings` and `IPv4 Settings` tabs, click the `Routes` button " +"in the bottom right corner to configure routing settings for a specific IP " +"protocol on an interface. A new dialog will open, allowing you to `Add` a " +"specific route." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"If you confire at least one static route, you can disallow all routes not " +"specifically configured here by enabling the `Ignore automatically obtained " +"routes`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Select `Use this connection only for resources on its network` to prevent " +"this connection from becoming the default route. This option can be selected " +"even if you did not configure any static routes. Enabling this option means " +"that this route will only be used when necessary to access certain " +"resources, such as intranet pages which require a local or VPN " +"connection. Another (default) route will be used for publicly available " +"resources if possible. Note that unlike the additional routes configured in " +"this dialog, this setting will be transferred to the installed system. Also " +"note that this option is only useful when more than one interface is " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"When you finish configuring the interface's routing settings, click `OK` to " +"return to the configuration dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Once you finish configuring the interface, click `Save` in the configuration " +"window's bottom right corner to save your settings and return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network " +"& Hostname]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..490e7b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.pot @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding a Virtual Network Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"To add a virtual network interface, click the `+` button at the bottom of " +"the interface list. A new window will open, prompting you to select one of " +"the three available types of virtual interfaces:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"`Bond` - NIC (_Network Interface Controller_) Bonding, a method to bind " +"multiple physical network interfaces together into a single bonded channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"`Team` - NIC Teaming, a new implementation to aggregate links, designed to " +"provide a small kernel driver to implement the fast handling of packet " +"flows, and various applications to do everything else in user space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"`Vlan` (_Virtual LAN_) - A method to create multiple distinct broadcast " +"domains which are mutually isolated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Select the interface type you want to add, and click `Add`. Another dialog " +"window will open, allowing you to edit any available settings for your " +"chosen interface type. For information about available settings, see the " +"respective sections of the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, " +"available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. Basic documentation " +"is also available in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing " +"Network Interface Configuration]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"To access the settings dialog again after you closed it, select the same " +"interface in the list of configured interfaces and click `Configure` in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen. To remove a virtual interface, select it " +"in the list and click the `-` button below." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..355832e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Root Password` screen is used to configure the `root` password for your " +"system. This password will be used to log into the administrator (also known " +"as superuser) account, which is used for system administration tasks such as " +"installing and updating software packages and changing system-wide " +"configuration such as network and firewall settings, storage options and " +"adding or modifying users, groups and file permissions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"The `root` account will always be created during the installation. However, " +"you should always also create a normal user accont in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-create-user[Create " +"User] and use that account to log in to the system. Only switch to the " +"administrator account only when you need to perform a task which requires " +"administrator access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"The `root` account has complete control over the system. If an unauthorized " +"person gains access to this account, they can access or delete all users' " +"personal files or otherwise exploit the machine for their own nefarious " +"purposes. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed documentation about " +"account security and guidelines for choosing a strong password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Root Password screen. Use the text input fields to provide your root " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/PasswordSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Once you choose a strong password, enter it in the `Root Password` " +"field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for " +"security. Then, type the same password into the `Confirm` field to ensure " +"you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will " +"determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password " +"weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which " +"aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 " +"characters.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to " +"choose a different, stronger password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"Once you configure the superuser password, click `Done` in the top left " +"corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration " +"and Installation Progress]. If you selected a weak password, you must press " +"the button twice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22f0335 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.pot @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration and Installation Progress" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Configuration` screen is displayed after you finish configuring all " +"required items in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary] and press the `Begin installation` button. After this point, the " +"installation process actually starts and changes are being made to your " +"selected disks. It is not possible to go back to the `Installation Summary` " +"and change any settings configured there; if you need to do so, you must " +"wait for the installation process to finish, reboot your system, log in and " +"change your settings on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Configuration screen. Two more screens at the top require " +"configuration. Installation progress is displayed at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/ProgressHub.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"In the top part of the screen, two additional options are available, " +"allowing you to configure authentication settings - the `root` password and " +"an additional user account. Configuring the `root` password is required to " +"finish the installation; creating a user account can be skipped. If you do " +"so, you will be prompted to create a non-root user account after the " +"installation finishes and your system reboots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"The bottom of the screen shows a progress bar and a message informing you of " +"the current progress of the installation. When the installation finishes and " +"the `root` password has been set, you can press the `Finish configuration` " +"button to reboot your computer and log in to your newly installed {PRODUCT} " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"Before you finish the installation and reboot, either remove the media (CD, " +"DVD or a USB drive) which you used to start the installation, or make sure " +"that your system tries to boot from the hard drive before trying removable " +"media. Otherwise, your computer will start the installer again instead of " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c09dddd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Software Selection` screen allows you to choose a _Base Environment_ " +"and _Add-ons_. These options control which software packages will be " +"installed on your system during the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:10 +msgid "" +"This screen is only available if " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-source[Installation " +"Source] is properly configured and only after the installer has downloaded " +"package metadata from the source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to select specific packages during a manual " +"installation. You can only select pre-defined environments and add-ons. If " +"you need to control exactly which packages are installed, you must use a " +"Kickstart file and define the packages in the [command]#%packages# " +"section. See " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"The availability of environments and add-ons depends on your installation " +"source. By default, the selection depends on the installation media you used " +"to start the installation; Fedora{nbsp}Server installation image will have " +"different environments and add-ons available for selection than, for " +"example, the Fedora{nbsp}Cloud image. You can change this by configuring a " +"different installation source containing different environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Software Selection screen. On the left side" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SoftwareSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"To configure your software selection, first choose an environment on the " +"left side of the screen. Only one environment can be chosen, even if more " +"are available. Then, on the right side of the screen, select one or more " +"add-ons which you want to install by marking the check boxes next to each " +"add-on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"The list of add-ons is divided into two parts by a horizontal line. Add-ons " +"above this line are defined as part of your chosen environment; if you " +"select a different environment, the add-ons available here will change. The " +"add-ons displayed below the separator are not specific to your chosen " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"Environments and add-ons are defined using a `comps.xml` file in your " +"installation source (for example, in the `repodata/` directory on the full " +"Fedora{nbsp}Server installation DVD). Review this file to see exactly which " +"packages will be installed as part of a certain environment or add-on. For " +"more information about the `comps.xml` file, see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages " +"(required) - Package Selection]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring your software selection, click `Done` in the " +"top left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42ae940 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Source" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Installation Source` screen allows you to specify a location (local or " +"on the network) from which packages will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. This screen will be configured automatically in most cases, but you " +"can change your settings or add additional sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Normally, when you first enter the `Installation Summary` screen, the " +"installer will attempt to configure an installation source based on the type " +"of media you used to boot. The full {PRODUCT} Server DVD will configure the " +"source as local media, the netinst ISO image will configure the closest " +"network mirror, etc. This process takes some time, especially if the default " +"source is a network mirror. If you plan to use a custom installation source, " +"use the [option]#inst.askmethod# boot option to skip the initial " +"configuration; this will allow you to enter this screen immediately. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the " +"Installation Source] for information about boot options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Installation Source screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SourceSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The following options are available. Note that not all of them may be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Auto-detected installation media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"This is the option selected by default if you started the installer from " +"media containing an installation source, such as a live DVD. No additional " +"configuration is necessary. You can click the `Verify` button check the " +"media integrity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ISO file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"This option will appear if the installation program detected a partitioned " +"hard drive with mountable file systems during boot. Select this option, " +"click the btn:[Choose an ISO] button, and browse to the installation ISO " +"file's location on your system. You can click the `Verify` button to check " +"the file's integrity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On the network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Use this option to download packages to be installed from a network location " +"instead of local media. This is the default selection on network " +"installation media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the `Closest mirror` option available from the protocol " +"selection drop-down menu is preferable. If this option is selected, packages " +"for your system will be downloaded from the most suitable location (mirror)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"To manually configure a network-based installation source, use the drop-down " +"menu to specify the protocol to be used when downloading packages. This " +"setting depends on the server you want to use. Then, type the server address " +"(without the protocol) into the address field. If you choose NFS, a second " +"input field will appear where you can specify custom `NFS mount options`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"When selecting an NFS installation source, you must specify the address with " +"a colon (`:`) character separating the host name from the path. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_server.example.com_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_/path/to/directory_pass:attributes[{blank}]`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"To configure a proxy for an HTTP or HTTPS source, click the btn:[Proxy " +"setup] button. Check `Enable HTTP proxy` and type the URL into the `Proxy " +"URL` box. If the proxy server requires authentication, check `Use " +"Authentication` and enter your user name and password. Click btn:[OK] to " +"finish the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"If your HTTP or HTTPS URL refers to a repository mirror list, mark the check " +"box under the address field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"You can also specify additional repositories in the `Additional " +"repositories` section to gain access to more installation environments and " +"software add-ons. All environments and add-ons will be available for " +"selection in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software " +"Selection] once you finish configuring the sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"To add a repository, click the btn:[+] button. To delete a repository, " +"select one in the list and click the btn:[-] button. Click the arrow icon to " +"revert to the previous list of repositories, i.e. to replace current entries " +"with those that were present at the time you entered the `Installation " +"Source` screen. To activate or deactivate a repository, click the check box " +"in the `Enabled` column at each entry in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"You can name your additional repository and configure it the same way as the " +"primary repository on the network using the input fields on the right side " +"of the section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected your installation source, click `Done` in the top " +"left corner to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79284e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:4 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Destination" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:7 +msgid "" +"The `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure storage " +"options - namely, which disks will be used as the installation target for " +"your {PRODUCT} installation. At least one disk must always be selected for " +"the installation to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"For information about the theory and concepts behind disk partitioning in " +"Linux, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a disk which already contains some data - for example, if " +"you want to shrink an existing Microsoft Windows partition and install " +"{PRODUCT} as a second system or if you are upgrading a previous release of " +"{PRODUCT}, make sure to back up any important data first. Manipulating " +"partitions always carries a risk - if the process is interrupted or fails " +"for any reason (installer error, hardware failure, power outage, etc.), any " +"data already on the disk may become impossible to recover." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Installation Destination screen. There are two local standard disks " +"available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"In the top part of the screen, all locally available storage devices (SATA, " +"IDE and SCSI hard drives, USB flash drives, etc.) are displayed in the " +"`Local Standard Disks` section. Local disks are detected when the installer " +"starts - any storage devices connected after the installation has started " +"will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"If you need to configure additional local storage devices, select `I will " +"configure partitioning` and press `Done` to move to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning]. Then, connect any new hard drives you want to make available " +"during the installation, and press the button marked by a circular arrow in " +"the set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the " +"screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until " +"the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in " +"the `Local Standard Disks` section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"The `Specialized & Network Disks` section below shows advanced network " +"storage (such as iSCSI and FCoE disks) currently configured. When you first " +"open this screen, no such devices will be displayed because they can not be " +"automatically detected; to search for network storage devices, press `Add a " +"disk` button and proceed with " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation " +"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. Any network storage you " +"configure will then show up in the `Specialized & Network Disks` the same " +"way local disks are shown above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"All storage devices which will be used to install {PRODUCT} have a black " +"circle icon with a white check mark on them. Disks not marked by this icon " +"will not be used during the installation - they will be ignored if you " +"choose automatic partitioning, and they will not be available in manual " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"USB storage devices such as flash drives and external disks will be shown in " +"the `Local Standard Disks` as well, and they will be available for selection " +"the same way internal hard drives are. Make sure to *not* select any " +"removable storage as installation targets unless you really want to do " +"so. If you accidentally use a removable drive to install {PRODUCT} and then " +"unplug it, your system will likely become unusable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unselected and Selected Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Disk selection in the Installation Destination screen. Two disks are " +"displayed; only the one on the right side will be used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_Selected.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"After you select all disks you want to install {PRODUCT}, select one of the " +"two options in the `Other Storage Options` section:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"`Automatically configure partitioning` - If this option is selected, then " +"after you press `Done` in the top left corner of the screen, the installer " +"will determine the total amount of space on all selected disks, and it will " +"create a _Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) layout suitable for your " +"system. The specifics of this layout depend on whether your system uses BIOS " +"or UEFI firmware, the total amount of free space on your disks, and the " +"amount of RAM on your system (which determines the size of your swap space)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"With automatic partitioning, you can also select the `I would like to make " +"additional space available` option below. Use this option if you want to " +"reclaim space from an existing partitioning layout - for example, if a disk " +"you want to use already contains a different operating system, and you want " +"to make this system's partitions smaller to allow more room for " +"{PRODUCT}. The `Reclaim space` dialog which opens if this option is selected " +"is described later in this section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"`I will configure partitioning` - Select this option and press `Done` in the " +"top left corner of the screen to configure your system's partitioning layout " +"manually. This requires some knowledge of the theory behind disk partitions " +"and related concepts, but gives you full control over the way the system " +"will be installed. For instructions for manual partitioning, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can select `Encrypt my data`pass:attributes[{blank}]; this " +"will encrypt all partitions except the ones needed to boot the system (such " +"as `/boot`) using _Linux Unified Key Setup_ (LUKS). Encrypting your hard " +"drive is recommended. For detailed information about LUKS encryption, see " +"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"If you lose the LUKS passphrase, any encrypted partitions and the data on " +"them will become completely inaccessible. There is no way to recover a lost " +"passphrase. However, if you perform a Kickstart installation, you can save " +"encryption passphrases and create backup encryption passphrases during the " +"installation. See " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"To control which one of your selected storage devices will contain the _boot " +"loader_, click the `Full disk summary and bootloader` link in the bottom " +"left corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning-bootloader[Boot " +"Loader Installation]. Note that while in most cases it is sufficient to " +"leave the boot loader in the default location, some configurations (for " +"example, systems which require _chain loading_ from another boot loader) " +"will require the boot drive to be specified manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"After you select storage devices, choose between automatic and manual " +"partitioning, configure encryption and boot loader location, press `Done` in " +"the top left corner of the screen. Then, depending on your settings, the " +"following will happen:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:62 +msgid "" +"If you chose to encrypt your hard drive, the `Disk Encryption Passphrase` " +"dialog will appear. Enter your chosen passphrase into the `Passphrase` and " +"`Confirm` fields. When you do so, the passphrase will be automatically " +"evaluated and its strength will be displayed, along with suggestions on how " +"to make it stronger if the installer has determined it to be weak. For " +"information about creating strong passwords, see [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} " +"Security{nbsp}Guide_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:64 +msgid "" +"If you selected automatic partitioning and the `I would like to make " +"additional space available`, or if there is not enough free space on your " +"selected hard drives to install {PRODUCT}, the `Reclaim Space` dialog will " +"appear. This dialog lists all disk devices you have configured and all " +"partitions on those devices. The bottom right corner of the dialog displays " +"information about how much space the system needs for at least a minimal " +"installation and how much space you have reclaimed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:69 +msgid "" +"If you use the `Reclaim Space` dialog to *delete* a partition, all data on " +"that partition will be lost. If you want to preserve your data, use the " +"`Shrink` option, not the `Delete` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:73 +msgid "" +"First, review the displayed list of available storage devices. The " +"`Reclaimable Space` column shows how much space can be reclaimed from each " +"entry. To reclaim space, select a disk or partition, and press either the " +"`Delete` button to delete that partition (or all partitions on a selected " +"disk), or `Shrink` to use free space on a partition while preserving " +"existing data. Alternatively, you can press `Delete all` in the bottom right " +"corner; this will delete all existing partitions on all disks and make this " +"space available to {PRODUCT}, but all existing data on all disks will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:75 +msgid "" +"After you free enough space for your {PRODUCT} installation, press `Reclaim " +"space` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:80 +msgid "" +"No changes to any disks will be made until you press `Begin Installation` in " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]. The `Reclaim Space` dialog only *marks* partitions for resizing or " +"deletion, but no such action is performed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:84 +msgid "" +"If you selected the `I will configure partitioning` option, pressing `Done` " +"will open the `Manual Partitioning` screen. See " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning] for further instructions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc49663 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.pot @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Loader Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} uses [application]*GRUB2* (GRand Unified Bootloader version 2) as " +"its boot loader. The boot loader is the first program that runs when the " +"computer starts and is responsible for loading and transferring control to " +"an operating system. [application]*GRUB2* can boot any compatible operating " +"system (including Microsoft Windows) and can also use chain loading to " +"transfer control to other boot loaders for unsupported operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:13 +msgid "Installing [application]*GRUB2* may overwrite your existing boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"If you have other operating systems already installed, the {PRODUCT} " +"installer will attempt to automatically detect and configure the boot loader " +"to start them. You can manually configure any additional operating systems " +"after you finish the installation, if they are not detected properly. For " +"instructions on editing [application]*GRUB2* configuration, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System{nbsp}Administrator's{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Fedora system with more than one disk, you may want to " +"manually specify where the bootloader should be installed. Click the `Full " +"disk summary and bootloader` link at the bottom of the `Installation " +"Destination` screen. The `Selected Disks` dialog will appear. The bootloader " +"will be installed on the device of your choice, or on a UEFI system, the " +"`EFI system partition` will be created on that device during guided " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Device Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Selected Disks dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"In the `Boot` column, a \"tick\" icon marks one of the devices as the " +"intended boot device. To change the boot device, select a device from the " +"list and click the `Set as Boot Device` button to install the boot loader " +"there instead. Only one device can be set as the boot device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"To decline installation of a new boot loader, select the device currently " +"marked for boot and click the `Do not install bootloader` button. This will " +"remove the tick and ensure [application]*GRUB2* is not installed on any " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"If you choose not to install a boot loader for any reason, you will not be " +"able to boot the system directly, and you must use another boot method, such " +"as a stand-alone commercial boot loader application. Use this option only if " +"you are sure you have another way to boot your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The boot loader may also require a special partition to be created, " +"depending on whether your system uses BIOS or UEFI firmware and also " +"depending on whether the boot drive has a _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) or a " +"`Master Boot Record` (MBR, also known as msdos) label. If you use automatic " +"partitioning, the installer will create this partition if needed. For " +"details, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..545dd98 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.pot @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Installation Summary` screen is the central location for setting up an " +"installation. Most of the options which can be configured during the " +"installation can be accessed from here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Installation Summary screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"If you used a Kickstart option or a boot option to specify an installation " +"repository on a network, but no network is available at the start of the " +"installation, the installer will display the `Network Configuration` screen " +"for you to set up a network connection prior to displaying the `Installation " +"Summary` screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"The summary screen consists of several links to other screens, separated " +"into categories. These links can be in several different states, which are " +"graphically indicated:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"A *warning symbol* (yellow triangle with an exclamation mark) next to an " +"icon means that a screen requires your attention before you start the " +"installation. This typically happens with the `Installation Destination` " +"screen, because even though there is a default automatic partitioning " +"variant, you always have to at least confirm this selection, even if you do " +"not want to make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"If a link is *greyed out*, it means that the installer is currently " +"configuring this section, and you must wait for the configuration to finish " +"before accessing that screen. This typically happens when you change the " +"installation source in the `Installation Source` screen and the installer is " +"probing the new source location and gathering a list of available packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"Screens with *black text and no warning symbol* mean that this screen does " +"not require your attention. You can still change your settings in these " +"screens, but it is not necessary to do so to complete the installation. This " +"typically happens with localization settings, as these are either detected " +"automatically, or set up on the previous screen where you select your " +"language and locale." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:29 +msgid "" +"A warning message is displayed at the bottom of the summary screen, and the " +"`Begin Installation` button is greyed out, as long as at least one item has " +"not been configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Icon States in Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "A screenshot of several icons in the Installation Summary screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_States.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Each screen also has an explanatory text below its title, showing settings " +"currently configured in that screen. This text may be concatenated; in that " +"case, move your mouse cursor over it and wait until a tooltip with the full " +"text appears." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tooltip in the Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"An entry in the Installation Summary shows a truncated description and a " +"tooltip with full text." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_Mouseover.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"Once you configure everything required for the installation, you can press " +"the `Begin Installation` button to start installing {PRODUCT}. This will " +"take you to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration " +"and Installation Progress]. Note that as the text below this button says, " +"nothing will be written to your hard drive before you press this button. You " +"can press `Quit` at any point; this will discard all changes you made in the " +"installer so far and reboot the system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5de50a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create User" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The `Create User` screen can be used to create and configure one normal " +"(non-`root`) user account during the installation. Only one user account can " +"be configured here; if you require more accounts, wait until the " +"installation completes, reboot your system and then create other accounts " +"using either the [command]#useradd# command in a terminal, or a graphical " +"utility for managing user accounts (for example, the `Users` screen in the " +"Settings menu in [application]*GNOME*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Creating a normal user account is not required to finish the installation; " +"however, it is highly recommended. If you do not create one, you will have " +"to log in to the system as `root` directly, which is *not* recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The Create screen. Use the text input fields to create a user account and " +"configure its settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a user account, fill out the `Full name` (for example, `John " +"Smith`) and `Username` (for example, `jsmith`). The `username` will used to " +"log in from a command line; if you install a graphical environment, then " +"your graphical login manager will use `Full name`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the `Require a password to use this account` check box is " +"enabled, enter a password you want to use for this account into the " +"`Password` field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for " +"security. Then, repeat the same password in the `Confirm password` field " +"below to ensure you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will " +"determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password " +"weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which " +"aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 " +"characters.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:32 +msgid "" +"If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to " +"choose a different, stronger password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"The `Make this user administrator` check box gives the user you are creatng " +"administrative rights (by adding this user into the `wheel` group), allowing " +"this user to use the [command]#sudo# command to perform tasks normally only " +"available to `root` using only the user password, instead of the `root` " +"password. This may be more convenient, but can also pose a security risk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"If you give administrator privileges to an user, make sure that the account " +"is protected by a strong password. Never give an user administrator " +"privileges without requiring any password for the account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at the " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed information about " +"password security including guidelines for selecting strong passwords." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"To additional settings, click the `Advanced` button below the password input " +"fields. A new dialog window titled `Advanced User Configuration` will " +"open. This dialog is described in the following section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:47 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced User Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"The `Advanced User Configuration` dialog allows you to change the following " +"settings for the new user account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced settings for the new user account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke_Advanced.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"The user's `Home directory` " +"(`/home/pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_pass:attributes[{blank}]` by " +"default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"The user's ID (UID). The default value is 1000. UIDs 0-999 are reserved by " +"the system so they can not be assigned to an user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"The the group ID (GID) of the user's default group. The default group name " +"will be the same as the user name, and its default GID is 1000. GIDs 0-999 " +"are reserved by the system so they can not be assigned to an user's group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"The user's group membership. The user account you are creating will always " +"have one default group membership (the user's default group with an ID set " +"in the `Specify a group ID manually` field). In the `Group Membership` " +"field, you can specify additional groups as a comma-separated list. Groups " +"which do not already exist will be created; you can specify custom GIDs for " +"them in parentheses. If you do not specify a custom GID for a new group, it " +"will be assigned automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d42223 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.pot @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Welcome Screen and Language Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"The first screen displayed immediately after the graphical installer starts " +"is the Welcome screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Welcome Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Screenshot of the Welcome screen showing language selection options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/WelcomeSpoke.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"First, select your preferred language in the left hand side column, and then " +"select your locale from the right hand side column. You can use the text " +"input field in the bottom left corner to search for your language instead of " +"looking for it in the full list of more than 70 languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"The language you select on this screen will be used during the installation, " +"and it will also be used on the installed system by default. You can change " +"the language for the installed system later, but once you click `Continue` " +"on this screen, you will not be able to go back and change the language used " +"inside the installer itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"One language is pre-selected by default on top of the list. If network " +"access is configured at this point (for example, if you booted from a " +"network server instead of local media), the pre-selected language will be " +"determined based on automatic location detection using the GeoIP " +"module. Alternatively, if you used the [option]#inst.lang=# option on the " +"boot command line or in your PXE server configuration, this language will be " +"selected by default, but you will still be able to change it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"After you select your language and locale, click `Continue` to confirm your " +"selection and proceed to " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation " +"Summary]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"If you are installing a pre-release version of {PRODUCT}, a message will be " +"shown after you click `Continue` warning you about the pre-release status of " +"your installation media. Click `I accept my fate` to continue with the " +"installation, or `Get me out of here` to quit the installation and reboot " +"your system." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cb593d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1992 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"The [application]*Anaconda* installer includes a range of boot options for " +"administrators, which modify the default behavior of the installation " +"program by enabling or disabling certain functions. To use one or more boot " +"options, you either have to boot from installation media and append these " +"options at the boot menu (see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot " +"Menu]), or you must add them into your PXE server configuration file if you " +"are booting from a network (see " +"xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"You can use multiple options at the same time; in that case, separate them " +"by a single space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:13 +msgid "There are two basic types of options described in this chapter:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Options presented as ending with an \"equals\" sign (`=`) require a value to " +"be specified - they cannot be used on their own. For example, the " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=# option must also contain a value (in this case, " +"a password). The correct form is therefore " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"On its own, without a password specified, the option is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:17 +msgid "" +"Options presented without the " +"\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`=`pass:attributes[{blank}]\" sign do not accept " +"any values or parameters. For example, the [option]#rd.live.check# option " +"forces [application]*Anaconda* to verify the installation media before " +"starting the installation; if this option is present, the check will be " +"performed, and if it is not present, the check will be skipped." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"In addition to the options described in this chapter, the boot prompt also " +"accepts [application]*dracut* kernel options. A list of these options is " +"available as the `dracut.cmdline(7)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Boot options specific to the installation program always start with `inst.` " +"in this guide. Currently, this prefix is optional - for example, " +"[option]#resolution=1024x768# will work exactly the same as " +"[option]#inst.resolution=1024x768#. However, it is expected that the `inst.` " +"prefix will be mandatory in future releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuring the Installation System at the Boot Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"The exact way to specify custom boot options is differs based on your " +"system's architecture, firmware and the method you use to boot the " +"installation. If you are booting from local media, you can specify options " +"in the boot menu, before you begin the installation; if you are booting from " +"a network using a PXE server, you must add boot options into the boot loader " +"configuration file before you boot the installation system. For specific " +"instructions, see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu] " +"if you are booting from local media, and " +"xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server] if you are booting from a server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Available Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:36 +msgid "The following options are available in {PRODUCT}:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying the Installation Source" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.repo=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Specifies the installation source - that is, a location where the " +"installation program can find the images and packages it requires. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.repo=cdrom#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:48 +msgid "The source must be either:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** an installable tree, which is a directory structure containing the " +"installation program's images, packages and repodata as well as a valid " +"`.treeinfo` file\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** a DVD (a physical disk present in the system's DVD drive)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** an ISO image of the full {PRODUCT} installation DVD, placed on a hard " +"drive or a network location accessible from the installation system\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"This option allows for the configuration of different installation methods " +"using different formats. The syntax is described in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Sources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Installation source|Option format\n" +"|Any CD/DVD drive|[option]#inst.repo=cdrom#\n" +"|Specific CD/DVD " +"drive|[option]#inst.repo=cdrom:pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|Hard " +"Drive|[option]#inst.repo=hd:pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|HTTP " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=http://pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|HTTPS " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=https://pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|FTP " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=ftp://pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]@pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|NFS " +"Server|[option]#inst.repo=nfs:[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_:]pass:attributes[{blank}]_server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tfootnote:[This option uses NFS protocol version 3 by " +"default. To use a different version, add " +"[option]#+nfsvers=pass:attributes[{blank}]_X_pass:attributes[{blank}]# to " +"_options_.]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:74 +msgid "Disk device names may be specified using the following formats:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** Kernel device name, for example `/dev/sda1` or `sdb2`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** File system label, for example `LABEL=Flash` or `LABEL=RHEL7`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** File system UUID, for example " +"`UUID=8176c7bf-04ff-403a-a832-9557f94e61db`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:82 +msgid "" +"Non-alphanumeric characters must be represented as " +"`\\xpass:attributes[{blank}]_NN_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _NN_ is the " +"hexadecimal representation of the character. For example, `\\x20` is a white " +"space (\"\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.stage2=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:84 +msgid "" +"Specifies the location of the installation program runtime image to be " +"loaded. The syntax is the same as in " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources]. This " +"option expects a path to a directory containing a valid `.treeinfo` file; " +"the location of the runtime image will be read from this file if found. If a " +"`.treeinfo` file is not available, [application]*Anaconda* will try to load " +"the image from `LiveOS/squashfs.img`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:89 +msgid "" +"By default, this boot option is used on the installation media and set to a " +"specific label (for example, " +"[option]#inst.stage2=hd:LABEL=F21\\x20Server.x86_64#). If you modify the " +"default label of the file system containing the runtime image, you must also " +"edit this option to match the new label." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dd=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:93 +msgid "" +"If you need to perform a driver update during the installation, use the " +"[option]#inst.dd=# option. It can be used multiple times. The location of a " +"driver RPM package can be specified using any of the formats described in " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources]. With " +"the exception of the [option]#inst.dd=cdrom# option, the device name must " +"always be specified. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dd=hd:/dev/sdb1:/driver.rpm#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:100 +msgid "" +"Using this option without any parameters (only as [option]#inst.dd#) will " +"prompt the installation program to ask you for a driver update disk with an " +"interactive menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:105 +msgid "" +"You should never attempt to perform a driver update during the installation " +"unless a missing our faulty driver is preventing you from completing the " +"installation. Updating drivers which are not essential during the " +"installation should always be performed after the system is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.askmethod#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:109 +msgid "" +"Prevents the installer from trying to automatically configure an " +"installation source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:111 +msgid "" +"Normally, when you first enter the `Installation Summary` screen, the " +"installer will attempt to configure an installation source based on the type " +"of media you used to boot. The full {PRODUCT} Server DVD will configure the " +"source as local media, the netinst ISO image will configure the closest " +"network mirror, etc. This process takes time; therefore, if you plan to use " +"a different source than the default, this option will allow you to enter the " +"`Installation Source` screen immediately without having to wait for the " +"initial configuration to finish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:113 +msgid "" +"Using this option will leave the installation source configuration in an " +"error state - you must manually specify a source in the `Installation " +"Source` screen to proceed with the installation. Alternatively, you can use " +"the [option]#inst.repo=# option described above to configure a specific " +"source directly in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kickstart Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:118 +msgid "" +"Gives the location of a Kickstart file to be used to automate the " +"installation. Locations can be specified using any of the formats valid for " +"[option]#inst.repo=#. See " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources] for " +"valid formats." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:120 +msgid "" +"If you only specify a device and not a path, the installation program will " +"look for the Kickstart file in `/ks.cfg` on the specified device. If you use " +"this option without specifying a device, the installation program will use " +"the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks=nfs:pass:attributes[{blank}]_next-server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_filename_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:127 +msgid "" +"In the above example, _next-server_ is the DHCP `next-server` option or the " +"IP address of the DHCP server itself, and _filename_ is the DHCP `filename` " +"option, or `/kickstart/`. If the given file name ends with the `/` " +"character, `pass:attributes[{blank}]_ip_-kickstart` is appended. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Default Kickstart File Location" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|DHCP server address|Client address|Kickstart file location\n" +"|`192.168.122.1`|`192.168.122.100`|`192.168.122.1`:pass:attributes[{blank}]`/kickstart/192.168.122.100-kickstart`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks.sendmac#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:138 +msgid "" +"Adds headers to outgoing `HTTP` requests with the MAC addresses of all " +"network interfaces. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`X-RHN-Provisioning-MAC-0: eth0 01:23:45:67:89:ab`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:145 +msgid "This can be useful when using [option]#inst.ks=http# to provision systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.ks.sendsn#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:147 +msgid "" +"Adds a header to outgoing `HTTP` requests. This header will contain the " +"system's serial number, read from `/sys/class/dmi/id/product_serial`. The " +"header has the following syntax:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`X-System-Serial-Number: _R8VA23D_pass:attributes[{blank}]`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Console, Environment and Display Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#console=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:157 +msgid "" +"This kernel option specifies a device to be used as the primary console. For " +"example, to use a console on the first serial port, use " +"[option]#console=ttyS0#. This option should be used along with the " +"[option]#inst.text# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:159 +msgid "" +"You can use this option multiple times. In that case, the boot message will " +"be displayed on all specified consoles, but only the last one will be used " +"by the installation program afterwards. For example, if you specify " +"[option]#console=ttyS0 console=ttyS1#, the installation program will only " +"use `ttyS1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#noshell#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:161 +msgid "" +"Disables access to the root shell during the installation. This is useful " +"with automated (Kickstart) installations - if you use this option, a user " +"can watch the installation progress, but they cannot interfere with it by " +"accessing the root shell by pressing kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F2]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.lang=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:163 +msgid "" +"Sets the language to be used during the installation. Language codes are the " +"same as the ones used in the [command]#lang# Kickstart command as described " +"in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-lang[lang " +"(optional) - Configure Language During Installation]. On systems where the " +"[package]*system-config-language* package is installed, a list of valid " +"values can also be find in `/usr/share/system-config-language/locale-list`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:165 +msgid "" +"If you perform the installation interactively, the language you specified " +"using this option will be selected by default, but you will still be able to " +"change it at the beginning of the graphical installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.singlelang#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:167 +msgid "" +"Allows you to run the installation in single language mode - in other words, " +"this option disables language selection for the installer and the installed " +"system. If you also use the [option]#inst.lang=# option at the same time, " +"the language you specify will be used. If you do not set the language, " +"[application]*Anaconda* and the installed system will default to " +"`en-US.UTF-8`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.geoloc=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:169 +msgid "" +"Configures geolocation usage in the installation program. Geolocation is " +"used to pre-set the language and time zone, and uses the following syntax: " +"[option]#inst.geoloc=pass:attributes[{blank}]_value_pass:attributes[{blank}]#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:171 +msgid "The _value_ parameter can be any of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Valid Values for the inst.geoloc Option" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Disable geolocation|[option]#inst.geoloc=0#\n" +"|Use the Fedora GeoIP API|[option]#inst.geoloc=provider_fedora_geoip#\n" +"|Use the Hostip.info GeoIP API|[option]#inst.geoloc=provider_hostip#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:182 +msgid "" +"If this option is not specified, [application]*Anaconda* will use " +"`provider_fedora_geoip`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.keymap=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:184 +msgid "" +"Specifies the keyboard layout to be used by the installation program. Layout " +"codes are the same as the ones used in the [command]#keyboard# Kickstart " +"command as described in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.text#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:186 +msgid "" +"Forces the installation program to run in text mode instead of graphical " +"mode. The text user interface is limited, for example, it does not allow you " +"to modify the partition layout or set up LVM. When installing a system on a " +"machine with a limited graphical capabilities, it is recommended to use VNC " +"as described in xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-vnc[Enabling Remote " +"Access Using VNC]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.cmdline#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:188 +msgid "" +"Forces the installation program to run in command line mode. This mode does " +"not allow any interaction, all options must be specified in a Kickstart file " +"or on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.graphical#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:190 +msgid "" +"Forces the installation program to run in graphical mode. This mode is the " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.resolution=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:192 +msgid "" +"Specifies the screen resolution in graphical mode. The format is " +"_N_pass:attributes[{blank}]xpass:attributes[{blank}]_M_, where _N_ is the " +"screen width and _M_ is the screen height (in pixels). The lowest supported " +"resolution is `800x600`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.xdriver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:194 +msgid "" +"Specifies the name of the `X` driver to be used both during the installation " +"and on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.usefbx#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:196 +msgid "" +"Tells the installation program to use the frame buffer `X` driver instead of " +"a hardware-specific driver. This option is equivalent to " +"[option]#inst.xdriver=fbdev#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#modprobe.blacklist=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:198 +msgid "" +"Blacklists (completely disables) one or more drivers. Drivers (mods) " +"disabled using this option will be prevented from loading when the " +"installation starts, and after the installation finishes, the installed " +"system will keep these settings. The blacklisted drivers can then be found " +"in the `/etc/modprobe.d/` directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:200 +msgid "Use a comma-separated list to disable multiple drivers. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "modprobe.blacklist=ahci,firewire_ohci\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.sshd#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:206 +msgid "" +"Starts the `sshd` service during the installation, which allows you to " +"connect to the system during the installation using `SSH` and monitor its " +"progress. For more information on `SSH`, see the `ssh(1)` man page and the " +"corresponding chapter in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:211 +msgid "" +"During the installation, the `root` account has no password by default. You " +"can set a root password to be used during the installation with the " +"[command]#sshpw# Kickstart command as described in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-sshpw[sshpw " +"(optional) - Restrict ssh Access During Installation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:218 +msgid "" +"Initial network initialization is handled by [application]*dracut*. This " +"section only lists some of the more commonly used options; for a complete " +"list, see the `dracut.cmdline(7)` man page. Additional information on " +"networking is also available in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking Guide_, " +"available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ip=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:220 +msgid "" +"Configures one or more network interfaces. To configure multiple interfaces, " +"use the `ip` option multiple times - once for each interface. If multiple " +"interfaces are configured, you must specify a primary boot interface using " +"the [option]#bootdev# option described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:222 +msgid "The following table lists valid values for this option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network Interface Configuration Formats" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Configuration Method|Option format\n" +"|Automatic configuration of any " +"interface|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_method_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|Automatic configuration of a specific " +"interface|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_method_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|Static " +"configuration|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_ip_::pass:attributes[{blank}]_gateway_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_netmask_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:none#\n" +"|Automatic configuration of a specific interface with an override\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tfootnote:[Brings up the specified interface using the " +"specified method of automatic configuration, such as `dhcp`, but overrides " +"the automatically obtained IP address, gateway, netmask, hostname or other " +"specified parameter. All parameters are optional; only specify the ones you " +"wish to override and automatically obtained values will be used for the " +"others.]|[option]#ip=pass:attributes[{blank}]_ip_::pass:attributes[{blank}]_gateway_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_netmask_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_method_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_mtu_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:237 +msgid "The [option]#method# parameter can be any the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:239 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:428 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automatic Interface Configuration Methods" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Automatic configuration method|Value\n" +"|DHCP|`dhcp`\n" +"|IPv6 DHCP|`dhcp6`\n" +"|IPv6 automatic configuration|`auto6`\n" +"|iBFT (iSCSI Boot Firmware Table)|`ibft`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:254 +msgid "" +"If you use a boot option which requires network access, such as " +"[option]#inst.ks=http://pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#, " +"without specifying the [option]#ip# option, the installation program will " +"use [option]#ip=dhcp#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:258 +msgid "" +"In the above tables, the _ip_ parameter specifies the client's IP " +"address. `IPv6` addresses can be specified by putting them in square " +"brackets, for example, `[2001:DB8::1]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:260 +msgid "" +"The _gateway_ parameter is the default gateway. IPv6 addresses are accepted " +"here as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"The _netmask_ parameter is the netmask to be used. This can either be a full " +"netmask (for example `255.255.255.0`) or a prefix (for example `64`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:264 +msgid "" +"The _hostname_ parameter is the host name of the client system. This " +"parameter is optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#nameserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:266 +msgid "" +"Specifies the address of the name server. This option can be used multiple " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#bootdev=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:268 +msgid "" +"Specifies the boot interface. This option is mandatory if you use more than " +"one [option]#ip# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ifname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:270 +msgid "" +"Assigns a given interface name to a network device with a given MAC " +"address. Can be used multiple times. The syntax is " +"[option]#ifname=pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_MAC_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:274 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ifname=eth0:01:23:45:67:89:ab#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dhcpclass=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:277 +msgid "" +"Specifies the DHCP vendor class identifier. The `dhcpd` service will see " +"this value as `vendor-class-identifier`. The default value is " +"`anaconda-$(uname -srm)`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#vlan=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:279 +msgid "" +"Sets up a Virtual LAN (VLAN) device on a specified interface with a given " +"name. The syntax is " +"[option]#vlan=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_interface_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#vlan=vlan5:em1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:286 +msgid "" +"The above will set up a VLAN device named `vlan5` on the `em1` " +"interface. The _name_ can take the following forms:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VLAN Device Naming Conventions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Naming scheme|Example\n" +"|VLAN_PLUS_VID|`vlan0005`\n" +"|VLAN_PLUS_VID_NO_PAD|`vlan5`\n" +"|DEV_PLUS_VID|`em1.0005`.\n" +"|DEV_PLUS_VID_NO_PAD|`em1.5`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#bond=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:300 +msgid "" +"Set up a bonding device with the following syntax: " +"[option]#bond=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_pass:attributes[{blank}][:pass:attributes[{blank}]_slaves_pass:attributes[{blank}]][:pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#. " +"Replace _name_ with the bonding device name, _slaves_ with a comma-separated " +"list of physical (ethernet) interfaces, and _options_ with a comma-separated " +"list of bonding options. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "bond=bond0:em1,em2:mode=active-backup,tx_queues=32,downdelay=5000\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:306 +msgid "" +"For a list of available options, execute the [command]#modinfo bonding# " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:308 +msgid "" +"Using this option without any parameters will assume " +"[option]#bond=bond0:eth0,eth1:mode=balance-rr#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#team=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:310 +msgid "" +"Set up a team device with the following syntax: " +"[option]#team=pass:attributes[{blank}]_master_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_slaves_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"Replace _master_ with the name of the master team device and _slaves_ with a " +"comma-separated list of physical (ethernet) devices to be used as slaves in " +"the team device. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:314 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#team=team0:em1,em2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:317 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Installation Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:319 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.multilib#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:320 +msgid "" +"Configure the system for multilib packages (that is, to allow installing " +"32-bit packages on a 64-bit x86 system) and install packages specified in " +"this section as such." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:322 +msgid "" +"Normally, on an AMD64 or Intel{nbsp}64 system, only packages for this " +"architecture (marked as `x86_64`) and packages for all architectures (marked " +"as `noarch` would be installed. When you use this option, packages for " +"32-bit AMD or Intel systems (marked as `i686`) will be automatically " +"installed as well if available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:324 +msgid "" +"This only applies to packages directly specified in the `%packages` " +"section. If a package is only installed as a dependency, only the exact " +"specified dependency will be installed. For example, if you are installing " +"package [package]*foo* which depends on package [package]*bar*, the former " +"will be installed in multiple variants, while the latter will only be " +"installed in variants specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:325 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.gpt#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:326 +msgid "" +"Force the installation program to install partition information into a GUID " +"Partition Table (GPT) instead of a Master Boot Record (MBR). This option is " +"meaningless on UEFI-based systems, unless they are in BIOS compatibility " +"mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:328 +msgid "" +"Normally, BIOS-based systems and UEFI-based systems in BIOS compatibility " +"mode will attempt to use the MBR schema for storing partitioning " +"information, unless the disk is larger than 2 TB. Using this option will " +"change this behavior, allowing a GPT to be written even to disks smaller " +"than 2 TB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:330 +msgid "" +"See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information about GPT and MBR, and " +"xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitioning-guid-partition-table[GUID " +"Partition Table (GPT)] for more general information about GPT, MBR and disk " +"partitioning in general." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.nosave=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:332 +msgid "" +"This option controls which Kickstart files and installation logs are saved " +"to the installed system. It can be especially useful to disable saving such " +"data when performing OEM operating system installations, or when generating " +"images using sensitive resources (such as internal repository URLs), as " +"these resources might otherwise be mentioned in kickstart files and/or logs " +"on the image. Possible values for this option are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:334 +msgid "`input_ks` - disables saving of the input Kickstart file (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:336 +msgid "" +"`output_ks` - disables saving of the output Kickstart file generated by " +"Anaconda." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:338 +msgid "`all_ks` - disables saving of both input and output Kickstart files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:340 +msgid "`logs` - disables saving of all installation logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:342 +msgid "`all` - disables saving of all Kickstart files and all installation logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:344 +msgid "" +"Multiple values can be combined as a comma separated list, for example: " +"`input_ks,logs`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:345 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.zram#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:346 +msgid "" +"This option controls the usage of _zRAM_ swap during the installation. It " +"creates a compressed block device inside the system RAM and uses it for swap " +"space instead of the hard drive. This allows the installer to essentially " +"increase the amount of memory available, which makes the installation faster " +"on systems with low memory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:348 +msgid "" +"By default, swap on zRAM is enabled on systems with 2 GB or less RAM, and " +"disabled on systems with more than 2 GB of memory. You can use this option " +"to change this behavior - on a system with more than 2 GB RAM, use " +"[option]#inst.zram=1# to enable it, and on systems with 2 GB or less memory, " +"use [option]#inst.zram=0# to disable this feature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.memcheck#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:350 +msgid "" +"Perform a check at the beginning of the installation to determine if there " +"is enough available RAM. If there is not enough memory detected, the " +"installation will stop with an error message. This option is enabled by " +"default; use [option]#inst.memcheck=0# to disable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.nodnf#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:352 +msgid "" +"Use the older [application]*Yum* backend for package installation and " +"dependency resolution instead of [application]*DNF*. See the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++https://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for details about " +"[application]*DNF*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.kdump_addon=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:354 +msgid "" +"Turns the [application]*Kdump* installer add-on `on` or `off` (the add-on is " +"off by default). If you use [option]#inst.kdump_addon=on#, a new screen, " +"which allows you to configure the [application]*Kdump* kernel crash dumping " +"mechanism, will appear in the main menu of the graphical or text interface " +"(see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-kdump[Kdump]). " +"Enabling this add-on is also necessary to use the " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-kdump[%addon " +"com_redhat_kdump (optional) - Configure kdump] Kickstart command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:356 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Enabling Remote Access Using VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:359 +msgid "" +"The following options are necessary to configure [application]*Anaconda* for " +"remote graphical installation. See " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing Using VNC] for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.vnc#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:361 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the installation program's graphical interface should be run " +"in a `VNC` session. If you specify this option, you will need to connect to " +"the system using a `VNC` client application to be able to interact with the " +"installation program. `VNC` sharing is enabled, so multiple clients can " +"connect to the system at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:366 +msgid "A system installed using `VNC` will start in text mode by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:369 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.vncpassword=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:370 +msgid "" +"`VNC` server used by the installation program. Any `VNC` client attempting " +"to connect to the system will have to provide the correct password to gain " +"access. For example, " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_testpwd_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"will set the password to `testpwd`. The password must be between 6 and 8 " +"characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:375 +msgid "" +"If you specify an invalid password (one that is too short or too long), you " +"will be prompted to specify a new one by a message from the installation " +"program:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"VNC password must be six to eight characters long.\n" +"Please enter a new one, or leave blank for no password.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Password:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:388 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.vncconnect=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:389 +msgid "" +"Connect to a listening `VNC` client at a specified host and port once the " +"installation starts. The correct syntax is " +"[option]#inst.vncconnect=pass:attributes[{blank}]_host_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_port_pass:attributes[{blank}]#. " +"The _port_ parameter is optional - if you do not specify one, the " +"installation program will use `5900`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:391 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debugging and Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.updates=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:394 +msgid "" +"Specifies the location of the `updates.img` file to be applied to the " +"installation program runtime. The syntax is the same as in the " +"[option]#inst.repo# option - see " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#tabl-boot-options-sources[Installation Sources] for " +"details. In all formats, if you do not specify a file name but only a " +"directory, the installation program will look for a file named " +"`updates.img`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:395 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.loglevel=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:396 +msgid "" +"Specifies the minimum level for messages to be logged on a terminal. This " +"only concerns real-time logging in a terminal; log files will always contain " +"messages of all levels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:398 +msgid "" +"Possible values for this option from the lowest to highest level are: " +"`debug`, `info`, `warning`, `error` and `critical`. The default value is " +"`info`, which means that by default, the logging terminal will display " +"messages ranging from `info` to `critical`, but not `debug`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:399 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.syslog=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:400 +msgid "" +"Once the installation starts, this option sends log messages to the syslog " +"process on the specified host. The remote syslog process must be configured " +"to accept incoming connections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:401 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.virtiolog=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:402 +msgid "" +"Specifies a `virtio` port (a character device at " +"`/dev/virtio-ports/pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_pass:attributes[{blank}]`) " +"to be used for forwarding logs. The default value is " +"`org.fedoraproject.anaconda.log.0`pass:attributes[{blank}]; if this port is " +"present, it will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Deprecated Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:407 +msgid "" +"Options in this list are *deprecated*. They will still work, but there are " +"other options which offer the same functionality and should be " +"preferred. Using deprecated options is not recommended and they are expected " +"to be removed in future releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:412 +msgid "" +"Note that as described in the introduction to this chapter, options specific " +"to the installation program now use the `inst.` prefix. For example, the " +"[option]#vnc=# option is considered deprecated and replaced by the " +"[option]#inst.vnc=# option. However, these changes are not listed here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.headless#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:416 +msgid "" +"Used to specify that the machine being installed onto does not have any " +"display hardware, and to prevent the installer from trying to detect a " +"display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:417 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#method=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:418 +msgid "" +"Configured the installation method. Use the [option]#inst.repo=# option " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:419 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#repo=nfsiso:pass:attributes[{blank}]_server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:420 +msgid "" +"In NFS installations, specified that the target is an ISO image located on " +"an NFS server instead of an installable tree. The difference is now detected " +"automatically, which means this option is the same as " +"[option]#inst.repo=nfs:pass:attributes[{blank}]_server_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:421 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#dns=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:422 +msgid "" +"Configured the Domain Name Server (DNS). Use the [option]#nameserver=# " +"option instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:423 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[option]#netmask=#, [option]#gateway=#, [option]#hostname=#, [option]#ip=#, " +"[option]#ipv6=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:424 +msgid "These options have been consolidated under the [option]#ip=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:425 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ksdevice=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:426 +msgid "" +"Select network device to be used at early stage of installation. Different " +"values have been replaced with different options; see the table below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Value|Current behavior\n" +"|Not present|All devices are attempted to be activated using `dhcp`, unless " +"desired device and configuration is specified by [option]#ip=# option and/or " +"the [option]#BOOTIF# option.\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=link#|Similar to the above, with the difference that " +"network will always be activated in the initramfs, whether it is needed or " +"not. The supported [option]#rd.neednet# option (provided by " +"[application]*dracut*) should be used instead.\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=bootif#|Ignored (the BOOTID= option is used by default " +"when specified)\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=ibft#|Replaced with the [option]#ip=ibft# option\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=pass:attributes[{blank}]_MAC_pass:attributes[{blank}]#|Replaced " +"with " +"[option]#BOOTIF=pass:attributes[{blank}]_MAC_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"|[option]#ksdevice=pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_pass:attributes[{blank}]#|Replaced " +"by specifying the device name using the [option]#ip=# option.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:445 +msgid "" +"When performing a Kickstart installation, booting from local media and " +"having the Kickstart file on local media as well, the network will not be " +"initialized. This means that any other Kickstart options requiring network " +"access, such as pre-installation or post-installation scripts accessing a " +"network location, will cause the installation to fail. This is a known " +"issue; see " +"BZ#link:++https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1085310++[1085310] for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:447 +msgid "" +"To work around this issue, either use the [option]#ksdevice=link# boot " +"option, or add the [option]#--device=link# option to the [command]#network# " +"command in your Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#blacklist=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:451 +msgid "" +"Used to disable specified drivers. This is now handled by the " +"[option]#modprobe.blacklist=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#nofirewire=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:453 +msgid "" +"Disabled support for the FireWire interface. You can disable the FireWire " +"driver (`firewire_ohci`) by using the [option]#modprobe.blacklist=# option " +"instead:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:456 +#, no-wrap +msgid "modprobe.blacklist=firewire_ohci\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Removed Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:462 +msgid "" +"The following options are removed. They were present in previous releases of " +"{PRODUCT}, but they cannot be used anymore." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#asknetwork#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:464 +msgid "" +"The installation program's `initramfs` is now completely non-interactive, " +"which means that this option are not available anymore. Use [option]#ip=# to " +"configure network settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:465 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#serial#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:466 +msgid "" +"This option forced [application]*Anaconda* to use the `/dev/ttyS0` console " +"as the output. Use the [option]#console=/dev/ttyS0# (or similar) instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:467 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#updates=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:468 +msgid "" +"Specified the location of updates for the installation program. Use the " +"[option]#inst.updates=# option instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#essid=#, [option]#wepkey=#, [option]#wpakey=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:470 +msgid "" +"Configured wireless network access. Network configuration is now being " +"handled by [application]*dracut*, which does not support wireless " +"networking, rendering these options useless." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:471 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ethtool=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:472 +msgid "" +"Used in the past to configure additional low-level network settings. All " +"network settings are now handled by the [option]#ip=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#gdb#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:474 +msgid "Allowed you to debug the loader. Use [option]#rd.debug# instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:475 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#mediacheck#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:476 +msgid "" +"Verified the installation media before starting the installation. Replaced " +"with the [option]#rd.live.check# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:477 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#ks=floppy#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:478 +msgid "" +"Specified a floppy disk as the Kickstart file source. Floppy drives are not " +"supported anymore." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:479 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#display=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:480 +msgid "Configured a remote display. Replaced with the [option]#inst.vnc# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:481 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#utf8#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:482 +msgid "" +"Added UTF8 support when installing in text mode. UTF8 support now works " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:483 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#noipv6#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:484 +msgid "" +"Used to disable IPv6 support in the installation program. IPv6 is now built " +"into the kernel so the driver cannot be blacklisted; however, it is possible " +"to disable IPv6 using the [option]#ipv6.disable# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#upgradeany#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:486 +msgid "" +"Upgrades are done in a different way in current {PRODUCT} releases. For more " +"information about upgrading your system, see " +"xref:Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#chap-upgrading[Upgrading Your " +"Current System]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#vlanid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:488 +msgid "" +"Used to configure Virtual LAN (802.1q tag) devices. Use the [option]#vlan=# " +"option instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:489 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#inst.dnf#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:490 +msgid "" +"Used to enable [application]*DNF* to handle package installation and " +"dependency resolution in {PRODUCT} 21. [application]*DNF* is now used by " +"default and this option has been replaced with [option]#inst.nodnf#, which " +"reverts back to [application]*Yum*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Maintenance Boot Modes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Loading the Memory (RAM) Testing Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:498 +msgid "" +"Faults in memory (RAM) modules may cause your system to freeze or crash " +"unpredictably. In some cases, memory faults may only cause errors with " +"particular combinations of software. For this reason, you should test the " +"memory of a computer before you install {PRODUCT} for the first time, even " +"if it has previously run other operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:500 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} includes the [application]*Memtest86+* memory testing " +"application. To start memory testing mode, choose Troubleshooting > `Memory " +"test` at the boot menu. Testing will begin immediately. By default, " +"[application]*Memtest86+* carries out ten tests in every pass; a different " +"configuration can be specified by accessing the configuration screen using " +"the kbd:[c] key. After the first pass completes, a message will appear at " +"the bottom informing you of the current status, and another pass will start " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:505 +msgid "" +"[application]*Memtest86+* only works on systems with BIOS firmware. Support " +"for UEFI systems is currently unavailable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:508 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Memory Check Using Memtest86+" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Memtest86+ testing the system memory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:510 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot/memtest86.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:513 +msgid "" +"The main screen displayed while testing is in progress is divided into three " +"main areas:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:515 +msgid "" +"The upper left corner shows information about your system's memory " +"configuration - the amount of detected memory and processor cache and their " +"throughputs and processor and chipset information. This information is " +"detected when [application]*Memtest86+* starts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:517 +msgid "" +"The upper right corner displays information about the tests - progress of " +"the current pass and the currently running test in that pass as well as a " +"description of the test." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:519 +msgid "" +"The central part of the screen is used to display information about the " +"entire set of tests from the moment when the tool has started, such as the " +"total time, the number of completed passes, number of detected errors and " +"your test selection. On some systems, detailed information about the " +"installed memory (such as the number of installed modules, their " +"manufacturer, frequency and latency) will be also displayed here. After the " +"each pass completes, a short summary will appear in this location. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pass:quotes[`** Pass complete, no errors, press Esc to exit **`]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:526 +msgid "" +"If [application]*Memtest86+* detects an error, it will also be displayed in " +"this area and highlighted red. The message will include detailed information " +"such as which test detected a problem, the memory location which is failing, " +"and others." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:528 +msgid "" +"In most cases, a single successful pass (that is, a single run of all 10 " +"tests) is sufficient to verify that your RAM is in good condition. In some " +"rare circumstances, however, errors that went undetected on the first pass " +"might appear on subsequent passes. To perform a thorough test on an " +"important system, leave the tests running overnight or even for a few days " +"in order to complete multiple passes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:533 +msgid "" +"The amount of time it takes to complete a single full pass of " +"[application]*Memtest86+* varies depending on your system's configuration " +"(notably the RAM size and speed). For example, on a system with 2{nbsp}GB of " +"DDR2 memory at 667{nbsp}MHz, a single pass will take roughly 20{nbsp}minutes " +"to complete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:537 +msgid "" +"To halt the tests and reboot your computer, press the kbd:[Esc] key at any " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:539 +msgid "" +"For more information about using [application]*Memtest86+*, see the official " +"website at link:++http://www.memtest.org/++[]. A `README` file is also " +"located in `/usr/share/doc/memtest86+-_version_pass:attributes[{blank}]/` on " +"{PRODUCT} systems with the [package]*memtest86+* package installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:541 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying Boot Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:544 +msgid "" +"You can test the integrity of an ISO-based installation source before using " +"it to install {PRODUCT}. These sources include DVDs and ISO images stored on " +"a local hard drive or NFS server. Verifying that the ISO images are intact " +"before you attempt an installation helps to avoid problems that are often " +"encountered during installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:546 +msgid "" +"To test the integrity of an ISO image, append the [option]#rd.live.check# to " +"the boot loader command line. Note that this option is used automatically if " +"you select the default installation option from the boot menu (`Test this " +"media & install Fedora`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting Your Computer in Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:551 +msgid "" +"You may boot a command-line Linux system from an installation disc without " +"actually installing {PRODUCT} on the computer. This enables you to use the " +"utilities and functions of a running Linux system to modify or repair " +"already installed operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:553 +msgid "" +"To load the rescue system with the installation disk or USB drive, choose " +"`Rescue a {PRODUCT} system` from the Troubleshooting submenu in the boot " +"menu, or use the [option]#inst.rescue# boot option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:555 +msgid "" +"Specify the language, keyboard layout and network settings for the rescue " +"system with the screens that follow. The final setup screen configures " +"access to the existing system on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.adoc:556 +msgid "" +"By default, rescue mode attaches an existing operating system to the rescue " +"system under the directory `/mnt/sysimage/`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77658b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.pot @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automating the Installation with Kickstart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"Kickstart installations offer a means to automate the installation process, " +"either partially or fully. Kickstart files contain answers to all questions " +"normally asked by the installation program, such as what time zone do you " +"want the system to use, how should the drives be partitioned or which " +"packages should be installed. Providing a prepared Kickstart file when the " +"installation begins therefore allows the you to perform the installation " +"automatically, without need for any intervention from the user. This is " +"especially useful when deploying {PRODUCT} on a large number of systems at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"All Kickstart scripts and the log files of their execution are stored in the " +"`/tmp` directory to assist with debugging installation issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to Perform a Kickstart Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"Kickstart installations can be performed using a local DVD, a local hard " +"drive, or via NFS, FTP, HTTP, or HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:18 +msgid "To use Kickstart, you must:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:20 +msgid "Create a Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"Create boot media or configure a network boot (PXE) server which will be " +"used to begin the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Make the Kickstart file available on removable media, a hard drive, or a " +"network location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Start the Kickstart installation by booting the installer and using a boot " +"option to tell the installer where to find the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:28 +msgid "This chapter explains these steps in detail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Kickstart File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"The Kickstart file itself is a plain text file, containing keywords listed " +"in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference], which serve as directions for the installation. Any text " +"editor able to save files as ASCII text (such as [application]*Gedit* or " +"[application]*vim* on Linux systems or [application]*Notepad* on Windows " +"systems) can be used to create and edit Kickstart files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The recommended approach to creating Kickstart files is to perform a manual " +"installation on one system first. After the installation completes, all " +"choices made during the installation are saved into a file named " +"`anaconda-ks.cfg`, located in the `/root/` directory on the installed " +"system. You can then copy this file, make any changes you need, and use the " +"resulting configuration file in further installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:37 +msgid "When creating a Kickstart file, keep in mind the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"Lines starting with a pound sign (`#`) are treated as comments and are " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"Sections must be specified *in order*. Items within the sections do not have " +"to be in a specific order unless otherwise specified. The correct section " +"order is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** The command section which contains actual Kickstart commands and options " +"as listed in " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]. Note that some commands, such as [command]#install#, are " +"mandatory, but most commands are optional.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** The [command]#%packages# section which contains a list of packages and " +"package groups to be installed. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages " +"(required) - Package Selection] for details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** The [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections, containing a " +"pre-installation and post-installation scripts. These two sections can be in " +"any order and are not mandatory. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-preinstall[%pre " +"(optional) - Pre-installation Script] and " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-postinstall[%post " +"(optional) - Post-installation Script] for details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:52 +msgid "" +"The [command]#%packages#, [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections must " +"end with [command]#%end#, otherwise the installation program will refuse the " +"Kickstart file. The main command section has no special ending statement." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"Omitting any required item results in the installation program prompting the " +"user for an answer to the related item, just as the user would be prompted " +"during a typical installation. Once the answer is given, the installation " +"will continue. Note that if the system you are installing has no display, " +"you will not be able to see the prompt, and the installation will appear to " +"have failed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying the Kickstart File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:61 +msgid "" +"When creating or customizing your kickstart file, it is useful to verify " +"that it is valid before attempting to use it in an installation. {PRODUCT} " +"includes the [application]*ksvalidator* command line utility which can be " +"used to do this. This tool is a part of the [package]*pykickstart* " +"package. To install this package, execute the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install pykickstart\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"After installing the package, you can validate a Kickstart file using the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#ksvalidator _/path/to/kickstart.ks_#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:75 +msgid "" +"Replace _/path/to/kickstart.ks_ with the path to the Kickstart file you want " +"to verify." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:77 +msgid "For more information about this tool, see the `ksvalidator(1)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:82 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that the validation tool has its limitations. The Kickstart " +"file can be very complicated; [application]*ksvalidator* can make sure the " +"syntax is correct and that the file does not include removed options, but it " +"cannot guarantee the installation will be successful. It also does not " +"attempt to validate the [command]#%pre#, [command]#%post# and " +"[command]#%packages# sections of the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making the Kickstart File Available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:89 +msgid "" +"Once you create a Kickstart file, you can place it in one of the following " +"locations:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:91 +msgid "" +"On *removable media*, such as a DVD or USB flash drive connected to the " +"installation system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:93 +msgid "On a *hard drive* connected to the installation system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:95 +msgid "On a *network share* reachable from the installation system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"Normally, a Kickstart file is copied to removable media or a hard drive, or " +"made available on the network. Placing the file in a network location " +"complements the usual approach to Kickstart installations, which is also " +"network-based: the system is booted using a PXE server, the Kickstart file " +"is downloaded from a network share, and software packages specified in the " +"file are downloaded from remote repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:99 +msgid "" +"xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an " +"Installation Server] offers some additional information about preparing for " +"a network-based installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Starting the Kickstart Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:103 +msgid "" +"Once you have everything ready - you have created a valid Kickstart file and " +"you have either local boot media or a PXE server available, you can start " +"the Kickstart installation. You need to use the [option]#inst.ks=# boot " +"option either in the boot menu (when booting from local media), or add this " +"option to your PXE server configuration. For information about boot options " +"used in Kickstart installations, see " +"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-kickstart[Kickstart Boot Options]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab77627 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.pot @@ -0,0 +1,610 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Up an Installation Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"This appendix is intended for users with previous Linux experience. If you " +"are a new user, you may want to install using minimal boot media or the " +"distribution DVD instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PXE Installation Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"Preboot Execution Environment, or PXE, is a techonology that allows " +"computers to boot directly from resources provided over the " +"network. Installing Fedora over the network means you don't have to create " +"media, and you can install to multiple computers or virtual machine " +"simultaneously. The process involves a number of components and features " +"working together to provide the resources required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PXE-capable computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"Most modern computers have the capability to network boot. Typically, a " +"function key pressed during boot will bring up a boot selection menu. In " +"environments designed for unattended administration, systems will often be " +"configured to first attempt booting from the network, then boot from local " +"storage, and the installation server is configured to only offer the " +"installation when required. Your computer's manual will provide specific " +"instructions on setting boot priorities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"When a system requests an address during network booting, the DHCP server " +"also provides the location of files to boot. A network should have only one " +"DHCP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TFTP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"Because the pre-boot environment is very simple, files must be provided in a " +"very simple way. Trivial File Transfer Protocol, or TFTP, provides the " +"system with the bootloader required to continue the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"Because the job of booting an operating system is too complex for the " +"pre-boot environment, a bootloader is used to load the kernel and related " +"files. It also provides configuration information to the installer, and can " +"offer a menu to select from different configurations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kernel and Initramfs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"The kernel is the core of any Linux operating system, and the initramfs " +"provides the kernel with required tools and resources. These files are also " +"provided by tftp." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package repository" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"A Fedora repository must be available for the installation. The example in " +"this section uses the public Fedora mirrors as the repository source, but " +"you can also use a repo on the local network provided by NFS, FTP, or " +"HTTP. Repositories can be configured using the [option]#inst.repo=# boot " +"option; see xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the " +"Installation Source] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. A link to mirrormanager and some instructions to other guides too. All the elaboration on installation methods might be going to far, but we can ref. --Pete +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Needs adminition about static IP, reference out to Networking Guide. Example assumes 192.168.1.2 for server. +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing and configuring dhcpd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:47 +msgid "Install the dhcp server package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install dhcp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:54 +msgid "Create a simple configuration for the dhcp server at `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" +"authoritative;\n" +"default-lease-time 600;\n" +"max-lease-time 7200;\n" +"ddns-update-style none;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1;\n" +"option routers 192.168.1.1;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:70 +msgid "Test your configuration and address any problems you discover." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#systemctl start dhcpd#\n" +"[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:79 +msgid "" +"Add entries to point clients to their bootloader and the server that " +"provides it to your subnet configuration in `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`. Because " +"DHCP clients provide the server with identifying information along with " +"their address request, BIOS clients and UEFI clients can each be directed to " +"the correct bootloader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# refer to RFC4758 for possible arch option values\n" +"option arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" +"if option arch = 00:07 {\n" +"filename \"uefi/shim.efi\";\n" +"} else {\n" +"filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "next-server 192.168.1.2;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"Restart the dhcp service to check the configuration and make changes as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#systemctl restart dhcpd#\n" +"[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the tftp server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:111 +msgid "Install the tftp server package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install tftp-server\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:117 +msgid "" +"Start and enable the `tftp socket`. `systemd` will automatically start the " +"`tftpd` service when required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#systemctl start tftp.socket#\n" +"# [command]#systemctl enable tftp.socket#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Providing and configuring bootloaders for PXE clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the bootloader files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:129 +msgid "Get the [package]*syslinux* bootloader for BIOS clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:131 +msgid "Install the [package]*syslinux* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install syslinux\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:137 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:154 +msgid "Create a directory for the bootloader files, and make them available there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#mkdir -p " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"# [command]#cp " +"`/usr/share/syslinux/{pxelinux.0,vesamenu.c32,ldlinux.c32,libcom32.c32,libutil.c32}` " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:145 +msgid "Get the bootloader files for UEFI systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:147 +msgid "" +"Install the [package]*shim* and [package]*grub2-efi* packages. If your " +"server is a BIOS system, you *must install the packages to a temporary " +"install root*. Installing them directly on a BIOS machine will attempt to " +"configure the system for UEFI booting and cause problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# dnf install shim grub2-efi --installroot=/tmp/fedora --releasever " +"{PRODVER}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#mkdir -p `/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +"# [command]#cp `/tmp/fedora/boot/efi/EFI/fedora/{shim.efi,grubx64.efi}` " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuring client bootloaders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:163 +msgid "" +"Create a boot menu for BIOS clients at " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"default vesamenu.c32\n" +"prompt 1\n" +"timeout 600\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label linux\n" +"menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} 64-bit\n" +"menu default\n" +"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img " +"inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ " +"ip=dhcp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label server\n" +"menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} ( Minimal Image )\n" +"menu default\n" +"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img " +"inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ " +"ip=dhcp ks=https://example.com/fedora/kickstarts/minimal.ks\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label rescue\n" +"menu label ^Rescue installed system\n" +"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"append initrd=f{PRODVER}initrd.img ip=dhcp " +"root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img " +"rescue\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"label local\n" +"menu label Boot from ^local drive\n" +"localboot 0xffff\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:195 +msgid "Create a boot menu for UEFI clients at `/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux/uefi`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"function load_video {\n" +"\tinsmod efi_gop\n" +"\tinsmod efi_uga\n" +"\tinsmod video_bochs\n" +"\tinsmod video_cirrus\n" +"\tinsmod all_video\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"load_video\n" +"set gfxpayload=keep\n" +"insmod gzio\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"menuentry 'Install {PRODUCT} 64-bit' --class fedora --class gnu-linux " +"--class gnu --class os {\n" +"\tlinuxefi f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz ip=dhcp " +"inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/\n" +"\tinitrdefi f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"menuentry 'Install Fedora {PRODVER} Server' --class fedora --class " +"gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {\n" +"\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"\tappend initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img " +"inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ " +"ip=dhcp " +"ks=https://git.fedorahosted.org/cgit/spin-kickstarts.git/plain/fedora-install-server.ks?h=f21\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"menuentry 'Rescue installed system' --class fedora --class gnu-linux " +"--class gnu --class os {\n" +"\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +"\tappend f{PRODVER}/initrd=initrd.img " +"root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img " +"rescue\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the kernel and initrd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Downloading the kernel and initrd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:231 +msgid "Create a directory for the files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# [command]#mkdir -p " +"`/var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:238 +msgid "Download the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# wget " +"http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/vmlinuz " +"-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:245 +msgid "Download the initrd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# wget " +"http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/initrd.img " +"-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Providing repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:255 +msgid "" +"The examples in this section use the public Fedora mirrors as the package " +"source. For faster installations, installing to many systems, or more " +"isolated environments, you may wish to maintain a local repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:257 +msgid "" +"Fedora Infrastructure maintains instructions for a configuring a local " +"mirror at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Infrastructure/Mirroring++[]. The " +"preferred method for providing repositories is via HTTP, and you can refer " +"to the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], to configure `httpd`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced network installations with Cobbler" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"For more complex environments, {PRODUCT} offers the [package]*cobbler* " +"installation server. Tasks like managing kickstart configurtations, " +"coordinating repositories, maintaining dns records, dhcp servers, and even " +"puppet manifests are effectively automated by [package]*cobbler*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:263 +msgid "" +"While levaraging all of the features provided by cobbler can be relatively " +"simple, the full functionality of this powerful tool is too broad to be " +"documented in this guide. The cobbler community provides excellent " +"documentation at link:++http://www.cobblerd.org/manuals/2.6.0/++[] to " +"accompany the packages in the Fedora repository." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cc7f2f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.pot @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Upgrading Your Current System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter explains how to upgrade your existing {PRODUCT} installation to " +"the current release. There are two basic ways to do so:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]*dnf system upgrade*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the " +"[application]*dnf system upgrade* utility. For information on performing an " +"automatic upgrade, see " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki DNF " +"system upgrade]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual Reinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying " +"on [application]*dnf system upgrade*. This involves booting the installer as " +"if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing " +"Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on " +"other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall " +"the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see " +"xref:Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual " +"System Upgrade or Reinstallation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your " +"system, no matter which method you choose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual System Upgrade or Reinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, we have not written this chapter yet, and there is no " +"dedicated documentation about a manual reinstall on the Wiki, either. In the " +"meantime before we fix this, you can try to start the installation normally " +"(from a boot CD/DVD/USB), select manual partitioning in your installer, and " +"reuse existing partitions instead of destroying them and creating new " +"ones. The instructions at " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual " +"Partitioning] should in most cases be easy to adapt for this." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52e0ef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.pot @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing Using VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"The graphical installation interface is the recommended method of installing " +"{PRODUCT}. However, in some cases, accessing the graphical interface " +"directly is difficult or impossible. Some systems lack the capability to " +"connect a display and a keyboard, making VNC a necessity for manual " +"(non-Kickstart) installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"To allow manual installations on _headless systems_ (systems without a " +"directly connected display, keyboard and mouse), the [application]*Anaconda* " +"installation program includes a _Virtual Network Computing_ (VNC) mode which " +"allows the graphical mode of the installation program to run locally, but " +"display on another system connected to the network. The VNC installation " +"provides you with the full range of installation options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"This chapter provides instructions on activating VNC mode on the " +"installation system and connecting to it using a VNC viewer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing a VNC Viewer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"Performing a VNC installation requires a VNC viewer running on your " +"workstation or another terminal computer. VNC viewers are available in the " +"repositories of most Linux distributions; free VNC viewers are also " +"available for other operating systems such as Windows. On Linux systems, use " +"your package manager to search for a viewer for your distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:20 +msgid "The following VNC viewers are available in {PRODUCT}:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"[application]*TigerVNC* - A basic viewer independent of your desktop " +"environment. Installed as the [package]*tigervnc* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"[application]*Vinagre* - A viewer for the [application]*GNOME* desktop " +"environment. Installed as the [package]*vinagre* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"[application]*KRDC* - A viewer integrated with the [application]*KDE* " +"desktop environment. Installed as the [package]*kdenetwork-krdc* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"To install any of the viewers listed above, execute the following command as " +"`root`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dnf install package\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Replace _package_ with the package name of the viewer you want to use (for " +"example, [package]*tigervnc*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:40 +msgid "" +"Procedures in this chapter assume you are using [application]*TigerVNC* as " +"your VNC viewer. Specific instructions for other viewers may differ, but the " +"general principles still apply." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Performing a VNC Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"The [application]*Anaconda* installation program offers two modes for VNC " +"installation: _Direct mode_ and _Connect mode_. The modes differ in the way " +"the connection between the server and viewer is established. After you " +"successfully connect, the installation will progress the same way regardless " +"of the mode you used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Direct Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"In this mode, [application]*Anaconda* is configured to start the " +"installation and wait for an incoming connection from VNC viewer before " +"proceeding. While waiting for an incoming connection, the system's IP " +"address and the port on which the installer expects the connection is " +"displayed on the display or console if available; this implies that you need " +"at least a serial console to connect using this mode, but you can work " +"around this limitation if you know the default VNC port and the system's IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"In this mode, the VNC viewer is started on the remote system in _listening " +"mode_. The VNC viewer waits for an incoming connection on a specified " +"port. Then, [application]*Anaconda* is started and the host name/IP address " +"and port number of the viewer are provided using a boot option or a " +"Kickstart command. When the installation begins, the installation program " +"establishes a connection with the listening VNC viewer using the specified " +"host name/IP address and port number. Connect mode is therefore easier to " +"use on systems with no local display or console, but it also may require " +"additional preparation, because the viewer system must be able to accept " +"incoming connections on the specified port, which usually requires changing " +"firewall settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Choosing a VNC Installation Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:56 +msgid "Visual and Interactive access to the system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If visual and interactive access to the system being installed is not " +"available, then you should use Connect Mode.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:60 +msgid "Network Connection Rules and Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If the system being installed is not allowed inbound connections by a " +"firewall, then you must use Connect Mode or disable the firewall. Disabling " +"a firewall may have security implications.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If the remote system running the VNC viewer is not allowed incoming " +"connections by a firewall, then you must use Direct Mode, or disable the " +"firewall. Disabling a firewall may have security implications.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in VNC Direct Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:69 +msgid "" +"VNC Direct Mode is when the VNC viewer initiates a connection to the system " +"being installed. [application]*Anaconda* will tell you when to initiate this " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Starting VNC in Direct Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:73 +msgid "" +"Open the VNC viewer (for example, [application]*TigerVNC*) on the " +"workstation you will be using to connect to the system being installed. A " +"window similar to " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#figu-vnc-installations-connection-details[TigerVNC " +"Connection Details] will be displayed with an input field allowing you to " +"specify an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TigerVNC Connection Details" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TigerVNC after startup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "vnc/connection-details.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:80 +msgid "" +"Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the " +"menu, edit boot options (see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) " +"and append the [option]#inst.vnc# option to the end of the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:82 +msgid "" +"Optionally, if you want to restrict VNC access to the installation system, " +"add the " +"[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_PASSWORD_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"boot option as well. Replace _PASSWORD_ with the password you want to use " +"for the installation. The VNC password must be between 6 and 8 characters " +"long." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:87 +msgid "" +"Use a temporary password for the [option]#inst.vncpassword=# option. It " +"should not be a real or root password you use on any system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding VNC Boot Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing boot options to activate VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot/vnc-options.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:96 +msgid "" +"Start the installation using the edited options. The system will initialize " +"the installation program and start the necessary services. When the system " +"is ready, you will see a message on the screen similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`13:14:47 Please manually connect your VNC viewer to 192.168.100.131:5901 to " +"begin the install.`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:103 +msgid "" +"Note the IP address and port number (in the above example, " +"`192.168.100.131:5901`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:105 +msgid "" +"On the system running the VNC Viewer, enter the IP address and port number " +"obtained in the previous step into the `Connection Details` dialog in the " +"same format as it was displayed on the screen by the installer. Then, click " +"`Connect`. The VNC viewer will now connect to the installation system. If " +"you set up a VNC password, enter it when prompted and press `OK`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:159 +msgid "" +"When the connection is successfully established, a new window will open on " +"the system running the VNC viewer, displaying the installation menu. This " +"window will provide full remote access to the installer until the " +"installation finishes and the system reboots for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:109 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:161 +msgid "" +"You can then proceed with " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#chap-installing-using-anaconda[Installing " +"Using Anaconda]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in VNC Connect Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:114 +msgid "" +"VNC connect mode is when the system being installed initiates a connection " +"to the VNC viewer running on a remote system. Before you start, make sure " +"the remote system is configured to accept incoming connection on the port " +"you want to use for VNC. The exact way to make sure the connection will not " +"be blocked depends on your network and on your workstation's " +"configuration. Information about configuring the firewall in {PRODUCT} is " +"available in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Starting VNC in Connect Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:118 +msgid "" +"Start the VNC viewer on the client system in listening mode. For example, on " +"{PRODUCT} using [application]*TigerVNC*, execute the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#vncviewer -listen _PORT_#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:125 +msgid "Replace _PORT_ with the port number you want to use for the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:127 +msgid "The terminal will display a message similar to the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TigerVNC Viewer Listening" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"TigerVNC Viewer 64-bit v1.3.0 (20130924)\n" +"Built on Sep 24 2013 at 16:32:56\n" +"Copyright (C) 1999-2011 TigerVNC Team and many others (see README.txt)\n" +"See http://www.tigervnc.org for information on TigerVNC.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Thu Feb 20 15:23:54 2014\n" +"main: Listening on port 5901\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:146 +msgid "" +"When this message is displayed, the VNC viewer is ready and waiting for an " +"incoming connection from the installation system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:148 +msgid "" +"Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the " +"menu, edit boot options (see " +"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) " +"and append the following options to the end of the command line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[option]#inst.vnc " +"inst.vncconnect=pass:attributes[{blank}]_HOST_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_PORT_#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:155 +msgid "" +"Replace _HOST_ with the IP address of the system running the listening VNC " +"viewer, and _PORT_ with the port number that the VNC viewer is listening on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:157 +msgid "" +"Start the installation. The system will initialize the installation program " +"and start the necessary services. Once the initialization is finished, " +"[application]*Anaconda* will attempt to connect to the IP address and port " +"you provided in the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kickstart Considerations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:166 +msgid "" +"Commands for using a VNC installation are also available in Kickstart " +"installations. Using just the [command]#vnc# command will set up an " +"installation using Direct Mode. Options are available to set up an " +"installation using Connect Mode. For more information about the " +"[command]#vnc# command and options used in Kickstart files, see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Considerations for Headless Systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:171 +msgid "" +"When installing headless systems, the only choices are an automated " +"Kickstart installation or an interactive VNC installation using connect " +"mode. For more information about automated Kickstart installation, see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart " +"Syntax Reference]. The general process for an interactive VNC installation " +"is described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:173 +msgid "" +"Set up a PXE server that will be used to start the installation. Information " +"about installing and performing basic configurating of a PXE server can be " +"found in xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting " +"Up an Installation Server]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:175 +msgid "" +"Configure the PXE server to use the boot options for a connect mode VNC " +"installation. For information on these boot options, see " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#sect-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Installing " +"in VNC Connect Mode]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:176 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure for a VNC Installation using connect mode as described " +"in the " +"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#proc-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Starting VNC " +"in Connect Mode]. However, when directed to boot the system, boot it from " +"the PXE server." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43cb34a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1142 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "An Introduction to Disk Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:12 +msgid "" +"This appendix is not necessarily applicable to architectures other than " +"AMD64 and Intel{nbsp}64. However, the general concepts mentioned here may " +"apply." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"This section discusses basic disk concepts, disk repartitioning strategies, " +"the partition naming scheme used by Linux systems, and related topics." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"If you are comfortable with disk partitions, you can skip ahead to " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitions-making-room[Strategies for " +"Disk Repartitioning] for more information on the process of freeing up disk " +"space to prepare for a {PRODUCT} installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hard Disk Basic Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:23 +msgid "" +"Hard disks perform a very simple function - they store data and reliably " +"retrieve it on command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:25 +msgid "" +"When discussing issues such as disk partitioning, it is important to have a " +"understanding of the underlying hardware; however, since the theory is very " +"complicated and expansive, only the basic concepts will be explained " +"here. This appendix uses a set of simplified diagrams of a disk drive to " +"help explain what is the process and theory behind partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-unused-drive[An Unused Disk " +"Drive], shows a brand-new, unused disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "An Unused Disk Drive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of an unused disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unused-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File Systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"To store data on a disk drive, it is necessary to _format_ the disk drive " +"first. Formatting (usually known as \"making a _file " +"system_pass:attributes[{blank}]\") writes information to the drive, creating " +"order out of the empty space in an unformatted drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with a File System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a formatted disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/formatted-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"As xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-formatted-drive[Disk Drive with " +"a File System], implies, the order imposed by a file system involves some " +"trade-offs:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"A small percentage of the driver's available space is used to store file " +"system-related data and can be considered as overhead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"A file system splits the remaining space into small, consistently-sized " +"segments. For Linux, these segments are known as _blocks_ footnote:[Blocks " +"really *are* consistently sized, unlike our illustrations. Keep in mind, " +"also, that an average disk drive contains thousands of blocks. The picture " +"is simplified for the purposes of this discussion.]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"Note that there is no single, universal file system. As " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-different-file-system[Disk Drive " +"with a Different File System], shows, a disk drive may have one of many " +"different file systems written on it. Different file systems tend to be " +"incompatible; that is, an operating system that supports one file system (or " +"a handful of related file system types) may not support another. However, " +"{PRODUCT} supports a wide variety of file systems (including many commonly " +"used by other operating systems such as Microsoft Windows), making data " +"interchange between different file systems easy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with a Different File System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with a different file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/other-formatted-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"Writing a file system to disk is only the first step. The goal of this " +"process is to actually *store* and *retrieve* data. The figure below shows a " +"drive disk after some data have been written to it:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Data Written to It" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with data written to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/used-formatted-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:64 +msgid "" +"As xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-drive-with-data[Disk Drive with " +"Data Written to It], shows, some of the previously-empty blocks are now " +"holding data. However, by just looking at this picture, we cannot determine " +"exactly how many files reside on this drive. There may only be one file or " +"many, as all files use at least one block and some files use multiple " +"blocks. Another important point to note is that the used blocks do not have " +"to form a contiguous region; used and unused blocks may be " +"interspersed. This is known as _fragmentation_. Fragmentation can play a " +"part when attempting to resize an existing partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:66 +msgid "" +"As with most computer-related technologies, disk drives changed over time " +"after their introduction. In particular, they got bigger. Not larger in " +"physical size, but bigger in their capacity to store information. And, this " +"additional capacity drove a fundamental change in the way disk drives were " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partitions: Turning One Drive Into Many" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:71 +msgid "" +"Disk drives can be divided into _partitions_. Each partition can be accessed " +"as if it was a separate disk. This is done through the addition of a " +"_partition table_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:73 +msgid "" +"There are several reasons for allocating disk space into separate disk " +"partitions, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:75 +msgid "Logical separation of the operating system data from the user data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:77 +msgid "Ability to use different file systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:79 +msgid "Ability to run multiple operating systems on one machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"There are currently two partitioning layout standards for physical hard " +"disks: Master Boot Record (*MBR*) and GUID Partition Table (*GPT*). *MBR* is " +"an older method of disk partitioning used with BIOS-based computers. *GPT* " +"is a newer partitioning layout that is a part of the Unified Extensible " +"Firmware Interface (*UEFI*). This section and " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitions-extended[Partitions Within " +"Partitions - An Overview of Extended Partitions] mainly describe the _Master " +"Boot Record_ (*MBR*) disk partitioning scheme. For information about the " +"_GUID Partition Table_ (*GPT*) partitioning layout, see " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitioning-guid-partition-table[GUID " +"Partition Table (GPT)]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:86 +msgid "" +"While the diagrams in this chapter show the partition table as being " +"separate from the actual disk drive, this is not entirely accurate. In " +"reality, the partition table is stored at the very start of the disk, before " +"any file system or user data. But for clarity, they are separate in our " +"diagrams." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Partition Table" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of an unused disk drive with a partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unused-partitioned-drive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"As xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-partition-table[Disk Drive with " +"Partition Table] shows, the partition table is divided into four sections or " +"four _primary_ partitions. A primary partition is a partition on a hard " +"drive that can contain only one logical drive (or section). Each section can " +"hold the information necessary to define a single partition, meaning that " +"the partition table can define no more than four partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"Each partition table entry contains several important characteristics of the " +"partition:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:99 +msgid "The points on the disk where the partition starts and ends" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:101 +msgid "Whether the partition is \"active\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:103 +msgid "The partition's type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:105 +msgid "" +"The starting and ending points define the partition's size and location on " +"the disk. The \"active\" flag is used by some operating systems' boot " +"loaders. In other words, the operating system in the partition that is " +"marked \"active\" is booted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:107 +msgid "" +"The type is a number that identifies the partition's anticipated usage. Some " +"operating systems use the partition type to denote a specific file system " +"type, to flag the partition as being associated with a particular operating " +"system, to indicate that the partition contains a bootable operating system, " +"or some combination of the three." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:109 +msgid "" +"See xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-single-part[Disk Drive With " +"Single Partition] for an example of a disk drive with single partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive With Single Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with a single partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/dos-single-partition.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:116 +msgid "" +"The single partition in this example is labeled as `DOS`. This label shows " +"the *partition type*, with `DOS` being one of the most common ones. The " +"table below shows a list of some of the commonly used partition types and " +"hexadecimal numbers used to represent them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partition Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Partition Type|Value|Partition Type|Value\n" +"|Empty|00|Novell Netware 386|65\n" +"|DOS 12-bit FAT|01|PIC/IX|75\n" +"|XENIX root|02|Old MINIX|80\n" +"|XENIX usr|03|Linux/MINUX|81\n" +"|DOS 16-bit <=32M|04|Linux swap|82\n" +"|Extended|05|Linux native|83\n" +"|DOS 16-bit >=32|06|Linux extended|85\n" +"|OS/2 HPFS|07|Amoeba|93\n" +"|AIX|08|Amoeba BBT|94\n" +"|AIX bootable|09|BSD/386|a5\n" +"|OS/2 Boot Manager|0a|OpenBSD|a6\n" +"|Win95 FAT32|0b|NEXTSTEP|a7\n" +"|Win95 FAT32 (LBA)|0c|BSDI fs|b7\n" +"|Win95 FAT16 (LBA)|0e|BSDI swap|b8\n" +"|Win95 Extended (LBA)|0f|Syrinx|c7\n" +"|Venix 80286|40|CP/M|db\n" +"|Novell|51|DOS access|e1\n" +"|PReP Boot|41|DOS R/O|e3\n" +"|GNU HURD|63|DOS secondary|f2\n" +"|Novell Netware 286|64|BBT|ff\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partitions Within Partitions - An Overview of Extended Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:149 +msgid "" +"In case four partitions are insufficient for your needs, you can use " +"_extended partitions_ to create up additional partitions. You do this by " +"setting the type of a partition to \"Extended\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:151 +msgid "" +"An extended partition is like a disk drive in its own right - it has its own " +"partition table which points to one or more partitions (now called _logical " +"partitions_, as opposed to the four _primary partitions_) contained entirely " +"within the extended partition " +"itself. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-extended[Disk Drive With " +"Extended Partition], shows a disk drive with one primary partition and one " +"extended partition containing two logical partitions (along with some " +"unpartitioned free space)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive With Extended Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with an extended partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/extended-partitions.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:158 +msgid "" +"As this figure implies, there is a difference between primary and logical " +"partitions - there can only be four primary partitions, but there is no " +"fixed limit to the number of logical partitions that can exist. However, due " +"to the way in which partitions are accessed in Linux, no more than 12 " +"logical partitions should be defined on a single disk drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GUID Partition Table (GPT)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:163 +msgid "" +"GUID Partition Table (*GPT*) is a newer partitioning scheme based on using " +"Globally Unique Identifiers (*GUID*). *GPT* was developed to cope with " +"limitations of the *MBR* partition table, especially with the limited " +"maximum addressable storage space of a disk. Unlike *MBR*, which is unable " +"to address storage space larger than 2.2 terabytes, *GPT* can be used with " +"hard disks larger than this; the maximum addressable disk size is 2.2 " +"zettabytes. In addition, *GPT* by default supports creating up to 128 " +"primary partitions. This number could be extended by allocating more space " +"to the partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*GPT* disks use logical block addressing (LBA) and the partition layout is " +"as follows:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:167 +msgid "" +"To preserve backward compatibility with MBR disks, the first sector (*LBA* " +"0) of *GPT* is reserved for *MBR* data and it is called \"protective MBR\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:169 +msgid "" +"The _primary *GPT* header_ begins on the second logical block (*LBA* 1) of " +"the device. The header contains the disk GUID, the location of the primary " +"partition table, the location of the secondary GPT header, and CRC32 " +"checksums of itself and the primary partition table. It also specifies the " +"number of partition entries of the table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:171 +msgid "" +"The _primary *GPT* table_ includes, by default, 128 partition entries, each " +"with an entry size 128 bytes, its partition type GUID and unique partition " +"GUID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:173 +msgid "" +"The _secondary *GPT* table_ is identical to the primary *GPT* table. It is " +"used mainly as a backup table for recovery in case the primary partition " +"table is corrupted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:175 +msgid "" +"The _secondary *GPT* header_ is located on the last logical sector of the " +"disk and it can be used to recover *GPT* information in case the primary " +"header is corrupted. It contains the disk GUID, the location of the " +"secondary partition table and the primary *GPT* header, CRC32 checksums of " +"itself and the secondary partition table, and the number of possible " +"partition entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:180 +msgid "" +"There must be a BIOS boot partition for the boot loader to be installed " +"successfully onto a disk that contains a GPT (GUID Partition Table). This " +"includes disks initialized by [application]*Anaconda*. If the disk already " +"contains a BIOS boot partition, it can be reused." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Strategies for Disk Repartitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:187 +msgid "" +"There are several different ways that a disk can be repartitioned. This " +"section discusses the following possible approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:189 +msgid "Unpartitioned free space is available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:191 +msgid "An unused partition is available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:193 +msgid "Free space in an actively used partition is available" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:195 +msgid "" +"Note that this section discusses the aforementioned concepts only " +"theoretically and it does not include any procedures showing how to perform " +"disk repartitioning step-by-step. Such detailed information are beyond the " +"scope of this document." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:200 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that the following illustrations are simplified in the interest " +"of clarity and do not reflect the exact partition layout that you encounter " +"when actually installing {PRODUCT}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Unpartitioned Free Space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:207 +msgid "" +"In this situation, the partitions already defined do not span the entire " +"hard disk, leaving unallocated space that is not part of any defined " +"partition. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-unused-space[Disk Drive " +"with Unpartitioned Free Space], shows what this might look like." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Unpartitioned Free Space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with unpartitioned free space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unpart-space.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:214 +msgid "" +"In the above example, `1` represents an undefined partition with unallocated " +"space and `2` represents a defined partition with allocated space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:216 +msgid "" +"An unused hard disk also falls into this category. The only difference is " +"that *all* the space is not part of any defined partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:218 +msgid "" +"In any case, you can create the necessary partitions from the unused " +"space. Unfortunately, this scenario, although very simple, is not very " +"likely (unless you have just purchased a new disk just for {PRODUCT}). Most " +"pre-installed operating systems are configured to take up all available " +"space on a disk drive (see " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#sect-disk-partitions-active-partition[Using Free " +"Space from an Active Partition])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Space from an Unused Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"In this case, maybe you have one or more partitions that you do not use any " +"longer. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-unused-partition[Disk " +"Drive with an Unused Partition], illustrates such a situation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with an Unused Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with an unused partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/unused-partition.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:230 +msgid "" +"In the above example, `1` represents an unused partition and `2` represents " +"reallocating an unused partition for Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:232 +msgid "" +"In this situation, you can use the space allocated to the unused " +"partition. You first must delete the partition and then create the " +"appropriate Linux partition(s) in its place. You can delete the unused " +"partition and manually create new partitions during the installation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Free Space from an Active Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:237 +msgid "" +"This is the most common situation. It is also, unfortunately, the hardest to " +"handle. The main problem is that, even if you have enough free space, it is " +"presently allocated to a partition that is already in use. If you purchased " +"a computer with pre-installed software, the hard disk most likely has one " +"massive partition holding the operating system and data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:239 +msgid "Aside from adding a new hard drive to your system, you have two choices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Destructive Repartitioning*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:241 +msgid "" +"In this case, the single large partition is deleted and several smaller ones " +"are created instead. Any data held in the original partition is " +"destroyed. This means that making a complete backup is necessary. It is " +"highly recommended to make two backups, use verification (if available in " +"your backup software), and try to read data from the backup *before* " +"deleting the partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:246 +msgid "" +"If an operating system was installed on that partition, it must be " +"reinstalled if you want to use that system as well. Be aware that some " +"computers sold with pre-installed operating systems may not include the " +"installation media to reinstall the original operating system. You should " +"check whether this applies to your system is *before* you destroy your " +"original partition and its operating system installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:250 +msgid "" +"After creating a smaller partition for your existing operating system, you " +"can reinstall software, restore your data, and start the " +"installation. " +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-destructive-repartitioning[Disk " +"Drive Being Destructively Repartitioned] shows this being done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive Being Destructively Repartitioned" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive being destructively repartitioned" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/dstrct-reprt.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:257 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:288 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:302 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:316 +msgid "In the above example, `1` represents before and `2` represents after." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:262 +msgid "Any data previously present in the original partition is lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Non-Destructive Repartitioning*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:266 +msgid "" +"With non-destructive repartitioning you execute a program that makes a big " +"partition smaller without losing any of the files stored in that " +"partition. This method is usually reliable, but can be very time-consuming " +"on large drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:268 +msgid "" +"While the process of non-destructive repartitioning is rather " +"straightforward, there are three steps involved:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:270 +msgid "Compress and backup existing data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:272 +msgid "Resize the existing partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:274 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:306 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create new partition(s)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:276 +msgid "Each step is described further in more detail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Compress Existing Data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:281 +msgid "" +"As the following figure shows, the first step is to compress the data in " +"your existing partition. The reason for doing this is to rearrange the data " +"such that it maximizes the available free space at the \"end\" of the " +"partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive Being Compressed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive being compressed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/compression.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:290 +msgid "" +"This step is crucial. Without it, the location of the data could prevent the " +"partition from being resized to the extent desired. Note also that, for one " +"reason or another, some data cannot be moved. If this is the case (and it " +"severely restricts the size of your new partition(s)), you may be forced to " +"destructively repartition your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:292 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resize the Existing Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:295 +msgid "" +"xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-resize-existing[Disk Drive with " +"Partition Resized] shows the actual resizing process. While the actual " +"result of the resizing operation varies depending on the software used, in " +"most cases the newly freed space is used to create an unformatted partition " +"of the same type as the original partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Partition Resized" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with a resized partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/part-resize.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:304 +msgid "" +"It is important to understand what the resizing software you use does with " +"the newly freed space, so that you can take the appropriate steps. In the " +"case illustrated here, it would be best to delete the new DOS partition and " +"create the appropriate Linux partition(s)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:309 +msgid "" +"As the previous step implied, it may or may not be necessary to create new " +"partitions. However, unless your resizing software is Linux-aware, it is " +"likely that you must delete the partition that was created during the " +"resizing " +"process. xref:Disk_Partitions.adoc#figu-partitions-final-configuration[Disk " +"Drive with Final Partition Configuration], shows this being done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:311 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Drive with Final Partition Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of a disk drive with final partition configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partitions/nondestruct-fin.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:318 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partition Naming Schemes and Mount Points" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:321 +msgid "" +"A common source of confusion for users unfamiliar with Linux is the matter " +"of how partitions are used and accessed by the Linux operating system. In " +"DOS/Windows, it is relatively simple: Each partition gets a \"drive " +"letter.\" You then use the correct drive letter to refer to files and " +"directories on its corresponding partition. This is entirely different from " +"how Linux deals with partitions and, for that matter, with disk storage in " +"general. This section describes the main principles of partition naming " +"scheme and the way how partitions are accessed in {PRODUCT}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Partition Naming Scheme" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:326 +msgid "" +"Linux uses a naming scheme that is file-based, with file names in the form " +"of `/dev/pass:attributes[{blank}]_xxyN_pass:attributes[{blank}]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:328 +msgid "Device and partition names consist of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/dev/`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:330 +msgid "" +"This is the name of the directory in which all device files reside. Because " +"partitions reside on hard disks, and hard disks are devices, the files " +"representing all possible partitions reside in `/dev/`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_xx_pass:attributes[{blank}]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:332 +msgid "" +"The first two letters of the partition name indicate the type of device on " +"which the partition resides, usually `sd`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:333 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_y_pass:attributes[{blank}]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:334 +msgid "" +"This letter indicates which device the partition is on. For example, " +"`/dev/sda` for the first hard disk, `/dev/sdb` for the second, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:335 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_N_pass:attributes[{blank}]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:336 +msgid "" +"The final number denotes the partition. The first four (primary or extended) " +"partitions are numbered `1` through `4`. Logical partitions start at " +"`5`. So, for example, `/dev/sda3` is the third primary or extended partition " +"on the first hard disk, and `/dev/sdb6` is the second logical partition on " +"the second hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:341 +msgid "" +"Even if your system can identify and refer to all types of disk partitions, " +"it might not be able to *read* the file system and therefore access stored " +"data on every partition type. However, in many cases, it is possible to " +"successfully access data on a partition dedicated to another operating " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:345 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disk Partitions and Mount Points" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:348 +msgid "" +"Each partition is used to form part of the storage necessary to support a " +"single set of files and directories. This is done by associating a partition " +"with a directory through a process known as _mounting_. Mounting a partition " +"makes its storage available starting at the specified directory (known as a " +"_mount point_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:350 +msgid "" +"For example, if partition `/dev/sda5` is mounted on `/usr/`, that would mean " +"that all files and directories under `/usr/` physically reside on " +"`/dev/sda5`. So the file `/usr/share/doc/FAQ/txt/Linux-FAQ` would be stored " +"on `/dev/sda5`, while the file `/etc/gdm/custom.conf` would not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:352 +msgid "" +"Continuing the example, it is also possible that one or more directories " +"below `/usr/` would be mount points for other partitions. For instance, a " +"partition (say, `/dev/sda7`) could be mounted on `/usr/local/`, meaning that " +"`/usr/local/man/whatis` would then reside on `/dev/sda7` rather than " +"`/dev/sda5`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How Many Partitions?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:357 +msgid "" +"At this point in the process of preparing to install {PRODUCT}, you should " +"give some consideration to the number and size of the partitions to be used " +"by your new operating system. However, there is no one right answer to this " +"question. It depends on your needs and requirements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:359 +msgid "" +"Unless you have a reason for doing otherwise, you should *at least* create a " +"`/boot` partition and a `/` (root) partition. Depending on your system's " +"hardware specifications, additional partitions may be necessary, such as " +"`/boot/efi` for 64-bit AMD and Intel systems with UEFI firmware, a " +"`biosboot` partition for AMD and Intel systems with a GUID Partition Table " +"(GPT) label on the system disk, or a `PReP Boot` partition on IBM Power " +"Systems servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc:360 +msgid "" +"See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for more information about the recommended partitioning " +"scheme." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa51ff1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.pot @@ -0,0 +1,7000 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kickstart Syntax Reference" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This appendix describes commands and options available in Kickstart " +"installations. For general information about Kickstart, see " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"Device names are not guaranteed to be consistent across reboots, which can " +"complicate usage in Kickstart scripts. When a Kickstart option calls for a " +"device node name (such as `sda`), you can instead use any item from " +"`/dev/disk`. For example, instead of:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#part / --fstype=xfs --onpart=sda1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:21 +msgid "You could use an entry similar to one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"part / --fstype=xfs " +"--onpart=/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:05.0-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1\n" +"part / --fstype=xfs " +"--onpart=/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3160815AS_6RA0C882-part1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:30 +msgid "" +"This provides a consistent way to refer to disks that is more meaningful " +"than just `sda`. This is especially useful in large storage environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:34 +msgid "" +"While the general principles of Kickstart installations tend to stay the " +"same, the commands and options can change between major releases. You can " +"use the [command]#ksverdiff# command to display the differences between two " +"versions of the Kickstart syntax. This is useful when updating an existing " +"Kickstart file to be used with a new release. To display a list of changes " +"in syntax between Fedora{nbsp}{PREVVER} and {PRODVER}, use the following " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#ksverdiff -f F{PREVVER} -t F{PRODVER}#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"The [option]#-f# option specifies the release to start the comparison with, " +"and the [option]#-t# option to specify the release to end with. For " +"additional information, see the `ksverdiff(1)` man page. Also note that you " +"can not use this to display changes in a release that is newer than your " +"system - the version of [package]*pykickstart* on Fedora{nbsp}{PREVVER} can " +"not display changes in Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can review the [citetitle]_Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER} Release " +"Notes_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for a list " +"of changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:48 +msgid "" +"In the following sections, if an option is followed by an equals mark (`=`), " +"a value must be specified after it. In the example commands, options in " +"square brackets (`[ ]`) are optional arguments for the command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Methods and Sources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:55 +msgid "The following commands control the way Fedora will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "device (optional) - Install Extra Device Drivers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:60 +msgid "" +"On most PCI systems, the installation program will automatically detect " +"Ethernet and SCSI cards. However, on older systems and some PCI systems, " +"Kickstart requires a hint to find the proper devices. The [command]#device# " +"command, which tells the installation program to install extra modules, uses " +"the following format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#device _moduleName_ [--opts=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:67 +msgid "" +"Replace _moduleName_ with the name of the kernel module which should be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--opts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:69 +msgid "Options to pass to the installed kernel module. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "device i2c_piix4 --opts=\"aic152x=0x340 io=11\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "driverdisk (optional) - Use a Driver Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:78 +msgid "" +"Driver disks can be used during Kickstart installations to provide " +"additional drivers not included by default. You must copy the driver disks's " +"contents to the root directory of a partition on the system's hard " +"drive. Then, you must use the [command]#driverdisk# command to specify that " +"the installation program should look for a driver disk and its location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#driverdisk _partition_ | --source= | --biospart=#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_partition_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:85 +msgid "" +"Search for the driver disk image on a local partition. Replace _partition_ " +"with the name of the partition containing the driver disk. Note that the " +"partition must be specified as a full path. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#driverdisk /dev/sdb1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--source=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:92 +msgid "" +"Search for the driver disk in a network location instead of a local " +"partition. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#driverdisk " +"--source=ftp://pass:attributes[{blank}]_path/to/dd.img_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#driverdisk " +"--source=http://pass:attributes[{blank}]_path/to/dd.img_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#driverdisk " +"--source=nfs:pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_:/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path/to/dd.img_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--biospart=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:109 +msgid "BIOS partition containing the driver disk (for example, `82p2`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "install (required) - Configure Installation Method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:114 +msgid "" +"The default installation mode. You must specify the type of installation " +"from `cdrom`, `harddrive`, `nfs`, `liveimg`, or `url`. The " +"[command]#install# command and the installation method command must be on " +"separate lines. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#liveimg --url=file:///images/install/squashfs.img --noverifyssl#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:124 +msgid "The installation method commands are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#cdrom#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:126 +msgid "Install from the first optical (DVD) drive on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#harddrive#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:128 +msgid "" +"Install from a tree or full installation ISO image on a local hard " +"drive. The tree or ISO image must be on a file system which is mountable in " +"the installation environment. Supported file systems are `ext2`, `ext3`, " +"`ext4`, `vfat`, or `xfs`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#harddrive --partition= | --biospart= [--dir=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--partition=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:138 +msgid "Partition to install from (such as `sdb2`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--biospart=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:140 +msgid "BIOS partition to install from (such as `82p2`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:141 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:175 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--dir=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:142 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:176 +msgid "Directory containing the installation tree or ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#liveimg#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:144 +msgid "" +"Install from a disk image instead of packages. The image can be the " +"`squashfs.img` file from a live ISO image, or any file system that the " +"installation media can mount. Supported file systems are `ext2`, `ext3`, " +"`ext4`, `vfat`, and `xfs`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:146 +msgid "" +"This command also supports installation from tar archives of the root file " +"system. In that case, the file name must end with `.tar`, `.tbz`, `.tgz`, " +"`.txz`, `.tar.bz2`, `tar.gz`, or `tar.xz`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#liveimg --url= [--proxy= | --checksum= | --noverifyssl=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:155 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--url=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:156 +msgid "" +"The location to install from. Supported protocols are `HTTP`, `HTTPS`, " +"`FTP`, and `file`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:157 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--proxy=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:158 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:194 +msgid "" +"Specify an `HTTP`, `HTTPS` or `FTP` proxy to use while performing the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--checksum=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:160 +msgid "" +"An optional argument with the `SHA256` checksum of the image file, used for " +"integrity verification. If you are using a live image provided by Fedora " +"Project, you can find a list of checksums at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/en/verify++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:161 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noverifyssl#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:162 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:196 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:250 +msgid "Disable SSL verification when connecting to an `HTTPS` server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#nfs#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:164 +msgid "" +"Install from an `NFS` server specified. The NFS server must be exporting the " +"full installation ISO image (such as the {PRODUCT} Server DVD) or its " +"extracted contents." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#nfs --server= [--dir=] [--opts= ]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--server=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:174 +msgid "Host name of the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--opts=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:178 +msgid "Mount options to use for mounting the `NFS` export." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#url#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:180 +msgid "Install from a tree on a remote server via `HTTP`, `HTTPS`, or `FTP`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#install#\n" +"[command]#url --url= | --mirrorlist= [--proxy= | --noverifyssl]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:190 +msgid "" +"The location to install from. Supported protocols are `http`, `https`, " +"`ftp`, and `file`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mirrorlist=#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:192 +msgid "The mirror URL to install from." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mediacheck (optional) - Verify Installation Media Integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:201 +msgid "" +"This command will force the installation program to perform a media check " +"before starting the installation, similarly to the [option]#rd.live.check# " +"boot option (see " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-mediacheck[Verifying " +"Boot Media]. This command requires that installations be attended, so it is " +"disabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ostreesetup (optional) - Install from an OSTree" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:206 +msgid "" +"Used for OSTree installations. See " +"link:++https://wiki.gnome.org/action/show/Projects/OSTree++[] for more " +"information about OSTree. Available options are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--osname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:208 +msgid "Management root for OS installation (required)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--remote=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:210 +msgid "Management root for OS installation (optional)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--url=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:212 +msgid "Repository URL (required)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ref=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:214 +msgid "Name of branch inside the repository (required)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nogpg#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:216 +msgid "Disable GPG key verification (optional)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "repo (optional) - Configure Additional Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:221 +msgid "" +"Configures additional [application]*DNF* repositories that may be used as " +"sources for package installation. This command can be used multiple times in " +"a single Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"See the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about the " +"[application]*DNF* package manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:228 +msgid "" +"Repositories used for installation must be stable. The installation may fail " +"if a repository is modified before the installation concludes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:231 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:420 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1557 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1695 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--name=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:232 +msgid "" +"The repository ID. This option is required. If a repository has a name which " +"conflicts with another previously added repository, it will be " +"ignored. Because the installation program uses a list of pre-configured " +"repositories, this means that you cannot add repositories with the same " +"names as the preconfigured ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--baseurl=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:234 +msgid "" +"The repository URL. The variables that may be used in [application]*DNF* " +"repo configuration files are *not* supported. You may use one of either this " +"option or [option]#--mirrorlist#, not both." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mirrorlist=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:236 +msgid "" +"The URL pointing at a list of mirrors for the repository. The variables that " +"may normally be used in dnf repository configuration files are not supported " +"here. You may use one of either this option or --baseurl, not both." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--install#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:238 +msgid "" +"Make the repository configured in the Kickstart file available on the system " +"after the installation as well. Creates a configuration file for the " +"repository in `/etc/yum.repos.d/` on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:239 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cost=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:240 +msgid "" +"An integer value to assign a cost to this repository. If multiple " +"repositories provide the same packages, this number will be used to " +"prioritize which repository will be used before another. Repositories with a " +"lower cost take priority over repositories with higher cost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--excludepkgs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:242 +msgid "" +"A comma-separated list of package names that must *not* be pulled from this " +"repository. This is useful if multiple repositories provide the same package " +"and you want to make sure it comes from a particular repository. Both full " +"package names (such as `publican`) and globs (such as `gnome-*`) are " +"accepted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--includepkgs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:244 +msgid "" +"A comma-separated list of package names and globs that must be pulled from " +"this repository. This is useful if multiple repositories provide the same " +"package and you want to make sure it comes from this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--proxy=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:246 +msgid "" +"Specify an `HTTP`, `HTTPS` or `FTP` proxy server to use when accessing this " +"repository. This setting does not affect any other repositories or " +"installation sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ignoregroups=true#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:248 +msgid "" +"This option is used when composing installation trees and has no effect on " +"the installation process itself. It tells the compose tools to not look at " +"the package group information when mirroring trees so as to avoid mirroring " +"large amounts of unnecessary data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noverifyssl#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Storage and Partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:255 +msgid "" +"Commands in this section are used to determine your system's storage options " +"and partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "autopart (optional) - Automatic Partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:260 +msgid "" +"Automatically creates partitions: a root (`/`) partition (1 GB or larger), a " +"`swap` partition, and an appropriate `/boot` partition for the " +"architecture. On large enough drives (50{nbsp}GB and larger), this also " +"creates a `/home` partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:265 +msgid "" +"The [command]#autopart# option cannot be used together with the " +"[command]#part/partition#, [command]#raid#, [command]#logvol#, or " +"[command]#volgroup# options in the same Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:268 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--type=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:269 +msgid "" +"Selects one of the predefined automatic partitioning schemes you want to " +"use. Accepts the following values:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `lvm`: The LVM partitioning scheme.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `btrfs`: The Btrfs partitioning scheme.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `plain`: Regular partitions with no LVM or Btrfs.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:277 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `thinp`: The LVM Thin Provisioning partitioning scheme.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:279 +msgid "" +"The created partitioning scheme will follow the recommended scheme described " +"at " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:280 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:702 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:926 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:983 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fstype=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:281 +msgid "" +"Specify a supported file system (such as `ext4` or `xfs`) to replace the " +"default when doing automatic partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:282 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nolvm#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:283 +msgid "" +"Do not use LVM or Btrfs for automatic partitioning. This option is equal to " +"[option]#--type=plain#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:284 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:741 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:950 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1000 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--encrypted#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:285 +msgid "" +"Encrypts all partitions. This is equivalent to checking the `Encrypt " +"partitions` check box on the initial partitioning screen during a manual " +"graphical installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:286 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:743 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:952 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1002 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--passphrase=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:287 +msgid "Provides a default system-wide passphrase for all encrypted devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:288 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:747 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:956 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1006 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--escrowcert=pass:attributes[{blank}]_URL_of_X.509_certificate_pass:attributes[{blank}]#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:289 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:957 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1007 +msgid "" +"Stores data encryption keys of all encrypted volumes as files in `/root`, " +"encrypted using the X.509 certificate from the URL specified with " +"_URL_of_X.509_certificate_. The keys are stored as a separate file for each " +"encrypted volume. This option is only meaningful if [option]#--encrypted# is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:290 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:749 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:958 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1008 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--backuppassphrase#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:291 +msgid "" +"Adds a randomly-generated passphrase to each encrypted volume. Store these " +"passphrases in separate files in `/root`, encrypted using the X.509 " +"certificate specified with [option]#--escrowcert#. This option is only " +"meaningful if [option]#--escrowcert# is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:292 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:745 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:954 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1004 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cipher=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:293 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:746 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:955 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1005 +msgid "" +"Specifies which type of encryption will be used if the " +"[application]*Anaconda* default `aes-xts-plain64` is not satisfactory. You " +"must use this option together with the [option]#--encrypted# option; by " +"itself it has no effect. Available types of encryption are listed in the " +"[citetitle]_Fedora Security Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. Using either `aes-xts-plain64` or " +"`aes-cbc-essiv:sha256` is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "bootloader (required) - Configure Boot Loader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:298 +msgid "Specifies how the boot loader should be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:303 +msgid "" +"You should always use a password to protect your boot loader. An unprotected " +"boot loader can allow a potential attacker to modify the system's boot " +"options and gain unauthorized access to the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:310 +msgid "" +"Some systems require a special partition for installing the boot loader. The " +"type and size of this partition depends on whether the disk you are " +"installing the boot loader to uses the _Master Boot Record_ (MBR) or a _GUID " +"Partition Table_ (GPT) schema. For more information, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning-bootloader[Boot " +"Loader Installation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--append=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:314 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional kernel parameters. To specify multiple parameters, " +"separate them with spaces. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:318 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#bootloader --location=mbr --append=\"hdd=ide-scsi ide=nodma\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:321 +msgid "" +"The [option]#rhgb# and [option]#quiet# parameters are always used, even if " +"you do not specify them here or do not use the [option]#--append=# command " +"at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:322 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--boot-drive=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:323 +msgid "" +"Specifies which drive the boot loader should be written to, and therefore " +"which drive the computer will boot from. If you use a multipath device as " +"the boot drive, specify only one member of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:328 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--boot-drive=# option is currently being ignored in {PRODUCT} " +"installations on IBM System{nbsp}z systems using the [application]*zipl* " +"boot loader. When [application]*zipl* is installed, it determines the boot " +"drive on its own." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Not* specifying this option will result in the following behavior:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:334 +msgid "" +"If the [option]#--driveorder=# option was used, [application]*Anaconda* will " +"install the boot loader on the first valid device specified in the drive " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:336 +msgid "" +"The first present and valid disk containing a `/boot` partition will be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:338 +msgid "" +"If none of the above applies, then the first valid storage device from the " +"list of all detected devices will be used to install the boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--leavebootorder#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:340 +msgid "" +"Prevents the installation program from making changes to the existing list " +"of bootable images on UEFI or ISeries/PSeries systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:341 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--driveorder=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:342 +msgid "Specifies which drive is first in the BIOS boot order. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:346 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#bootloader --driveorder=sda,hda#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--location=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:349 +msgid "Specifies where the boot record is written. Valid values are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** `mbr` - The default option. Depends on whether the drive uses the Master " +"Boot Record (MBR) or GUID Partition Table (GPT) scheme:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*** On a GPT-formatted disk, this option will install stage 1.5 of the boot " +"loader into the BIOS boot partition.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:355 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*** On an MBR-formatted disk, stage 1.5 will be installed into the empty " +"space between the MBR and the first partition.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** `partition` - Install the boot loader on the first sector of the " +"partition containing the kernel.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:359 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** `none` - Do not install the boot loader.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:361 +msgid "In most cases, this option does not need to be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:362 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:635 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1705 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1872 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--password=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:363 +msgid "" +"If using [application]*GRUB2* as the boot loader, sets the boot loader " +"password to the one specified with this option. This should be used to " +"restrict access to the [application]*GRUB2* shell, where arbitrary kernel " +"options can be passed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:365 +msgid "" +"If a password is specified, [application]*GRUB2* will also ask for a user " +"name. The user name is always `root`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:366 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1643 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1707 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1826 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--iscrypted#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:367 +msgid "" +"Normally, when you specify a boot loader password using the " +"[option]#--password=# option, it will be stored in the Kickstart file in " +"plain text. If you want to encrypt the password, use this option and an " +"encrypted password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:369 +msgid "" +"To generate an encrypted password, use the [command]#grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2# " +"command, enter the password you want to use, and copy the command's output " +"(the hash starting with `grub.pbkdf2`) into the Kickstart file. An example " +"[command]#bootloader# Kickstart entry with an encrypted password will look " +"similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:374 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#bootloader --iscrypted " +"--password=grub.pbkdf2.sha512.10000.5520C6C9832F3AC3D149AC0B24BE69E2D4FB0DBEEDBD29CA1D30A044DE2645C4C7A291E585D4DC43F8A4D82479F8B95CA4BA4381F8550510B75E8E0BB2938990.C688B6F0EF935701FF9BD1A8EC7FE5BD2333799C98F28420C5CC8F1A2A233DE22C83705BB614EA17F3FDFDF4AC2161CEA3384E56EB38A2E39102F5334C47405E#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--timeout=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:378 +msgid "" +"Specifies the amount of time the boot loader will wait before booting the " +"default option (in seconds)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:379 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--default=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:380 +msgid "Sets the default boot image in the boot loader configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--extlinux#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:382 +msgid "" +"Use the [application]*extlinux* boot loader instead of " +"[application]*GRUB2*. This option only works on systems supported by " +"[application]*extlinux*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:383 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1670 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disabled#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:384 +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to install a boot loader. This option overrides all other " +"boot loader configuration; all other boot loader options will be ignored and " +"no boot loader packages will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nombr#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:386 +msgid "" +"Install the boot loader configuration and support files, but do not modify " +"the MBR." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:388 +#, no-wrap +msgid "btrfs (optional) - Create Btrfs Volume or Subvolume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:391 +msgid "Create a Btrfs volume or subvolume. For a volume, the syntax is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:396 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#btrfs _mntpoint_ --data=pass:attributes[{blank}]_level_ " +"--metadata=pass:attributes[{blank}]_level_ [--label=] " +"_partitions_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:400 +msgid "" +"One or more partitions can be specified in _partitions_. When specifying " +"more than one partitions, the entries must be separated by a single " +"space. See " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#exam-kickstart-create-btrfs[Creating " +"Btrfs Volumes and Subvolumes] for a demonstration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:402 +msgid "For a subvolume, the syntax is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#btrfs _mntpoint_ --subvol --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ " +"_parent_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:411 +msgid "" +"_parent_ should be the identifier of the subvolume's parent volume, _name_ " +"with a name for the subvolume, and _mntpoint_ is the location where the file " +"system is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--data=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:413 +msgid "" +"RAID level to use for file system *data* (such as `0`, `1`, or `10`). This " +"parameter is optional, has no meaning for subvolumes, and requires more than " +"one physical disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:414 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--metadata=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:415 +msgid "" +"RAID level to use for file system/volume *metadata* (such as `0`, `1`, or " +"`10`). This parameter is optional, has no meaning for subvolumes, and " +"requires more than one physical disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:416 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:713 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:937 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:994 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--label=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:417 +msgid "" +"Specify a label for the Btrfs file system. If the given label is already in " +"use by another file system, a new label will be created. This option has no " +"meaning for subvolumes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:418 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--subvol#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:419 +msgid "Create a Btrfs subvolume instead of a volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:421 +msgid "Set a name for a Btrfs subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noformat# or [option]#--useexisting#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:423 +msgid "" +"Use an existing Btrfs volume (or subvolume) and do not reformat the file " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:424 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:711 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:935 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:992 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mkfsoptions=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:425 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional parameters to be passed to the program that makes a " +"filesystem on this volume or subvolume. No processing is done on the list of " +"arguments, so they must be supplied in a format that can be passed directly " +"to the mkfs program. This means multiple options should be comma-separated " +"or surrounded by double quotes, depending on the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:427 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a Btrfs volume from member " +"partitions on three disks with subvolumes for `/` and `/home`. The main " +"volume is not mounted or used directly in this example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating Btrfs Volumes and Subvolumes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part btrfs.01 --size=6000 --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part btrfs.02 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part btrfs.03 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#btrfs none --data=0 --metadata=1 --label=f{PRODVER} btrfs.01 " +"btrfs.02 btrfs.03#\n" +"[command]#btrfs / --subvol --name=root LABEL=f{PRODVER}#\n" +"[command]#btrfs /home --subvol --name=home f{PRODVER}#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "clearpart (optional) - Remove All Existing Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:451 +msgid "" +"Removes partitions from the system, prior to creation of new partitions. By " +"default, no partitions are removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:456 +msgid "" +"If the [command]#clearpart# command is used, then the [command]#part " +"--onpart# command cannot be used on a logical partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:460 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of partitioning including the [command]#clearpart# " +"command, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:461 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--all#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:462 +msgid "Erases all partitions from the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:467 +msgid "" +"This option will erase all disks which can be reached by the installer, " +"including any attached network storage. Use this option with caution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:470 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--drives=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:471 +msgid "" +"Specifies which drives to clear partitions from. For example, the following " +"clears all the partitions on the first two drives on the primary IDE " +"controller:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:475 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#clearpart --drives=hda,hdb --all#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:478 +msgid "" +"To clear a multipath device, use the format " +"`disk/by-id/scsi-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is the " +"_world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to clear a disk with " +"WWID `58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#clearpart " +"--drives=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:485 +msgid "" +"This format is preferable for all multipath devices, but if errors arise, " +"multipath devices that do not use _logical volume management_ (LVM) can also " +"be cleared using the format " +"`disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is " +"the _world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to clear a disk " +"with WWID `2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:489 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#clearpart " +"--drives=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:495 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:577 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:911 +msgid "" +"Never specify multipath devices by device names like `mpatha`. Device names " +"such as this are not specific to a particular disk. The disk named " +"`/dev/mpatha` during installation might not be the one that you expect it to " +"be. Therefore, the [command]#clearpart# command could target the wrong disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:499 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:581 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:915 +msgid "" +"Starting with Fedora 25, you can combine multiple ways of specifying storage " +"targets in one command, using the pipe " +"(\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`|`pass:attributes[{blank}]\") as a " +"delimiter. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:502 +#, no-wrap +msgid "clearpart --drives=sd*|hd*|vda,/dev/vdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:505 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:587 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:921 +msgid "" +"The above will match either of `sd*`, `hd*`, *or* `vda` *and* " +"`/dev/vdc`. Variants are processed from left to right, and at least one of " +"them must match for the command to succeed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:506 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--list=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:507 +msgid "" +"Specifies which partitions to clear. This option overrides the " +"[option]#--all# and [option]#--linux# options if used. Can be used across " +"different drives. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:511 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#clearpart --list=sda2,sda3,sdb1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:513 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disklabel=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:514 +msgid "Create a set disk label when relabeling a disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--linux#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:516 +msgid "Erases all Linux partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--none#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:518 +msgid "" +"Do not remove any partitions. This is the default behavior - using this " +"option is the same as not using the [command]#clearpart# command at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:523 +msgid "" +"Using the [command]#clearpart --all# command in a Kickstart file to remove " +"all existing partitions during the installation will cause " +"[application]*Anaconda* to pause and prompt you for a confirmation. If you " +"need to perform the installation automatically with no interaction, add the " +"[command]#zerombr# command to your Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fcoe (optional) - Configure Fibre Channel Over Ethernet Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:530 +msgid "" +"Specify which FCoE devices should be activated automatically in addition to " +"those discovered by _Enhanced Disk Drive Services_ (EDD)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:534 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#fcoe --nic=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ [--dcp= | --autovlan]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:536 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nic=# (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:537 +msgid "Name of the device to be activated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:538 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--dcb=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:539 +msgid "Establish _Data Center Bridging_ (DCB) settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:540 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--autovlan#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:541 +msgid "Discover VLANs automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ignoredisk (optional) - Ignore Specified Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:546 +msgid "" +"Causes the installation program to ignore the specified disks. This is " +"useful if you use autopartition and want to be sure that some disks are " +"ignored. For example, without [command]#ignoredisk#, attempting to deploy on " +"a SAN cluster the Kickstart would fail, as the installation program detects " +"passive paths to the SAN that return no partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:550 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#ignoredisk --drives= | --only-use= [--interactive]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:553 +msgid "" +"Specify one or more drives to ignore. Multiple drives can be specified as a " +"comma-separated list. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:557 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#ignoredisk --drives=sda,sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:560 +msgid "" +"To ignore a multipath device that does not use _logical volume management_ " +"(LVM), use the format " +"`disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is " +"the _world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to ignore a disk " +"with WWID `2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--drives=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:567 +msgid "" +"Multipath devices that use LVM are not assembled until after " +"[application]*Anaconda* has parsed the Kickstart file. Therefore, you cannot " +"specify these devices in the format `dm-uuid-mpath`. Instead, to ignore a " +"multipath device that uses LVM, use the format " +"`disk/by-id/scsi-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is the " +"_world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to ignore a disk with " +"WWID `58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--drives=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ignoredisk --drives=sd*|hd*|vda,/dev/vdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:588 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--only-use=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:589 +msgid "" +"Specifies a list of disks for the installation program to use. All other " +"disks are ignored. For example, to use disk `sda` during installation and " +"ignore all other disks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:593 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#ignoredisk --only-use=sda#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:596 +msgid "To include a multipath device that does not use LVM:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:600 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--only-use=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:603 +msgid "To include a multipath device that uses LVM:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:607 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#ignoredisk " +"--only-use=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:609 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--interactive#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:610 +msgid "Allows you to manually navigate the advanced storage screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:612 +#, no-wrap +msgid "iscsi (optional) - Configure iSCSI Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:615 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional iSCSI storage to be attached during installation. If " +"you use the [command]#iscsi# command, you must also assign a name to the " +"iSCSI node, using the [command]#iscsiname# command (see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-iscsiname[iscsiname " +"(optional) - Assign Name to iSCSI Device]. The [command]#iscsiname# command " +"must appear before the [command]#iscsi# command in the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:617 +msgid "" +"You should configure iSCSI storage in the system BIOS or firmware (iBFT for " +"Intel systems) rather than use the [command]#iscsi# command if possible. If " +"you do so, [application]*Anaconda* automatically detects and uses disks " +"configured in BIOS or firmware and no special configuration is necessary in " +"the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:619 +msgid "" +"If you must use the [command]#iscsi# command, make sure that networking is " +"activated at the beginning of the installation, and that the " +"[command]#iscsi# command appears in the Kickstart file *before* you refer to " +"iSCSI disks with commands such as [command]#clearpart# or " +"[command]#ignoredisk#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:623 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#iscsi --ipaddr= --port= [--target= | --iface= | --user= | " +"--password= | --reverse-user= | --reverse-password=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:625 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ipaddr=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:626 +msgid "The IP address of the target to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:627 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1175 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1779 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1870 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--port=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:628 +msgid "The port number (typically `3260`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:629 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--target=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:630 +msgid "Target _IQN_ (iSCSI Qualified Name)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:631 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--iface=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:632 +msgid "" +"Bind the connection to a specific network interface instead of using the " +"default one determined by the network layer. Once used, it must be specified " +"in all instances of the [command]#iscsi# command in the entire Kickstart " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:633 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--user=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:634 +msgid "User name required to authenticate with the target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:636 +msgid "Password that corresponds with the user name specified for the target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:637 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reverse-user=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:638 +msgid "" +"User name required to authenticate with the initiator from a target using " +"reverse CHAP authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:639 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reverse-password=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:640 +msgid "Password that corresponds with the user name specified for the initiator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "iscsiname (optional) - Assign Name to iSCSI Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:645 +msgid "" +"Assigns a name to an iSCSI node specified by the [command]#iscsi# command " +"(xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-iscsi[iscsi " +"(optional) - Configure iSCSI Devices]). This command is mandatory if you use " +"the [command]#iscsi# command, and it must be specified *before* you use " +"[command]#iscsi#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:649 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#iscsiname _iqn_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:652 +#, no-wrap +msgid "logvol (optional) - Create LVM Logical Volume" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:655 +msgid "Create a logical volume for Logical Volume Management (LVM) with the syntax:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:659 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#logvol _mntpoint_ --vgname= --name= " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:665 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1070 +msgid "" +"Do not use the dash (`-`) character in logical volume and volume group names " +"when installing {PRODUCT} using Kickstart. If this character is used, the " +"installation will finish normally, but the `/dev/mapper/` directory will " +"list these volumes and volume groups with every dash doubled. For example, a " +"volume group named `volgrp-01` containing a logical volume named `logvol-01` " +"will be listed as `/dev/mapper/volgrp--01-logvol--01`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:667 +msgid "" +"This limitation only applies to newly created logical volume and volume " +"group names. If you are reusing existing ones using the [option]#--noformat# " +"or [option]#--useexisting# option, their names will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:671 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of [command]#logvol# in action, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:672 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:815 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:973 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_mntpoint_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:673 +msgid "" +"Replace with the volume's mount point. This name can take the following " +"forms:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:674 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:817 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/pass:attributes[{blank}]_path_pass:attributes[{blank}]`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:675 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:818 +msgid "A path to the mount point - for example, `/` or `/home`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:676 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:819 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:677 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:820 +msgid "The partition is used as swap space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:679 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:822 +msgid "" +"To determine the size of the swap partition automatically, use the " +"[option]#--recommended# option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:683 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:826 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap --recommended`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:686 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:831 +msgid "" +"To determine the size of the swap partition automatically but also allow " +"extra space for your system to hibernate, use the [option]#--hibernation# " +"option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:690 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap --hibernation`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:693 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:838 +msgid "" +"The size assigned will be equivalent to the swap space assigned by " +"[option]#--recommended# plus the amount of RAM on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:695 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:840 +msgid "" +"For the swap sizes assigned by these commands, see the section describing " +"swap in " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:696 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`none`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:697 +msgid "Used only when creating a thin pool volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:698 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:871 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:996 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1077 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noformat#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:699 +msgid "Use an existing logical volume and do not format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:700 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:998 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1079 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--useexisting#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:701 +msgid "Use an existing logical volume and format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:703 +msgid "" +"Sets the file system type for the logical volume. Valid values are `xfs`, " +"`ext2`, `ext3`, `ext4`, `swap`, and `vfat`. See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about available file systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:704 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:928 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:985 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fsoptions=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:705 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:929 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:986 +msgid "" +"Specifies a free form string of options to be used when mounting the " +"filesystem. This string will be copied into the `/etc/fstab` file of the " +"installed system and should be enclosed in quotes. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:709 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:933 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:990 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fsoptions=\"ro, x-systemd.device-timeout=0\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:712 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional parameters to be passed to the program that makes a " +"filesystem on this logical volume. No processing is done on the list of " +"arguments, so they must be supplied in a format that can be passed directly " +"to the mkfs program. This means multiple options should be comma-separated " +"or surrounded by double quotes, depending on the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:714 +msgid "Sets a label for the logical volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:715 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:862 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--grow#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:716 +msgid "" +"Grow the volume to fill available space (if any), or up to the limit set by " +"the [option]#--maxsize=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:717 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:849 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--size=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:718 +msgid "" +"The size of the logical volume in megabytes. This option can not be used " +"together with the [option]#--percent=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:719 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--percent=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:720 +msgid "" +"Specify the amount by which to grow the logical volume, as a percentage of " +"the free space in the volume group after any statically-sized logical " +"volumes are taken into account. This option can not be used together with " +"the [option]#--size=# and [option]#--grow# options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:725 +msgid "" +"When creating a new logical volume, you must either specify its size " +"statically using the [option]#--size=# option, or as a percentage of " +"remaining free space using the [option]#--percent=# option. You can not use " +"both of these options on the same logical volume." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:728 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:858 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--maxsize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:729 +msgid "" +"The maximum size in megabytes when the logical volume is set to " +"grow. Specify an integer value here such as `500` (do not include the unit)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:730 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:939 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--recommended#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:731 +msgid "" +"Use this option when creating a `swap` logical volume to determine the size " +"of this volume automatically, based on your system's hardware. For details " +"about the recommended scheme, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:736 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:945 +msgid "" +"This option can only be used for partitions which result in a file system " +"such as the `/boot` partition and `swap` space. It can not be used to create " +"partitionsm, LVM physical or logical volumes or RAID members." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:739 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:860 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--resize#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:740 +msgid "" +"Resize an existing logical volume. If you use this option, you must also " +"specify [option]#--useexisting# and [option]#--size#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:742 +msgid "" +"Specifies that this logical volume should be encrypted, using the passphrase " +"provided in the [option]#--passphrase=# option. If you do not specify a " +"passphrase, the installation program will use the default, system-wide " +"passphrase set with the [command]#autopart --passphrase# command, or stop " +"the installation and prompt you to provide a passphrase if no default is " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:744 +msgid "" +"Specifies the passphrase to use when encrypting this logical volume. You " +"must use this option together with the [option]#--encrypted# option. This " +"option has no effect by itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:748 +msgid "" +"Store data encryption keys of all encrypted volumes as files in `/root`, " +"encrypted using the X.509 certificate from the URL specified with " +"_URL_of_X.509_certificate_. The keys are stored as a separate file for each " +"encrypted volume. This option is only meaningful if [option]#--encrypted# is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:750 +msgid "" +"Add a randomly-generated passphrase to each encrypted volume. Store these " +"passphrases in separate files in `/root`, encrypted using the X.509 " +"certificate specified with [option]#--escrowcert#. This option is only " +"meaningful if [option]#--escrowcert# is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:751 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--thinpool#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:752 +msgid "Creates a thin pool logical volume. (Use a mount point of `none`)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:753 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--metadatasize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:754 +msgid "Metadata area size (in MiB) for a new thin pool device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:755 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--chunksize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:756 +msgid "Chunk size (in KiB) for a new thin pool device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:757 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--thin#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:758 +msgid "Create a thin logical volume. (Requires use of [option]#--poolname#)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:759 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--poolname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:760 +msgid "" +"Specify the name of the thin pool in which to create a thin logical " +"volume. Requires the [option]#--thin# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--profile=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:762 +msgid "" +"Specify the configuration profile name to use with thin logical volumes. If " +"used, the name will also be included in the metadata for the given logical " +"volume. By default, the available profiles are `default` and " +"`thin-performance` and are defined in the `/etc/lvm/profile` directory. See " +"the `lvm(8)` man page for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:763 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cachepvs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:764 +msgid "" +"A comma-separated list of (fast) physical volumes which should be used for " +"LVM cache." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:765 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cachesize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:766 +msgid "" +"Requested size of cache attached to the logical volume, in MiB. (Requires " +"the [option]#--cachepvs=# option.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:767 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--cachemode=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:768 +msgid "Mode to be used for LVM cache (either `writeback` or `writethrough`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:773 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--cachepvs=#, [option]#--cachesize=#, and " +"[option]#--cachemode=# options listed above are used to configure LVM " +"caching. For more information, see the `lvmcache(7)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:777 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1088 +msgid "" +"Create one or more partitions first using " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition], create the logical volume group " +"(xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-volgroup[volgroup " +"(optional) - Create LVM Volume Group]), and then create logical volumes. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:784 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1095 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part pv.01 --size 3000#\n" +"[command]#volgroup myvg pv.01#\n" +"[command]#logvol / --vgname=myvg --size=2000 --name=rootvol#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:788 +#, no-wrap +msgid "part (required) - Create Physical Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:791 +msgid "Creates a partition on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:793 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of [command]#part# in action, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:798 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part|partition _mntpoint_ --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ " +"--device=pass:attributes[{blank}]_device_ " +"--rule=pass:attributes[{blank}]_rule_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:805 +msgid "" +"All partitions created are formatted as part of the installation process " +"unless [option]#--noformat# and [option]#--onpart=# are used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:812 +msgid "" +"If partitioning fails for any reason, diagnostic messages appear on virtual " +"console 3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:816 +msgid "Where the partition is mounted. The value must be of one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:829 +msgid "" +"The size assigned will be effective but not precisely calibrated for your " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:835 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`swap--hibernation`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:841 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`raid._id_pass:attributes[{blank}]`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:842 +msgid "The partition is used for software RAID (see [command]#raid#)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:843 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`pv._id_pass:attributes[{blank}]`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:844 +msgid "" +"The partition is used for LVM (see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:845 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`biosboot`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:846 +msgid "" +"The partition will be used for a BIOS Boot partition. A 1 MB BIOS boot " +"partition is necessary on BIOS-based systems using a _GUID Partition Table_ " +"(GPT); the boot loader will be installed into it. It is not necessary on " +"UEFI systems. Also see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:847 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`/boot/efi`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:848 +msgid "" +"An EFI System Partition. An EFI partition at least 50 MB in size is " +"necessary on UEFI-based systems; the recommended size is 200 MB. It is not " +"necessary on BIOS systems. Also see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-part[part " +"(required) - Create Physical Partition]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:850 +msgid "" +"The minimum partition size in megabytes. Specify an integer value here such " +"as `500` (do not include the unit)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:855 +msgid "" +"If the [option]#--size# value is too small, the installation will fail. Set " +"the [option]#--size# value as the minimum amount of space you require. For " +"size recommendations, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:859 +msgid "" +"The maximum partition size in megabytes when the partition is set to " +"grow. Specify an integer value here such as `500` (do not include the unit)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:861 +msgid "" +"Resize an existing partition. When using this option, specify the new size " +"(in megabytes) using the [option]#--size=# option and the target partition " +"using the [option]#--onpart=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:863 +msgid "" +"Tells the partition to grow to fill available space (if any), or up to the " +"maximum size setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:868 +msgid "" +"If you use [option]#--grow=# without setting [option]#--maxsize=# on a swap " +"partition, [application]*Anaconda* will limit the maximum size of the swap " +"partition. For systems that have less than 2{nbsp}GB of physical memory, the " +"imposed limit is twice the amount of physical memory. For systems with more " +"than 2{nbsp}GB, the imposed limit is the size of physical memory plus " +"2{nbsp}GB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:872 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the partition should not be formatted, for use with the " +"[option]#--onpart# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:873 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--onpart=# or [option]#--usepart=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:874 +msgid "Specifies the device on which to place the partition. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:878 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#partition /home --onpart=hda1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:881 +msgid "The above puts `/home` on `/dev/hda1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:883 +msgid "These options can also add a partition to a logical volume. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:887 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#partition pv.1 --onpart=hda2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:890 +msgid "" +"The device must already exist on the system; the [option]#--onpart# option " +"will not create it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:891 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ondisk=# or [option]#--ondrive=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:892 +msgid "" +"Forces the partition to be created on a particular disk. For example, " +"[option]#--ondisk=sdb# puts the partition on the second SCSI disk on the " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:894 +msgid "" +"To specify a multipath device that does not use _logical volume management_ " +"(LVM), use the format " +"`disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is " +"the _world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to specify a disk " +"with WWID `2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:898 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part / --fstype=xfs --grow --asprimary --size=8192 " +"--ondisk=disk/by-id/dm-uuid-mpath-2416CD96995134CA5D787F00A5AA11017#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:901 +msgid "" +"Multipath devices that use LVM are not assembled until after " +"[application]*Anaconda* has parsed the Kickstart file. Therefore, you cannot " +"specify these devices in the format `dm-uuid-mpath`. Instead, to specify a " +"multipath device that uses LVM, use the format " +"`disk/by-id/scsi-_WWID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where _WWID_ is the " +"_world-wide identifier_ for the device. For example, to specify a disk with " +"WWID `58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918`, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:905 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part / --fstype=xfs --grow --asprimary --size=8192 " +"--ondisk=disk/by-id/scsi-58095BEC5510947BE8C0360F604351918#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:918 +#, no-wrap +msgid "part --onpart=sd*|hd*|vda,/dev/vdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:922 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--asprimary#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:923 +msgid "" +"Forces the partition to be allocated as a *primary* partition. If the " +"partition cannot be allocated as primary (usually due to too many primary " +"partitions being already allocated), the partitioning process will " +"fail. This option only makes sense when the disk uses a Master Boot Record " +"(MBR); for GUID Partition Table (GPT)-labeled disks this option has no " +"meaning. For information about primary (and extended) partitions, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:924 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:981 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fsprofile=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:925 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:982 +msgid "" +"Specifies a _usage type_ to be passed to the program that makes a filesystem " +"on this partition. A usage type defines a variety of tuning parameters to be " +"used when making a filesystem. For this option to work, the filesystem must " +"support the concept of usage types and there must be a configuration file " +"that lists valid types. For `ext2`, `ext3`, `ext4`, this configuration file " +"is `/etc/mke2fs.conf`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:927 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:984 +msgid "" +"Sets the file system type for the partition. Valid values are `xfs`, `ext2`, " +"`ext3`, `ext4`, `swap`, `vfat`, `efi` and `biosboot`. For information about " +"supported file systems, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:936 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:993 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional parameters to be passed to the program that makes a " +"filesystem on this partition. No processing is done on the list of " +"arguments, so they must be supplied in a format that can be passed directly " +"to the mkfs program. This means multiple options should be comma-separated " +"or surrounded by double quotes, depending on the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:938 +msgid "Assign a label to an individual partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:940 +msgid "" +"Determine the size of the partition automatically. For details about the " +"recommended scheme, see " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:948 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--onbiosdisk#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:949 +msgid "" +"Forces the partition to be created on a particular disk as discovered by the " +"BIOS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:951 +msgid "" +"Specifies that this partition should be encrypted, using the passphrase " +"provided in the [option]#--passphrase# option. If you do not specify a " +"passphrase, [application]*Anaconda* uses the default, system-wide passphrase " +"set with the [command]#autopart --passphrase# command, or stops the " +"installation and prompts you to provide a passphrase if no default is set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:953 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1003 +msgid "" +"Specifies the passphrase to use when encrypting this partition. You must use " +"this option together with the [option]#--encrypted# option; by itself it has " +"no effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:959 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1009 +msgid "" +"Add a randomly-generated passphrase to each encrypted partition. Store these " +"passphrases in separate files in `/root`, encrypted using the X.509 " +"certificate specified with [option]#--escrowcert#. This option is only " +"meaningful if [option]#--escrowcert# is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:961 +#, no-wrap +msgid "raid (optional) - Create Software RAID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:964 +msgid "Assembles a software RAID device. This command is of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:968 +#, no-wrap +msgid "raid mntpoint --level=level --device=mddevice partitions*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:972 +msgid "" +"For a detailed example of [command]#raid# in action, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:974 +msgid "" +"Location where the RAID file system is mounted. If it is `/`, the RAID level " +"must be 1 unless a boot partition (`/boot`) is present. If a boot partition " +"is present, the `/boot` partition must be level 1 and the root (`/`) " +"partition can be any of the available types. The _partitions*_ (which " +"denotes that multiple partitions can be listed) lists the RAID identifiers " +"to add to the RAID array." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:975 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1781 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--level=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:976 +msgid "" +"RAID level to use (`0`, `1`, `4`, `5`, `6`, or `10`). See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, " +"File System and RAID Types] for information about various RAID types and " +"their requirements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:977 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--device=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:978 +msgid "" +"Name of the RAID device to use. As of {PRODUCT}{nbsp}{PRODVER}, RAID devices " +"are no longer referred to by names like `md0`. If you have an old (v0.90 " +"metadata) array that you cannot assign a name to, you can specify the array " +"by a filesystem label or UUID (for example, [option]#--device=rhel7-root " +"--label=rhel7-root#)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:979 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--spares=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:980 +msgid "" +"Specifies the number of spare drives allocated for the RAID array. Spare " +"drives are used to rebuild the array in case of drive failure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:995 +msgid "" +"Specify the label to give to the filesystem to be made. If the given label " +"is already in use by another filesystem, a new label will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:997 +msgid "Use an existing RAID device and do not format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:999 +msgid "Use an existing RAID device and reformat it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1001 +msgid "" +"Specifies that this array should be encrypted, using the passphrase provided " +"in the [option]#--passphrase# option. If you do not specify a passphrase, " +"[application]*Anaconda* uses the default, system-wide passphrase set with " +"the [command]#autopart --passphrase# command, or stops the installation and " +"prompts you to provide a passphrase if no default is set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1011 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a RAID level 1 partition for `/`, " +"and a RAID level 5 for `/home`, assuming there are three SCSI disks on the " +"system. It also creates three swap partitions, one on each drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1012 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a RAID array in Kickstart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1021 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part raid.01 --size=6000 --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part raid.02 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part raid.03 --size=6000 --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1025 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part swap --size=512 --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part swap --size=512 --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part swap --size=512 --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1029 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#part raid.11 --size=1 --grow --ondisk=sda#\n" +"[command]#part raid.12 --size=1 --grow --ondisk=sdb#\n" +"[command]#part raid.13 --size=1 --grow --ondisk=sdc#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1032 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#raid / --level=1 --device=f{PRODVER}-root --label=f{PRODVER}-root " +"raid.01 raid.02 raid.03#\n" +"[command]#raid /home --level=5 --device=f{PRODVER}-home " +"--label=f{PRODVER}-home raid.11 raid.12 raid.13#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1038 +#, no-wrap +msgid "reqpart (optional) - Create Required Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1041 +msgid "" +"Automatically create partitions required by your hardware platform. These " +"include a `/boot/efi` for x86_64 and Aarch64 systems with UEFI firmware, " +"`biosboot` for x86_64 systems with BIOS firmware and GPT (GUID Partition " +"Table), and `PRePBoot` for IBM Power Systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1046 +msgid "" +"This command can not be used together with [command]#autopart#, because " +"[command]#autopart# does the same and creates other partitions or logical " +"volumes such as `/` and `swap` on top. In contrast with [command]#autopart#, " +"this command only creates platform-specific partitions and leaves the rest " +"of the drive empty, allowing you to create a custom layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1052 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#reqpart [--add-boot]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1054 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--add-boot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1055 +msgid "" +"Create a separate `/boot` partition in addition to the platform-specific " +"partition created by the base command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1057 +#, no-wrap +msgid "volgroup (optional) - Create LVM Volume Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1060 +msgid "Creates a Logical Volume Management (LVM) volume group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1064 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#volgroup _name_ _partition_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1072 +msgid "" +"This limitation only applies to newly created logical volume and volume " +"group names. If you are reusing existing ones using the [option]#--noformat# " +"or [option]#--noformat# option, their names will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1076 +msgid "" +"For a detailed partitioning example including [command]#volgroup#, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-advanced-partitioning[Advanced " +"Partitioning Example]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1078 +msgid "Use an existing volume group and do not format it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1080 +msgid "Use an existing volume group and reformat it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1081 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--pesize=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1082 +msgid "" +"Set the size of the physical extents. The default size for Kickstart " +"installations is 4 MiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1083 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reserved-space=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1084 +msgid "" +"Specify an amount of space to leave unused in a volume group in " +"megabytes. Applicable only to newly created volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1085 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reserved-percent=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1086 +msgid "" +"Specify a percentage of total volume group space to leave unused. Applicable " +"only to newly created volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1099 +#, no-wrap +msgid "zerombr (optional) - Reinitialize Partition Tables" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1102 +msgid "" +"If [command]#zerombr# is specified, any invalid partition tables found on " +"disks are initialized. This destroys all of the contents of disks with " +"invalid partition tables. This command is required when performing an " +"unattended installation on a system with previously initialized disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1107 +msgid "" +"On IBM System{nbsp}z, if [command]#zerombr# is specified, any _Direct Access " +"Storage Device_ (DASD) visible to the installation program which is not " +"already low-level formatted is automatically low-level formatted with " +"[application]*dasdfmt*. The command also prevents user choice during " +"interactive installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1109 +msgid "" +"If [command]#zerombr# is not specified and there is at least one unformatted " +"DASD visible to the installation program, a non-interactive Kickstart " +"installation will exit unsuccessfully." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1111 +msgid "" +"If [command]#zerombr# is not specified and there is at least one unformatted " +"DASD visible to the installation program, an interactive installation exits " +"if the user does not agree to format all visible and unformatted DASDs. To " +"circumvent this, only activate those DASDs that you will use during " +"installation. You can always add more DASDs after installation is complete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "zfcp (optional) - Configure Fibre Channel Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1118 +msgid "" +"Define a Fibre channel device. This option only applies on IBM " +"System{nbsp}z. All of the options described below must be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#zfcp --devnum=pass:attributes[{blank}]_devnum_ " +"--wwpn=pass:attributes[{blank}]_wwpn_ " +"--fcplun=pass:attributes[{blank}]_lun_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--devnum#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1125 +msgid "The device number (zFCP adaptor device bus ID)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--wwpn#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1127 +msgid "" +"The device's World Wide Port Name (WWPN). Takes the form of a 16-digit " +"number, preceded by `0x`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--fcplun#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1129 +msgid "" +"The device's Logical Unit Number (LUN). Takes the form of a 16-digit number, " +"preceded by `0x`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1131 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1248 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#zfcp --devnum=0.0.4000 --wwpn=0x5005076300C213e9 " +"--fcplun=0x5022000000000000#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1141 +msgid "Commands in this chapter are used for network configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "firewall (optional) - Configure Firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1146 +msgid "Specify the firewall configuration for the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#firewall --enabled | --disabled _device_ [--trust= | --ssh | " +"--smtp | --http | --ftp | --port= | --service=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enabled# or [option]#--enable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1153 +msgid "" +"Reject incoming connections that are not in response to outbound requests, " +"such as DNS replies or DHCP requests. If access to services running on this " +"machine is needed, you can choose to allow specific services through the " +"firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disabled# or [option]#--disable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1155 +msgid "Disable the firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--trust=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1157 +msgid "" +"Listing a device here, such as `em1`, allows all traffic coming to and from " +"that device to go through the firewall. To list more than one device, use " +"this option again - for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#firewall --enable --trust=em1 --trust=em2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1164 +msgid "Do not use a comma-separated format such as [option]#--trust em1, em2#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_incoming_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1166 +msgid "" +"Replace with one or more of the following to allow the specified services " +"through the firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--ssh#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--smtp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--http#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** [option]#--ftp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1176 +msgid "" +"You can specify that ports be allowed through the firewall using the " +"port:protocol format. For example, to allow IMAP access through your " +"firewall, specify `imap:tcp`. Numeric ports can also be specified " +"explicitly; for example, to allow UDP packets on port 1234 through, specify " +"`1234:udp`. To specify multiple ports, separate them by commas." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--service=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1178 +msgid "" +"This option provides a higher-level way to allow services through the " +"firewall. Some services (like `cups`, `avahi`, etc.) require multiple ports " +"to be open or other special configuration in order for the service to " +"work. You can specify each individual port with the [option]#--port# option, " +"or specify [command]#--service=# and open them all at once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1180 +msgid "" +"Valid options are anything recognized by the " +"[application]*firewall-offline-cmd* program in the [package]*firewalld* " +"package. If `firewalld` is running, [command]#firewall-cmd --get-services# " +"will provide a list of known service names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "network (optional) - Configure Network Interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1185 +msgid "" +"Configures network information for the target system and activates network " +"devices in the installation environment. The device specified in the first " +"[command]#network# command is activated automatically. Activation of the " +"device can be also explicitly required by the [option]#--activate# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--activate#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1187 +msgid "" +"If you use the [option]#--activate# option on a device that has already been " +"activated (for example, an interface you configured with boot options so " +"that the system could retrieve the Kickstart file) the device is reactivated " +"to use the details specified in the Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1189 +msgid "" +"Use the [option]#--nodefroute# option to prevent the device from using the " +"default route." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--no-activate#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1191 +msgid "Prevents the configured device from automatically activating on boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bootproto=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1193 +msgid "" +"One of `dhcp`, `bootp`, `ibft`, or `static`. The default option is " +"`dhcp`pass:attributes[{blank}]; the `dhcp` and `bootp` options are treated " +"the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1195 +msgid "" +"The DHCP method uses a DHCP server system to obtain its networking " +"configuration. The BOOTP method is similar, requiring a BOOTP server to " +"supply the networking configuration. To direct a system to use DHCP:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=dhcp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1202 +msgid "" +"To direct a machine to use BOOTP to obtain its networking configuration, use " +"the following line in the Kickstart file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=bootp#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1209 +msgid "To direct a machine to use the configuration specified in iBFT, use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=ibft#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1216 +msgid "" +"The `static` method requires that you specify the IP address, netmask, " +"gateway, and nameserver in the Kickstart file. This information is static " +"and is used during and after the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1218 +msgid "" +"All static networking configuration information must be specified on *one* " +"line; you cannot wrap lines using a backslash (`\\`) as you can on a command " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1222 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --bootproto=static --ip=10.0.2.15 --netmask=255.255.255.0 " +"--gateway=10.0.2.254 --nameserver=10.0.2.1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1225 +msgid "" +"You can also configure multiple nameservers at the same time. To do so, use " +"the [option]#--nameserver=# options once for each name server you want to " +"configure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1229 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --bootproto=static --ip=10.0.2.15 --netmask=255.255.255.0 " +"--gateway=10.0.2.254 --nameserver=192.168.2.1 --nameserver=192.168.3.1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1232 +msgid "" +"Specifies the device to be configured (and eventually activated in " +"[application]*Anaconda*) with the [command]#network# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1234 +msgid "" +"If the [option]#--device=# option is missing on the *first* use of the " +"[command]#network# command, the value of the [option]#ksdevice=# " +"[application]*Anaconda* boot option is used, if available. Note that this is " +"considered deprecated behavior; in most cases, you should always specify a " +"[option]#--device=# for every [command]#network# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1236 +msgid "" +"The behavior of any subsequent [command]#network# command in the same " +"Kickstart file is unspecified if its [option]#--device=# option is " +"missing. Make sure you specify this option for any [command]#network# " +"command beyond the first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1238 +msgid "You can specify a device to be activated in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** the device name of the interface, for example, `em1`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** the MAC address of the interface, for example, `01:23:45:67:89:ab`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** the keyword `link`, which specifies the first interface with its link in " +"the `up` state\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** the keyword `bootif`, which uses the MAC address that " +"[application]*pxelinux* set in the `BOOTIF` variable. Set `IPAPPEND 2` in " +"your `pxelinux.cfg` file to have [application]*pxelinux* set the `BOOTIF` " +"variable.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bootproto=dhcp --device=em1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ip=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1255 +msgid "IP address of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ipv6=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1257 +msgid "" +"IPv6 address of the device, in the form of " +"_address_pass:attributes[{blank}][/pass:attributes[{blank}]_prefix_ " +"_length_pass:attributes[{blank}]] - for example, `3ffe:ffff:0:1::1/128` . If " +"_prefix_ is omitted, `64` will be used. You can also use `auto` for " +"automatic configuration, or `dhcp` for DHCPv6-only configuration (no router " +"advertisements)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1258 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--gateway=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1259 +msgid "Default gateway as a single IPv4 address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ipv6gateway=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1261 +msgid "Default gateway as a single IPv6 address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nodefroute#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1263 +msgid "" +"Prevents the interface being set as the default route. Use this option when " +"you activate additional devices with the [option]#--activate=# option, for " +"example, a NIC on a separate subnet for an iSCSI target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nameserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1265 +msgid "" +"DNS name server, as an IP address. To specify more than one name server, use " +"this parameter multiple times. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nodns#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1272 +msgid "Do not configure any DNS server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--netmask=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1274 +msgid "Network mask for the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--hostname=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1276 +msgid "" +"Host name for the installed system. The host name can be either a " +"_fully-qualified domain name_ (FQDN) in the format _hostname_._domainname_, " +"or a short host name with no domain name. Many networks have a _Dynamic Host " +"Configuration Protocol_ (`DHCP`) service that automatically supplies " +"connected systems with a domain name; to allow the `DHCP` service to assign " +"the domain name to this machine, only specify the short host name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1277 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ethtool=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1278 +msgid "" +"Specifies additional low-level settings for the network device which will be " +"passed to the [application]*ethtool* program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1279 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--essid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1280 +msgid "The network ID for wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--wepkey=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1282 +msgid "The WEP encryption key for wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--wpakey=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1284 +msgid "The WPA encryption key for wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--onboot=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1286 +msgid "Whether or not to enable the device at boot time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1287 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--dhcpclass=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1288 +msgid "The DHCP class." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1289 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--mtu=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1290 +msgid "The MTU of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noipv4#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1292 +msgid "Disable IPv4 on this device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1293 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--noipv6#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1294 +msgid "Disable IPv6 on this device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bondslaves=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1296 +msgid "" +"When this option is used, the network device specified in the " +"[option]#--device=# option will be created using slaves defined in the " +"[option]#--bondslaves=# option. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --device=mynetwork --bondslaves=em1,em2#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1303 +msgid "" +"The above command will create a bond device named `mynetwork` using the " +"`em1` and `em2` interfaces as its slaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#--bondopts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1305 +msgid "" +"A list of optional parameters for a bonded interface, which is specified " +"using the [command]#--bondslaves=# and [command]#--device=# options. Options " +"in this list must be separated by commas " +"(\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`,`pass:attributes[{blank}]\") or semicolons " +"(\"pass:attributes[{blank}]`;`pass:attributes[{blank}]\"). If an option " +"itself contains a comma, use a semicolon to separate the options. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --bondopts=mode=active-backup,balance-rr;primary=eth1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1312 +msgid "" +"Available optional parameters are listed in the [citetitle]_Working with " +"Kernel Modules_ chapter of the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1317 +msgid "" +"The [option]#--bondopts=mode=# parameter only supports full mode names such " +"as `balance-rr` or `broadcast`, not their numerical representations such as " +"`0` or `3`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--vlanid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1321 +msgid "" +"Specifies virtual LAN (VLAN) ID number (802.1q tag) for the device created " +"using the device specified in [option]#--device=# as a parent. For example, " +"[command]#network --device=em1 --vlanid=171# will create a virtual LAN " +"device `em1.171`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1322 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--interfacename=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1323 +msgid "" +"Specify a custom interface name for a virtual LAN device. This option should " +"be used when the default name generated by the [option]#--vlanid=# option is " +"not desirable. This option must be used along with [option]#--vlanid=#. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --device=em1 --vlanid=171 --interfacename=vlan171#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1330 +msgid "" +"The above command will create a virtual LAN interface named `vlan171` on the " +"`em1` device with an ID of `171`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1332 +msgid "" +"The interface name can be arbitrary (for example, `my-vlan`), but in " +"specific cases, the following conventions must be followed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1334 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** If the name contains a dot (`.`), it must take the form of " +"`pass:attributes[{blank}]_NAME_._ID_pass:attributes[{blank}]`. The _NAME_ is " +"arbitrary, but the _ID_ must be the VLAN ID. For example: `em1.171` or " +"`my-vlan.171`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1336 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** Names starting with `vlan` must take the form of " +"`vlanpass:attributes[{blank}]_ID_pass:attributes[{blank}]` - for example, " +"`vlan171`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--teamslaves=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1338 +msgid "" +"Team device specified by the [option]#--device=# option will be created " +"using slaves specified in this option. Slaves are separated by commas. A " +"slave can be followed by its configuration, which is a single-quoted JSON " +"string with double quotes escaped by the `\\` character. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --teamslaves=\"p3p1'{\\\"prio\\\": -10, \\\"sticky\\\": " +"true}',p3p2'{\\\"prio\\\": 100}'\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1345 +msgid "See also the [option]#--teamconfig=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1346 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--teamconfig=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1347 +msgid "" +"Double-quoted team device configuration which is a single-quoted JSON string " +"with double quotes escaped by the `\\` character. The device name is " +"specified by [option]#--device=# option and its slaves and their " +"configuration by [option]#--teamslaves=# option. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1352 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#network --device team0 --activate --bootproto static " +"--ip=10.34.102.222 --netmask=255.255.255.0 --gateway=10.34.102.254 " +"--nameserver=10.34.39.2 --teamslaves=\"p3p1'{\\\"prio\\\": -10, " +"\\\"sticky\\\": true}',p3p2'{\\\"prio\\\": 100}'\" " +"--teamconfig=\"{\\\"runner\\\": {\\\"name\\\": \\\"activebackup\\\"}}\"#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1355 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bridgeslaves=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1356 +msgid "" +"When this option is used, the network bridge with device name specified " +"using the [option]#--device=# option will be created and devices defined in " +"the [option]#--bridgeslaves=# option will be added to the bridge. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#network --device=bridge0 --bridgeslaves=em1#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--bridgeopts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1363 +msgid "" +"An optional comma-separated list of parameters for the bridged " +"interface. Available values are `stp`, `priority`, `forward-delay`, " +"`hello-time`, `max-age`, and `ageing-time`. For information about these " +"parameters, see the [citetitle]_bridge setting_ table in the " +"`nm-settings(5)` man page or at " +"link:++https://developer.gnome.org/NetworkManager/0.9/ref-settings.html++[]. " +"Also see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for general information about " +"network bridging." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1365 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Console and Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1368 +msgid "" +"The following commands control the environment of the system after the " +"installation finishes - language, keyboard layouts, or the graphical " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1370 +#, no-wrap +msgid "keyboard (optional) - Configure Keyboard Layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1373 +msgid "Sets one or more available keyboard layouts for the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#keyboard --vckeymap= | --xlayouts= [--switch=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1379 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--vckeymap=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1380 +msgid "" +"Specify a `VConsole` keymap which should be used. Valid names correspond to " +"the list of files in the `/usr/lib/kbd/keymaps/*` directory, without the " +"`.map.gz` extension." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--xlayouts=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1382 +msgid "" +"Specify a list of [application]*X* layouts that should be used as a " +"comma-separated list without spaces. Accepts values in the same format as " +"`setxkbmap(1)`, either in the " +"`pass:attributes[{blank}]_layout_pass:attributes[{blank}]` format (such as " +"`cz`), or in the `pass:attributes[{blank}]_layout_ (_variant_)` format (such " +"as `cz (qwerty)`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1384 +msgid "" +"All available layouts can be viewed on the `xkeyboard-config(7)` man page " +"under `Layouts`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--switch=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1386 +msgid "" +"Specify a list of layout-switching options (shortcuts for switching between " +"multiple keyboard layouts). Multiple options must be separated by commas " +"without spaces. Accepts values in the same format as `setxkbmap(1)`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1388 +msgid "" +"Available switching options can be viewed on the `xkeyboard-config(7)` man " +"page under `Options`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1390 +msgid "" +"The following example sets up two keyboard layouts (`English (US)` and " +"`Czech (qwerty)`) using the [option]#--xlayouts=# option, and allows to " +"switch between them using kbd:[Alt + Shift]:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1393 +#, no-wrap +msgid "keyboard --xlayouts=us,'cz (qwerty)' --switch=grp:alt_shift_toggle\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1396 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lang (optional) - Configure Language During Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1399 +msgid "" +"Sets the language to use during installation and the default language to use " +"on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1403 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#lang _language_ [--addsupport=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1406 +msgid "" +"The file `/usr/share/system-config-language/locale-list` provides a list of " +"the valid _language_ codes in the first column of each line and is part of " +"the [package]*system-config-language* package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1408 +msgid "" +"Certain languages (for example, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Indic " +"languages) are not supported during text-mode installation. If you specify " +"one of these languages with the [command]#lang# command and use text mode, " +"the installation process will continue in English, but the installed system " +"will use your selection as its default language." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1409 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--addsupport=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1410 +msgid "" +"Add support for additional languages. Takes the form of comma-separated list " +"without spaces. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1413 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lang en_US --addsupport=cs_CZ,de_DE,en_UK\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "services (optional) - Configure Services" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1419 +msgid "" +"Modifies the default set of services that will run under the default " +"[application]*systemd* target. The list of disabled services is processed " +"before the list of enabled services - therefore, if a service appears on " +"both lists, it will be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1423 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#services " +"[--disabled=pass:attributes[{blank}]_list_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--enabled=pass:attributes[{blank}]_list_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1426 +msgid "" +"Do not include spaces in the list of services. If you do, Kickstart will " +"enable or disable only the services up to the first space. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#services --disabled=auditd, cups,smartd, nfslock#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1433 +msgid "" +"The above will disable only the `auditd` service. To disable all four " +"services, the entry should include no spaces:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1437 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#services --disabled=auditd,cups,smartd,nfslock#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disabled=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1440 +msgid "Disable the services given in the comma separated list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1441 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enabled=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1442 +msgid "Enable the services given in the comma separated list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1444 +#, no-wrap +msgid "skipx (optional) - Do Not Configure X Window System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1447 +msgid "If present, [application]*X* will not be configured on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1452 +msgid "" +"If you install a display manager among your package selection options, this " +"package will create an [application]*X* configuration, and the installed " +"system will default to `graphical.target`. The effect of the " +"[command]#skipx# option will be overridden." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1456 +#, no-wrap +msgid "timezone (optional) - Configure Time Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1459 +msgid "" +"Sets the system time zone to _timezone_. To view a list of available time " +"zones, use the [command]#timedatectl list-timezones# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1461 +msgid "" +"Every option, including actually specifying a time zone, is optional " +"starting with Fedora 25. This allows you to, for example, disable NTP from " +"starting using [option]#--nontp# without having to choose any time " +"zone. However, if this command is present in the Kickstart file, at least " +"one option must be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1465 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#timezone " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_timezone_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1467 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--utc#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1468 +msgid "" +"If present, the system assumes the hardware clock is set to UTC (Greenwich " +"Mean) time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nontp#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1470 +msgid "Disable the NTP service automatic starting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1471 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ntpservers=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1472 +msgid "" +"Specify a list of NTP servers to be used as a comma-separated list without " +"spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1474 +#, no-wrap +msgid "xconfig (optional) - Configure X Window System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1477 +msgid "" +"Configures the [application]*X Window System*. If you install the " +"[application]*X Window System* with a Kickstart file that does not include " +"the [command]#xconfig# command, you must provide the [application]*X* " +"configuration manually during installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1479 +msgid "" +"Do not use this command in a Kickstart file that does not install the " +"[application]*X Window System*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--defaultdesktop=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1481 +msgid "" +"Specify either `GNOME` or `KDE` to set the default desktop (assumes that " +"[application]*GNOME Desktop Environment* and/or [application]*KDE Desktop " +"Environment* has been installed in the [command]#%packages# section)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--startxonboot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1483 +msgid "Use a graphical login on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Users, Groups and Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1488 +msgid "" +"The commands below are used to control user accounts, groups, and related " +"areas." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1490 +#, no-wrap +msgid "auth or authconfig (optional) - Configure Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1493 +msgid "" +"Sets up the authentication options for the system using the " +"[command]#authconfig# command, which can also be run on a command line after " +"the installation finishes. See the `authconfig(8)` manual page and the " +"[command]#authconfig --help# command for more details. Passwords are " +"shadowed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1498 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#auth [--enablenis | --nisdomain= | --nisserver= | --enableshadow | " +"--enableldap | --enableldapauth | --ldapserver= | --ldapbasedn= | " +"--enableldaptls | --disableldaptls | --enablekrb5 | --krb5realm= | " +"--krb5kdc= | --krb5adminserver= | --enablehesiod | --hesiodlhs= | " +"--hesiodrhs= | --enablesmbauth | --smbservers= | --smbworkgroup= | " +"--enablecache | --passalgo=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1501 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablenis#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1502 +msgid "" +"Turns on NIS support. By default, [option]#--enablenis# uses whatever domain " +"it finds on the network. A domain should almost always be set by hand with " +"the [option]#--nisdomain=# option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1503 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nisdomain=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1504 +msgid "NIS domain name to use for NIS services." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1505 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nisserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1506 +msgid "Server to use for NIS services (broadcasts by default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--useshadow#pass:attributes[{blank}]or [option]#--enableshadow#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1508 +msgid "Use shadow passwords. Active by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1509 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enableldap#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1510 +msgid "" +"Turns on LDAP support in `/etc/nsswitch.conf`, allowing your system to " +"retrieve information about users (for example, their UIDs, home directories, " +"and shells) from an LDAP directory. To use this option, you must install the " +"[package]*nss-pam-ldapd* package. You must also specify a server and a base " +"_DN_ (distinguished name) with [option]#--ldapserver=# and " +"[option]#--ldapbasedn=#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1511 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enableldapauth#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1512 +msgid "" +"Use LDAP as an authentication method. This enables the `pam_ldap` module for " +"authentication and changing passwords, using an LDAP directory. To use this " +"option, you must have the [package]*nss-pam-ldapd* package installed. You " +"must also specify a server and a base DN with [option]#--ldapserver=# and " +"[option]#--ldapbasedn=#. If your environment does not use _TLS_ (Transport " +"Layer Security), use the [option]#--disableldaptls# switch to ensure that " +"the resulting configuration file works." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1513 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ldapserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1514 +msgid "" +"If you specified either [option]#--enableldap# or " +"[option]#--enableldapauth#, use this option to specify the name of the LDAP " +"server to use. This option is set in the `/etc/ldap.conf` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ldapbasedn=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1516 +msgid "" +"If you specified either [option]#--enableldap# or " +"[option]#--enableldapauth#, use this option to specify the DN in your LDAP " +"directory tree under which user information is stored. This option is set in " +"the `/etc/ldap.conf` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enableldaptls#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1518 +msgid "" +"Use TLS (Transport Layer Security) lookups. This option allows LDAP to send " +"encrypted usernames and passwords to an LDAP server before authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disableldaptls#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1520 +msgid "" +"Do not use TLS (Transport Layer Security) lookups in an environment that " +"uses LDAP for authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablekrb5#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1522 +msgid "" +"Use Kerberos 5 for authenticating users. Kerberos itself does not know about " +"home directories, UIDs, or shells. If you enable Kerberos, you must make " +"users' accounts known to this workstation by enabling LDAP, NIS, or Hesiod " +"or by using the [command]#useradd# command. If you use this option, you must " +"have the [package]*pam_krb5* package installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--krb5realm=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1524 +msgid "The Kerberos 5 realm to which your workstation belongs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--krb5kdc=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1526 +msgid "" +"The KDC (or KDCs) that serve requests for the realm. If you have multiple " +"KDCs in your realm, use a comma-separated list without spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--krb5adminserver=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1528 +msgid "" +"The KDC in your realm that is also running kadmind. This server handles " +"password changing and other administrative requests. This server must be run " +"on the master KDC if you have more than one KDC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablehesiod#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1530 +msgid "" +"Enables Hesiod support for looking up user home directories, UIDs, and " +"shells. More information on setting up and using Hesiod on your network is " +"in `/usr/share/doc/glibc-2.x.x/README.hesiod`, which is included in the " +"[package]*glibc* package. Hesiod is an extension of DNS that uses DNS " +"records to store information about users, groups, and various other items." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1531 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--hesiodlhs=# and [option]#--hesiodrhs=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1532 +msgid "" +"The `Hesiod` LHS (left-hand side) and RHS (right-hand side) values, set in " +"`/etc/hesiod.conf`. The `Hesiod` library uses these values to search DNS for " +"a name, similar to the way that `LDAP` uses a base DN." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1534 +msgid "" +"To look up user information for the username `jim`, the Hesiod library looks " +"up " +"`jim.passwdpass:attributes[{blank}]_LHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]pass:attributes[{blank}]_RHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, " +"which should resolve to a TXT record that contains a string identical to an " +"entry for that user in the `passwd` file: `jim:*:501:501:Jungle " +"Jim:/home/jim:/bin/bash`. To look up groups, the Hesiod library looks up " +"`jim.grouppass:attributes[{blank}]_LHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]pass:attributes[{blank}]_RHS_pass:attributes[{blank}]` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1536 +msgid "" +"To look up users and groups by number, make `501.uid` a CNAME for " +"`jim.passwd`, and `501.gid` a CNAME for `jim.group`. Note that the library " +"does not place a period (`.`) in front of the LHS and RHS values when " +"performing a search. Therefore, if the LHS and RHS values need to have a " +"period placed in front of them, you must include the period in the values " +"you set for [option]#--hesiodlhs=# and [option]#--hesiodrhs=#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1537 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablesmbauth#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1538 +msgid "" +"Enables authentication of users against an SMB server (typically a Samba or " +"Windows server). SMB authentication support does not know about home " +"directories, UIDs, or shells. If you enable SMB, you must make users' " +"accounts known to the workstation by enabling LDAP, NIS, or Hesiod or by " +"using the [command]#useradd# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1539 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--smbservers=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1540 +msgid "" +"The name of the servers to use for SMB authentication. To specify more than " +"one server, separate the names with commas (`,`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1541 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--smbworkgroup=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1542 +msgid "The name of the workgroup for the SMB servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablecache#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1544 +msgid "" +"Enables the `nscd` service. The `nscd` service caches information about " +"users, groups, and various other types of information. Caching is especially " +"helpful if you choose to distribute information about users and groups over " +"your network using `NIS`, `LDAP`, or `Hesiod`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1545 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--passalgo=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1546 +msgid "" +"Specify [option]#sha256# to set up the SHA-256 hashing algorithm or " +"[option]#sha512# to set up the SHA-512 hashing algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "group (optional) - Create User Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1551 +msgid "" +"Creates a new user group on the system. If a group with the given name or " +"GID already exists, this command will fail. In addition, the [command]#user# " +"command can be used to create a new group for the newly created user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1555 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#group --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ " +"[--gid=pass:attributes[{blank}]_gid_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1558 +msgid "Provides the name of the group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1559 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1722 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--gid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1560 +msgid "" +"The group ID (GID). If not provided, defaults to the next available " +"non-system GID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1562 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pwpolicy (optional) - Change the Default Password Policy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1565 +msgid "" +"This command can be used to set custom requirements (policy) such as length " +"and strength for passwords set during the installation - the `root` " +"password, user passwords and LUKS (disk encryption) password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1570 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#pwpolicy _name_ " +"[--minlen=pass:attributes[{blank}]_length_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--minquality=pass:attributes[{blank}]_quality_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--strict|nostrict] [--emptyok|noempty] [--changesok|nochanges]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1574 +msgid "" +"The `libpwquality` library is used to check minimum password requirements " +"(length and quality). You can use the [command]#pwscore# and " +"[command]#pwmake# commands provided by the [package]*libpwquality* package " +"to check the quality score of your chosen password, or to create a random " +"password with a given score. See the `pwscore(1)` and `pwmake(1)` man pages " +"for details about these commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1579 +msgid "" +"This command must be used inside the [command]#%anaconda# section. See " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-anaconda[%anaconda " +"(optional) - Additional Anaconda Configuration] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1582 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_name_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1583 +msgid "" +"Name of the password entry. Supported values are `root`, `user` and `luks` " +"for `root` password, user passwords and LUKS password, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--minlen=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1585 +msgid "Sets the minimum allowed password length. The default minimum length is `8`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1586 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--minquality=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1587 +msgid "" +"Sets the minimum allowed password quality as defined by the `libpwquality` " +"library. The default value is `50`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1588 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--strict#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1589 +msgid "" +"Strict password enforcement. Passwords not meeting the quality requirements " +"specified in [option]#--minquality=# will not be allowed. Enabled by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1590 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--notstrict#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1591 +msgid "" +"Passwords *not* meeting the minimum quality requirements specified in " +"[option]#--minquality=# will be allowed after `Done` is clicked twice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1592 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--emptyok#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1593 +msgid "Allow empty passwords. Enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1594 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--notempty#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1595 +msgid "Do not allow empty passwords." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1596 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--changesok#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1597 +msgid "" +"Allow changing the password in the user interface, even if the Kickstart " +"file already specifies a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1598 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nochanges#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1599 +msgid "" +"Do not allow changing passwords which are already set in the Kickstart " +"file. Enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1601 +msgid "An example use of the [command]#pwpolicy# command is below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1608 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%anaconda#\n" +"[command]#pwpolicy root --minlen=10 --minquality=60 --strict --notempty " +"--nochanges#\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1612 +#, no-wrap +msgid "realm (optional) - Join an Active Directory or IPA Domain" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1615 +msgid "" +"Join an Active Directory or IPA domain. For more information about this " +"command, see the [command]#join# section of the `realm(8)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1619 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#realm join _domain_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1621 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--computer-ou=OU=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1622 +msgid "" +"Provide the _distinguished name_ of an organizational unit in order to " +"create the computer account. The exact format of the distinguished name " +"depends on the client software and membership software. The root DSE portion " +"of the distinguished name can usually be left out." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1623 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--no-password#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1624 +msgid "Join automatically without a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1625 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--one-time-password=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1626 +msgid "" +"Join using a one-time password. This is not possible with all types of " +"realm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1627 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--client-software=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1628 +msgid "" +"Only join realms which can run this client software. Valid values include " +"`sssd` and `winbind`. Not all realms support all values. By default, the " +"client software is chosen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1629 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--server-software=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1630 +msgid "" +"Only join realms which can run this server software. Possible values include " +"`active-directory` or `freeipa`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1631 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--membership-software=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1632 +msgid "" +"Use this software when joining the realm. Valid values include `samba` and " +"`adcli`. Not all realms support all values. By default, the membership " +"software is chosen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1634 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rootpw (required) - Set Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1637 +msgid "Sets the system's root password to the _password_ argument." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1641 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#rootpw [--iscrypted|--plaintext] [--lock] " +"_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1644 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1708 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1827 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the password argument is assumed to already be " +"encrypted. This option is mutually exclusive with [option]#--plaintext#. To " +"create an encrypted password, you can use Python:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1648 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1712 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1831 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ [command]#python -c 'import crypt; print(crypt.crypt(\"My Password\", " +"\"$6$My Salt\"))'#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1651 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1715 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1834 +msgid "This will generate a SHA512 crypt of your password using your provided salt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1652 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1716 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1835 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--plaintext#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1653 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1717 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the password argument is assumed to be in plain " +"text. This option is mutually exclusive with [option]#--iscrypted#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1654 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1703 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1837 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--lock#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1655 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the root account is locked by default. This means " +"that the root user will not be able to log in from the console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1657 +#, no-wrap +msgid "selinux (optional) - Configure SELinux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1660 +msgid "" +"Sets the state of SELinux on the installed system. The default policy is " +"`enforcing`. For more information regarding SELinux in {PRODUCT}, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} SELinux User's and Administrator's Guide_, available " +"at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1664 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#selinux [--disabled|--enforcing|--permissive]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1666 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enforcing#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1667 +msgid "Enables SELinux with the default targeted policy being `enforcing`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1668 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--permissive#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1669 +msgid "" +"Enables SELinux with the default targeted policy being `permissive`. This " +"policy outputs warnings based on the SELinux policy, but does not actually " +"enforce the policy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1671 +msgid "Disables SELinux completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1673 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sshkey (optional) - Add an Authorized SSH Key" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1676 +msgid "" +"Use this command to add a specified `SSH` key to an user's `authorized_keys` " +"file. The specified user must either be `root`, or it must be created in the " +"Kickstart file - either automatically by an installed package, or using " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-user[user " +"(optional) - Create User Account]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1679 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sshkey --username=user \"ssh_key\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1682 +msgid "" +"The _ssh_key_ must be a full `SSH` key fingerprint, and it must be enclosed " +"in quotes (`\"\"`) because the key may contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1683 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--username=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1684 +msgid "The name of the user account to which you want to install the `SSH` key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1686 +#, no-wrap +msgid "user (optional) - Create User Account" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1689 +msgid "Creates a new user on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1693 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#user --name=pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_ " +"[pass:attributes[{blank}]_options_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1696 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1825 +msgid "Provides the name of the user. This option is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1697 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--gecos=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1698 +msgid "" +"Provides the GECOS information for the user. This is a string of various " +"system-specific fields separated by a comma. It is frequently used to " +"specify the user's full name, office number, etc. See the `passwd(5)` man " +"page for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1699 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--groups=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1700 +msgid "" +"In addition to the default group, a comma separated list of group names the " +"user should belong to. The groups must exist before the user account is " +"created. See " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-group[group " +"(optional) - Create User Group]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1701 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--homedir=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1702 +msgid "" +"The home directory for the user. If not provided, this defaults to " +"`/home/pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_pass:attributes[{blank}]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1704 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1838 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, this account is locked by default. This means " +"that the user will not be able to log in from the console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1706 +msgid "" +"The new user's password. If no password is provided, the account will be " +"locked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1718 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--shell=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1719 +msgid "The user's login shell. If not provided, the system default will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--uid=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1721 +msgid "" +"The _UID_ (User ID). If not provided, this defaults to the next available " +"non-system UID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1723 +msgid "" +"The _GID_ (Group ID) to be used for the user's default group. If not " +"provided, this defaults to the next available non-system group ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1725 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1728 +msgid "" +"The following commands control how the system will behave during the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1730 +#, no-wrap +msgid "autostep (optional) - Go Through Every Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1733 +msgid "" +"Normally, Kickstart installations skip unnecessary screens. This option " +"makes the installation program step through every screen, displaying each " +"briefly. This option should not be used when deploying a system because it " +"may disrupt package installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1737 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#autostep [--autoscreenshot]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1739 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--autoscreenshot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1740 +msgid "" +"Take a screenshot at every step during installation. These screenshots are " +"stored in `/tmp/anaconda-screenshots` during the installation, and after the " +"installation finishes you can find them in `/root/anaconda-screenshots`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1742 +msgid "" +"Each screen is only captured right before the installer switches to the next " +"one. This is important, because if you do not use all required Kickstart " +"options and the installation therefore does not begin automatically, you can " +"go to the screens which were not automatically configured, perform any " +"configuration you want. Then, when you press `Done` to continue, the screen " +"will be captured including the configuration you just provided." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1744 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cmdline (optional) - Perform Installation in Command Line Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1747 +msgid "" +"Perform the installation in a completely non-interactive command line " +"mode. Any prompts for interaction halts the install. This mode is useful on " +"IBM System{nbsp}z systems with the x3270 terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1752 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1764 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1848 +msgid "" +"For a fully automatic installation, you must either specify one of the " +"available modes ([command]#graphical#, [command]#text#, or " +"[command]#cmdline#) in the Kickstart file, or you must use the " +"[option]#console=# boot option as described in " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-display[Console, " +"Environment and Display Options]. Otherwise the system will halt and ask you " +"to choose a mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1756 +#, no-wrap +msgid "graphical (optional) - Perform Installation in Graphical Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1759 +msgid "" +"Perform the installation in graphical mode. This is the default. This " +"command takes no options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1768 +#, no-wrap +msgid "logging (optional) - Configure Error Logging During Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1771 +msgid "" +"Controls the error logging of [application]*Anaconda* during " +"installation. It has no effect on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1775 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#logging [--host= | --port= | --level=]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1777 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1868 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--host=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1778 +msgid "" +"Send logging information to the given remote host, which must be running a " +"`syslogd` process configured to accept remote logging." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1780 +msgid "" +"If the remote syslogd process uses a port other than the default, it may be " +"specified with this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1782 +msgid "" +"Specify the minimum level of messages that appear on virtual console 3 " +"(`tty3`). This only affects messages printed to the console; log files will " +"contain messages of all levels. Possible values are `debug`, `info`, " +"`warning`, `error`, or `critical`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1784 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rescue (optional) - Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1787 +msgid "" +"Automatically enters the installation program's rescue mode. This gives you " +"a chance to repair the system in case of any problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1791 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#rescue [--nomount|--romount]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1793 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nomount# or [option]#--romount#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1794 +msgid "" +"Controls how the installed system is mounted in the rescue environment. By " +"default, the installation program will find your system and mount it in " +"read-write mode, telling you where it has performed this mount. You may " +"optionally choose to not mount anything (the [option]#--nomount# option) or " +"mount in read-only mode (the [option]#--romount# option). Only one of these " +"two options may be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1796 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sshpw (optional) - Restrict ssh Access During Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1799 +msgid "" +"During the installation, you can interact with the installation program and " +"monitor its progress over an `SSH` connection. Use the [command]#sshpw# " +"command to create temporary accounts through which to log on. Each instance " +"of the command creates a separate account that exists only in the " +"installation environment. These accounts are not transferred to the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1803 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#sshpw --username=pass:attributes[{blank}]_name_ _password_ " +"[--iscrypted|--plaintext] [--lock]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1809 +msgid "" +"By default, the `ssh` server is not started during the installation. To make " +"`ssh` available during the installation, boot the system with the kernel " +"boot option [option]#inst.sshd#. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-display[Console, " +"Environment and Display Options] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1816 +msgid "" +"If you want to disable root `ssh` access to your hardware during " +"installation, use the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1820 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#sshpw --username=root --lock#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1824 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--username#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1836 +msgid "" +"If this option is present, the password argument is assumed to be in plain " +"text. This option is mutually exclusive with [option]#--iscrypted#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1840 +#, no-wrap +msgid "text (optional) - Perform Installation in Text Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1843 +msgid "" +"Perform the Kickstart installation in text mode. Kickstart installations are " +"performed in graphical mode by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1852 +#, no-wrap +msgid "unsupported_hardware (optional) - Suppress Unsupported Hardware Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1855 +msgid "" +"Suppress the `Unsupported Hardware Detected` alert. If this command is not " +"included and unsupported hardware is detected, the installation will stall " +"at this alert." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1857 +#, no-wrap +msgid "vnc (optional) - Configure VNC Access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1860 +msgid "" +"Allows the graphical installation to be viewed remotely via VNC. This method " +"is usually preferred over text mode, as there are some size and language " +"limitations in text installations. With no additional options, this command " +"will start a VNC server on the installation system with no password and will " +"display the details required to connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1864 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#vnc " +"[--host=pass:attributes[{blank}]_hostname_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--port=pass:attributes[{blank}]_port_pass:attributes[{blank}]] " +"[--password=pass:attributes[{blank}]_password_pass:attributes[{blank}]]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1867 +msgid "" +"For more information about VNC installations, including instructions on how " +"to connect to the installation system, see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1869 +msgid "Connect to a VNC viewer listening on the given hostname." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1871 +msgid "" +"Provide a port that the remote VNC viewer process is listening on. If not " +"provided, the VNC default (`5900`) will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1873 +msgid "" +"Set a password which must be provided to connect to the VNC session. This is " +"optional, but recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1875 +#, no-wrap +msgid "After the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1878 +msgid "" +"This section contains commands which control the system's behavior " +"immediately after the installation finishes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1880 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%addon com_redhat_kdump (optional) - Configure kdump" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1883 +msgid "" +"This command configures the [application]*kdump* kernel crash dumping " +"mechanism." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1888 +msgid "" +"The syntax for this command is unusual because it is an add-on rather than a " +"built-in Kickstart command. For more information about add-ons, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-addon[%addon " +"(optional) - Include an Anaconda Add-on]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1892 +msgid "" +"[application]*Kdump* is a kernel crash dumping mechanism that allows you to " +"save the contents of the system's memory for later analysis. It relies on " +"[application]*kexec*, which can be used to start a Linux kernel from the " +"context of another kernel without rebooting the system and preserve the " +"contents of the first kernel memory that would otherwise be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1894 +msgid "" +"In case of a system crash, [application]*kexec* starts a second kernel (a " +"_capture kernel_). This capture kernel resides in a reserved part of the " +"system memory that is inaccessible to the main kernel. [application]*Kdump* " +"then captures the contents of the crashed kernel's memory (a _crash dump_) " +"and saves it to a specified location. This location can not be configured " +"using Kickstart; it must be specified after the installation by editing the " +"`/etc/kdump.conf` configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1896 +msgid "Available options are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1897 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1898 +msgid "Enable [application]*Kdump* on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1899 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disable#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1900 +msgid "Do not enable [application]*Kdump* on the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1901 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reserve-mb=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1902 +msgid "" +"The amount of memory you want to reserve for [application]*Kdump* in " +"megabytes. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1906 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%addon com_redhat_kdump --enable --reserve-mb=128\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1909 +msgid "" +"You can also specify `auto` instead of a numeric value. In that case the " +"installer will determine the amount of RAM to reserve for kdump " +"automatically, based on your system architecture and the total amount of " +"memory on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1911 +msgid "" +"If you enable [application]*Kdump* and do not specify the " +"[option]#--reserve-mb=# option, the `auto` value will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1912 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enablefadump#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1913 +msgid "" +"Enable firmware-assisted dumping on systems which allow it (notably IBM " +"Power{nbsp}Systems servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1915 +#, no-wrap +msgid "firstboot (optional) - Enable or Disable Initial Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1918 +msgid "" +"Determine whether the [application]*Initial Setup* application starts the " +"first time the system is booted. If enabled, the [package]*initial-setup* " +"package must be installed. If not specified, this option is disabled by " +"default. For more information about [application]*Initial Setup*, see " +"xref:../install/After_Installation.adoc#sect-initial-setup[Initial Setup]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1922 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#firstboot --enable|--disable [--reconfig]#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1924 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--enable# or [option]#--enabled#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1925 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* will be started the first time the installed " +"system boots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1926 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--disable# or [option]#--disabled#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1927 +msgid "[application]*Initial Setup* will be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1928 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--reconfig#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1929 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* will start after the reboot in reconfiguration " +"mode. This mode enables the language, mouse, keyboard, root password, " +"security level, time zone and networking configuration options in addition " +"to the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1931 +#, no-wrap +msgid "halt (optional) - Halt System After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1934 +msgid "" +"Halt the system after the installation has successfully completed. This is " +"similar to a manual installation, where after the installation finishes, the " +"installer displays a message and waits for the user to press a key before " +"rebooting. During a Kickstart installation, if no completion method is " +"specified, this option is used as the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1936 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#poweroff#, " +"[command]#reboot#, and [command]#shutdown# commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1938 +#, no-wrap +msgid "poweroff (optional) - Power Off After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1941 +msgid "" +"Shut down and power off the system after the installation has successfully " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1946 +msgid "" +"The [command]#poweroff# command is highly dependent on the system hardware " +"in use. Specifically, certain hardware components such as the BIOS, APM " +"(advanced power management), and ACPI (advanced configuration and power " +"interface) must be able to interact with the system kernel. Consult your " +"hardware documentation for more information on you system's APM/ACPI " +"abilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1950 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#halt#, [command]#reboot#, " +"and [command]#shutdown# Kickstart commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1952 +#, no-wrap +msgid "reboot (optional) - Reboot After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1955 +msgid "" +"Reboot after the installation is successfully completed. If you are " +"installing {PRODUCT} on IBM System{nbsp}z in command line mode (using " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-cmdline[cmdline " +"(optional) - Perform Installation in Command Line Mode]), this command is " +"necessary for a fully automated installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1957 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#halt#, [command]#poweroff#, " +"and [command]#shutdown# Kickstart options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1962 +msgid "" +"Use of the [command]#reboot# command *may* result in an endless installation " +"loop, depending on the installation media and method." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1965 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--eject#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1966 +msgid "" +"Attempt to eject the installation media (if installing from a DVD) before " +"rebooting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1967 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--kexec#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1968 +msgid "" +"Use this option to reboot into the new system using the `kexec` kernel " +"switching mechanism instead of a full reboot, bypassing the BIOS/Firmware " +"and boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1970 +#, no-wrap +msgid "shutdown (optional) - Shut Down After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1973 +msgid "Shut down the system after the installation has successfully completed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1975 +msgid "" +"For other completion methods, see the [command]#halt#, [command]#poweroff#, " +"and [command]#reboot# Kickstart options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1977 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%addon (optional) - Include an Anaconda Add-on" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1980 +msgid "" +"You can expand the basic [application]*Anaconda* and Kickstart functionality " +"by using custom add-ons specified using the [command]#%addon# section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1982 +msgid "" +"To use an add-on in your Kickstart file, add the [command]#%addon " +"_addon_name_ _options_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command. The section must be " +"closed with an [command]#%end# statement. For example, to use the " +"[application]*Kdump* add-on, which is included by default on some " +"installations, use the following block:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1985 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%addon com_redhat_kdump --enable --reserve-mb=128%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1989 +msgid "" +"The [command]#%addon# section does not have any options of its own; all " +"options depend on the add-on being used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1991 +msgid "" +"For more information about [application]*Anaconda* add-ons, see the " +"link:++https://vpodzime.fedorapeople.org/anaconda-addon-development-guide/++[Fedora " +"Anaconda Addon Development Guide]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1993 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%anaconda (optional) - Additional Anaconda Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1996 +msgid "" +"This section, introduced in {PRODUCT} 22, is used to specify additional " +"configuration options for the installer. Commands inside this section only " +"control the behavior during installation, not on the installed system. The " +"only command currently available inside this section is " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-pwpolicy[pwpolicy " +"(optional) - Change the Default Password Policy]. The [command]#%anaconda# " +"section must end with `%end`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:1998 +msgid "" +"In interactive installations (using the graphical or text interface), the " +"`/usr/share/anaconda/interactive-defaults.ks` file contains the default " +"[command]#%anaconda# section. To change the defaults, you must create a " +"`product.img` file with a Kickstart file replacing the default one, and pass " +"this file to [application]*Anaconda* using a boot option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2000 +msgid "" +"When using a Kickstart file, you can override the default " +"[command]#%anaconda# section by using the section again in your custom " +"Kickstart." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2002 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%include (optional) - Include Contents of Another File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2005 +msgid "" +"Use the [command]#%include _/path/to/file_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command " +"to include the contents of another file in the Kickstart file as though the " +"contents were at the location of the [command]#%include# command in the " +"Kickstart file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2007 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%ksappend (optional) - Append Contents of Another File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2010 +msgid "" +"The [command]#%ksappend _url_pass:attributes[{blank}]# directive is very " +"similar to " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-include[%include " +"(optional) - Include Contents of Another File] in that it is used to include " +"the contents of additional files as though they were at the location of the " +"[command]#%ksappend# command. The difference is in when the two directives " +"are processed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2012 +msgid "" +"[command]#%ksappend# is processed in an initial pass, before any other part " +"of the Kickstart file. Then, this expanded Kickstart file is passed to the " +"rest of [application]*Anaconda* where all [command]#%pre# scripts are " +"handled, and then finally the rest of the Kickstart file is processed in " +"order, which includes [command]#%include# directives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2014 +msgid "" +"Therefore, [command]#%ksappend# provides a way to include a file containing " +"[command]#%pre# scripts, while [command]#%include# does not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2016 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%packages (required) - Package Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2019 +msgid "" +"Use the [command]#%packages# command to begin a Kickstart section which " +"describes the software packages to be installed. This section must end with " +"an [command]#%end# statement." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2021 +msgid "" +"You can specify packages by _environment_, _group_, or by their package " +"names. Several environments and groups that contain related packages are " +"defined. See the `repodata/comps.xml` file in your installation source for " +"environment and group definitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2023 +msgid "" +"The `comps.xml` file contains a structure describing available environments " +"(marked by the `` tag) and groups (the `` tag). Each " +"entry has an ID, user visibility value, name, description, and package " +"list. If the group is selected for installation, the packages marked " +"`mandatory` in the package list are always installed, the packages marked " +"`default` are installed if they are not specifically excluded, and the " +"packages marked `optional` must be specifically included even when the group " +"is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2025 +msgid "" +"You can specify a package group or environment using either its ID (the " +"`` tag) or name (the `` tag)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2030 +msgid "" +"To install a 32-bit package on a 64-bit system, you will need to append the " +"package name with the 32-bit architecture for which the package was built - " +"for example, [package]*glibc.i686*. The [option]#--multilib# option also " +"must be specified in the Kickstart file; see the available options below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2037 +msgid "" +"[application]*Initial Setup* does not run after a system is installed from a " +"Kickstart file unless a desktop environment and the [application]*X Window " +"System* were included in the installation and graphical login was " +"enabled. This means that by default, no users except for `root` will be " +"created. You can either create a user with the [option]#user# option in the " +"Kickstart file before installing additional systems from it (see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-user[user " +"(optional) - Create User Account] for details) or log into the installed " +"system with a virtual console as `root` and add users with the " +"[command]#useradd# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2040 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying Environments, Groups and Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2042 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying an Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2043 +msgid "In addition to groups, you specify an entire environment to be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2049 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%packages\n" +"@^Infrastructure Server\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2053 +msgid "" +"This command will install all packages which are part of the `Infrastracture " +"Server` environment. All available environments are described in the " +"`comps.xml` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2054 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2055 +msgid "" +"Specify groups, one entry to a line, starting with an `@` symbol, and then " +"the full group name or group id as given in the `comps.xml` file. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2064 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%packages#\n" +"@X Window System\n" +"@Desktop\n" +"@Sound and Video\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2068 +msgid "" +"The `Core` and `Base` groups are always selected - it is not necessary to " +"specify them in the [command]#%packages# section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2070 +msgid "" +"The `comps.xml` file also defines groups called `Conflicts (_variant_)` for " +"each variant of {PRODUCT}. This group contains all packages which are known " +"to cause file conflicts, and is intended to be excluded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2071 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specifying Individual Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2072 +msgid "" +"Specify individual packages by name, one entry to a line. You can use the " +"asterisk character (`*`) as a _wildcard_ in package names. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2081 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%packages\n" +"sqlite\n" +"curl\n" +"aspell\n" +"docbook*\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2085 +msgid "" +"The `docbook*` entry includes the packages [package]*docbook-dtds*, " +"[package]*docbook-simple*, [package]*docbook-slides* and others that match " +"the pattern represented with the wildcard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2086 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Excluding Environments, Groups, or Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2087 +msgid "" +"Use a leading dash (`-`) to specify packages or groups to exclude from the " +"installation. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2095 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%packages\n" +"-@Graphical Internet\n" +"-autofs\n" +"-ipa*fonts\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2102 +msgid "" +"Installing all available packages using only `*` in a Kickstart file is not " +"supported, even if you exclude the `@Conflicts (_variant_)` group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2106 +msgid "" +"You can change the default behavior of the [command]#%packages# section by " +"using several options. Some options work for the entire package selection, " +"others are used with only specific groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Common Package Selection Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2110 +msgid "" +"The following options are available for the [command]#%packages#. To use an " +"option, append it to the start of the package selection section. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%packages --multilib --ignoremissing#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nocore#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2117 +msgid "Do not install the `@Core` group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--ignoremissing#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2119 +msgid "" +"Ignore any packages, groups and environments missing in the installation " +"source, instead of halting the installation to ask if the installation " +"should be aborted or continued." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--excludedocs#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2121 +msgid "" +"Do not install any documentation contained within packages. In most cases, " +"this will exclude any files normally installed in the `/usr/share/doc*` " +"directory, but the specific files to be excluded depend on individual " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--multilib#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2123 +msgid "" +"Configure the installed system for multilib packages (that is, to allow " +"installing 32-bit packages on a 64-bit system) and install packages " +"specified in this section as such." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2125 +msgid "" +"Normally, on a 64-bit system, only packages for this architecture (marked as " +"`x86_64`) and packages for all architectures (marked as `noarch`) would be " +"installed. When you use this option, packages for 32-bit systems (marked as " +"`i686`) will be automatically installed as well, if available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2127 +msgid "" +"This only applies to packages explicitly specified in the " +"[command]#%packages# section. Packages which are only being installed as " +"dependencies without being specified in the Kickstart file will only be " +"installed in architecture versions in which they are needed, even if they " +"are available for more architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Options for Specific Package Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2131 +msgid "" +"The options in this list only apply to a single package group. Instead of " +"using them at the [command]#%packages# command in the Kickstart file, append " +"them to the group name. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%packages#\n" +"@Graphical Internet --optional\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nodefaults#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2142 +msgid "Only install the group's mandatory packages, not the default selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--optional#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2144 +msgid "" +"Install packages marked as optional in the group definition in the " +"`comps.xml` file, in addition to installing the default selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2146 +msgid "" +"Note that some package groups, such as `Scientific Support`, do not have any " +"mandatory or default packages specified - only optional packages. In this " +"case the [option]#--optional# option must always be used, otherwise no " +"packages from this group will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%pre (optional) - Pre-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2151 +msgid "" +"You can add commands to run on the system immediately after the Kickstart " +"file has been parsed, but before the installation begins. This section must " +"be placed towards the end of the Kickstart file, after the actual Kickstart " +"commands, and must start with [command]#%pre# and end with " +"[command]#%end#. If your Kickstart file also includes a [command]#%post# " +"section, the order in which the [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# " +"sections are included does not matter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2153 +msgid "" +"You can access the network in the [command]#%pre# section. However, the " +"_name service_ has not been configured at this point, so only IP addresses " +"work, not URLs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2155 +msgid "" +"The pre-installation script section of Kickstart *cannot* manage multiple " +"install trees or source media. This information must be included for each " +"created Kickstart file, as the pre-installation script occurs during the " +"second stage of the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2160 +msgid "" +"Unlike the post-installation script, the pre-installation script is not run " +"in the `chroot` environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2164 +msgid "" +"The following options can be used to change the behavior of pre-installation " +"scripts. To use an option, append it to the [command]#%pre# line at the " +"beginning of the script. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%pre --interpreter=/usr/bin/python#\n" +"--- Python script omitted --\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2174 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2212 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--interpreter=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2175 +msgid "" +"Allows you to specify a different scripting language, such as Python. Any " +"scripting language available on the system can be used; in most cases, these " +"will be `/usr/bin/sh`, `/usr/bin/bash`, and `/usr/bin/python`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2176 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--erroronfail#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2177 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2235 +msgid "" +"Display an error and halt the installation if the script fails. The error " +"message will direct you to where the cause of the failure is logged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2178 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--log=#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2179 +msgid "Logs the script's output into the specified log file. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%pre --log=/mnt/sysimage/root/ks-pre.log#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2186 +msgid "" +"For an example of a pre-installation script, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-pre-script[Example " +"Pre-installation Script]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "%post (optional) - Post-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2191 +msgid "" +"You have the option of adding commands to run on the system once the " +"installation is complete, but before the system is rebooted for the first " +"time. This section must be placed towards the end of the Kickstart file, " +"after the actual Kickstart commands, and must start with [command]#%post# " +"and end with [command]#%end#. If your Kickstart file also includes a " +"[command]#%pre# section, the order of the [command]#%pre# and " +"[command]#%post# sections does not matter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2193 +msgid "" +"This section is useful for functions such as installing additional software " +"or configuring an additional name server. The post-install script is run in " +"a chroot environment, therefore, performing tasks such as copying scripts or " +"RPM packages from the installation media do not work by default. You can " +"change this behavior using the [option]#--nochroot# option as described " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2198 +msgid "" +"If you configured the network with static IP information, including a name " +"server, you can access the network and resolve IP addresses in the " +"[command]#%post# section. If you configured the network for `DHCP`, the " +"`/etc/resolv.conf` file has not been completed when the installation " +"executes the [command]#%post# section. You can access the network, but you " +"cannot resolve IP addresses. Thus, if you are using `DHCP`, you must specify " +"IP addresses in the [command]#%post# section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2202 +msgid "" +"The following options can be used to change the behavior of " +"post-installation scripts. To use an option, append it to the " +"[command]#%post# line at the beginning of the script. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%post --interpreter=/usr/bin/python#\n" +"--- Python script omitted --\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2213 +msgid "" +"Allows you to specify a different scripting language, such as Python. For " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%post --interpreter=/usr/bin/python#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2220 +msgid "" +"Any scripting language available on the system can be used; in most cases, " +"these will be `/usr/bin/sh`, `/usr/bin/bash`, and `/usr/bin/python`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[option]#--nochroot#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2222 +msgid "" +"Allows you to specify commands that you would like to run outside of the " +"chroot environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2224 +msgid "" +"The following example copies the file `/etc/resolv.conf` to the file system " +"that was just installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[command]#%post --nochroot#\n" +"cp /etc/resolv.conf /mnt/sysimage/etc/resolv.conf\n" +"[command]#%end#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2237 +msgid "" +"Logs the script's output into the specified log file. Note that the path of " +"the log file must take into account whether or not you use the " +"[option]#--nochroot# option. For example, without [option]#--nochroot#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%post --log=/root/ks-post.log#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2244 +msgid "with [option]#--nochroot#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%post --nochroot --log=/mnt/sysimage/root/ks-post.log#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2251 +msgid "" +"For an example of a post-installation script, see " +"xref:Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-example-post-script[Example " +"Post-installation Script]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example Kickstart Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2256 ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Partitioning Example" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2259 +msgid "" +"The following is an integrated example showing the [command]#clearpart#, " +"[command]#zerombr#, [command]#part#, [command]#raid#, [command]#volgroup#, " +"and [command]#logvol# Kickstart options in action:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"clearpart --drives=hda,hdc\n" +"zerombr\n" +"# Raid 1 IDE config\n" +"part raid.11 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.12 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.13 --size 2000 --asprimary --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.14 --size 8000 --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.15 --size 16384 --grow --ondrive=hda\n" +"part raid.21 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.22 --size 1000 --asprimary --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.23 --size 2000 --asprimary --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.24 --size 8000 --ondrive=hdc\n" +"part raid.25 --size 16384 --grow --ondrive=hdc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# You can add --spares=x\n" +"raid / --fstype xfs --device root --level=RAID1 raid.11 raid.21\n" +"raid /safe --fstype xfs --device safe --level=RAID1 raid.12 raid.22\n" +"raid swap --fstype swap --device swap --level=RAID1 raid.13 raid.23\n" +"raid /usr --fstype xfs --device usr --level=RAID1 raid.14 raid.24\n" +"raid pv.01 --fstype xfs --device pv.01 --level=RAID1 raid.15 raid.25\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# LVM configuration so that we can resize /var and /usr/local later\n" +"volgroup sysvg pv.01\n" +"logvol /var --vgname=sysvg --size=8000 --name=var\n" +"logvol /var/freespace --vgname=sysvg --size=8000 --name=freespacetouse\n" +"logvol /usr/local --vgname=sysvg --size=1 --grow --name=usrlocal\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2297 +msgid "" +"This advanced example implements LVM over RAID, as well as the ability to " +"resize various directories for future growth." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2299 +msgid "" +"First, the [command]#clearpart# command is used on drives `hda` and `hdc` to " +"wipe them. The [command]#zerombr# command initializes unused partition " +"tables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2301 +msgid "" +"Then, the two drives are partitioned to prepare them for RAID " +"configuration. Each drive is divided into five partitions, and each drive is " +"partitioned into an identical layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2303 +msgid "" +"The next part uses these pairs of physical partitions to create a software " +"RAID device with RAID1 level (mirroring). The first four RAID devices are " +"used for `/` (root), `/safe`, `swap` and `/usr`. The fifth, largest pair of " +"partitions is named `pv.01` and will be used in the following part as a " +"physical volume for LVM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2305 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last set of commands first creates a volume group named `sysvg` " +"on the `pv.01` physical volume. Then, three logical volumes (`/var`, " +"`/var/freespace` and `/usr/local`) are created and added to the `sysvg` " +"volume group. The `/var` and `/var/freespace` volumes have a set size of 8 " +"GB, and the `/usr/local` volume uses the [option]#--grow# option to fill all " +"remaining available space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2310 +msgid "" +"The above example uses identifiers `hda` and `hdc` to identify disk " +"drives. You should use unique identifiers, such as a disk labels or an " +"UUIDs, to identify disk drives. See the note in introduction to this " +"appendix." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2314 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example Pre-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2317 +msgid "The following is an example [command]#%pre# section:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2319 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sample %pre Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2338 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"%pre\n" +"#!/bin/sh\n" +"hds=\"\"\n" +"mymedia=\"\"\n" +"for file in /proc/ide/h* do\n" +"mymedia=`cat $file/media`\n" +"if [ $mymedia == \"disk\" ] ; then\n" +"hds=\"$hds `basename $file`\"\n" +"fi\n" +"done\n" +"set $hds\n" +"numhd=`echo $#`\n" +"drive1=`echo $hds | cut -d' ' -f1`\n" +"drive2=`echo $hds | cut -d' ' -f2`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"#Write out partition scheme based on whether there are 1 or 2 hard drives\n" +"if [ $numhd == \"2\" ] ; then\n" +"#2 drives\n" +"echo \"#partitioning scheme generated in %pre for 2 drives\" > " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"clearpart --all\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /boot --fstype xfs --size 75 --ondisk hda\" >> " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part / --fstype xfs --size 1 --grow --ondisk hda\" >> " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part swap --recommended --ondisk $drive1\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /home --fstype xfs --size 1 --grow --ondisk hdb\" >> " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"else\n" +"#1 drive\n" +"echo \"#partitioning scheme generated in %pre for 1 drive\" > " +"/tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"clearpart --all\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /boot --fstype xfs --size 75\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part swap --recommended\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part / --fstype xfs --size 2048\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"echo \"part /home --fstype xfs --size 2048 --grow\" >> /tmp/part-include\n" +"fi\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2362 +msgid "" +"This script determines the number of hard drives in the system and writes a " +"text file with a different partitioning scheme depending on whether it has " +"one or two drives. Instead of having a set of partitioning commands in the " +"Kickstart file, include the following line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2366 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[command]#%include /tmp/part-include#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2369 +msgid "The partitioning commands selected in the script will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2373 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example Post-installation Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2376 +msgid "The following is an example [command]#%post# section:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sample %post Script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Start of the %post section with logging into /root/ks-post.log\n" +"%post --log=/root/ks-post.log\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2391 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Mount an NFS share\n" +"mkdir /mnt/temp\n" +"mount -o nolock 10.10.0.2:/usr/new-machines /mnt/temp\n" +"openvt -s -w -- /mnt/temp/runme\n" +"umount /mnt/temp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2394 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# End of the %post section\n" +"%end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc:2398 +msgid "" +"The above example mounts an NFS share and executes a script named `runme` " +"located at `/usr/new-machines/` on the share. Note that NFS file locking is " +"*not* supported while in Kickstart mode, therefore the [option]#-o nolock# " +"option is required." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6c5eb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.pot @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Understanding LVM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:8 +msgid "" +"LVM (Logical Volume Management) partitions provide a number of advantages " +"over standard partitions. LVM partitions are formatted as _physical " +"volumes_. One or more physical volumes are combined to form a _volume " +"group_. Each volume group's total storage is then divided into one or more " +"_logical volumes_. The logical volumes function much like standard " +"partitions. They have a file system type, such as `ext4`, and a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"The boot loader cannot read LVM volumes. You must make a standard, non-LVM " +"disk partition for your `/boot` partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"By default, the installation process always creates the `/` and `swap` " +"partitions within LVM volumes, with a separate `/boot` on a standard " +"partition. See " +"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended " +"Partitioning Scheme] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"To understand LVM better, imagine the physical volume as a pile of " +"_blocks_. A block is a storage unit used to store data. Several piles of " +"blocks can be combined to make a much larger pile, just as physical volumes " +"are combined to make a volume group. The resulting pile can be subdivided " +"into several smaller piles of arbitrary size, just as a volume group is " +"allocated to several logical volumes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:21 +msgid "" +"An administrator may grow or shrink logical volumes without destroying data, " +"unlike standard disk partitions. If the physical volumes in a volume group " +"are on separate drives or RAID arrays then administrators may also spread a " +"logical volume across the storage devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"You may lose data if you shrink a logical volume to a smaller capacity than " +"the data on the volume requires. To ensure maximum flexibility, create " +"logical volumes to meet your current needs, and leave excess storage " +"capacity unallocated. You may safely grow logical volumes to use unallocated " +"space, as your needs dictate." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/index.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/index.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77b339e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/index.pot @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation Guide" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:8 +msgid "Installing {PRODUCT}{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and 64-bit AMD and Intel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"This manual explains how to boot the Fedora installation program, " +"[application]*Anaconda*, and how to install Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and " +"64-bit AMD and Intel systems. It also covers advanced installation methods " +"such as automated Kickstart installations, booting the installation from a " +"network location, remote access to the installation system using VNC, and " +"system upgrades from previous versions of Fedora. It also describes common " +"post-installation tasks and explains how to troubleshoot common issues " +"related to the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:16 +msgid "image:title_logo.svg[Fedora Documentation Team]" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/install/After_Installation.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/install/After_Installation.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d10ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/install/After_Installation.pot @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "After the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter describes the initial setup tools which open after you finish " +"the installation, reboot the system, and log in for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:11 +msgid "" +"Two separate configuration tools are part of {PRODUCT}. If you installed the " +"[application]*GNOME* desktop environment (the default {PRODUCT} environment, " +"installed for example as part of the {PRODUCT} Workstation Edition), the " +"[application]*GNOME Initial Setup* utility will open; for all other " +"graphical environments, the [application]*Initial Setup* tool serves the " +"same purpose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Both of these tools will allow you to configure user-specific settings which " +"have not been configured during the installation. Some of the settings are " +"available both in the graphical installer (or as Kickstart commands) as well " +"as in the initial-setup utilities; in that case, they will only be displayed " +"after the first reboot if you skipped them during the installation. This " +"means that, for example, if you configured a user account before the " +"installation finished, you will not be prompted to do so again after the " +"installation completes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:17 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GNOME Initial Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"The [application]*GNOME Initial Setup* utility will be displayed after you " +"log in for the first time with any user account, as long as your first login " +"is in the [application]*GNOME* desktop environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GNOME Initial Setup with language selection displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "afterinstall/gnome-initial-setup.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"This utility allows you to configure several user-specific settings, such as " +"system language or the default keyboard layout. Use the `Next` and " +"`Previous` buttons at the top of the window to navigate between " +"screens. Some screens (`Configure online accounts` in particular) are " +"optional and can be skipped using the `Skip` button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"After you finish configuring all screens, click `Start using Fedora` to exit " +"the utility. After that, the `Getting Started` page from GNOME help will be " +"displayed, and you can either browse the help content, or close it and start " +"using your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Common Post-installation Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"After you finish the installation and go through one of the initial setup " +"utilities described above, your system is ready for use. However, other " +"administrative tasks not covered by the installer or the initial setup " +"utilities may still be necessary, depending on how you plan to use your " +"system. The list below describes some of the more common tasks usually " +"performed immediately after a new installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recover a lost `root` password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"The `root` password, which is configured during the installation, is " +"required for accessing the system as the `root` user. Without this password " +"you will not be able to configure your system or install additional " +"software. If you lost or forgot your `root` password, you can reset it by " +"following the steps described in " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-reset-root-password[Resetting " +"the Root Password]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure the network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"In most cases, network access is configured during the installation process, " +"either in the [application]*Anaconda* installation program (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network " +"& Hostname]) or in a Kickstart file (see " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-network[network " +"(optional) - Configure Network Interfaces]). For information on configuring " +"the network after the installation, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Perform an initial system update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"If you installed {PRODUCT} from a full installation ISO image (such as the " +"Workstation live image or full Server DVD), it is recommended to perform an " +"initial system update, because your installation media likely contained " +"older versions of software packages. During the initial update, all " +"installed packages are updated to their latest available versions. Updates " +"to packages provide security fixes, bug fixes and enhancements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"The [application]*DNF* package manager is used for updating installed " +"packages. For more information about updating your system with " +"[application]*DNF*, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's " +"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install driver updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:43 +msgid "" +"Usually, drivers for system devices are already supported in the kernel " +"provided by Red{nbsp}Hat Enterprise{nbsp}Linux. However, occasionally, " +"support for devices that have been released recently could be missing. In " +"these cases, a driver update enabling your device may be available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"Devices necessary to complete the installation can have driver updates " +"provided before the installation begins. If a device is missing a driver, " +"but it is not essential during the installation, it is recommended to wait " +"until after the installation completes, and install additional drivers " +"afterwards. For instructions on installing and enabling additional drivers " +"on the installed system using [application]*RPM* and [application]*DNF*, see " +"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure additional repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:47 +msgid "" +"New software is installed from _package repositories_. Package repositories " +"are organized sets of software and metadata that can be accessed by the " +"[application]*DNF* package manager. By default, several update repositories " +"provided by {PRODUCT} are configured automatically and you can install " +"updates and additional software from those. However, if you want to set up " +"additional repositories, for example ones containing your own software, some " +"extra steps are needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"For information about configuring additional software repositories, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install additional packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"You can control which packages will be installed by selecting an environment " +"in the `Software Selection` dialog in the graphical installation (see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software " +"Selection]). This dialog does not provide a way to choose individual " +"packages, only predefined sets. However, you can use the [application]*DNF* " +"package manager to install additional packages after the installation. See " +"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Switch to a graphical login" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"Depending on the options you chose during the installation process, it is " +"possible that your system does not have a graphical interface, instead " +"offering only a text-based prompt. If this is the case and you wish to " +"enable a graphical desktop after the installation, you must install the " +"[application]*X Window System* and your preferred desktop environment " +"(either [application]*GNOME* or [application]*KDE*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"As with all other software, these packages can be installed using the " +"[application]*DNF* package manager. For information about using " +"[application]*DNF* to install new packages, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} " +"System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. For information on how to enable " +"graphical login by default, see " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-graphical-login[Booting into a " +"Graphical Environment]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b671753 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.pot @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter will explain how to boot the installer from local media or a " +"network server as well as how to navigate the boot menu and use custom " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preparing to Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"After you have made a bootable USB flash drive or a CD or DVD using the " +"steps described in " +"xref:Preparing_for_Installation.adoc#sect-preparing-boot-media[Preparing " +"Boot Media], you are ready to boot the installation. Note that the steps " +"described below are generic and the exact steps will vary somewhat depending " +"on your system - particularly on your motherboard manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:19 +msgid "" +"There are no separate media provided for BIOS and UEFI systems; all of them " +"can boot from the same ISO image. However, once you install {PRODUCT}, you " +"can not switch between UEFI and BIOS. The system must run on the same " +"firmware it was installed on; if you, for example, perform the installation " +"on an UEFI system in UEFI mode, and then switch it to BIOS compatibility " +"mode, {PRODUCT} will no longer boot and will require a reinstallation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"{PRODUCT} does not support UEFI booting for 32-bit x86 systems. Only BIOS " +"boot is supported on these systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"Also note that {PRODUCT} only fully supports version 2.2 of the UEFI " +"specification. Hardware that supports version 2.3 or later will boot and " +"work normally, but the additional functionality defined by these later " +"specifications will not be available. The UEFI specifications are available " +"from link:++http://www.uefi.org/specs/agreement/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:32 +msgid "To boot the {PRODUCT} installer, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting the {PRODUCT} Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Plug in the boot USB drive, or insert the boot CD or DVD into your " +"computer's optical disc drive. Alternatively, if you plan on booting from a " +"network boot (PXE) server, make sure that the network cable is plugged in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"Restart the system. Once it starts rebooting, it should display a prompt " +"similar to the following (usually at the bottom of the screen):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Press F12 to select boot device, or Del to enter SETUP\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:44 +msgid "" +"Follow the on-screen instructions to access the boot menu. If no " +"instructions are displayed (some systems only display a graphical logo " +"during early stages of boot), try pressing kbd:[F12], kbd:[F11], kbd:[F10] " +"or kbd:[Del] several times; these are most commonly used keys. Note that " +"there is usually a very short time window provided to access the menu; once " +"it passes, you need to restart the system and try again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:49 +msgid "" +"Some older systems may not support choosing a boot device at startup. In " +"that case, enter the system's SETUP (BIOS), and change the default boot " +"order so that your boot media (CD, DVD, USB or network) has higher priority " +"than internal hard drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:51 +msgid "" +"On Mac hardware, hold down the kbd:[Option] key to enter the boot media " +"selection menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:55 +msgid "" +"When your system's boot menu opens, select an entry such as `Boot from USB` " +"if you created a bootable USB drive, `Boot from CD/DVD` if you are using an " +"optical disc to install {PRODUCT}, or `Boot from PXE` if you want to boot " +"from a network location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"Wait until the boot menu is displayed. The boot menu is described further in " +"this chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Boot Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:62 +msgid "" +"In most cases, when you boot the {PRODUCT} installer from your prepared boot " +"media or server, the boot menu will be the first thing that appears. From " +"this menu, you can either start the actual installation, or you can use the " +"boot media to rescue an existing system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:64 +msgid "" +"The way the boot menu will look and function will vary somewhat depending on " +"your system's firmware - BIOS systems use the [application]*SYSLINUX* boot " +"loader, and UEFI systems use [application]*GRUB2*. However, both of the " +"menus described below function very similarly from a user's point of view." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:66 +msgid "" +"Use arrow keys to select an entry in the menu, and kbd:[Enter] to confirm " +"your selection. The first two entries in the list will both proceed with the " +"installation; the first one will start the installer directly, and the " +"second one will verify the integrity of the boot media before starting the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:68 +msgid "" +"The final entry in the list is `Troubleshooting`pass:attributes[{blank}]; " +"this is a submenu. Selecting this entry and pressing kbd:[Enter] will " +"display a new set of selections, where you can choose to install in basic " +"graphics mode (useful if you want to do a manual graphical installation but " +"your system has issues with the default graphical installer), rescue an " +"existing system, or test your system's memory modules for errors (on BIOS " +"systems only). The troubleshooting menu also allows you to exit the boot " +"menu and boot normally from your system's hard drive via the `Boot from " +"local drive` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:70 +msgid "" +"Every menu entry in the list is a predefined set of boot options, and these " +"options can be customized to change some aspects of the installer's " +"behavior. To edit the default set of boot options, press kbd:[Tab] on BIOS " +"systems, or kbd:[e] on UEFI systems. The key to use is also displayed at the " +"bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:75 +msgid "" +"Editing boot options in [application]*GRUB2* (on UEFI systems) will display " +"the entire configuration for the selected entry. Actual boot options are " +"configured on the line which starts with the `linux` (or `linux16` or " +"`linuxefi`) keyword. Do not modify any other lines in the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:77 +msgid "" +"On systems with BIOS firmware, only the actual boot options are displayed " +"when you press kbd:[Tab]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"When editing the default set of options, you can change the existing ones as " +"well as append additional ones. Once you finish, press kbd:[Enter] on BIOS " +"or kbd:[Ctrl + X] on UEFI to boot the installer using your customized " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing boot options on a system with BIOS firmware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot/boot-menu.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:86 +msgid "" +"All available [application]*Anaconda* boot options are described in " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-available[Available " +"Boot Options]." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81d82f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.pot @@ -0,0 +1,403 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing Using Anaconda" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for installing {PRODUCT} " +"using the [application]*Anaconda* installer. The bulk of this chapter " +"describes installation using the graphical user interface. A text mode is " +"also available for systems with no graphical display, but this mode is " +"limited in certain aspects (for example, custom partitioning is not possible " +"in text mode)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:11 +msgid "If your system does not have the ability to use the graphical mode, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:13 +msgid "" +"Use Kickstart to automate the installation as described in " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:15 +msgid "" +"Perform the graphical installation remotely by connecting to the " +"installation system from another computer with a graphical display using the " +"_VNC_ (Virtual Network Computing) protocol - see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction to Anaconda" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"The {PRODUCT} installer, [application]*Anaconda*, is different from most " +"other operating system installation programs due to its parallel " +"nature. Most installers follow a fixed path: you must choose your language " +"first, then you configure network, then installation type, then " +"partitioning, etc. There is usually only one way to proceed at any given " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"In [application]*Anaconda* you are only required to select your language and " +"locale first, and then you are presented with a central screen, where you " +"can configure most aspects of the installation in any order you like. This " +"does not apply to all parts of the installation process, however - for " +"example, when installing from a network location, you must configure the " +"network before you can select which packages to install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:24 +msgid "" +"Some screens will be automatically configured depending on your hardware and " +"the type of media you used to start the installation. You can still change " +"the detected settings in any screen. Screens which have not been " +"automatically configured, and therefore require your attention before you " +"begin the installation, are marked by an exclamation mark. You can not start " +"the actual installation process before you finish configuring these " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:26 +msgid "" +"Additional differences appear in certain screens; notably the custom " +"partitioning process is very different from other Linux distributions. These " +"differences are described in each screen's subsection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Consoles and Logging During the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"The following sections describe how to access logs and an interactive shell " +"during the installation. This is useful when troubleshooting problems, but " +"should not be necessary in most cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Accessing Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:36 +msgid "" +"The {PRODUCT} installer uses the [application]*tmux* terminal multiplexer to " +"display and control several windows you can use in addition to the main " +"interface. Each of these windows serves a different purpose - they display " +"several different logs, which can be used to troubleshoot any issues during " +"the installation, and one of the windows provides an interactive shell " +"prompt with `root` privileges, unless this prompt was specifically disabled " +"using a boot option or a Kickstart command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"In general, there is no reason to leave the default graphical installation " +"environment unless you need to diagnose an installation problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:45 +msgid "" +"The terminal multiplexer is running in virtual console 1. To switch from the " +"actual installation environment to [application]*tmux*, press kbd:[Ctrl + " +"Alt + F1]. To go back to the main installation interface which runs in " +"virtual console 6, press kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F6]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:50 +msgid "" +"If you choose text mode installation, you will start in virtual console 1 " +"([application]*tmux*), and switching to console 6 will open a shell prompt " +"instead of a graphical interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"The console running [application]*tmux* has 5 available windows; their " +"contents are described in the table below, along with keyboard shortcuts " +"used to access them. Note that the keyboard shortcuts are two-part: first " +"press kbd:[Ctrl + b], then release both keys, and press the number key for " +"the window you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:56 +msgid "" +"You can also use kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[n] and kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[p] to switch " +"to the next or previous [application]*tmux* window, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Available tmux Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Shortcut|Contents\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[1]|Main installation program window. Contains " +"text-based prompts (during text mode installation or if you use VNC direct " +"mode), and also some debugging information.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[2]|Interactive shell prompt with `root` privileges.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[3]|Installation log; displays messages stored in " +"`/tmp/anaconda.log`.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[4]|Storage log; displays messages related storage " +"devices from kernel and system services, stored in `/tmp/storage.log`.\n" +"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[5]|Program log; displays messages from other system " +"utilities, stored in `/tmp/program.log`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:71 +msgid "" +"In addition to displaying diagnostic information in [application]*tmux* " +"windows, [application]*Anaconda* also generates several log files, which can " +"be transferred from the installation system. These log files are described " +"in xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-log-files[Log Files " +"Generated During the Installation], and directions for transferring them " +"from the installation system are available in " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-transferring-logs[Transferring " +"Log Files from the Installation System]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Saving Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:76 +msgid "" +"You can press kbd:[Shift + Print Screen] at any time during the graphical " +"installation to capture the current screen. These screenshots are saved to " +"`/tmp/anaconda-screenshots`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:78 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can use the [command]#autostep --autoscreenshot# command " +"in a Kickstart file to capture and save each step of the installation " +"automatically. See " +"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-autostep[autostep " +"(optional) - Go Through Every Screen] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in Text Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:83 +msgid "" +"Text mode installation offers an interactive, non-graphical interface for " +"installing {PRODUCT}. This may be useful on systems with no graphical " +"capabilities; however, you should always consider the available alternatives " +"before starting a text-based installation. Text mode is limited in the " +"amount of choices you can make during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:85 +msgid "" +"There are two alternatives to text mode which can both be used even if the " +"installation system does not have a graphical display. You can either " +"connect to the installation system using VNC and perform an interactive " +"graphical installation remotely (see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]), or you can create a Kickstart file to perform the installation " +"automatically (see " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating " +"the Installation with Kickstart])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Text Mode Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The main menu in during a text-based installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_TextMode.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:91 +msgid "" +"Installation in text mode follows a pattern similar to the graphical " +"installation: There is no single fixed progression; you can configure many " +"settings in any order you want using the main status screen. Screens which " +"have already been configured, either automatically or by you, are marked as " +"`[x]`, and screens which require your attention before the installation can " +"begin are marked with `[!]`. Available commands are displayed below the list " +"of available options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:93 +msgid "Limits of interactive text mode installation include:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"The installer will always use the English language and the US English " +"keyboard layout. You can configure your language and keyboard settings, but " +"these settings will only apply to the installed system, not to the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:97 +msgid "" +"You can not configure any advanced storage methods (LVM, software RAID, " +"FCoE, zFCP and iSCSI)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:99 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to configure custom partitioning; you must use one of the " +"automatic partitioning settings. You also cannot configure where the boot " +"loader will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:101 +msgid "" +"To start a text mode installation, boot the installation with the " +"[option]#inst.text# boot option used either at the boot command line in the " +"boot menu, or in your PXE server configuration. See " +"xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#chap-booting-the-installation[Booting the " +"Installation] for information about booting and using boot options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing in the Graphical User Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:106 +msgid "" +"The graphical installation interface is the preferred method of manually " +"installing {PRODUCT}. It allows you full control over all available " +"settings, including custom partitioning and advanced storage configuration, " +"and it is also localized to many languages other than English, allowing you " +"to perform the entire installation in a different language. The graphical " +"mode is used by default when you boot the system from local media (a CD, DVD " +"or a USB flash drive)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:108 +msgid "" +"The sections below discuss each screen available in the installation " +"process. Note that due to the installer's parallel nature, most of the " +"screens do not have to be completed in the order in which they are described " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:110 +msgid "" +"Each screen in the graphical interface contains a `Help` button. This button " +"opens the [application]*Yelp* help browser displaying the section of the " +"_{PRODUCT} Installation Guide_ relevant to the current screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:112 +msgid "" +"You can also control the graphical installer with your keyboard. Use " +"kbd:[Tab] and kbd:[Shift + Tab] to cycle through active control elements " +"(buttons, check boxes, etc.) on the current screen, kbd:[Up] and kbd:[Down] " +"arrow keys to scroll through lists, and kbd:[Left] and kbd:[Right] to scroll " +"through horizontal toolbars or table entries. kbd:[Space] or kbd:[Enter] can " +"be used to select or remove a highlighted item from selection and to expand " +"and collapse drop-down menus." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:114 +msgid "" +"Additionally, elements in each screen can be toggled using their respective " +"shortcuts. These shortcuts are highlighted (underlined) when you hold down " +"the kbd:[Alt] key; to toggle that element, press kbd:[Alt + " +"_X_pass:attributes[{blank}]], where _X_ is the highlighted letter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:116 +msgid "" +"Your current keyboard layout is displayed in the top right hand corner. Only " +"one layout is configured by default; if you configure more than layout in " +"the `Keyboard Layout` screen " +"(xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard " +"Layout]), you can switch between them by clicking the layout indicator." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7789795 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.pot @@ -0,0 +1,813 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preparing for Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter describes the steps you need take before you begin the " +"installation. Not every step must be strictly followed - for example, if you " +"plan to use the default installation settings, you do not need to gather " +"system information such as disk device labels/UUIDs or network information " +"such as the system's IP address. However, you should still go through this " +"chapter, as it also describes the available types of installation media and " +"how to prepare boot media and installation sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Upgrade or Install?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"If you already have Fedora installed and want to upgrade your installation " +"to the current version, there are two basic ways to do so:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]*dnf system upgrade*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the " +"[application]*dnf system upgrade* utility. For information on performing an " +"automatic upgrade, see " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki dnf " +"system upgrade]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manual Reinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying " +"on [application]*dnf system upgrade*. This involves booting the installer as " +"if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing " +"Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on " +"other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall " +"the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see " +"xref:../advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual " +"System Upgrade or Reinstallation]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your " +"system, no matter which method you choose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Preparing Boot Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:28 +msgid "" +"Fedora images are `Hybrid ISOs` and can be used to create installation media " +"with both optical and USB disks, for booting on both BIOS and UEFI systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* has been significantly improved and is " +"now the official, tested and supported way to make bootable " +"media. [application]*Fedora Media Writer* supports Linux, Mac, and " +"Windows. It is an easy way to make bootable USB media to install Fedora (or " +"other operating systems). Using [application]*Fedora Media Writer* is " +"strongly encouraged, although other USB media creation software can work as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:35 +msgid "" +"Some of the new additions to [application]*Fedora Media Writer* are that " +"Fedora Workstation and Server are easily and quickly accessible from the " +"selection on the main screen. Further choices are available if you select " +"the button below _Custom OS_. This offers a selection of various Fedora " +"Spins, such as XFCE or Mate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:37 +msgid "" +"Historically, universal USB creation tools, such as " +"[application]*Unetbootin*, are a popular way to create USB installers from " +"ISOs intended for optical media. They typically create a filesystem on the " +"USB drive by extracting files from the image, and writing " +"[application]*syslinux* bootloader to the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:39 +msgid "" +"These methods circumvent the boot-loader configuration built into Fedora " +"images, which are pre-partitioned and designed to boot on UEFI systems with " +"SecureBoot enabled as well as BIOS systems, and thus they do not produce " +"consistent results with Fedora images, especially for on UEFI systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:41 +msgid "" +"The best results are produced by utilities that use a direct write method " +"and do not modify the Fedora image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:46 +msgid "" +"Always think twice before writing an image to the device. The media creation " +"methods described in this article are destructive. All data on the USB " +"stick are deleted during the process, so make sure you have a back up of the " +"data on the USB stick. Double check that you have selected correct device to " +"write the image to!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing and running Fedora Media Writer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:54 +msgid "" +"On Fedora 25 or later, [application]*Fedora Media Writer* is available in " +"the default repository. You can use `dnf` to install the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:56 +msgid "To install the [application]*Fedora Media Writer* using:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#sudo dnf install mediawriter#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:63 +msgid "Run the [application]*Fedora Media Writer*:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:67 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#sudo mediawriter#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:70 +msgid "" +"or in [application]*Gnome 3* select *Activities,* then select *Utilities*, " +"and then click on [application]*Fedora Media Writer*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On other Linux distributions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:76 +msgid "" +"The best way to install [application]*Fedora Media Writer* on various Linux " +"distributions is to use the pre-built _Flatpak_ package. The package can be " +"obtained from the official Flatpak repository " +"https://flathub.org/apps/details/org.fedoraproject.MediaWriter[Flathub.org]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:78 +msgid "" +"To setup *Flatpak* on your Linux system, follow the guidelines on the " +"https://flatpak.org/setup/[Flatpak documentation] page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:80 +msgid "Run the application:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:89 +msgid "" +"Download the latest Windows Installer file from " +"link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server automatically " +"detects the running system and offers you the correct installation file for " +"your Windows version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:91 +msgid "" +"Run the installation by double clicking the installer, and then continue " +"through the set-up wizard. The Wizard lets you customize the software's " +"installation if you choose to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:93 +msgid "Run the application by clicking on a launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"In Windows 8 and 10, the [application]*Fedora Media Writer* launcher will be " +"placed in the _All apps_ menu under _F_. In Windows 10, you can just type " +"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* in the search box on the task bar." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On MacOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:100 +msgid "" +"Download the latest Macintosh Disk Image (the package will have a .dmg " +"extension) from link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server " +"automatically detects the running system and offers a correct package for " +"your MacOS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:102 +msgid "" +"Open the `.dmg` file and copy the `mediawriter` file into your applications " +"folder." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:104 +msgid "" +"Navigate to your applications directory, and then launch the " +"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:106 +msgid "" +"Select \"Open\" to run the program, when MacOS will ask you to confirm the " +"action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Writing the ISO image to the USB Media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:109 +msgid "Select the Fedora Edition you wish to make a bootable USB drive for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Main Screen: Choose your Edition of Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Main Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/main_screen.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:116 +msgid "" +"The main selection lets you choose one of the default Fedora editions, " +"Fedora *Workstation* or *Server*. [application]*Fedora Media Writer* " +"displays more details about the edition before you can proceed with " +"downloading the image and the USB creation. You can choose a different " +"architecture, if you select _Other variants_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:118 +msgid "Select \"Create Live USB\" to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Distro Information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Distro Information Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/distro_information.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:125 +msgid "" +"Fedora Media Writer will automatically download the ISO for you. If you have " +"downloaded the ISO before and placed it in the _Downloads_ directory, it " +"will be immediately available to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/automatic_download.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:132 +msgid "Plug in a USB drive on which you want to create the bootable media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:134 +msgid "To write the image onto the media, click the red btn:[Write to disk] button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Fedora Media Writer Write to USB Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer write to device red button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fedora_media_writer/write_to_device.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other methods to create a live USB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:143 +msgid "" +"Using the *Fedora Media Writer* is highly recommended for everybody, because " +"it offers a reliable way to create a live USB stick for Fedora installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:145 +msgid "" +"However, some experienced users may prefer to go through the creation " +"process manually. If you decide to do so, you have to download the " +"installation images and use an application to write them onto the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:149 +msgid "" +"If you have downloaded and verified the installation images manually, you " +"still can write them onto the USB stick using *Fedora Media Writer*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Downloading Boot and Installation Images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:156 +msgid "" +"The Fedora Project offers different Editions tailored for some specific use " +"cases. Choose the Fedora Edition best for you, or you can build your own by " +"customizing after the installation, or by using a kickstart file as " +"described in " +"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#sect-kickstart-file-create[Creating " +"a Kickstart File]. Kickstart installation requires the `netinstall` media " +"type, or a direct installation booting method such as PXE; kickstarts are " +"not supported with live images." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:158 +msgid "" +"Read more about Fedora Workstation, Fedora Cloud, Fedora Server and the " +"available media types in " +"xref:../Downloading_Fedora.adoc#chap-downloading-fedora[Downloading Fedora]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:160 +msgid "" +"You can also choose a Fedora _Spin_ featuring favorite alternative desktops " +"or tools for specialized tasks at link:++http://spins.fedoraproject.org++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying the Downloaded Image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:165 +msgid "" +"Because transmission errors or other problems may corrupt the Fedora image " +"you have downloaded, it is important to verify the file's integrity. After " +"the images are created, an operation is performed on the file that produces " +"a value called a `checksum` using a complex mathematical algorithm. The " +"operation is sufficiently complex that *any change* to the original file " +"will produce a different checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:167 +msgid "" +"By calculating the image's `checksum` on your own computer and comparing it " +"to the original `checksum`, you can verify the image has not been tampered " +"with or corrupted. The original checksum values are provided at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[], and are [command]#gpg# signed " +"to demonstrate their integrity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying checksums on Windows systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:172 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"Download the Fedora image of your choice from " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/get-fedora++[] and the corresponding " +"checksum file from link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:174 +msgid "Open a [command]#powershell# session." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:176 +msgid "Change to the directory containing the downloaded files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> cd $HOME\\Downloads\\\n" +"> ls\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory: C:\\Users\\Pete\\Downloads\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Mode LastWriteTime Length Name\n" +"---- ------------- ------ ----\n" +"-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 272 " +"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\n" +"-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 2047868928 " +"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:192 +msgid "Load the resources required to calculate the checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> $image = \"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\"\n" +"> $checksum_file = \"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\"\n" +"> $sha256 = New-Object -TypeName " +"System.Security.Cryptography.sha256CryptoServiceProvider\n" +"> $expected_checksum = ((Get-Content $checksum_file | Select-String -Pattern " +"$image) -split \" \")[0].ToLower()\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:201 +msgid "Calculate the downloaded image's checksum. This will take a while!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> $download_checksum = " +"[System.BitConverter]::ToString($sha256.ComputeHash([System.IO.File]::ReadAllBytes(\"$PWD\\$image\"))).ToLower() " +"-replace '-', ''\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:207 +msgid "Compare the calculated checksum to the expected checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"> echo \"Download Checksum: $download_checksum\"\n" +"> echo \"Expected Checksum: $expected_checksum\"\n" +"> if ( $download_checksum -eq \"$expected_checksum\" ) {\n" +"echo \"Checksum test passed!\"\n" +"} else {\n" +"echo \"Checksum test failed.\"\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Verifying checksums on Linux and OSX systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:225 +msgid "" +"Open a terminal window, and navigate to the directory with the downloaded " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#cd ~/Downloads#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:232 +msgid "Use the appropriate utility to verify the image checksum." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** For Linux:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ sha256sum -c *CHECKSUM\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** For OSX:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ shasum -a 256 -c *CHECKSUM\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Writing the images to USB media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating USB media with [application]*GNOME Disks*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:251 +msgid "" +"On a system with [application]*GNOME*, or with the " +"[package]*gnome-disk-utility* package installed, open `Disks` using the " +"system menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:253 +msgid "Click your USB device in the left column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:255 +msgid "" +"Click the menu icon in the upper right corner of the window, and choose the " +"`Restore Disk Image` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:257 +msgid "" +"Navigate to your image file and click `Start Restoring`. After a few " +"minutes, it will report the process is complete and your installation media " +"will be ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:258 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating USB Media on the Linux command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:260 +msgid "Open a terminal window and insert the usb drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"Find the `device node` assigned to the drive. In the example below, the " +"drive is given `sdd`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ [command]#dmesg|tail#\n" +"[288954.686557] usb 2-1.8: New USB device strings: Mfr=0, Product=1, " +"SerialNumber=2\n" +"[288954.686559] usb 2-1.8: Product: USB Storage\n" +"[288954.686562] usb 2-1.8: SerialNumber: 000000009225\n" +"[288954.712590] usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[288954.712687] scsi host6: usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0\n" +"[288954.712809] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage\n" +"[288954.716682] usbcore: registered new interface driver uas\n" +"[288955.717140] scsi 6:0:0:0: Direct-Access Generic STORAGE DEVICE " +"9228 PQ: 0 ANSI: 0\n" +"[288955.717745] sd 6:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg4 type 0\n" +"[288961.876382] sd 6:0:0:0: *sdd* Attached SCSI removable disk\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:279 +msgid "Use the [command]#dd# utility to write the image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dd if=/path/to/Fedora-Live-Security-x86_64-21.iso of=/dev/sdd\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:289 +msgid "" +"Pay extreme attention to the source (`if=`) and target (`of=`) device. The " +"`dd` command destroys all data on the target device. If you made a mistake, " +"you could lose important data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Boot CD or DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:293 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating a bootable USB flash drive, you can also use the " +"provided ISO images to create bootable optical media (a CD or DVD). This " +"approach may be necessary when installing {PRODUCT} on an older system which " +"can not boot from USB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:298 +msgid "" +"The exact steps you need to take to burn a bootable CD or DVD from an ISO " +"image will vary depending on what disc burning software you use. This " +"procedure only offers a general overview." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:302 +msgid "Insert a blank CD or DVD into your system's CD or DVD burner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:304 +msgid "" +"Open your system's burning software - for example, [application]*Brasero* on " +"{PRODUCT} systems with [application]*GNOME* desktop environment, or " +"[application]*Nero* on Windows systems. In the software's main menu, find an " +"option which lets you burn an ISO image to a disc. For example, in " +"[application]*Brasero*, this option is `Burn image` in the main menu on the " +"left side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:306 +msgid "" +"When prompted, select the ISO image of {PRODUCT} to be burned, and the CD or " +"DVD burner with a blank disc inside (if you have more than one drive)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:307 +msgid "Confirm your selection, and wait for the disc to be burned." +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/pages/install/Troubleshooting.pot b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Troubleshooting.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..179531e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/pages/install/Troubleshooting.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1128 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter offers some pointers on how to get help when something goes " +"wrong. It also discusses some common installation problems and their " +"solutions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:14 +msgid "" +"There are many places on the internet which can help you when you encounter " +"a problem not described in this chapter: discussion boards, blogs, IRC, and " +"more. Some of the more popular places where you can find help include:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:16 +msgid "" +"link:++https://ask.fedoraproject.org/en/questions/++[Ask Fedora] - Fedora's " +"knowledge base, available in multiple languages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:18 +msgid "" +"The #fedora IRC channel on link:++http://freenode.net/++[FreeNode] - one of " +"the main IRC channels used by Fedora users, English only" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:20 +msgid "" +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/++[Fedora Project Wiki] - the official " +"wiki for Fedora Project" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:22 +msgid "" +"link:++http://unix.stackexchange.com/++[Stack Exchange] - an English " +"language Q&A board, not specific to Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:27 +msgid "" +"The above list is by no means complete - you can find help in many other " +"places as well. Additional information about available resources such as IRC " +"channels and mailing lists is available at " +"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicating_and_getting_help++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:31 +msgid "" +"Before you open a new discussion or ask anyone for help on IRC, you should " +"always do some research on your own. If you are encountering an issue, there " +"is usually a good chance that someone else ran into the same problem before " +"you and published a solution somewhere. Opening a discussion about something " +"already explained elsewhere, or asking a common question which has been " +"answered many times before, is not likely to result in a friendly, " +"constructive response." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:33 +msgid "" +"When you ask for help troubleshooting problems related to the installation, " +"you may be asked to provide log files generated by the installer. The " +"sections below explain which files are generated, what their contents are, " +"and how to transfer them from the installation system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Log Files Generated During the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:38 +msgid "" +"For debugging purposes, [application]*Anaconda* logs installation actions " +"into files in the `/tmp` directory. These files are listed in the following " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Log Files and Their Contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|Log file|Contents\n" +"|`/tmp/anaconda.log`|general [application]*Anaconda* messages\n" +"|`/tmp/program.log`|all external programs run during the installation\n" +"|`/tmp/storage.log`|extensive storage module information\n" +"|`/tmp/packaging.log`|[application]*dnf* and [application]*rpm* package " +"installation messages\n" +"|`/tmp/syslog`|hardware-related system messages\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:53 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails, the messages from these files are consolidated " +"into `/tmp/anaconda-tb-_identifier_pass:attributes[{blank}]`, where " +"_identifier_ is a random string." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Transferring Log Files from the Installation System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:58 +msgid "" +"All of the files described in " +"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-log-files[Log Files Generated " +"During the Installation] reside in the installation program's RAM disk, " +"which means they are not saved permamently and will be lost once the system " +"is powered down. To store them permanently, copy those files to another " +"system on the network using [command]#scp# on the system running the " +"installation program, or copy them to a mounted storage device (such as an " +"USB flash drive). Details on how to transfer the log files are below. Note " +"that if you use an USB flash drive or other removable media, you should make " +"sure to back up any data on it before starting the procedure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Transferring Log Files Onto a USB Drive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:63 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:119 +msgid "" +"On the system you are installing, press kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F2] to access a " +"shell prompt. You will be logged into a root account and you will have " +"access to the installation program's temporary file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:65 +msgid "" +"Connect a USB flash drive to the system and execute the [command]#dmesg# " +"command. A log detailing all recent events will be displayed. At the bottom " +"of this log, you will see a set of messages caused by the USB flash drive " +"you just connected. It will look like a set of lines similar to the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`[ 170.171135] sd 5:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI removable disk`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:72 +msgid "Note the name of the connected device - in the above example, it is `sdb`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:74 +msgid "" +"Go to the `/mnt` directory and once there, create new directory which will " +"serve as the mount target for the USB drive. The name of the directory does " +"not matter; this example uses the name `usb`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# mkdir usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:81 +msgid "" +"Mount the USB flash drive onto the newly created directory. Note that in " +"most cases, you do not want to mount the whole drive, but a partition on " +"it. Therefore, do not use the name `sdb` - use the name of the partition you " +"want to write the log files to. In this example, the name `sdb1` is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# mount /dev/sdb1 /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:88 +msgid "" +"You can now verify that you mounted the correct device and partition by " +"accessing it and listing its contents - the list should match what you " +"expect to be on the drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# cd /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# ls\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:100 +msgid "Copy the log files to the mounted device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# cp /tmp/*log /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:107 +msgid "" +"Unmount the USB flash drive. If you get an error message saying that the " +"target is busy, change your working directory to outside the mount (for " +"example, `/`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# umount /mnt/usb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:114 +msgid "The log files from the installation are now saved on the USB flash drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Transferring Log Files Over the Network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:121 +msgid "Switch to the `/tmp` directory where the log files are located:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# cd /tmp\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:128 +msgid "" +"Copy the log files onto another system on the network using the " +"[command]#scp# command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# scp *log user@address:path\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:135 +msgid "" +"Replace _user_ with a valid user name on the target system, _address_ with " +"the target system's address or host name, and _path_ with the path to the " +"directory you wish to save the log files into. For example, if you want to " +"log in as `john` to a system with an IP address of `192.168.0.122` and place " +"the log files into the `/home/john/logs/` directory on that system, the " +"command will have the following form:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# scp *log john@192.168.0.122:/home/john/logs/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:142 +msgid "" +"When connecting to the target system for the first time, you may encounter a " +"message similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"`The authenticity of host '192.168.0.122 (192.168.0.122)' can't be " +"established.`\n" +"`ECDSA key fingerprint is " +"a4:60:76:eb:b2:d0:aa:23:af:3d:59:5c:de:bb:c4:42.`\n" +"`Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:153 +msgid "" +"Type `yes` and press kbd:[Enter] to continue. Then, provide a valid password " +"when prompted. The files will start transferring to the specified directory " +"on the target system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:155 +msgid "" +"The log files from the installation are now permanently saved on the target " +"system and available for review." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble Beginning the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Problems with Booting into the Graphical Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:162 +msgid "" +"Systems with some video cards have trouble booting into the graphical " +"installation program. If the installation program does not run using its " +"default settings, it attempts to run in a lower resolution mode. If that " +"still fails, the installation program attempts to run in text mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:164 +msgid "" +"There are several possible solutions to display issues, most of which " +"involve specifying custom boot options. For more information, see " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-installer[Configuring " +"the Installation System at the Boot Menu]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use the basic graphics mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:166 +msgid "" +"You can attempt to perform the installation using the basic graphics " +"driver. To do this, edit the installation program's boot options and append " +"[option]#inst.xdriver=vesa# at the end of the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Specify the display resolution manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:168 +msgid "" +"If the installation program fails to detect your screen resolution, you can " +"override the automatic detection and specify it manually. To do this, append " +"the " +"[option]#inst.resolution=pass:attributes[{blank}]_x_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"option at the boot menu, where _x_ is your display's resolution (for " +"example, `1024x768`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use an alternate video driver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:170 +msgid "" +"You can also attempt to specify a custom video driver, overriding the " +"installation program's automatic detection. To specify a driver, use the " +"[option]#inst.xdriver=pass:attributes[{blank}]_x_pass:attributes[{blank}]# " +"option, where _x_ is the device driver you want to use (for example, " +"`nouveau`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:175 +msgid "" +"If specifying a custom video driver solves your problem, you should report " +"it as a bug at link:++https://bugzilla.redhat.com++[] under the `anaconda` " +"component. [application]*Anaconda* should be able to detect your hardware " +"automatically and use the appropriate driver without your intervention." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Perform the installation using VNC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:179 +msgid "" +"If the above options fail, you can use a separate system to access the " +"graphical installation over the network, using the _Virtual Network " +"Computing_ (VNC) protocol. For details on installing using VNC, see " +"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing " +"Using VNC]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Serial Console Not Detected" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:183 +msgid "" +"In some cases, attempting to install in text mode using a serial console " +"will result in no output on the console. This happens on systems which have " +"a graphics card, but no monitor connected. If [application]*Anaconda* " +"detects a graphics card, it will attempt to use it for a display, even if no " +"display is connected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:185 +msgid "" +"If you want to perform a text-based installation on a serial console, use " +"the [option]#inst.text# and [option]#console=# boot options. See " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#chap-anaconda-boot-options[Boot Options] " +"for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble During the Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "No Disks Detected" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:193 +msgid "" +"In the `Installation Destination` screen, the following error message may " +"appear at the bottom: `No disks detected. Please shut down the computer, " +"connect at least one disk, and restart to complete installation`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:195 +msgid "" +"The message indicates that [application]*Anaconda* did not find any writable " +"storage devices to install to. In that case, first make sure that your " +"system does have at least one storage device attached." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:197 +msgid "" +"If your system uses a hardware RAID controller, verify that the controller " +"is properly configured and working. See your controller's documentation for " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:199 +msgid "" +"If you are installing into one or more iSCSI devices and there is no local " +"storage present on the system, make sure that all required LUNs (_Logical " +"Unit Numbers_) are being presented to the appropriate HBA (_Host Bus " +"Adapter_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:201 +msgid "" +"If you made sure you have a connected and properly configured storage device " +"and the message still appears after you reboot the system and start the " +"installation again, it means that the installation program failed to detect " +"the storage. In most cases this message appears when you attempt to install " +"on an SCSI device which has not been recognized by the installation program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Problems After Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:206 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resetting the Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:209 +msgid "" +"If you lost the root password to the system and you have access to the boot " +"loader, you can reset the password by editing the GRUB2 configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:212 +msgid "Boot your system and wait until the GRUB2 menu appears." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:214 +msgid "In the boot loader menu, highlight any entry and press kbd:[e] to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:216 +msgid "" +"Find the line beginning with `linux`. At the end of this line, append the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`init=/bin/sh`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"Press kbd:[F10] or kbd:[Ctrl + X] to boot the system using the options you " +"just edited." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:225 +msgid "" +"Once the system boots, you will be presented with a shell prompt without " +"having to enter any user name or password:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pass:quotes[`sh-4.2#`]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:232 +msgid "Load the installed SELinux policy:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh-4.2# /usr/sbin/load_policy -i\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:239 +msgid "Execute the following command to remount your root partition:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh4.2# mount -o remount,rw /\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:246 +msgid "Reset the root password:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh4.2# passwd root\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:253 +msgid "" +"When prompted to, enter your new root password and confirm by pressing the " +"kbd:[Enter] key. Enter the password for the second time to make sure you " +"typed it correctly and confirm with kbd:[Enter] again. If both passwords " +"match, a message informing you of a successful root password change will " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:255 +msgid "Remount the root partition again, this time as read-only:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh4.2# mount -o remount,ro /\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"Reboot the system. From now on, you will be able to log in as the root user " +"using the new password set up during this procedure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Are You Unable to Boot With Your RAID Card?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:267 +msgid "" +"If you have performed an installation and cannot boot your system properly, " +"you may need to reinstall and partition your system's storage differently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:269 +msgid "" +"Some BIOS types do not support booting from RAID cards. After you finish the " +"installation and reboot the system for the first time, a text-based screen " +"showing the boot loader prompt (for example, `grub>`) and a flashing cursor " +"may be all that appears. If this is the case, you must repartition your " +"system and move your `/boot` partition and the boot loader outside the RAID " +"array. The `/boot` partition and the boot loader must be on the same drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:271 +msgid "" +"Once these changes have been made, you should be able to finish your " +"installation and boot the system properly. For more information about " +"partitioning, see " +"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation " +"Destination]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble With the Graphical Boot Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:276 +msgid "" +"After you finish the installation and reboot your system for the first time, " +"it is possible that the system stops responding during the graphical boot " +"sequence, requiring a reset. In this case, the boot loader is displayed " +"successfully, but selecting any entry and attempting to boot the system " +"results in a halt. This usually means a problem with the graphical boot " +"sequence; to solve this issue, you must disable graphical boot. To do this, " +"temporarily alter the setting at boot time before changing it permanently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:277 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disabling Graphical Boot Temporarily" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:279 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:403 +msgid "" +"Start your computer and wait until the boot loader menu appears. If you set " +"your boot loader timeout period to 0, hold down the kbd:[Esc] key to access " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:281 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:405 +msgid "" +"When the boot loader menu appears, use your cursor keys to highlight the " +"entry you want to boot and press the kbd:[e] key to edit this entry's " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:283 +msgid "" +"In the list of options, find the kernel line - that is, the line beginning " +"with the keyword `linux` (or, in some cases, `linux16` or `linuxefi`). On " +"this line, locate the `rhgb` option and delete it. The option may not be " +"immediately visible; use the cursor keys to scroll up and down." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:285 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:416 +msgid "" +"Press kbd:[F10] or kbd:[Ctrl + X] to boot your system with the edited " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:287 +msgid "" +"If the system started successfully, you can log in normally. Then you will " +"need to disable the graphical boot permanently - otherwise you will have to " +"perform the previous procedure every time the system boots. To permanently " +"change boot options, do the following." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disabling Graphical Boot Permanently" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:290 +msgid "Log in to the `root` account using the [command]#su -# command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:294 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#su -#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:297 +msgid "" +"Open the `/etc/default/grub` configuration file using a plain text editor " +"such as [application]*vim*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:299 +msgid "" +"Within the `grub` file, locate the line beginning with " +"`GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX`. The line should look similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"rd.lvm.lv=rhel/root rd.md=0 rd.dm=0 vconsole.keymap=us " +"$([ -x /usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel-param ] && /usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel-param || " +":) rd.luks=0 vconsole.font=latarcyrheb-sun16 rd.lvm.lv=vg_rhel/swap rhgb " +"quiet\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:307 +msgid "On this line, delete the `rhgb` option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:309 +msgid "Save the edited configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:311 +msgid "Refresh the boot loader configuration by executing the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:315 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:431 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:318 +msgid "" +"After you finish this procedure, you can reboot your computer. {PRODUCT} " +"will not use the graphical boot sequence any more. If you wish to enable " +"graphical boot, follow the same procedure, add the `rhgb` option to the " +"`GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX` line in the `/etc/default/grub` file and refresh the " +"boot loader configuration again using the [command]#grub2-mkconfig# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:320 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:447 +msgid "" +"See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for more information about " +"working with the [application]*GRUB2* boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:322 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Booting into a Graphical Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:325 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the [application]*X Window System* and a desktop " +"environment such as [application]*GNOME*, but are not seeing a graphical " +"desktop environment once you log into your system, you can start it manually " +"using the [command]#startx# command. Note, however, that this is just a " +"one-time fix and does not change the log in process for future log ins." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:327 +msgid "" +"To set up your system so that you can log in at a graphical login screen, " +"you must change the default [application]*systemd* target to " +"`graphical.target`. When you are finished, reboot the computer. You will " +"presented with a graphical login prompt after the system restarts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Graphical Login as Default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:330 +msgid "" +"Open a shell prompt. If you are in your user account, become root by typing " +"the [command]#su -# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:332 +msgid "" +"Change the default target to `graphical.target`. To do this, execute the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:336 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# systemctl set-default graphical.target\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:339 +msgid "" +"Graphical login is now enabled by default - you will be presented with a " +"graphical login prompt after the next reboot. If you want to reverse this " +"change and keep using the text-based login prompt, execute the following " +"command as `root`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:343 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# systemctl set-default multi-user.target\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:346 +msgid "" +"For more information about targets in [application]*systemd*, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "No Graphical User Interface Present" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:351 +msgid "" +"If you are having trouble getting [application]*X* (the [application]*X " +"Window System*) to start, it is possible that it has not been " +"installed. Some of the pre-set base environments you can select during the " +"installation, such as `Minimal install` or `Web Server`, do not include a " +"graphical interface - it has to be installed manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:353 +msgid "" +"If you want [application]*X*, you can install the necessary packages after " +"the installation using the [application]*DNF* package manager. For example, " +"to install [application]*GNOME*, use [command]#dnf install gnome-shell# as " +"`root`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "X Server Crashing After User Logs In" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:357 +msgid "" +"If you are having trouble with the [application]*X* server crashing when a " +"user logs in, one or more of your file systems may be full (or nearly " +"full). To verify that this is the problem you are experiencing, execute the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:361 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ [command]#df -h#\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:364 +msgid "" +"The output will help you diagnose which partition is full - in most cases, " +"the problem will be on the `/home` partition. A sample output of the " +"[command]#df# command may look similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:376 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Filesystem Size Used Avail Use% Mounted " +"on\n" +"/dev/mapper/vg_rhel-root 20G 6.0G 13G 32% /\n" +"devtmpfs 1.8G 0 1.8G 0% /dev\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 2.7M 1.8G 1% /dev/shm\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 1012K 1.8G 1% /run\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 0 1.8G 0% " +"/sys/fs/cgroup\n" +"tmpfs 1.8G 2.6M 1.8G 1% /tmp\n" +"/dev/sda1 976M 150M 760M 17% /boot\n" +"/dev/dm-4 90G 90G 0 100% /home\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:380 +msgid "" +"In the above example, you can see that the `/home` partition is full, which " +"causes the crash. You can make some room on the partition by removing " +"unneeded files. After you free up some disk space, start [application]*X* " +"using the [command]#startx# command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:382 +msgid "" +"For additional information about [command]#df# and an explanation of the " +"options available (such as the [option]#-h# option used in this example), " +"see the `df(1)` man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:384 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is Your RAM Not Being Recognized?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:387 +msgid "" +"In some cases the kernel does not recognize all of your memory (RAM), which " +"causes the system to use less memory than is installed. You can find out how " +"much RAM is being utilized using the [command]#free -m# command. If the " +"displayed total amount of memory does not match your expectations, it is " +"likely that at least one of your memory modules is faulty. On BIOS-based " +"systems, you can use the [application]*Memtest86+* utility to test your " +"system's memory - see " +"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-memtest[Loading the " +"Memory (RAM) Testing Mode] for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:392 +msgid "" +"If you have 4GB or more memory installed, but {PRODUCT} only shows around " +"3.5GB or 3.7GB, you have probably installed a 32-bit version of {PRODUCT} on " +"a 64bit kernel. For modern systems, use the 64-bit (x86_64) version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:394 +msgid "" +"Some hardware configurations have a part of the system's RAM reserved and " +"unavailable to the main system. Notably, laptop computers with integrated " +"graphics cards will reserve some memory for the GPU. For example, a laptop " +"with 4{nbsp}GB of RAM and an integrated Intel graphics card will show only " +"roughly 3.7{nbsp}GB of available memory, even with a 64-bit system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:396 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the [application]*kdump* crash kernel dumping mechanism " +"reserves some memory for the secondary kernel used in case of the primary " +"kernel crashing. This reserved memory will also not be displayed as " +"available when using the [command]#free# command. For details about " +"[application]*kdump* and its memory requirements, see the " +"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at " +"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:400 +msgid "" +"If you made sure that your memory does not have any issues, you can try and " +"set the amount of memory manually using the [option]#mem=# kernel option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:401 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuring the Memory Manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:407 +msgid "" +"In the list of options, find the kernel line - that is, the line beginning " +"with the keyword `linux` (or, in some cases, `linux16`). Append the " +"following option to the end of this line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:411 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mem=pass:attributes[{blank}]_xx_pass:attributes[{blank}]M\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:414 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:425 +msgid "Replace _xx_ with the amount of RAM you have in megabytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:418 +msgid "" +"Wait for the system to boot and log in. Then, open a command line and " +"execute the [command]#free -m# command again. If total amount of RAM " +"displayed by the command matches your expectations, append the following to " +"the line beginning with `GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX` in the `/etc/default/grub` file " +"to make the change permanent:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:427 +msgid "" +"After you updated the file and saved it, refresh the boot loader " +"configuration so that the change will take effect. Run the following command " +"with root privileges:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:434 +msgid "" +"In `/etc/default/grub`, the above example would look similar to the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block - +#: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Troubleshooting.adoc:444 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"GRUB_TIMEOUT=5\n" +"GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR=\"$(sed 's, release.*$,,g' /etc/system-release)\"\n" +"GRUB_DEFAULT=saved\n" +"GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU=true\n" +"GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT=\"console\"\n" +"GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"rd.lvm.lv=rhel/root vconsole.font=latarcyrheb-sun16 " +"rd.lvm.lv=rhel/swap $([ -x /usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel.param ] && " +"/usr/sbin/rhcrashkernel-param || :) vconsole.keymap=us rhgb quiet " +"mem=1024M\"\n" +"GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY=\"true\"\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/l10n/pot/site.yml.pot b/l10n/pot/site.yml.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a42111 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n/pot/site.yml.pot @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value - Key: title +#: >site +#, no-wrap +msgid "Local Preview" +msgstr "" From dc15c405c4e8d59982f8a5a0c7cc72d789ab110e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Weblate Admin Date: Sep 14 2018 19:42:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 6/6] Translated using Weblate (French) Currently translated at 25,0% (1 of 4 strings) Translation: Fedora Docs install guide/index Translate-URL: https://translate.holcroft.fr/projects/fedora-docs-install-guide/index/fr/ --- diff --git a/l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po b/l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po index fb45a6f..00dfb41 100644 --- a/l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po +++ b/l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po @@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-09-14 19:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Weblate Admin \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 3.1.1\n" #. type: Title = #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:5 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation Guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guide d’installation" #. type: Plain text #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:8